Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS VXLAN Configuration Guide

Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS VXLAN Configuration Guide, Release
9.3(x)
First Published: 2019-07-20
Last Modified: 2020-12-18
Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS REFERENCED IN THIS DOCUMENTATION ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
EXCEPT AS MAY OTHERWISE BE AGREED BY CISCO IN WRITING, ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS DOCUMENTATION ARE
PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
The Cisco End User License Agreement and any supplemental license terms govern your use of any Cisco software, including this product documentation, and are located at:
http://www.cisco.com/go/softwareterms.Cisco product warranty information is available at http://www.cisco.com/go/warranty. US Federal Communications Commission Notices are found
here http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/us-fcc-notice.html.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS
HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Any products and features described herein as in development or available at a future date remain in varying stages of development and will be offered on a when-and if-available basis. Any
such product or feature roadmaps are subject to change at the sole discretion of Cisco and Cisco will have no liability for delay in the delivery or failure to deliver any products or feature
roadmap items that may be set forth in this document.
Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses and phone numbers used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses and phone numbers. Any examples, command display output, network
topology diagrams, and other figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses or phone numbers in illustrative content is unintentional
and coincidental.
The documentation set for this product strives to use bias-free language. For the purposes of this documentation set, bias-free is defined as language that does not imply discrimination based
on age, disability, gender, racial identity, ethnic identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and intersectionality. Exceptions may be present in the documentation due to language
that is hardcoded in the user interfaces of the product software, language used based on RFP documentation, or language that is used by a referenced third-party product.
Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this URL: www.cisco.com
go trademarks. Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any
other company. (1721R)
© 2019–2020 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
CONTENTS
PREFACE Preface xvii

Audience xvii
Document Conventions xvii
Related Documentation for Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches xviii
Documentation Feedback xviii
Communications, Services, and Additional Information xviii
CHAPTER 1 Overview 1
Licensing Requirements 1
VXLAN Overview 1
Cisco Nexus 9000 as Hardware-Based VXLAN Gateway 2
VXLAN Encapsulation and Packet Format 2
VXLAN Tunnel 3
VXLAN Tunnel Endpoint 3
Underlay Network 3
Overlay Network 3
Distributed Anycast Gateway 3
Control Plane 4
CHAPTER 2 Configuring VXLAN 7
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN 7

Considerations for VXLAN Deployment 13
vPC Considerations for VXLAN Deployment 15
Network Considerations for VXLAN Deployments 19
Considerations for the Transport Network 20
Considerations for Tunneling VXLAN 21
Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS VXLAN Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x)
iii
Contents
Configuring VXLAN 23
Enabling VXLANs 23
Mapping VLAN to VXLAN VNI 23
Creating and Configuring an NVE Interface and Associate VNIs 23
Configuring a VXLAN VTEP in vPC 24
Configuring Static MAC for VXLAN VTEP 26
Disabling VXLANs 27
Configuring BGP EVPN Ingress Replication 28
Configuring Static Ingress Replication 28
VXLAN and IP-in-IP Tunneling 29
Configuring VXLAN Static Tunnels 32
About VXLAN Static Tunnels 32
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN Static Tunnels 32
Enabling VXLAN Static Tunnels 33
Configuring VRF Overlay for Static Tunnels 34
Configuring a VRF for VXLAN Routing 34
Configuring the L3 VNI for Static Tunnels 35
Configuring the Tunnel Profile 36
Verifying VXLAN Static Tunnels 37
Example Configurations for VXLAN Static Tunnels 37
CHAPTER 3 Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN 39

Information About VXLAN BGP EVPN 39
About RD Auto 39
About Route-Target Auto 40
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN BGP EVPN 41
Information About VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI 44
Asymmetric VNIs 44
Shared Services VRFs 45
Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs 45
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI 46
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN 48
Enabling VXLAN 48
Configuring VLAN and VXLAN VNI 48
iv
Contents
Configuring VRF for VXLAN Routing 49

Configuring SVI for Core-facing VXLAN Routing 50
Configuring SVI for Host-Facing VXLAN Routing 51
Configuring the NVE Interface and VNIs Using Multicast 51
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Ingress Replication 52
Configuring BGP on the VTEP 53
Configuring iBGP for EVPN on the Spine 55
Configuring eBGP for EVPN on the Spine 56
Suppressing ARP 57
Disabling VXLANs 57
Duplicate Detection for IP and MAC Addresses 58
Verifying the VXLAN BGP EVPN Configuration 59
Verifying the VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI Configuration 60
Example of VXLAN BGP EVPN (IBGP) 63
Example of VXLAN BGP EVPN (EBGP) 74
Example Show Commands 86
CHAPTER 4 Configuring VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 89

Information About Configuring VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 89
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 90
Information About vPC and VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 91
Information About vPC Peer Keepalive and VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 92
Configuring the VTEP IP Address 93
Configuring vPC for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 94
Example Configurations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 95
Verifying VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 97
CHAPTER 5 Configuring External VRF Connectivity and Route Leaking 107
Configuring External VRF Connectivity 107

About External Layer-3 Connectivity for VXLAN BGP EVPN Fabrics 107
VXLAN BGP EVPN - VRF-lite brief 107
Guidelines and Limitations for External VRF Connectivity and Route Leaking 108
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN with eBGP for VRF-lite 108
VXLAN BGP EVPN - Default-Route, Route Filtering on External Connectivity 112
v
Contents
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN with OSPF for VRF-lite 118

Configuring Route Leaking 121
About Centralized VRF Route-Leaking for VXLAN BGP EVPN Fabrics 121
Guidelines and Limitations for Centralized VRF Route-Leaking 121
Centralized VRF Route-Leaking Brief - Specific Prefixes Between Custom VRF 121
Configuring Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Specific Prefixes between Custom VRF 122
Configuring VRF Context on the Routing-Block VTEP 122
Configuring the BGP VRF instance on the Routing-Block 123
Example - Configuration Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Specific Prefixes Between Custom
VRF 124
Centralized VRF Route-Leaking Brief - Shared Internet with Custom VRF 125
Configuring Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with Custom VRF 126
Configuring Internet VRF on Border Node 126
Configuring Shared Internet BGP Instance on the Border Node 127
Configuring Custom VRF on Border Node 127
Configuring Custom VRF Context on the Border Node - 1 128
Configuring Custom VRF Instance in BGP on the Border Node 129

Example - Configuration Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with Custom VRF
129
Centralized VRF Route-Leaking Brief - Shared Internet with VRF Default 131
Configuring Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with VRF Default 132
Configuring VRF Default on Border Node 132
Configuring BGP Instance for VRF Default on the Border Node 132
Configuring Custom VRF on Border Node 133
Configuring Filter for Permitted Prefixes from VRF Default on the Border Node 133
Configuring Custom VRF Context on the Border Node - 2 134
Configuring Custom VRF Instance in BGP on the Border Node 135

Example - Configuration Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - VRF Default with Custom VRF 135
CHAPTER 6 Configuring BGP EVPN Filtering 139

About BGP EVPN Filtering 139
Guidelines and Limitations for BGP EVPN Filtering 140
Configuring BGP EVPN Filtering 140
Configuring the Route Map with Match and Set Clauses 140
vi
Contents
Matching Based on EVPN Route Type 141

Matching Based on MAC Address in the NLRI 141
Matching Based on RMAC Extended Community 142
Setting the RMAC Extended Community 142
Setting the EVPN Next-Hop IP Address 143
Setting the Gateway IP Address for Route Type-5 143
Applying the Route Map at the Inbound or Outbound Level 144
BGP EVPN Filtering Configuration Examples 144
Configuring a Table Map 153
Configuring a MAC List and a Route Map that Matches the MAC List 153
Applying the Table Map 154
Table Map Configuration Example 154
Verifying BGP EVPN Filtering 157
CHAPTER 7 Configuring VXLAN OAM 159
VXLAN OAM Overview 159

Loopback (Ping) Message 160
Traceroute or Pathtrace Message 161
About VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation 163
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN NGOAM 164
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation 164
Configuring VXLAN OAM 165
Configuring NGOAM Profile 168
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation 169
Detecting Loops and Bringing Up Ports On Demand 170
Configuration Examples for VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation 171
CHAPTER 8 Configuring vPC Multihoming 173

Advertising Primary IP Address 173
BorderPE Switches in a vPC Setup 174
DHCP Configuration in a vPC Setup 174
IP Prefix Advertisement in vPC Setup 174
CHAPTER 9 Configuring Multi-Site 177
vii
Contents
About VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site 177

Dual RD Support for Multi-Site 178
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site 178
Enabling VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site 180
Configuring Dual RD Support for Multi-Site 182
Configuring VNI Dual Mode 183
Configuring Fabric/DCI Link Tracking 184
Configuring Fabric External Neighbors 185
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Storm Control 186
Multi-Site with vPC Support 187
About Multi-Site with vPC Support 187
Guidelines and Limitations for Multi-Site with vPC Support 187
Configuring Multi-Site with vPC Support 187
Configuring Peer Link as Transport in Case of Link Failure 191
Verifying the Multi-Site with vPC Support Configuration 193
Configuration Example for Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs 194
TRM with Multi-Site 195
Information About Configuring TRM with Multi-Site 195
Guidelines and Limitations for TRM with Multi-Site 197
Configuring TRM with Multi-Site 199
Verifying TRM with Multi-Site Configuration 200
CHAPTER 10 Configuring Tenant Routed Multicast 203
About Tenant Routed Multicast 203

About Tenant Routed Multicast Mixed Mode 205
Guidelines and Limitations for Tenant Routed Multicast 205
Guidelines and Limitations for Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast 206
Guidelines and Limitations for Layer 2/Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast (Mixed Mode) 207
Rendezvous Point for Tenant Routed Multicast 208
Configuring a Rendezvous Point for Tenant Routed Multicast 208
Configuring a Rendezvous Point Inside the VXLAN Fabric 209
Configuring an External Rendezvous Point 210
Configuring RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast 212
Configuring a TRM Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast 213
viii
Contents
Configuring a TRM Border Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast 213
Configuring an External Router for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast 215
Configuring RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering 217
Configuring a TRM Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering 218
Configuring a TRM Border Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering 219
Configuring an External Router for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering 221
Configuring Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast 223
Configuring TRM on the VXLAN EVPN Spine 227
Configuring Tenant Routed Multicast in Layer 2/Layer 3 Mixed Mode 229
Configuring Layer 2 Tenant Routed Multicast 234
Configuring TRM with vPC Support 235
Configuring TRM with vPC Support (Cisco Nexus 9504-R and 9508-R) 238
CHAPTER 11 Configuring Cross Connect 243
About VXLAN Cross Connect 243

Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN Cross Connect 244
Configuring VXLAN Cross Connect 245
Verifying VXLAN Cross Connect Configuration 247
Configuring NGOAM for VXLAN Cross Connect 248
Verifying NGOAM for VXLAN Cross Connect 248
NGOAM Authentication 249

Guidelines and Limitations for Q-in-VNI 250
Configuring Q-in-VNI 252
Configuring Selective Q-in-VNI 253
Configuring Q-in-VNI with LACP Tunneling 256
Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs 258
About Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs 258
Guidelines and Limitations for Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs 259
Configuring Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs 259
Configuring QinQ-QinVNI 262
Overview for QinQ-QinVNI 262
Guidelines and Limitations for QinQ-QinVNI 262
Configuring QinQ-QinVNI 263
Removing a VNI 264
ix
Contents
CHAPTER 12 Configuring Port VLAN Mapping 265
About Translating Incoming VLANs 265

Guidelines and Limitations for Port VLAN Mapping 266
Configuring Port VLAN Mapping on a Trunk Port 268
Configuring Inner VLAN and Outer VLAN Mapping on a Trunk Port 270
CHAPTER 13 Configuring IGMP Snooping 273

Configuring IGMP Snooping Over VXLAN 273
Overview of IGMP Snooping Over VXLAN 273
Guidelines and Limitations for IGMP Snooping Over VXLAN 273
Configuring IGMP Snooping Over VXLAN 274
CHAPTER 14 Configuring Private VLANs 275
About Private VLANs over VXLAN 275

Guidelines and Limitations for Private VLANs over VXLAN 276
Configuration Example for Private VLANs 276
CHAPTER 15 Configuring Policy-Based Redirect 279
About Policy-Based Redirect 279

Guidelines and Limitations for Policy-Based Redirect 280
Enabling the Policy-Based Redirect Feature 280
Configuring a Route Policy 281
Verifying the Policy-Based Redirect Configuration 282
Configuration Example for Policy-Based Redirect 282
CHAPTER 16 Configuring ACL 285
About Access Control Lists 285

Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN ACLs 286
VXLAN Tunnel Encapsulation Switch 287
Port ACL on the Access Port on Ingress 287
VLAN ACL on the Server VLAN 289
Routed ACL on an SVI on Ingress 290
x
Contents
Routed ACL on the Uplink on Egress 293

VXLAN Tunnel Decapsulation Switch 293
Routed ACL on the Uplink on Ingress 293
Port ACL on the Access Port on Egress 293
VLAN ACL for the Layer 2 VNI Traffic 293
VLAN ACL for the Layer 3 VNI Traffic 295
Routed ACL on an SVI on Egress 297
CHAPTER 17 Configuring Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 301
About Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 301

Key Lifetime and Hitless Key Rollover 301
Guidelines and Limitations for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 302
Configuring Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 303
Enabling CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption 303
Configuring a CloudSec Keychain and Keys 305
Configuring a CloudSec Policy 306
Configuring CloudSec Peers 308
Enabling Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec on DCI Uplinks 308
Verifying the Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 309
Displaying Statistics for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 314
Configuration Examples for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 315
Migrating from Multi-Site with VIP to Multi-Site with PIP 316
CHAPTER 18 Configuring VXLAN QoS 317
Information About VXLAN QoS 317

VXLAN QoS Terminology 317
VXLAN QoS Features 319

Trust Boundaries 319
Classification 319
Marking 319
Policing 319
Queuing and Scheduling 320
Traffic Shaping 320
Network QoS 320
xi
Contents
VXLAN Priority Tunneling 321

MQC CLI 321
VXLAN QoS Topology and Roles 321
Ingress VTEP and Encapsulation in the VXLAN Tunnel 321
Transport Through the VXLAN Tunnel 322
Egress VTEP and Decapsulation of the VXLAN Tunnel 322
Classification at the Ingress VTEP, Spine, and Egress VTEP 323
IP to VXLAN 323
Inside the VXLAN Tunnel 323
VXLAN to IP 324
Decapsulated Packet Priority Selection 324
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN QoS 325
Default Settings for VXLAN QoS 326
Configuring VXLAN QoS 327
Configuring Type QoS on the Egress VTEP 327
Verifying the VXLAN QoS Configuration 329
VXLAN QoS Configuration Examples 329
CHAPTER 19 Configuring vPC Fabric Peering 331
Information About vPC Fabric Peering 331

Guidelines and Limitations for vPC Fabric Peering 332
Configuring vPC Fabric Peering 333

Migrating from vPC to vPC Fabric Peering 336
Verifying vPC Fabric Peering Configuration 338
CHAPTER 20 Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP) 341
Information About Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP) 341
Guidelines and Limitations for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP)
341
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP) 342
CHAPTER 21 Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR) 347
Information About Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR) 347
xii
Contents
Guidelines and Limitations for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR)
349
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR) 350

Example Configuration for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR) 354
CHAPTER 22 Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN SRv6 359

About Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN SRv6 Handoff 359
Guidelines and Limitations for EVPN to L3VPN SRv6 Handoff 360
Importing L3VPN SRv6 Routes into EVPN VXLAN 361
Importing EVPN VXLAN Routes into L3VPN SRv6 362
Example Configuration for VXLAN EVPN to L3VPN SRv6 Handoff 363
CHAPTER 23 Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN 365

About Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN (Draft Rosen) 365
Supported RP Positions 366
Guidelines and Limitations for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN 366
Configuring the Handoff Node for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN 367
PIM/IGMP Configuration for the Handoff Node 367
BGP Configuration for the Handoff Node 368
VXLAN Configuration for the Handoff Node 369
MVPN Configuration for the Handoff Node 370
CoPP Configuration for the Handoff Node 371
Configuration Example for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN 372
APPENDIX A Configuring the Underlay 377

IP Fabric Underlay 377
Underlay Considerations 377
Unicast routing and IP addressing options 380
OSPF Underlay IP Network 380
IS-IS Underlay IP Network 385
eBGP Underlay IP Network 391
Multicast Routing in the VXLAN Underlay 396
APPENDIX B Configuring Bud Node 411
xiii
Contents
VXLAN Bud Node Over vPC Overview 411

VXLAN Bud Node Over vPC Topology Example 412
APPENDIX C DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN 417

DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN Overview 417
DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN Example 418
DHCP Relay on VTEPs 419
Client on Tenant VRF and Server on Layer 3 Default VRF 419
Client on Tenant VRF (SVI X) and Server on the Same Tenant VRF (SVI Y) 422
Client on Tenant VRF (VRF X) and Server on Different Tenant VRF (VRF Y) 426
Client on Tenant VRF and Server on Non-Default Non-VXLAN VRF 429
Configuring vPC Peers Example 431
vPC VTEP DHCP Relay Configuration Example 433
APPENDIX D Configuring Layer 4 - Layer 7 Network Services Integration 435

About VXLAN Layer 4 - Layer 7 Services 435
Integrating Layer 3 Firewalls in VXLAN Fabrics 435
Single-Attached Firewall with Static Routing 436
Recursive Static Routes Distributed to the Rest of the Fabric 438
Redistribute Static Routes into BGP and Advertise to the Rest of the Fabric 438
Dual-Attached Firewall with Static Routing 438
Single-Attached Firewall with eBGP Routing 439
Dual-Attached Firewall with eBGP Routing 442
Per-VRF Peering via vPC Peer-Link 445
Single-Attached Firewall with OSPF 445
Redistribute OSPF Routes into BGP and Advertise to the Rest of the Fabric 446
Dual-Attached Firewall with OSPF 447
Redistribute OSPF Routes into BGP and Advertise to the Rest of the Fabric 449
Firewall as Default Gateway 449
Transparent Firewall Insertion 450
Overview of EVPN with Transparent Firewall Insertion 450
EVPN with Transparent Firewall Insertion Example 452
Show Command Examples 455
xiv
Contents
APPENDIX E Configuring Multihoming 457

VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Overview 457
Introduction to Multihoming 457
BGP EVPN Multihoming 457
BGP EVPN Multihoming Terminology 457
EVPN Multihoming Implementation 458
EVPN Multihoming Redundancy Group 459
Ethernet Segment Identifier 459
LACP Bundling 459
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Multihoming 460

Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming 461
Enabling EVPN Multihoming 461
VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Configuration Examples 462
Configuring Layer 2 Gateway STP 463
Layer 2 Gateway STP Overview 463
Guidelines for Moving to Layer 2 Gateway STP 464
Enabling Layer 2 Gateway STP on a Switch 465
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Traffic Flows 467
EVPN Multihoming Local Traffic Flows 467
EVPN Multihoming Remote Traffic Flows 472
EVPN Multihoming BUM Flows 476
Configuring ESI ARP Suppression 479
Overview of ESI ARP Suppression 479
Limitations for ESI ARP Suppression 480
Configuring ESI ARP Suppression 480
Displaying Show Commands for ESI ARP Suppression 480
Configuring VLAN Consistency Checking 482
Overview of VLAN Consistency Checking 482
VLAN Consistency Checking Guidelines and Limitations 483
Configuring VLAN Consistency Checking 483
Displaying Show Command Output for VLAN Consistency Checking 483
APPENDIX F Configuring Proportional Multipath for VNF 485
xv
Contents
About Proportional Multipath for VNF 485

Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site 489
Prerequisites for Proportional Multipath for VNF 489
Guidelines and Limitations for Proportional Multipath for VNF 490
Configuring the Route Reflector 491
Configuring the ToR 492
Configuring the Border Leaf 497
Configuring the BGP Legacy Peer 503
Configuring a User-Defined Profile for Maintenance Mode 504
Configuring a User-Defined Profile for Normal Mode 504
Configuring a Default Route Map 505
Applying a Route Map to a Route Reflector 505
Verifying Proportional Multipath for VNF 506
Configuration Example for Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site 510
xvi
Preface
This preface includes the following sections:
• Audience, on page xvii
• Document Conventions, on page xvii
• Related Documentation for Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches, on page xviii
• Documentation Feedback, on page xviii
• Communications, Services, and Additional Information, on page xviii
Audience
This publication is for network administrators who install, configure, and maintain Cisco Nexus switches.
Document Conventions
Command descriptions use the following conventions:
Convention Description
bold Bold text indicates the commands and keywords that you enter literally
as shown.
Italic Italic text indicates arguments for which you supply the values.
[x] Square brackets enclose an optional element (keyword or argument).
[x | y] Square brackets enclosing keywords or arguments that are separated by

a vertical bar indicate an optional choice.
{x | y} Braces enclosing keywords or arguments that are separated by a vertical

bar indicate a required choice.
[x {y | z}] Nested set of square brackets or braces indicate optional or required

choices within optional or required elements. Braces and a vertical bar
within square brackets indicate a required choice within an optional
element.
xvii
Preface
Related Documentation for Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches
variable Indicates a variable for which you supply values, in context where italics
cannot be used.
string A nonquoted set of characters. Do not use quotation marks around the
string or the string includes the quotation marks.
Examples use the following conventions:
screen font Terminal sessions and information the switch displays are in screen font.
boldface screen font Information that you must enter is in boldface screen font.
italic screen font Arguments for which you supply values are in italic screen font.
<> Nonprinting characters, such as passwords, are in angle brackets.
[] Default responses to system prompts are in square brackets.
!, # An exclamation point (!) or a pound sign (#) at the beginning of a line

of code indicates a comment line.
Related Documentation for Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches

The entire Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switch documentation set is available at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps13386/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Documentation Feedback
To provide technical feedback on this document, or to report an error or omission, please send your comments
to [email protected]. We appreciate your feedback.
Communications, Services, and Additional Information

• To receive timely, relevant information from Cisco, sign up at Cisco Profile Manager.
• To get the business impact you’re looking for with the technologies that matter, visit Cisco Services.
• To submit a service request, visit Cisco Support.
• To discover and browse secure, validated enterprise-class apps, products, solutions and services, visit
Cisco Marketplace.
• To obtain general networking, training, and certification titles, visit Cisco Press.
• To find warranty information for a specific product or product family, access Cisco Warranty Finder.
xviii
Preface
Preface
Cisco Bug Search Tool

Cisco Bug Search Tool (BST) is a web-based tool that acts as a gateway to the Cisco bug tracking system
that maintains a comprehensive list of defects and vulnerabilities in Cisco products and software. BST provides
you with detailed defect information about your products and software.
xix
Preface
Preface
xx
CHAPTER 1
Overview
This chapter contains the following sections:
• Licensing Requirements, on page 1
• VXLAN Overview, on page 1
• Cisco Nexus 9000 as Hardware-Based VXLAN Gateway, on page 2
• VXLAN Encapsulation and Packet Format, on page 2
• VXLAN Tunnel, on page 3
• VXLAN Tunnel Endpoint, on page 3
• Underlay Network, on page 3
• Overlay Network, on page 3
• Distributed Anycast Gateway, on page 3
• Control Plane, on page 4
Licensing Requirements
For a complete explanation of Cisco NX-OS licensing recommendations and how to obtain and apply licenses,
see the Cisco NX-OS Licensing Guide.
VXLAN Overview
Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) provides a way to extend Layer 2 networks across a Layer 3 infrastructure
using MAC-in-UDP encapsulation and tunneling. This feature enables virtualized and multitenant data center
fabric designs over a shared common physical infrastructure.
VXLAN has the following benefits:
• Flexible placement of workloads across the data center fabric.
It provides a way to extend Layer 2 segments over the underlying shared Layer 3 network infrastructure
so that tenant workloads can be placed across physical pods in a single data center. Or even across several
geographically divers data centers.
• Higher scalability to allow more Layer 2 segments.
VXLAN uses a 24-bit segment ID, the VXLAN network identifier (VNID). This allows a maximum of
16 million VXLAN segments to coexist in the same administrative domain. In comparison, traditional
VLANs use a 12-bit segment ID that can support a maximum of 4096 VLANs.
1
Overview
Cisco Nexus 9000 as Hardware-Based VXLAN Gateway
• Optimized utilization of available network paths in the underlying infrastructure.

VXLAN packets are transferred through the underlying network based on their Layer 3 headers. They
use equal-cost multipath (ECMP) routing and link aggregation protocols to use all available paths. In
contrast, a Layer 2 network might block valid forwarding paths in order to avoid loops.
Cisco Nexus 9000 as Hardware-Based VXLAN Gateway

A Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switch can function as a hardware-based VXLAN gateway. It seamlessly connects
VXLAN and VLAN segments as one forwarding domain across the Layer 3 boundary without sacrificing
forwarding performance. The Cisco Nexus 9000 Series hardware-based VXLAN encapsulation and
de-encapsulation provide line-rate performance for all frame sizes.
VXLAN Encapsulation and Packet Format

VXLAN is a Layer 2 overlay scheme over a Layer 3 network. It uses a MAC Address-in-User Datagram
Protocol (MAC-in-UDP) encapsulation to provide a means to extend Layer 2 segments across the data center
network. VXLAN is a solution to support a flexible, large-scale multitenant environment over a shared common
physical infrastructure. The transport protocol over the physical data center network is IP plus UDP.
VXLAN defines a MAC-in-UDP encapsulation scheme where the original Layer 2 frame has a VXLAN
header added and is then placed in a UDP-IP packet. With this MAC-in-UDP encapsulation, VXLAN tunnels
Layer 2 network over Layer 3 network.
VXLAN uses an 8-byte VXLAN header that consists of a 24-bit VNID and a few reserved bits. The VXLAN
header, together with the original Ethernet frame, go inside the UDP payload. The 24-bit VNID is used to
identify Layer 2 segments and to maintain Layer 2 isolation between the segments. With all 24 bits in the
VNID, VXLAN can support 16 million LAN segments.
Figure 1:
2
Overview
VXLAN Tunnel
VXLAN Tunnel
A VXLAN encapsulated communication between two devices where they encapsulate and decapsulate an
inner Ethernet frame, is called a VXLAN tunnel. VXLAN tunnels are stateless since they are UDP encapsulated.
VXLAN Tunnel Endpoint

VXLAN tunnel endpoints (VTEPs) are devices that terminate VXLAN tunnels. They perform VXLAN
encapsulation and de-encapsulation. Each VTEP has two interfaces. One is a Layer 2 interface on the local
LAN segment to support a local endpoint communication through bridging. The other is a Layer 3 interface
on the IP transport network.
The IP interface has a unique address that identifies the VTEP device in the transport network. The VTEP
device uses this IP address to encapsulate Ethernet frames and transmit the packets on the transport network.
A VTEP discovers other VTEP devices that share the same VNIs it has locally connected. It advertises the
locally connected MAC addresses to its peers. It also learns remote MAC Address-to-VTEP mappings through
its IP interface.
Underlay Network
The VXLAN segments are independent of the underlying physical network topology. Conversely, the underlying
IP network, often referred to as the underlay network, is independent of the VXLAN overlay. The underlay
network forwards the VXLAN encapsulated packets based on the outer IP address header. The outer IP address
header has the initiating VTEP's IP interface as the source IP address and the terminating VTEP's IP interface
as the destination IP address.
The primary purpose of the underlay in the VXLAN fabric is to advertise the reachability of the Virtual Tunnel
Endpoints (VTEPs). The underlay also provides a fast and reliable transport for the VXLAN traffic.
Overlay Network
In broadcast terms, an overlay is a virtual network that is built on top of an underlay network infrastructure.
In a VXLAN fabric, the overlay network is built of a control plane and the VXLAN tunnels. The control plane
is used to advertise MAC address reachability. The VXLAN tunnels transport the Ethernet frames between
the VTEPs.
Distributed Anycast Gateway

Distributed Anycast Gateway refers to the use of default gateway addressing that uses the same IP and MAC
address across all the leafs that are a part of a VNI. This ensures that every leaf can function as the default
gateway for the workloads directly connected to it. The distributed Anycast Gateway functionality is used to
facilitate flexible workload placement, and optimal traffic forwarding across the VXLAN fabric.
3
Overview
Control Plane
Control Plane
There are two widely adopted control planes that are used with VXLAN:
Flood and Learn Multicast-Based Learning Control Plane

Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches support the flood and learn multicast-based control plane method.
• When configuring VXLAN with a multicast based control plane, every VTEP configured with a specific
VXLAN VNI joins the same multicast group. Each VNI could have its own multicast group, or several
VNIs can share the same group.
• The multicast group is used to forward broadcast, unknown unicast, and multicast (BUM) traffic for a
VNI.
• The multicast configuration must support Any-Source Multicast (ASM) or PIM BiDir.
• Initially, the VTEPs only learn the MAC addresses of devices that are directly connected to them.
• Remote MAC address to VTEP mappings are learned via conversational learning.
VXLAN MPBGP EVPN Control Plane

A Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switch can be configured to provide a Multiprotocol Border Gateway Protocol
(MPBGP) ethernet VPN (EVPN) control plane. The control plane uses a distributed Anycast Gateway with
Layer 2 and Layer 3 VXLAN overlay networks.
For a data center network, an MPBGP EVPN control plane provides:
• Flexible workload placement that is not restricted with physical topology of the data center network.
• Place virtual machines anywhere in the data center fabric.
• Optimal East-West traffic between servers within and across data centers
• East-West traffic between servers, or virtual machines, is achieved by most specific routing at the
first hop router. First hop routing is done at the access layer. Host routes must be exchanged to
ensure most specific routing to and from servers or hosts. Virtual machine (VM) mobility is supported
by detecting new endpoint attachment when a new MAC address/IP address is seen directly connected
to the local switch. When the local switch sees the new MAC/IP, it signals the new location to rest
of the network.
• Eliminate or reduce flooding in the data center.

• Flooding is reduced by distributing MAC reachability information via MP-BGP EVPN to optimize
flooding relating to L2 unknown unicast traffic. Optimization of reducing broadcasts associated
with ARP/IPv6 Neighbor solicitation is achieved by distributing the necessary information via
MPBGP EVPN. The information is then cached at the access switches. Address solicitation requests
can be responded locally without sending a broadcast to the rest of the fabric.
• A standards-based control plane that can be deployed independent of a specific fabric controller.
• The MPBGP EVPN control plane approach provides:
4
Overview
Control Plane
• IP reachability information for the tunnel endpoints associated with a segment and the hosts
behind a specific tunnel endpoint.
• Distribution of host MAC reachability to reduce/eliminate unknown unicast flooding.
• Distribution of host IP/MAC bindings to provide local ARP suppression.
• Host mobility.
• A single address family (MPBGP EVPN) to distribute both L2 and L3 route reachability
information.
• Segmentation of Layer 2 and Layer 3 traffic

• Traffic segmentation is achieved with using VXLAN encapsulation, where VNI acts as segment
identifier.
5
Overview
Control Plane
6
CHAPTER 2
Configuring VXLAN
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN, on page 7
• Considerations for VXLAN Deployment, on page 13
• vPC Considerations for VXLAN Deployment, on page 15
• Network Considerations for VXLAN Deployments, on page 19
• Considerations for the Transport Network, on page 20
• Considerations for Tunneling VXLAN, on page 21
• Configuring VXLAN, on page 23
• VXLAN and IP-in-IP Tunneling, on page 29
• Configuring VXLAN Static Tunnels, on page 32
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN

VXLAN has the following guidelines and limitations:
Table 1: ACL Options for VXLAN Traffic on Cisco Nexus 92300YC, 92160YC-X, 93120TX, 9332PQ, and 9348GC-FXP Switches
ACL Direction ACL Type VTEP Type Port Type Flow Traffic Type Supported
Direction
Ingress PACL Ingress VTEP L2 port Access to Native L2 YES

Network traffic
[GROUP:encap [GROUP:inner]
direction]
VACL Ingress VTEP VLAN Access to Native L2 YES

Network traffic
direction]
Ingress RACL Ingress VTEP Tenant L3 Access to Native L3 YES

SVI Network traffic
direction]
7
Configuring VXLAN
ACL Direction ACL Type VTEP Type Port Type Flow Traffic Type Supported
Direction
Egress RACL Ingress VTEP Uplink Access to VXLAN NO

L3/L3-PO/SVI Network encap
[GROUP:encap [GROUP:outer]
direction]
Ingress RACL Egress VTEP Uplink Network to VXLAN NO

L3/L3-PO/SVI Access encap
[GROUP:decap [GROUP:outer]
direction]
Egress PACL Egress VTEP L2 port Network to Native L2 NO

Access traffic
[GROUP:decap [GROUP:inner]
direction]
VACL Egress VTEP VLAN Network to Native L2 NO

Access traffic
direction]
Egress RACL Egress VTEP Tenant L3 Network to Post-decap L3 YES

SVI Access traffic
direction]
• For scale environments, the VLAN IDs related to the VRF and Layer-3 VNI (L3VNI) must be reserved
with the system vlan nve-overlay id command.
• NLB in the unicast, multicast, and IGMP multicast modes is not supported on Cisco Nexus 9000 switch
VXLAN VTEPs. The work-around is to move the NLB cluster behind the intermediary device (which
supports NLB in the respective mode) and inject the cluster IP address as an external prefix into the
VXLAN fabric.
• Support added for MultiAuth Change of Authorization (CoA). For more information, see the Cisco Nexus
9000 Series NX-OS Security Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x).
• The lacp vpc-convergence command can be configured in VXLAN and non-VXLAN environments
that have vPC port channels to hosts that support LACP.
• PIM BiDir for VXLAN underlay with and without vPC is supported.
The following features are not supported when PIM BiDir for VXLAN underlay is configured:
• Flood and Learn VXLAN
• Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM)
• VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site
• VXLAN EVPN Multihoming
• vPC attached VTEPs
8
Configuring VXLAN
For redundant RPs, use Phantom RP.

For transitioning from PIM ASM to PIM BiDir or from PIM BiDir to PIM ASM underlay, we recommend
that you use the following example procedure:
no ip pim rp-address 192.0.2.100 group-list 230.1.1.0/8
clear ip mroute *
clear ip mroute date-created *
clear ip pim route *
clear ip igmp groups *
clear ip igmp snooping groups * vlan all
Wait for all tables to clean up.

ip pim rp-address 192.0.2.100 group-list 230.1.1.0/8 bidir
• When entering the no feature pim command, NVE ownership on the route is not removed so the route
stays and traffic continues to flow. Aging is done by PIM. PIM does not age out entries having a VXLAN
encap flag.
• Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) N-port Virtualization (NPV) can coexist with VXLAN on different
fabric uplinks but on the same or different front-panel ports on Cisco Nexus 93180YC-EX and
93180YC-FX switches.
Fibre Channel N-port Virtualization (NPV) can coexist with VXLAN on different fabric uplinks but on
the same or different front-panel ports on Cisco Nexus 93180YC-FX switches. VXLAN can exist only
on the Ethernet front-panel ports and not on the FC front-panel ports.
• VXLAN is supported on the Cisco Nexus 9348GC-FXP switch.
• VXLAN is not supported on the Cisco Nexus 92348GC switch.
• When SVI is enabled on a VTEP (flood and learn, or EVPN), make sure that ARP-ETHER TCAM is
carved using the hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether 256 command. This requirement does
not apply to Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, 9300-FX/FX2/FX3, and 9300-GX platform switches and Cisco
9500 Series switches with 9700-EX line cards.
• For information regarding the load-share keyword usage for PBR with VXLAN, see the Guidelines
and Limitations for Policy-Based Routing section of the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing
Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x).
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), ARP suppression is supported for Cisco Nexus 9300-GX
platform switches.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), ARP suppression is supported with reflective relay for
Cisco Nexus 9364C, 9300-EX, 9300-FX/FX2/FXP, and 9300-GX platform switches. For information
on reflective relay, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Layer 2 Switching Configuration Guide.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(6), VXLAN flood and learn mode is supported for Cisco
Nexus 9300-GX platform switches.
• For the Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches with -R line cards, VXLAN Layer 2 Gateway is supported
on the 9636C-RX line card. VXLAN and MPLS cannot be enabled on the Cisco Nexus 9508 switch at
the same time.
• For the Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches with -R line cards, if VXLAN is enabled, the Layer 2
Gateway cannot be enabled when there is any line card other than the 9636C-RX.
9
Configuring VXLAN
• For the Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches with -R line cards, PIM/ASM is supported in the underlay
ports. PIM/Bidir is not supported. For more information, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX_OS Multicast
Routing Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x).
• For the Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches with -R line cards, IPv6 hosts routing in the overlay is
supported.
• For the Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches with -R line cards, ARP suppression is supported.
• The load-share keyword has been added to the Configuring a Route Policy procedure for the PBR over
VXLAN feature.
For more information, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX_OS Unicast Routing Configuration Guide,
Release 9.x.
• The lacp vpc-convergence command is added for better convergence of Layer 2 EVPN VXLAN:
interface port-channel10
switchport
switchport mode trunk
switchport trunk allowed vlan 1001-1200
spanning-tree port type edge trunk
spanning-tree bpdufilter enable
lacp vpc-convergence
vpc 10
interface Ethernet1/34 <- The port-channel member-port is configured with LACP-active

mode (for example, no changes are done at the member-port level.)
switchport
switchport trunk allowed vlan 1001-1200
channel-group 10 mode active
no shutdown
• Port-VLAN with VXLAN is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-EX and 9500 Series switches with 9700-EX
line cards with the following exceptions:
• Only Layer 2 (no routing) is supported with port-VLAN with VXLAN on these switches.
• No inner VLAN mapping is supported.
• The system nve ipmc CLI command is not applicable to the Cisco 9200 and 9300-EX platform switches
and Cisco 9500 platform switches with 9700-EX line cards.
• Bind NVE to a loopback address that is separate from other loopback addresses that are required by
Layer 3 protocols. A best practice is to use a dedicated loopback address for VXLAN. This best practice
should be applied not only for the vPC VXLAN deployment, but for all VXLAN deployments.
• To remove configurations from an NVE interface, we recommend manually removing each configuration
rather than using the default interface nve command.
• show commands with the internal keyword are not supported.
• FEX ports do not support IGMP snooping on VXLAN VLANs.
• VXLAN is supported for the Cisco Nexus 93108TC-EX and 93180YC-EX switches and for Cisco Nexus
9500 Series switches with the X9732C-EX line card.
• DHCP snooping (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol snooping) is not supported on VXLAN VLANs.
10
Configuring VXLAN
• RACLs are not supported on Layer 3 uplinks for VXLAN traffic. Egress VACLs support is not available
for de-capsulated packets in the network to access direction on the inner payload.
As a best practice, use PACLs/VACLs for the access to the network direction.
• The QoS buffer-boost feature is not applicable for VXLAN traffic.
• The following limitations apply to releases prior to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5):
• SVI and subinterfaces as uplinks are not supported.
• VTEPs do not support VXLAN-encapsulated traffic over subinterfaces, regardless of VRF
participation or IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation.
• VTEPs do not support VXLAN-encapsulated traffic over parent interfaces if subinterfaces are
configured, regardless of VRF participation.
• Mixing subinterfaces for VXLAN and non-VXLAN VLANs is not supported.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), VTEPs support VXLAN-encapsulated traffic over parent
interfaces if subinterfaces are configured. This feature is supported for VXLAN flood and learn, VXLAN
EVPN, VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site, and DCI. As shown in the following configuration example, VXLAN
traffic is forwarded on the parent interface (eth1/1) in the default VRF, and L3 IP (non-VXLAN) traffic
is forwarded on subinterfaces (eth1/1.10) in the tenant VRF.
interface ethernet 1/1
description VXLAN carrying interface
no switchport
ip address 10.1.1.1/30
interface ethernet 1/1.10

description NO VXLAN
no switchport
vrf member Tenant10
encapsulation dot1q 10
ip address 10.10.1.1/30
• Point-to-multipoint Layer 3 and SVI uplinks are not supported.

• A FEX HIF (FEX host interface port) is supported for a VLAN that is extended with VXLAN.
• In an ingress replication vPC setup, Layer 3 connectivity is needed between vPC peer devices.
• Rollback is not supported on VXLAN VLANs that are configured with the port VLAN mapping feature.
• The VXLAN UDP port number is used for VXLAN encapsulation. For Cisco Nexus NX-OS, the UDP
port number is 4789. It complies with IETF standards and is not configurable.
• VXLAN is supported on Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with the following line cards:
• 9500-R
• 9564PX
• 9564TX
• 9536PQ
• 9700-EX
• 9700-FX
11
Configuring VXLAN
• Cisco Nexus 9300 Series switches with 100G uplinks only support VXLAN switching/bridging.
Cisco Nexus 9200, Cisco Nexus 9300-EX, and Cisco Nexus 9300-FX, and Cisco Nexus 9300-FX2
platform switches do not have this restriction.
Note For VXLAN routing support, a 40G uplink module is required.
• MDP is not supported for VXLAN configurations.

• Consistency checkers are not supported for VXLAN tables.
• ARP suppression is supported for a VNI only if the VTEP hosts the First-Hop Gateway (Distributed
Anycast Gateway) for this VNI. The VTEP and SVI for this VLAN must be properly configured for the
Distributed Anycast Gateway operation (for example, global anycast gateway MAC address configured
and anycast gateway with the virtual IP address on the SVI).
• ARP suppression is a per-L2VNI fabric-wide setting in the VXLAN fabric. Enable or disable this feature
consistently across all VTEPs in the fabric. Inconsistent ARP suppression configuration across VTEPs
is not supported.
• The VXLAN network identifier (VNID) 16777215 is reserved and should not be configured explicitly.
• VXLAN supports In-Service Software Upgrades (ISSUs). However, VXLAN ISSU is not supported for
Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches.
• VXLAN does not support coexistence with the GRE tunnel feature or the MPLS (static or segment-routing)
feature.
• VTEP connected to FEX host interface ports is not supported.
• If multiple VTEPs use the same multicast group address for underlay multicast but have different VNIs,
the VTEPs should have at least one VNI in common. Doing so ensures that NVE peer discovery occurs
and underlay multicast traffic is forwarded correctly. For example, leafs L1 and L4 could have VNI 10
and leafs L2 and L3 could have VNI 20, and both VNIs could share the same group address. When leaf
L1 sends traffic to leaf L4, the traffic could pass through leaf L2 or L3. Because NVE peer L1 is not
learned on leaf L2 or L3, the traffic is dropped. Therefore, VTEPs that share a group address need to
have at least one VNI in common so that peer learning occurs and traffic is not dropped. This requirement
applies to VXLAN bud-node topologies.
• VXLAN does not support coexistence with MVR and MPLS for Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 with -R
line cards.
• Resilient hashing (port-channel load-balancing resiliency) and VXLAN configurations are not compatible
with VTEPs using ALE uplink ports.
Note Resilient hashing is disabled by default.
• For Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches with -R line cards, the L3VNI's VLAN must be added on the
vPC peer-link trunk's allowed VLAN list.
• Native VLANs for VXLAN are not supported. All traffic on VXLAN Layer 2 trunks needs to be tagged.
This limitation applies to Cisco Nexus 9300 and 9500 switches with 95xx line cards. This limitation does
12
Configuring VXLAN
Considerations for VXLAN Deployment
not apply to Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, 9300-FX, and 9500 platform switches with -EX or -FX line
cards.

• For scale environments, the VLAN IDs related to the VRF and Layer-3 VNI (L3VNI) must be reserved
with the system vlan nve-overlay id command.
This is required to optimize the VXLAN resource allocation to scale the following platforms:
• Cisco Nexus 9300 platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with 9500 line cards
The following example shows how to reserve the VLAN IDs related to the VRF and the Layer-3 VNI:
system vlan nve-overlay id 2000
vlan 2000
vn-segment 50000
interface Vlan2000
vrf member MYVRF_50000
ip forward
ipv6 forward
vrf context MYVRF_50000

vni 50000
Note The system vlan nve-overlay id command should be used for a VRF or a Layer-3
VNI (L3VNI) only. Do not use this command for regular VLANs or Layer-2
VNIs (L2VNI).
• When configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN, only the "System Routing Mode: Default" is applicable for the
following hardware platforms:
• Cisco Nexus 9300-EX platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with X9500 line cards
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with X9700-EX/FX line cards
• The “System Routing Mode: template-vxlan-scale” is not applicable.

• When using VXLAN BGP EVPN in combination with Cisco NX-OS Release 7.0(3)I4(x) or NX-OS
Release 7.0(3)I5(1), the “System Routing Mode: template-vxlan-scale” is required on the following
hardware platforms:
13
Configuring VXLAN
• Cisco Nexus 9300-EX Switches

• Cisco Nexus 9500 Switches with X9700-EX line cards
• Changing the “System Routing Mode” requires a reload of the switch.

• A loopback address is required when using the source-interface config command. The loopback address
represents the local VTEP IP.
• During boot-up of a switch, you can use the source-interface hold-down-time hold-down-time command
to suppress advertisement of the NVE loopback address until the overlay has converged. The range for
the hold-down-time is 0 - 2147483647 seconds. The default is 300 seconds.
• To establish IP multicast routing in the core, IP multicast configuration, PIM configuration, and RP
configuration is required.
• VTEP to VTEP unicast reachability can be configured through any IGP protocol.
• In VXLAN flood and learn mode, the default gateway for VXLAN VLAN is recommended to be a
centralized gateway on a pair of vPC devices with FHRP (First Hop Redundancy Protocol) running
between them.
In BGP EVPN, it is recommended to use the anycast gateway feature on all VTEPs.
• For flood and learn mode, only a centralized Layer 3 gateway is supported. Anycast gateway is not
supported. The recommended Layer 3 gateway design would be a pair of switches in vPC to be the Layer
3 centralized gateway with FHRP protocol running on the SVIs. The same SVI's cannot span across
multiple VTEPs even with different IP addresses used in the same subnet.
Note When configuring SVI with flood and learn mode on the central gateway leaf, it
is mandatory to configure hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether size
double-wide. (You must decrease the size of an existing TCAM region before
using this command.)
For example:
hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether 256 double-wide
Note Configuring the hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether size double-wide
is not required on Cisco Nexus 9200 Series switches.
• When configuring ARP suppression with BGP-EVPN, use the hardware access-list tcam region
arp-ether size double-wide command to accommodate ARP in this region. (You must decrease the size
of an existing TCAM region before using this command.)
14
Configuring VXLAN
vPC Considerations for VXLAN Deployment
Note This step is required for Cisco Nexus 9300 switches (NFE/ALE) and Cisco Nexus
9500 switches with N9K-X9564PX, N9K-X9564TX, and N9K-X9536PQ line
cards. This step is not needed with Cisco Nexus 9200 switches, Cisco Nexus
9300-EX switches, or Cisco Nexus 9500 switches with N9K-X9732C-EX line
cards.
• VXLAN tunnels cannot have more than one underlay next hop on a given underlay port. For example,
on a given output underlay port, only one destination MAC address can be derived as the outer MAC on
a given output port.
This is a per-port limitation, not a per-tunnel limitation. This means that two tunnels that are reachable
through the same underlay port cannot drive two different outer MAC addresses.
• When changing the IP address of a VTEP device, you must shut the NVE interface before changing the
IP address.
• As a best practice, the RP for the multicast group should be configured only on the spine layer. Use the
anycast RP for RP load balancing and redundancy.
The following is an example of an anycast RP configuration on spines:
ip pim rp-address 1.1.1.10 group-list 224.0.0.0/4

ip pim anycast-rp 1.1.1.10 1.1.1.1
ip pim anycast-rp 1.1.1.10 1.1.1.2
Note • 1.1.1.10 is the anycast RP IP address that is configured on all RPs

participating in the anycast RP set.
• 1.1.1.1 is the local RP IP.
• 1.1.1.2 is the peer RP IP.
• Static ingress replication and BGP EVPN ingress replication do not require any IP Multicast routing in
the underlay.

• As a best practice when feature vPC is added or removed from a VTEP, the NVE interfaces on both the
vPC primary and the vPC secondary should be shut before the change is made.
• Bind NVE to a loopback address that is separate from other loopback addresses that are required by
Layer 3 protocols. A best practice is to use a dedicated loopback address for VXLAN.
• On vPC VXLAN, it is recommended to increase the delay restore interface-vlan timer under the vPC
configuration, if the number of SVIs are scaled up. For example, if there are 1000 VNIs with 1000 SVIs,
we recommend to increase the delay restore interface-vlan timer to 45 seconds.
15
Configuring VXLAN
• If a ping is initiated to the attached hosts on VXLAN VLAN from a vPC VTEP node, the source IP
address used by default is the anycast IP that is configured on the SVI. This ping can fail to get a response
from the host in case the response is hashed to the vPC peer node. This issue can happen when a ping is
initiated from a VXLAN vPC node to the attached hosts without using a unique source IP address. As a
workaround for this situation, use VXLAN OAM or create a unique loopback on each vPC VTEP and
route the unique address via a backdoor path.
• The loopback address used by NVE needs to be configured to have a primary IP address and a secondary
IP address.
The secondary IP address is used for all VXLAN traffic that includes multicast and unicast encapsulated
traffic.
• vPC peers must have identical configurations.
• Consistent VLAN to vn-segment mapping.
• Consistent NVE1 binding to the same loopback interface
• Using the same secondary IP address.
• Using different primary IP addresses.
• Consistent VNI to group mapping.
• For multicast, the vPC node that receives the (S, G) join from the RP (rendezvous point) becomes the
DF (designated forwarder). On the DF node, encap routes are installed for multicast.
Decap routes are installed based on the election of a decapper from between the vPC primary node and
the vPC secondary node. The winner of the decap election is the node with the least cost to the RP.
However, if the cost to the RP is the same for both nodes, the vPC primary node is elected.
The winner of the decap election has the decap mroute installed. The other node does not have a decap
route installed.
• On a vPC device, BUM traffic (broadcast, unknown-unicast, and multicast traffic) from hosts is replicated
on the peer-link. A copy is made of every native packet and each native packet is sent across the peer-link
to service orphan-ports connected to the peer vPC switch.
To prevent traffic loops in VXLAN networks, native packets ingressing the peer-link cannot be sent to
an uplink. However, if the peer switch is the encapper, the copied packet traverses the peer-link and is
sent to the uplink.
Note Each copied packet is sent on a special internal VLAN (VLAN 4041 or VLAN
4046).
• When the peer-link is shut, the loopback interface used by NVE on the vPC secondary is brought down
and the status is Admin Shut. This is done so that the route to the loopback is withdrawn on the upstream
and that the upstream can divert all traffic to the vPC primary.
16
Configuring VXLAN
Note Orphans connected to the vPC secondary will experience loss of traffic for the
period that the peer-link is shut. This is similar to Layer 2 orphans in a vPC
secondary of a traditional vPC setup.
• When peer-link is no-shut, the NVE loopback address is brought up again and the route is advertised
upstream, attracting traffic.
• For vPC, the loopback interface has two IP addresses: the primary IP address and the secondary IP
address.
The primary IP address is unique and is used by Layer 3 protocols.
The secondary IP address on loopback is necessary because the interface NVE uses it for the VTEP IP
address. The secondary IP address must be same on both vPC peers.
• The vPC peer-gateway feature must be enabled on both peers to facilitate NVE RMAC/VMAC
programming on both peers. For peer-gateway functionality, at least one backup routing SVI is required
to be enabled across peer-link and also configured with PIM. This provides a backup routing path in the
case when VTEP loses complete connectivity to the spine. Remote peer reachability is re-routed over
peer-link in his case. In BUD node topologies, the backup SVI needs to be added as a static OIF for each
underlay multicast group.
switch# sh ru int vlan 2
interface Vlan2
description backupl_svi_over_peer-link
no shutdown
ip router ospf 1 area 0.0.0.0
ip pim sparse-mode
ip igmp static-oif route-map match-mcast-groups
route-map match-mcast-groups permit 1

match ip multicast group 225.1.1.1/32
Note In BUD node topologies, the backup SVI needs to be added as a static OIF for
each underlay multicast group.
The SVI must be configured on bot vPC peers and requires PIM to be enabled.
• When the NVE or loopback is shut in vPC configurations:

• If the NVE or loopback is shut only on the primary vPC switch, the global VXLAN vPC consistency
checker fails. Then the NVE, loopback, and vPCs are taken down on the secondary vPC switch.
• If the NVE or loopback is shut only on the secondary vPC switch, the global VXLAN vPC
consistency checker fails. Then, the NVE, loopback, and secondary vPC are brought down on the
secondary. Traffic continues to flow through the primary vPC switch.
• As a best practice, you should keep both the NVE and loopback up on both the primary and secondary
vPC switches.
17
Configuring VXLAN
• Redundant anycast RPs configured in the network for multicast load-balancing and RP redundancy are
supported on vPC VTEP topologies.
• As a best practice, when changing the secondary IP address of an anycast vPC VTEP, the NVE interfaces
on both the vPC primary and the vPC secondary must be shut before the IP changes are made.
• When SVI is enabled on a VTEP (flood and learn, or EVPN) regardless of ARP suppression, make sure
that ARP-ETHER TCAM is carved using the hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether 256
double-wide command. This requirement does not apply to Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, and
9300-FX/FX2/FX3 and 9300-GX platform switches and Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with
9700-EX line cards.
• The show commands with the internal keyword are not supported.
• RACLs are not supported on Layer 3 uplinks for VXLAN traffic. Egress VACLs support is not available
for de-capsulated packets in the network to access direction on the inner payload.
As a best practice, use PACLs/VACLs for the access to the network direction.
See the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Security Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x) for other guidelines
and limitations for the VXLAN ACL feature.
• QoS classification is not supported for VXLAN traffic in the network to access direction on the Layer
3 uplink interface.
See the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Quality of Service Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x) for
other guidelines and limitations for the VXLAN QoS feature.
• The QoS buffer-boost feature is not applicable for VXLAN traffic.
interfaces if subinterfaces are configured.
• VTEPs do not support VXLAN encapsulated traffic over subinterfaces. This is regardless of VRF
participation or IEEE802.1Q encapsulation.
• Point-to-multipoint Layer 3 and SVI uplinks are not supported.
• Using the ip forward command enables the VTEP to forward the VXLAN de-capsulated packet destined
to its router IP to the SUP/CPU.
• Before configuring it as an SVI, the backup VLAN needs to be configured on Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX,
and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 and 9300-GX platform switches as an infra-VLAN with the system nve
infra-vlans command.
• 9564PX
• 9564TX
• 9536PQ
• 9732C-EX
18
Configuring VXLAN
Network Considerations for VXLAN Deployments
• When Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches are used as VTEPs, 100G line cards are not supported on
Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches. This limitation does not apply to a Cisco Nexus 9500 switch with
9700-EX or -FX line cards.
• Cisco Nexus 9300 platform switches with 100G uplinks only support VXLAN switching/bridging. Cisco
Nexus 9200 and Cisco Nexus 9300-EX/FX/FX2 platform switches do not have this restriction.
Note For VXLAN routing support, a 40 G uplink module is required.
• The VXLAN UDP port number is used for VXLAN encapsulation. For Cisco Nexus NX-OS, the UDP
port number is 4789. It complies with IETF standards and is not configurable.
• For Cisco Nexus 9200 platform switches that have the Application Spine Engine (ASE2). There exists
a Layer 3 VXLAN (SVI) throughput issue. There is a data loss for packets of sizes 99 - 122.
• The VXLAN network identifier (VNID) 16777215 is reserved and should not be configured explicitly.
• VXLAN supports In Service Software Upgrade (ISSU).
• VXLAN ISSU is not supported on the Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches.
• VXLAN does not support coexistence with the GRE tunnel feature or the MPLS (static or segment
routing) feature.
• VTEP connected to FEX host interface ports is not supported.
• Resilient hashing (port-channel load-balancing resiliency) and VXLAN configurations are not compatible
with VTEPs using ALE uplink ports.
Note Resilient hashing is disabled by default.
• When ARP suppression is enabled or disabled in a vPC setup, a down time is required because the global
VXLAN vPC consistency checker will fail and the VLANs will be suspended if ARP suppression is
disabled or enabled on only one side.
Note For information about VXLAN BGP EVPN scalability, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Verified
Scalability Guide, Release 9.3(x).
Network Considerations for VXLAN Deployments

• MTU Size in the Transport Network
Due to the MAC-to-UDP encapsulation, VXLAN introduces 50-byte overhead to the original frames.
Therefore, the maximum transmission unit (MTU) in the transport network needs to be increased by 50
bytes. If the overlays use a 1500-byte MTU, the transport network needs to be configured to accommodate
19
Configuring VXLAN
Considerations for the Transport Network
1550-byte packets at a minimum. Jumbo-frame support in the transport network is required if the overlay
applications tend to use larger frame sizes than 1500 bytes.
• ECMP and LACP Hashing Algorithms in the Transport Network
As described in a previous section, Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches introduce a level of entropy in
the source UDP port for ECMP and LACP hashing in the transport network. As a way to augment this
implementation, the transport network uses an ECMP or LACP hashing algorithm that takes the UDP
source port as an input for hashing, which achieves the best load-sharing results for VXLAN encapsulated
traffic.
• Multicast Group Scaling
The VXLAN implementation on Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches uses multicast tunnels for broadcast,
unknown unicast, and multicast traffic forwarding. Ideally, one VXLAN segment mapping to one IP
multicast group is the way to provide the optimal multicast forwarding. It is possible, however, to have
multiple VXLAN segments share a single IP multicast group in the core network. VXLAN can support
up to 16 million logical Layer 2 segments, using the 24-bit VNID field in the header. With one-to-one
mapping between VXLAN segments and IP multicast groups, an increase in the number of VXLAN
segments causes a parallel increase in the required multicast address space and the amount of forwarding
states on the core network devices. At some point, multicast scalability in the transport network can
become a concern. In this case, mapping multiple VXLAN segments to a single multicast group can help
conserve multicast control plane resources on the core devices and achieve the desired VXLAN scalability.
However, this mapping comes at the cost of suboptimal multicast forwarding. Packets forwarded to the
multicast group for one tenant are now sent to the VTEPs of other tenants that are sharing the same
multicast group. This causes inefficient utilization of multicast data plane resources. Therefore, this
solution is a trade-off between control plane scalability and data plane efficiency.
Despite the suboptimal multicast replication and forwarding, having multiple-tenant VXLAN networks
to share a multicast group does not bring any implications to the Layer 2 isolation between the tenant
networks. After receiving an encapsulated packet from the multicast group, a VTEP checks and validates
the VNID in the VXLAN header of the packet. The VTEP discards the packet if the VNID is unknown
to it. Only when the VNID matches one of the VTEP’s local VXLAN VNIDs, does it forward the packet
to that VXLAN segment. Other tenant networks will not receive the packet. Thus, the segregation between
VXLAN segments is not compromised.
Considerations for the Transport Network

The following are considerations for the configuration of the transport network:
• On the VTEP device:
• Enable and configure IP multicast.*
• Create and configure a loopback interface with a /32 IP address.
(For vPC VTEPs, you must configure primary and secondary /32 IP addresses.)
• Enable IP multicast on the loopback interface.*
• Advertise the loopback interface /32 addresses through the routing protocol (static route) that runs
in the transport network.
• Enable IP multicast on the uplink outgoing physical interface.*
20
Configuring VXLAN
Considerations for Tunneling VXLAN
• Throughout the transport network:

• Enable and configure IP multicast.*
For Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 and 9300-GX platform switches, the use of the
system nve infra-vlans command is required. Otherwise, VXLAN traffic (IP/UDP 4789) is actively treated
by the switch. The following scenarios are a non-exhaustive list but most commonly seen, where the need for
a system nve infra-vlans definition is required.
Every VLAN that is not associated with a VNI (vn-segment) is required to be configured as a system nve
infra-vlans in the following cases:
In the case of VXLAN flood and learn as well as VXLAN EVPN, the presence of non-VXLAN VLANs could
be related to:
• An SVI related to a non-VXLAN VLAN is used for backup underlay routing between vPC peers via a
vPC peer-link (backup routing).
• An SVI related to a non-VXLAN VLAN is required for connecting downstream routers (external
connectivity, dynamic routing over vPC).
• An SVI related to a non-VXLAN VLAN is required for per Tenant-VRF peering (L3 route sync and
traffic between vPC VTEPs in a Tenant VRF).
• An SVI related to a non-VXLAN VLAN is used for first-hop routing toward endpoints (Bud-Node).
In the case of VXLAN flood and learn, the presence of non-VXLAN VLANs could be related to:
• An SVI related to a non-VXLAN VLAN is used for an underlay uplink toward the spine (Core port).
The rule of defining VLANs as system nve infra-vlans can be relaxed for special cases such as:
• An SVI related to a non-VXLAN VLAN that does not transport VXLAN traffic (IP/UDP 4789).
• Non-VXLAN VLANs that are not associated with an SVI or not transporting VXLAN traffic (IP/UDP
4789).
Note You must not configure certain combinations of infra-VLANs. For example, 2 and 514, 10 and 522, which
are 512 apart. This is specifically but not exclusive to the “Core port” scenario that is described for VXLAN
flood and learn.
Note * Not required for static ingress replication or BGP EVPN ingress replication.

DC Fabrics with VXLAN BGP EVPN are becoming the transport infrastructure for overlays. These overlays,
often originated on the server (Host Overlay), require integration or transport over the top of the existing
transport infrastructure (Network Overlay).
21
Configuring VXLAN
Nested VXLAN (Host Overlay over Network Overlay) support has been added starting with Cisco NX-OS
Release 7.0(3)I7(4) and Cisco NX-OS Release 9.2(2) on the Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, 9300-FX, and
9300-FX2 platform switches. It is also supported for Cisco Nexus 9300-FX3 platform switches starting with
Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5).
Figure 2: Host Overlay
To provide Nested VXLAN support, the switch hardware and software must differentiate between two different
VXLAN profiles:
• VXLAN originated behind the Hardware VTEP for transport over VXLAN BGP EVPN (nested VXLAN)
• VXLAN originated behind the Hardware VTEP to integrated with VXLAN BGP EVPN (BUD Node)
The detection of the two different VXLAN profiles is automatic and no specific configuration is needed for
nested VXLAN. As soon as VXLAN encapsulated traffic arrives in a VXLAN enabled VLAN, the traffic is
transported over the VXLAN BGP EVPN enabled DC Fabric.
The following attachment modes are supported for Nested VXLAN:
• Untagged traffic (in native VLAN on a trunk port or on an access port)
• Tagged traffic (tagged VLAN on a IEEE 802.1Q trunk port)
• Untagged and tagged traffic that is attached to a vPC domain
• Untagged traffic on a Layer 3 interface of a Layer 3 port-channel interface
22
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring VXLAN
Enabling VXLANs
Procedure
Command or Action Purpose

Step 1 configure terminal Enters global configuration mode.
Step 2 [no] feature nv overlay Enables the VXLAN feature.
Step 3 [no] feature vn-segment-vlan-based Configures the global mode for all VXLAN
bridge domains.
Step 4 (Optional) copy running-config startup-config Saves the change persistently through reboots
and restarts by copying the running
configuration to the startup configuration.
Mapping VLAN to VXLAN VNI

Procedure

Step 2 vlan vlan-id Specifies VLAN.
Step 3 vn-segment vnid Specifies VXLAN VNID (Virtual Network

Identifier)
Step 4 exit Exit configuration mode.
Creating and Configuring an NVE Interface and Associate VNIs

An NVE interface is the overlay interface that terminates VXLAN tunnels.
You can create and configure an NVE (overlay) interface with the following:
Procedure

Step 2 interface nve x Creates a VXLAN overlay interface that

terminates VXLAN tunnels.
23
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring a VXLAN VTEP in vPC

Note Only 1 NVE interface is allowed on
the switch.
Step 3 source-interface src-if The source interface must be a loopback

interface that is configured on the switch with
a valid /32 IP address. This /32 IP address must
be known by the transient devices in the
transport network and the remote VTEPs. This
is accomplished by advertising it through a
dynamic routing protocol in the transport
network.
Step 4 member vni vni Associate VXLAN VNIs (Virtual Network

Identifiers) with the NVE interface.
Step 5 mcast-group start-address [end-address] Assign a multicast group to the VNIs.

Note Used only for BUM traffic

You can configure a VXLAN VTEP in a vPC.
Procedure
Step 1 Enter global configuration mode.

switch# configure terminal
Step 2 Enable the vPC feature on the device.

switch(config)# feature vpc
Step 3 Enable the interface VLAN feature on the device.

switch(config)# feature interface-vlan
Step 4 Enable the LACP feature on the device.

switch(config)# feature lacp
Step 5 Enable the PIM feature on the device.

switch(config)# feature pim
Step 6 Enables the OSPF feature on the device.

switch(config)# feature ospf
Step 7 Define a PIM RP address for the underlay multicast group range.
switch(config)# ip pim rp-address 192.168.100.1 group-list 224.0.0/4
Step 8 Define a non-VXLAN enabled VLAN as a backup routed path.
24
Configuring VXLAN
switch(config)# system nve infra-vlans 10
Step 9 Create the VLAN to be used as an infra-VLAN.

switch(config)# vlan 10
Step 10 Create the SVI used for the backup routed path over the vPC peer-link.
switch(config)# interface vlan 10
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.10.10.1/30
switch(config-if)# ip router ospf UNDERLAY area 0
switch(config-if)# ip pim sparse-mode
switch(config-if)# no ip redirects
switch(config-if)# mtu 9216
(Optional)switch(config-if)# ip igmp static-oif route-map match-mcast-groups
switch(config-if)# no shutdown
(Optional)switch(config)# route-map match-mcast-gropus permit 10
(Optional)switch(config-route-map)# match ip multicast group 225.1.1.1/32
Step 11 Create primary and secondary IP addresses.

switch(config)# interface loopback 0
switch(config-if)# description Control_plane_Loopback
switch(config-if)# ip address x.x.x.x/32
switch(config-if)# ip address y.y.y.y/32 secondary
switch(config-if)# ip router ospf process tag area area id
Step 12 Create a primary IP address for the data plane loopback interface.
switch(config-if)# description Data_Plane_loopback
switch(config-if)# ip address z.z.z.z/32
switch(config-if)# ip router ospf process tag area area id
Step 13 Create a vPC domain.

switch(config)# vpc domain 5
Step 14 Configure the IPv4 address for the remote end of the vPC peer-keepalive link.
switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer-keepalive destination 172.28.230.85
Note The system does not form the vPC peer link until you configure a vPC peer-keepalive link
The management ports and VRF are the defaults.

Note We recommend that you configure a separate VRF and use a Layer 3 port from each vPC peer
device in that VRF for the vPC peer-keepalive link. For more information about creating and
configuring VRFs, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing Configuration Guide.
Step 15 Enable Peer-Gateway on the vPC domain.

switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer-gateway
Note Disable IP redirects on all interface-vlans of this vPC domain for correct operation of this feature.
25
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring Static MAC for VXLAN VTEP
Step 16 Enable Peer-switch on the vPC domain.

switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer-switch
Note Disable IP redirects on all interface-vlans of this vPC domain for correct operation of this feature.
Step 17 Enable IP ARP synchronize under the vPC domain to facilitate faster ARP table population following device
reload.
switch(config-vpc-domain)# ip arp synchronize
Step 18 (Optional) Enable IPv6 nd synchronization under the vPC domain to facilitate faster nd table population
following device reload.
switch(config-vpc-domain)# ipv6 nd synchronize
Step 19 Create the vPC peer-link port-channel interface and add two member interfaces.
switch(config)# interface port-channel 1
switch(config-if)# switchport
switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
switch(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan 1,10,100-200
switch(config-if)# vpc peer-link
switch(config-if)# interface Ethernet 1/1 , 1/21
switch(config-if)# channel-group 1 mode active
Step 20 Modify the STP hello-time, forward-time, and max-age time.

As a best practice, we recommend changing the hello-time to four seconds to avoid unnecessary TCN
generation when the vPC role change occurs. As a result of changing the hello-time, it is also recommended
to change the max-age and forward-time accordingly.
switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 1-3967 hello-time 4
switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 1-3967 forward-time 30
switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 1-3967 max-age 40
Step 21 (Optional) Enable the delay restore timer for SVI’s.

We recommend that you tune this value when the SVI or VNI scale is high. For example, when the SVI count
is 1000, we recommended setting the delay restore for interface-vlan to 45 seconds.
switch(config-vpc-domain)# delay restore interface-vlan 45
Configuring Static MAC for VXLAN VTEP

Static MAC for VXLAN VTEP is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300 Series switches with flood and learn. This
feature enables the configuration of static MAC addresses behind a peer VTEP.
Note Static MAC cannot be configured for a control plane with a BGP EVPN-enabled VNI.
26
Configuring VXLAN
Disabling VXLANs
Procedure

Step 2 mac address-table static mac-address vni Specifies the MAC address pointing to the
vni-id interface nve x peer-ip ip-address remote VTEP.
Step 3 exit Exits global configuration mode.
Step 5 (Optional) show mac address-table static Displays the static MAC addresses pointing to
interface nve x the remote VTEP.
Example
The following example shows the output for a static MAC address configured for VXLAN VTEP:
switch# show mac address-table static interface nve 1
Legend:
* - primary entry, G - Gateway MAC, (R) - Routed MAC, O - Overlay MAC
age - seconds since last seen,+ - primary entry using vPC Peer-Link,
(T) - True, (F) - False
VLAN MAC Address Type age Secure NTFY Ports
---------+-----------------+--------+---------+------+----+------------------
* 501 0047.1200.0000 static - F F nve1(33.1.1.3)
* 601 0049.1200.0000 static - F F nve1(33.1.1.4)
Disabling VXLANs
Procedure

Step 2 no feature vn-segment-vlan-based Disables the global mode for all VXLAN bridge
domains
Step 3 no feature nv overlay Disables the VXLAN feature.
27
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring BGP EVPN Ingress Replication
Configuring BGP EVPN Ingress Replication

The following enables BGP EVPN with ingress replication for peers.
Procedure


the switch.
Step 3 source-interface src-if The source interface must be a loopback

network.
Step 4 member vni vni Associate VXLAN VNIs (Virtual Network

Identifiers) with the NVE interface.
Step 5 ingress-replication protocol bgp Enables BGP EVPN with ingress replication
for the VNI.
Configuring Static Ingress Replication

The following enables static ingress replication for peers.
Procedure

Step 1 configuration terminal Enters global configuration mode.

the switch.
Step 3 member vni [vni-id | vni-range] Maps VXLAN VNIs to the NVE interface.
Step 4 ingress-replication protocol static Enables static ingress replication for the VNI.
Step 5 peer-ip n.n.n.n Enables peer IP.
28
Configuring VXLAN
VXLAN and IP-in-IP Tunneling

Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(6) and later releases support the coexistence of VXLAN and IP-in-IP tunneling.
Coexistence of these features requires isolating IP-in-IP tunnels and VXLAN within their own VRFs. By
isolating the VRFs, both VXLAN and the tunnels operate independently. VXLAN tunnel termination isn't
reencapsulated as an IP-in-IP tunnel (or conversely) on the same or different VRFs.
By configuring subinterfaces under the interface to isolate VRFs, the same uplinks can be used to carry both
VXLAN and IP-in-IP tunnel traffic. The parent port can be on the default VRF and subinterfaces on the
non-default VRFs.
To terminate IP-in-IP encapsulated packets received on port-channel sub-interfaces, these sub-interfaces must
be configured under the same non-default VRF as the tunnel interface, and can only be member of *one*
non-default VRF.
Multiple port-channel sub interfaces from a different parent PC can still be configured under the same
non-default VRF to terminate IP-in-IP encapsulation. The limitation only applies for sub-interfaces under one
port-channel. This limitation is not applicable for L3 ports.
As the following example shows, VXLAN traffic is forwarded on the parent interface (eth1/1) in the default
VRF, and IP-in-IP (non-VXLAN) traffic is forwarded on subinterfaces (eth1/1.10) in the tunnel VRF.
29
Configuring VXLAN
Cisco Nexus 9300-FX2 platform switches support the coexistence of VXLAN and IP-in-IP tunneling with
the following limitations:
• VXLAN must be configured in the default VRF.
• Coexistence is supported on VXLAN with the EVPN control plane.
• IP-in-IP tunneling must be configured in the non-default VRF and is supported only in decapsulate-any
mode.
Note If you try to enable VXLAN when a decapsulate-any tunnel is configured in the
default VRF, an error message appears. It states that VXLAN and IP-in-IP
tunneling can coexist only for a decapsulate-any tunnel in the non-default VRF
and to remove the configuration.
• Point-to-point GRE tunnels are not supported. If you try to configure point-to-point tunnels, an error
message appears indicating that VXLAN and IP-in-IP tunneling can coexist only for a decapsulate-any
tunnel.
30
Configuring VXLAN
• Typically to configure a tunnel, you need to provide the two endpoints. However, decapsulate-any is a
receive-only tunnel, so you need to provide only the source IP address or source interface name. The
tunnel terminates on any IP interface in the same VRF.
• Tunnel statistics don't support egress counters.
• VXLAN and IP-in-IP tunnels can't share the same source loopback interface. Each tunnel must have its
own source loopback interface.
The following example shows a sample configuration:

feature vn-segment-vlan-based
feature nv overlay
feature tunnel
nv overlay evpn

description VXLAN carrying interface
no switchport
interface ethernet 1/1.10

description IPinIP carrying interface
no switchport
vrf member tunnel
ip address 10.10.1.1/30
interface loopback 0
description VXLAN-loopback
ip address 125.125.125.125/32

description Tunnel_loopback
vrf member tunnel
interface Tunnel1
vrf member tunnel
ip address 55.55.55.1/24
tunnel mode ipip decapsulate-any ip
tunnel source loopback100
tunnel use-vrf tunnel
no shutdown
interface nve1
host-reachability protocol bgp
source-interface loopback0
global mcast-group 224.1.1.1 L2
member vni 10000
suppress-arp
ingress-replication protocol bgp
member vni 55500 associate-vrf
31
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring VXLAN Static Tunnels
Configuring VXLAN Static Tunnels

About VXLAN Static Tunnels
Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), some Cisco Nexus switches can connect to a customer-provided
software VTEP over static tunnels. Static tunnels are customer defined and support VXLAN-encapsulated
traffic between hosts without requiring a control plane protocol such as BGP EVPN. You can configure static
tunnels manually from the Nexus switch or programmatically, such as through a NETCONF client in the
underlay.
Figure 3: VXLAN Static Tunnel Connecting Software VTEP
Static tunnels are supported per VRF. Each VRF can have a dedicated L3VNI to transport a packet with proper
encapsulation and decapsulation on the switch and the software VTEP, the static peer. Typically, the static
peer is a Cisco Nexus 1000V or bare-metal server with one or more VMs terminating one or more VNIs.
However, a static peer can be any customer-developed device that complies with RFC 7348, Virtual eXtensible
Local Area Network (VXLAN): A Framework for Overlaying Virtualized Layer 2 Networks over Layer 3
Networks. Because the customer provides the static peer and a control plane protocol is not present, you must
ensure that the static peer forwards the VXLAN-related configuration and routes to the correct hosts.
Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), this feature supports the handling of packets coming in and
going out of the tunnel. Specifically, it allows the Nexus switch to send packets to the hosts or other switches
over the tunnel. In Cisco NX-OS Releases 9.3(3) and 9.3(4), VXLAN static tunnels support communication
only from the local host to the remote host.
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN Static Tunnels

The VXLAN static tunnels feature has the following guidelines and limitations:
• The Cisco Nexus 9332C, 9364C, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3, and 9300-GX platform switches
support VXLAN static tunnels.
• The following guidelines apply to software VTEPs:
• The software VTEP must be configured as needed to determine how to forward traffic from the
VNI.
32
Configuring VXLAN
Enabling VXLAN Static Tunnels
• The software VTEP must be compliant with RFC 7348.
• The underlay can be OSPFv2, BGP, IS-IS, or IPv4.

• The overlay can be IPv4 only.
• Additional VXLAN features (such as TRM, Multi-Site, OAM, Cross Connect, and VXLAN QoS), IGMP
snooping, MPLS handoff, static MPLS, SR, and SRv6 are not supported.
• Pings across the overlay from local tenant VRF loopback to a host behind the software VTEP is not
supported.
• Static tunnels do not support ECMP configuration.
• Static tunnels cannot be configured in the same fabric as traditional flood and learn or BGP EVPN fabrics.
• Local hosts are not supported for VNI-enabled VLANs. Therefore, you cannot have a host in the same
VLAN where you configured the VNI.
• Fabric forwarding is supported with static tunnels. When fabric forwarding is enabled, be aware that it
affects how SVIs and MAC addresses are used. Consider the following example configuration.
feature fabric forwarding
fabric forwarding anycast-gateway-mac 0000.0a0a.0a0a
interface Vlan802
no shutdown
vrf member vrfvxlan5201
ip address 103.33.1.1/16
fabric forwarding mode anycast-gateway
When fabric forwarding is enabled:

• all SVIs where fabric forwarding mode anycast-gateway is configured (for example, Vlan802)
are used.
• the MAC address configured with fabric forwarding anycast-gateway-mac anycast-mac-address
(0000.0a0a.0a0a) is used.
Enabling VXLAN Static Tunnels

Enable the following features to enable VXLAN Static Tunnels.
Procedure

Step 1 config terminal Enter configuration mode.
Example:
switch(config)#
Step 2 feature vn-segment Enable VLAN-based VXLAN.

Example:
33
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring VRF Overlay for Static Tunnels

switch(config)# feature vn-segment
switch(config)#
Step 3 feature ofm Enable static VXLAN tunnels.

Example:
switch(config)# feature ofm
switch(config)#
What to do next
Configure the VRF overlay VLAN for VXLAN routing over Static Tunnels.
Configuring VRF Overlay for Static Tunnels

A VRF overlay must be configured for the VXLAN Static Tunnels.
Procedure

Step 1 vlan number Specify the VLAN.
Example:
switch(config-vlan)#
Step 2 vn-segment number Specify the VN segment.

Example:
switch(config-vlan)# vn-segment 20001
What to do next
Configure the VRF for VXLAN Routing over the Static Tunnel.
Configuring a VRF for VXLAN Routing

Configure the tenant VRF.
Procedure

Step 1 vrf context vrf-name Configure the tenant VRF.
Example:
switch(config-vlan)# vrf context cust1
switch(config-vrf)#
34
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring the L3 VNI for Static Tunnels

Step 2 vni number Specify the VNI for the tenant VRF.
Example:
switch(config-vrf)# vni 20001
switch(config-vrf)#
What to do next
Configure the L3 VNI for the host.
Configuring the L3 VNI for Static Tunnels

Configure the L3 VNI for the VTEPs.
Before you begin

The VLAN interface feature must be enabled. Use feature interface-vlan if needed.
Procedure

Step 1 vlan number Specify the VLAN number
Example:
switch(config-vrf)# vlan 2001
Step 2 interface vlan-number Specify the VLAN interface.

Example:
switch(config)# interface vlan2001
switch(config-if)#
Step 3 vrf member vrf-name Assign the VLAN interface to the tenant VRF.
Example:
switch(config-if)# vrf member cust1
Warning: Deleted all L3 config on
interface Vlan2001
switch(config-if)#
Step 4 ip forward Enable IPv4 traffic on the interface.

Example:
switch(config-if)# ip forward
switch(config-if)#
Step 5 no shutdown Enables the interface.

Example:
switch(config-if)#
35
Configuring VXLAN
Configuring the Tunnel Profile
What to do next
Configure the tunnel profile.
Configuring the Tunnel Profile

To configure static tunnels, you create a tunnel profile that specifies the interface on the Nexus switch, the
MAC address of the static peer, and the interface on the static peer.
Before you begin

To configure VXLAN static tunnels, the underlay must be completely configured and operating correctly.
Procedure

Step 1 tunnel-profile profile-name Create and name the tunnel profile.
Example:
switch(config)# tunnel-profile test
switch(config-tnl-profile)#
Step 2 encapsulation {VXLAN | VXLAN-GPE | SRv6} Set the appropriate encapsulation type for the
tunnel profile.
Example:
switch(config-tnl-profile)# encapsulation Note In NX-OS release 9.3(3), only
vxlan encapsulation type vxlan is
switch(config-tnl-profile)# supported.
Step 3 source-interface loopback Configure the loopback interface as the source

virtual-interface-number interface for the tunnel profile, where the virtual
interface number is from 0 to 1023.
Example:
source-interface loopback 1
Step 4 route vrf tenant-vrf destination-host-prefix Create the tunnel route by specifying the
destination-vtep-ip-address next-hop-vrf destination software VTEP and entering the
destination-vtep-vrf vni vni-number route information for the VNI and destination
dest-vtep-mac destination-vtep-mac-address VTEP MAC address.
Example: Note The route vrf command accepts one
switch(tunnel-profile)# route vrf cust1 destination-vtep-mac-address per
101.1.1.2/32 7.7.7.1 next-hop-vrf destination-vtep-ip-address across
default vni 20001 dest-vtep-mac all the routes. If you configure
f80f.6f43.036c additional routes, they are cached as
switch(tunnel-profile)#
errored routes and a error syslog is
generated for each.
36
Configuring VXLAN
Verifying VXLAN Static Tunnels
Verifying VXLAN Static Tunnels

VXLAN static tunnels remain configured if one end of the tunnel goes down. While one end of the tunnel is
down, packets are dropped because that VTEP is unreachable. When the down VTEP comes back online,
traffic can resume across the tunnel after the underlay relearns connectivity.
You can use show commands to check the state of the tunnel profile and tunnel route.
Before you begin
Procedure

Step 1 show tunnel-profile Shows information about the tunnel profile for
the software.
Step 2 show ip route tenant-vrf-name Shows route information for the VRF
connecting to the software VTEP. For example,
you can use this command when a route
unreachable error occurs to verify that a
route exists for a VRF's tunnel.
Step 3 show running-config ofm Shows the running config for the OFM feature
and static tunnels. You can use this command
when a route unreachable error occurs
to check whether the route information for the
destination VTEP is present.
What to do next
In addition to VXLAN verification, you can use SPAN to check the ports and source VLANs for packets
traversing the switch.
Example Configurations for VXLAN Static Tunnels

The following configuration examples shows VXLAN static tunnel configurations through the supported
methods.
NX-OS CLI
vlan 2001
vlan 2001
vn-segment 20001
interface Vlan2001
no shutdown
vrf member vrf1601
ip forward
vrf context cust1

vni 20001
37
Configuring VXLAN
Example Configurations for VXLAN Static Tunnels
feature ofm
tunnel-profile test
encapsulation vxlan
route vrf cust1 101.1.1.2/32 7.7.7.1 next-hop-vrf default vni 20001 dest-vtep-mac
f80f.6f43.036c
38
CHAPTER 3
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN
• Information About VXLAN BGP EVPN, on page 39
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN BGP EVPN, on page 41
• Information About VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI, on page 44
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI, on page 46
• Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN, on page 48
Information About VXLAN BGP EVPN

About RD Auto
The auto-derived Route Distinguisher (rd auto) is based on the Type 1 encoding format as described in IETF
RFC 4364 section 4.2 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4364#section-4.2. The Type 1 encoding allows a 4-byte
administrative field and a 2-byte numbering field. Within Cisco NX-OS, the auto derived RD is constructed
with the IP address of the BGP Router ID as the 4-byte administrative field (RID) and the internal VRF
identifier for the 2-byte numbering field (VRF ID).
The 2-byte numbering field is always derived from the VRF, but results in a different numbering scheme
depending on its use for the IP-VRF or the MAC-VRF:
• The 2-byte numbering field for the IP-VRF uses the internal VRF ID starting at 1 and increments. VRF
IDs 1 and 2 are reserved for the default VRF and the management VRF respectively. The first custom
defined IP VRF uses VRF ID 3.
• The 2-byte numbering field for the MAC-VRF uses the VLAN ID + 32767, which results in 32768 for
VLAN ID 1 and incrementing.
Example auto-derived Route Distinguisher (RD)

• IP-VRF with BGP Router ID 192.0.2.1 and VRF ID 6 - RD 192.0.2.1:6
• MAC-VRF with BGP Router ID 192.0.2.1 and VLAN 20 - RD 192.0.2.1:32787
39
About Route-Target Auto
About Route-Target Auto

The auto-derived Route-Target (route-target import/export/both auto) is based on the Type 0 encoding format
as described in IETF RFC 4364 section 4.2 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4364#section-4.2). IETF RFC 4364
section 4.2 describes the Route Distinguisher format and IETF RFC 4364 section 4.3.1 refers that it is desirable
to use a similar format for the Route-Targets. The Type 0 encoding allows a 2-byte administrative field and
a 4-byte numbering field. Within Cisco NX-OS, the auto derived Route-Target is constructed with the
Autonomous System Number (ASN) as the 2-byte administrative field and the Service Identifier (VNI) for
the 4-byte numbering field.
2-byte ASN
The Type 0 encoding allows a 2-byte administrative field and a 4-byte numbering field. Within Cisco NX-OS,
the auto-derived Route-Target is constructed with the Autonomous System Number (ASN) as the 2-byte
administrative filed and the Service Identifier (VNI) for the 4-byte numbering field.
Examples of an auto derived Route-Target (RT):
• IP-VRF within ASN 65001 and L3VNI 50001 - Route-Target 65001:50001
• MAC-VRF within ASN 65001 and L2VNI 30001 - Route-Target 65001:30001
For Multi-AS environments, the Route-Targets must either be statically defined or rewritten to match the
ASN portion of the Route-Targets.
https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/td/docs/switches/datacenter/nexus9000/sw/7-x/command_references/
configuration_commands/b_N9K_Config_Commands_703i7x/b_N9K_Config_Commands_703i7x_chapter_
010010.html#wp4498893710
4-byte ASN
The Type 0 encoding allows a 2-byte administrative field and a 4-byte numbering field. Within Cisco NX-OS,
the auto-derived Route-Target is constructed with the Autonomous System Number (ASN) as the 2-byte
administrative filed and the Service Identifier (VNI) for the 4-byte numbering field. With the ASN demand
of 4-byte length and the VNI requiring 24-bit (3-bytes), the Sub-Field length within the Extended Community
is exhausted (2-byte Type and 6-byte Sub-Field). As a result of the length and format constraint and the
importance of the Service Identifiers (VNI) uniqueness, the 4-byte ASN is represented in a 2-byte ASN named
AS_TRANS, as described in IETF RFC 6793 section 9 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6793#section-9). The
2-byte ASN 23456 is registered by the IANA (https://www.iana.org/assignments/
iana-as-numbers-special-registry/iana-as-numbers-special-registry.xhtml) as AS_TRANS, a special purpose
AS number that aliases 4-byte ASNs.
Example auto derived Route-Target (RT) with 4-byte ASN (AS_TRANS):
• IP-VRF within ASN 65656 and L3VNI 50001 - Route-Target 23456:50001
• MAC-VRF within ASN 65656 and L2VNI 30001 - Route-Target 23456:30001
Note Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.2(1), auto derived Route-Target for 4-byte ASN is supported.
40
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN BGP EVPN

VXLAN BGP EVPN has the following guidelines and limitations:
• The following guidelines and limitations apply to VXLAN/VTEP using BGP EVPN:
• SPAN source or destination is supported on any port.
For more information, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS System Management Configuration
Guide, Release 9.3(x).
• When SVI is enabled on a VTEP (flood and learn, or EVPN) regardless of ARP suppression, make sure
that ARP-ETHER TCAM is carved using the hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether 256
double-wide command. This requirement does not apply to Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, and
9300-FX/FX2/FX3 and 9300-GX platform switches and Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with
9700-EX/FX line cards.
• For the Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 with R-series line cards, VXLAN EVPN (Layer 2 and Layer 3) is
only supported with the 9636C-RX and 96136YC-R line cards..
• You can configure EVPN over segment routing or MPLS. See the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS
Label Switching Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x) for more information.
• You can use MPLS tunnel encapsulation using the new CLI encapsulation mpls command. You can
configure the label allocation mode for the EVPN address family. See the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series
NX-OS Label Switching Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x) for more information.
• In a VXLAN EVPN setup that has 2K VNI scale configuration, the control plane down time may take
more than 200 seconds. To avoid potential BGP flap, extend the graceful restart time to 300 seconds.
• Starting from Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), new VXLAN uplink capabilities are introduced:
• A physical interface in default VRF is supported as VXLAN uplink.
• A parent interface in default VRF, carrying subinterfaces with VRF and dot1q tags, is supported as
VXLAN uplink.
• A subinterface in any VRF and/or with dot1q tag remains not supported as VXLAN uplink.
• An SVI in any VRF remains not supported as VXLAN uplink.
• In vPC with physical peer-link, a SVI can be leveraged as backup underlay, default VRF only
between the vPC members (infra-VLAN, system nve infra-vlans).
• FEX host interfaces remain not supported as VXLAN uplink and cannot have VTEPs connected
(BUD node).
• In a VXLAN EVPN setup, border nodes must be configured with unique route distinguishers, preferably
using the auto rd command. Not using unique route distinguishers across all border nodes is not supported.
The use of unique route distinguishers is strongly recommended for all VTEPs of a fabric.
• ARP suppression is only supported for a VNI if the VTEP hosts the First-Hop Gateway (Distributed
Anycast Gateway) for this VNI. The VTEP and the SVI for this VLAN have to be properly configured
for the distributed Anycast Gateway operation, for example, global Anycast Gateway MAC address
configured and Anycast Gateway feature with the virtual IP address on the SVI.
41
• RACLs are not supported on VXLAN uplink intefaces. VACLs are not supported on VXLAN
de-capsulated traffic in egress direction; this applies for the inner traffic coming from network (VXLAN)
towards the access (Ethernet).
As a best practice, always use PACLs/VACLs for the access (Ethernet) to the network (VXLAN) direction.
See the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Security Configuration Guide, Release 9.3(x) for other guidelines
and limitations for the VXLAN ACL feature.
• The Cisco Nexus 9000 QoS buffer-boost feature is not applicable for VXLAN traffic.
• For VXLAN BGP EVPN fabrics with EBGP, the following recommendations are applicable:
• It is recommended to use loopbacks for the EBGP EVPN peering sessions (overlay control-plane).
• It is a best practice to use the physical interfaces for EBGP IPv4/IPv6 peering sessions (underlay).
• Bind the NVE source-interface to a dedicated loopback interface and do not share this loopback with
any function or peerings of Layer-3 protocols. A best practice is to use a dedicated loopback address for
the VXLAN VTEP function.
• The NVE source-interface loopback is required to be present in the default VRF.
• Only EBGP peering between a VTEP and external nodes (Edge Router, Core Router or VNF) is supported.
• EBGP peering from the VTEP to the external node using a physical interface or subinterfaces is
recommended and it is a best practice (external connectivity).
• The EBGP peering from the VTEP to the external node can be in the default VRF or in a tenant
VRF (external connectivity).
• The EBGP peering from the VTEP to a external node over VXLAN must be in a tenant VRF and
must use the update-source of a loopback interface (peering over VXLAN).
• Using an SVI for EBGP peering on a from the VTEP to the External Node requires the VLAN to
be local (not VXLAN extended).
• When configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN, only the "System Routing Mode: Default" is applicable for the
following hardware platforms:
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with X9500 line cards
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with X9700-EX and X9700-FX line cards
• Changing the “System Routing Mode” requires a reload of the switch.

• Cisco Nexus 9516 platform is not supported for VXLAN EVPN.
42
• Beginning with NX-OS version 9.3(3), the Cisco Nexus 9300-GX switch supports VXLAN BGP EVPN
for Layer-2 and Layer-3 Services with both Ingress Replication and Multicast in the underlay.
• 9500-R
• 9564PX
• 9564TX
• 9536PQ
• 9700-EX
• 9700-FX
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with 9700-EX or -FX line cards support 1G, 10G, 25G, 40G, 100G
and 400G for VXLAN uplinks.
• Cisco Nexus 9200 and 9300-EX/FX/FX2/FX3 and -GX support 1G, 10G, 25G, 40G, 100G and 400G
for VXLAN uplinks.
• The Cisco Nexus 9000 platform switches use standards conforming UDP port number 4789 for VXLAN
encapsulation. This value is not configurable.
• The Cisco Nexus 9200 platform switches with Application Spine Engine (ASE2) have throughput
constrains for packet sizes of 99-122 bytes; packet drops might be experienced.
• The VXLAN network identifier (VNID) 16777215 is reserved and should explicitly not be configured.
• Non-Disruptive In Service Software Upgrade (ND-ISSU) is supported on Nexus 9300 with VXLAN
enabled. Exception is ND-ISSU support for Cisco Nexus 9300-FX3 and 9300-GX platform switch.
• Gateway functionality for VXLAN to MPLS (LDP), VXLAN to MPLS-SR (Segment Routing) and
VXLAN to SRv6 can be operated on the same Cisco Nexus 9000 Series platform.
• VXLAN to MPLS (LDP) Gateway is supported on the Cisco Nexus 3600-R and the Cisco Nexus
9500 with R-Series line cards.
• VXLAN to MPLS-SR Gateway is supported on the Cisco Nexus 9300-FX2/FX3/GX and Cisco
Nexus 9500 with R-Series line cards.
• VXLAN to SRv6 is supported on the Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform.
• VXLAN and GRE co-existence remains not supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-EX/FX/FX2/FX3/GX
and Cisco Nexus 9500 with 9700-EX and -FX line cards.
• Multiple Tunnel Encapsulations (VXLAN, GRE and/or MPLS, static label or segment routing) can
not co-exist on the same Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switch with Network Forwarding Engine (NFE).
• Resilient hashing is supported on the following switch platform with a VXLAN VTEP configured:
• Cisco Nexus 9300-EX/FX/FX2/FX3/GX support ECMP resilient hashing.
• Cisco Nexus 9300 with ALE uplink ports does not support resilient hashing.
43
Information About VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI
Note Resilient hashing is disabled bydefault.
• It is recommended to use the vpc orphan-ports suspend command for single attached and/or routed
devices on a Cisco Nexus 9000 platform switch acting as vPC VTEP.
Note For information about VXLAN BGP EVPN scalability, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Verified
Scalability Guide.
Information About VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI

Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5) introduces VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI. In earlier releases, the VNI
configuration must be consistent across all nodes in the VXLAN EVPN network in order to enable
communication between them.
VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI provides the following solutions:
• Enables asymmetric VNI communication across nodes in a VXLAN EVPN network
• Provides customers access to a common shared service outside of their domain (tenant VRF)
• Supports communication between isolated VXLAN EVPN sites that have different sets of VNIs
Asymmetric VNIs
VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI supports asymmetric VNI allocation.
The following figure shows an example of asymmetric VNIs. All three VTEPs have different VNIs configured
for the same IP VRF or MAC VRF.
Figure 4: Asymmetric VNIs
44
Shared Services VRFs
Shared Services VRFs

VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI supports shared services VRFs. It does so by importing multiple
L3VRFs into a single local L3VRF and supporting disparate values of downstream L3VNIs on a per-peer
basis.
For example, a DNS server needs to serve multiple hosts in a data center regardless of the tenant VRFs on
which the hosts sit. The DNS server is attached to a shared services VRF, which is attached to an L3VNI. To
access this server from any of the tenant VRFs, the switches must import the routes from the shared services
VRF to the tenant VRF, even though the L3VNI associated to the shared services VRF is different from the
L3VNI associated to the tenant VRF.
In the following figure, Tenant VRF A in Leaf-1 can communicate with Tenant VRF A in Leaf-2. However,
Tenant VRF A requires access to a shared service sitting behind Leaf-3.
Figure 5: Shared Services VRFs
Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs

VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI allows communication between sites that have different sets of VNIs.
It does so by stitching the asymmetric VNIs at the border gateways.
In the following figure, DC-1 and DC-2 are asymmetric sites, and DC-3 is a symmetric site. Each site uses
different VNIs within its site to communicate.
45
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI
Figure 6: Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN with Downstream

VNI
VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI has the following guidelines and limitations:
• Cisco Nexus 9332C, 9364C, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FXP platform switches and Cisco Nexus 9500
platform switches with -EX/FX line cards support VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI.
• VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI is supported only on the IPv4 underlay.
• Downstream VNI is configured based on route-target export and import. The following conditions must
be met to leverage Downstream VNI:
• Downstream VNI requires the usage of different VRF (MAC-VRF or IP-VRF), each VRF must
have a different VNI (Asymmetric VNI).
• In order to import routes of a foreign VRF (MAC-VRF or IP-VRF) the appropriate route-target for
the import into the local VRF must be configured.
• The configuration of only auto derived route-targets will not result in downstream VNI.
• The export of VRF prefixes can be done by static or auto derived route-target configuration.
• The import of a foreign VRFs auto derived route-target is supported.
• The import of a foreign VRFs static configured route-target is supported.
• Downstream VNI is supported for the following underlay constellations:
46
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI
• For downstream VNI with Layer-3 VNI, the underlay can be ingress replication or multicast based.
• For downstream VNI with Layer-2 VNI, the underlay must be in ingress replication. Multicast based
underlay is not supported with downstream VNI of Layer-2 VNIs.
• Downstream VNI requires to have consistent configuration:

• All multi-site Border Gateway (BGW) in a site must have a consistent configuration.
• All vPC members in a vPC domain must have consistent configuration.
• The usage of downstream VNI with multi-site requires all BGW across all sites to run at least Cisco
NX-OS Release 9.3(5).
• For existing centralized VRF route leaking deployments, a brief traffic loss might occur during ISSU to
Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5) or later.
• For successful downgrade from Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5) to a prior release, ensure that the asymmetric
VNI configuration has been removed. Downstream VNI is not supported prior to Cisco NX-OS Release
9.3(5) and hence traffic forwarding would be impacted.
• Layer-3 VNIs (IP-VRF) can flexibly mapped between VNIs per peer.
• VNI 50001 on VTEP1 can perform symmetric VNI with VNI 50001 and asymmetric VNI with VNI
50002 on VTEP2 at the same time.
• VNI 50001 on VTEP1 can perform asymmetric VNI with VNI 50002 on VTEP2 and VNI 50003
on VTEP3.
• VNI 50001 on VTEP1 can perform asymmetric VNI with VNI 50002 and VNI5003 on VTEP2 at
the same time.
• Layer-2 VNIs (MAC-VRF) can only be mapped to one VNI per peer.
• VNI 30001 on VTEP1 can perform asymmetric VNI with VNI 30002 on VTEP2 and VNI 30003
on VTEP3.
• VNI 30001 on VTEP1 cannot perform asymmetric VNI with VNI 30002 and VNI 3003 on VTEP2
at the same time.
• BGP peering across VXLAN and Downstream VNI support the following constellations:
• BGP peering between symmetric VNI is supported by using loopbacks.
• BGP peering between asymmetric VNI is supported if the VNIs are in a 1:1 relationship. A loopback
from VNI 50001 (on VTEP1) can peer with a loopback in VNI 50002 (on VTEP2).
• BGP peering between asymmetric VNI is supported if the VNIs are in a 1:1 relationship but on
different VTEPs. A loopback from VNI 50001 (on VTEP1) can peer with a loopback in VNI 50002
(on VTEP2 and VTEP3).
• BGP peering between asymmetric VNI is not supported if the VNIs are in a 1:N relationship. A
loopback in VNI 50001 (VTEP1) can’t peer with a loopback in VNI 50002 (VTEP2) and VNI 50003
(VTEP3) at the same time.
• VXLAN consistency checker is not supported for VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI.
47
• VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI is currently not supported with the following feature combinations:
• VXLAN static tunnels
• TRM and TRM with Multi-Site
• CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption
• ESI-based multihoming
• Seamless integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR)
• VXLAN policy-based routing (PBR)

Enabling VXLAN
Enable VXLAN and the EVPN.
Procedure

Step 1 feature vn-segment Enable VLAN-based VXLAN
Step 2 feature nv overlay Enable VXLAN
Step 3 vn-segment-vlan-based Enable VN-Segment for VLANs.
Step 4 interface vlan Enable Switch Virtual Interface (SVI).
Step 5 nv overlay evpn Enable the EVPN control plane for VXLAN.
Configuring VLAN and VXLAN VNI
Note Step 3 to Step 6 are optional for configuring the VLAN for VXLAN VNI and are only necessary in case of
a custom route distinguisher or route-target requirement (not using auto derivation).
Procedure

Step 1 vlan number Specify VLAN.
Step 2 vn-segment number Map VLAN to VXLAN VNI to configure Layer

2 VNI under VXLAN VLAN.
48
Configuring VRF for VXLAN Routing

Step 3 evpn Enter EVI (EVPN Virtual Instance)
configuration mode.
Step 4 vni number l2 Specify the Service Instance (VNI) for the EVI.
Step 5 rd auto Specify the MAC-VRF's route distinguisher

(RD).
Step 6 route-target both {auto | rt} Configure the route target (RT) for import and
export of MAC prefixes. The RT is used for a
per-MAC-VRF prefix import/export policy. If
you enter an RT, the following formats are
supported: ASN2:NN, ASN4:NN, or IPV4:NN.
Note Specifying the auto option is
applicable only for IBGP.
Manually configured route targets are required

for EBGP and for asymmetric VNIs.
Configuring VRF for VXLAN Routing

Configure the tenant VRF.
Note Step 3 to step 6 are optional for configuring the VRF for VXLAN Routing and are only necessary in case of
a custom route distinguisher or route-target requirement (not using auto derivation).
Procedure

Step 1 vrf context vrf-name Configure the VRF.
Step 2 vni number Specify the VNI.
Step 3 rd auto Specify the IP-VRF's route distinguisher (RD).
Step 4 address-family {ipv4 | ipv6} unicast Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 unicast address
family.
export of IPv4 or IPv6 prefixes. The RT is used
for a per-IP-VRF prefix import/export policy.
If you enter an RT, the following formats are
49
Configuring SVI for Core-facing VXLAN Routing

Manually configured route targets
are required for EBGP and for
asymmetric VNIs.
Step 6 route-target both {auto | rt} evpn Configure the route target (RT) for import and
export of IPv4 or IPv6 prefixes. The RT is used
for a per-VRF prefix import/export policy. If
you enter an RT, the following formats are
Manually configured route targets
are required for EBGP and for
asymmetric VNIs.
Configuring SVI for Core-facing VXLAN Routing

Configure the core-facing SVI VRF.
Procedure

Step 2 vn-segment number Map VLAN to VXLAN VNI to configure Layer

3 VNI under VXLAN VLAN.
Step 3 interface vlan-number Specify VLAN interface.
Step 4 mtu vlan-number MTU size in bytes <68-9216>.
Step 5 vrf member vrf-name Assign to VRF.
Step 6 no {ip |ipv6} redirects Disable sending IP redirect messages for IPv4
and IPv6.
Step 7 ip forward Enable IPv4 based lookup even when the

interface VLAN has no IP address defined.
Step 8 ipv6 address use-link-local-only Enable IPv6 forwarding.
50
Configuring SVI for Host-Facing VXLAN Routing

Note The IPv6 address use-link-local-only
serves the same purpose as ip
forward for IPv4. It enables the
switch to perform an IP based lookup
even when the interface VLAN has
no IP address defined under it.
Configuring SVI for Host-Facing VXLAN Routing

Configure the SVI for hosts, acting as Distributed Default Gateway.
Procedure

Step 1 fabric forwarding anycast-gateway-mac Configure distributed gateway virtual MAC
address address.
Note One virtual MAC per VTEP.
Note All VTEPs should have the same

virtual MAC address.
Step 4 vn-segment number Specify vn-segment.
Step 6 vrf member vrf-name Assign to VRF.
Step 7 ip address address Specify IP address.
Step 8 fabric forwarding mode anycast-gateway Associate SVI with anycast gateway under
VLAN configuration mode.
Configuring the NVE Interface and VNIs Using Multicast

Procedure

Step 1 interface nve-interface Configure the NVE interface.
Step 2 host-reachability protocol bgp This defines BGP as the mechanism for host
reachability advertisement
51
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Ingress Replication

Step 3 global mcast-group ip-address {L2 | L3} Configures the mcast group globally (for all
VNI) on a per-NVE interface basis. This applies
and gets inherited s to all Layer 2 or Layer 3
VNIs.
Note Layer3 macst group is only used for
Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM).
Step 4 member vni vni Add Layer 2 VNIs to the tunnel interface.
Step 5 mcast-group ip address Configure the mcast group on a per-VNI basis.

Add Layer 2 VNI specific mcast group and
override the global set configuration.
Note Instead of a mcast group, ingress
replication can be configured.
Step 6 member vni vni associate-vrf Add Layer-3 VNIs, one per tenant VRF, to the
overlay.
Note Required for VXLAN routing only.
Step 7 mcast-group address Configure the mcast group on a per-VNI basis.

Add Layer 3 VNI specific mcast group and
override the global set configuration.
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Ingress Replication

For VXLAN EVPN ingress replication, the VXLAN VTEP uses a list of IP addresses of other VTEPs in the
network to send BUM (broadcast, unknown unicast and multicast) traffic. These IP addresses are exchanged
between VTEPs through the BGP EVPN control plane.
Note VXLAN EVPN ingress replication is supported on:

• Cisco Nexus Series 9300 Series switches (7.0(3)I1(2) and later).
• Cisco Nexus Series 9500 Series switches (7.0(3)I2(1) and later).
Before you begin: The following are required before configuring VXLAN EVPN ingress replication
(7.0(3)I1(2) and later):
• Enable VXLAN.
• Configure VLAN and VXLAN VNI.
• Configure BGP on the VTEP.
• Configure RD and Route Targets for VXLAN Bridging.
52
Configuring BGP on the VTEP
Procedure

Step 1 interface nve-interface Configure the NVE interface.
Step 2 host-reachability protocol bgp This defines BGP as the mechanism for host
reachability advertisement.
Step 3 global ingress-replication protocol bgp Enables globally (for all VNI) the VTEP to
exchange local and remote VTEP IP addresses
on the VNI in order to create the ingress
replication list. This enables sending and
receiving BUM traffic for the VNI.
Note Using ingress-replication protocol
bgp avoids the need for any multicast
configurations that might have been
required for configuring the
underlay.
overlay.
Note Required for VXLAN routing only.
Step 5 member vni vni Add Layer 2 VNIs to the tunnel interface.
Step 6 ingress-replication protocol bgp Enables the VTEP to exchange local and remote
VTEP IP addresses on a oer VNI basis in order
to create the ingress replication list. This enables
sending and receiving BUM traffic for the VNI
and override the global configuration.
Note Instead of a ingress replication,
mcast group can be configured.
Note Using ingress-replication protocol

bgp avoids the need for any
multicast configurations that might
have been required for configuring
the underlay.

Procedure

Step 1 router bgp number Configure BGP.
Step 2 router-id address Specify router address.
53

Step 3 neighbor address remote-as number Define MPBGP neighbors. Under each
neighbor define L2VPN EVPN.
Step 4 address-family l2vpn evpn Configure address family Layer 2 VPN EVPN
under the BGP neighbor.
Note Address-family IPv4 EVPN for
VXLAN host-based routing
Step 5 (Optional) Allowas-in Only for EBGP deployment cases: Allows

duplicate autonomous system (AS) numbers
in the AS path. Configure this parameter on
the leaf for eBGP when all leafs are using the
same AS, but the spines have a different AS
than leafs.
Step 6 send-community extended Configures community for BGP neighbors.
Step 7 vrf vrf-name Specify VRF.
Step 8 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure the address family for IPv4.
Step 9 advertise l2vpn evpn Enable advertising EVPN routes.

Note Beginning with Cisco NX-OS
Release 9.2(1), the advertise l2vpn
evpn command no longer takes
effect. To disable advertisement for
a VRF toward the EVPN, disable
the VNI in NVE by entering the no
member vni vni associate-vrf
command in interface nve1. The vni
is the VNI associated with that
particular VRF.
Step 10 maximum-paths path {ibgp} Enable ECMP for EVPN transported IP

Prefixes within the IPv6 address-family of the
respective VRF.
Step 11 address-family ipv6 unicast Configure the address family for IPv6.
Step 12 advertise l2vpn evpn Enable advertising EVPN routes.

Note To disable advertisement for a VRF
toward the EVPN, disable the VNI
in NVE by entering the no member
vni vni associate-vrf command in
interface nve1. The vni is the VNI
associated with that particular VRF.
54
Configuring iBGP for EVPN on the Spine

Step 13 maximum-paths path {ibgp} Enable ECMP for EVPN transported IP
Prefixes within the IPv6 address-family of the
respective VRF.
Configuring iBGP for EVPN on the Spine

Procedure

Step 1 router bgp autonomous system number Specify BGP.
Step 2 neighbor address remote-as number Define neighbor.
Step 5 route-reflector-client Enable Spine as Route Reflector.
Step 6 retain route-target all Configure retain route-target all under

address-family Layer 2 VPN EVPN [global].
Note Required for eBGP. Allows the spine
to retain and advertise all EVPN
routes when there are no local VNI
configured with matching import
route targets.
Step 8 disable-peer-as-check Disables checking the peer AS number during

route advertisement. Configure this parameter
on the spine for eBGP when all leafs are using
the same AS but the spines have a different AS
than leafs.
Note Required for eBGP.
Step 9 route-map permitall out Applies route-map to keep the next-hop

unchanged.
55
Configuring eBGP for EVPN on the Spine
Configuring eBGP for EVPN on the Spine

Procedure

Step 1 route-map NEXT-HOP-UNCH permit 10 Configure route-map to keepthe next-hop
unchanged for EVPN routes.
Step 2 set ip next-hop unchanged Set next-hop address.

Note When two next hops are enabled,
next hop ordering is not maintained.
If one of the next hops is a VXLAN
next hop and the other next hop is
local reachable via FIB/AM/Hmm,
the local next hop reachable via
FIB/AM/Hmm is always taken
irrespective of the order.
Directly/locally connected next
hops are always given priority over
remotely connected next hops.
Step 3 router bgp autonomous system number Specify BGP.


address-family Layer 2 VPN EVPN [global].
Note Required for eBGP. Allows the
spine to retain and advertise all
EVPN routes when there are no
local VNI configured with matching
import route targets.


the same AS but the spines have a different
AS than leafs.
Step 10 route-map NEXT-HOP-UNCH out Applies route-map to keep the next-hop

unchanged.
56
Suppressing ARP
Suppressing ARP
Suppressing ARP includes changing the size of the ACL ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) regions
in the hardware.
Note For information on configuring ACL TCAM regions, see the Configuring IP ACLs chapter of the Cisco Nexus
9000 Series NX-OS Security Configuration Guide.
Procedure

Step 1 hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether Configure TCAM region to suppress ARP.
size double-wide
tcam-size —TCAM size. The size has to be a
multiple of 256. If the size is more than 256, it
has to be a multiple of 512.
Note Reload is required for the TCAM
configuration to be in effect.
Note Configuring the hardware

access-list tcam region arp-ether
size double-wide command is not
required for Cisco Nexus 9200,
9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3
and 9300-GX platform switches.
Step 2 interface nve 1 Create the network virtualization endpoint

(NVE) interface.
Step 3 global suppress-arp Configure to suppress ARP globally for all

Layer 2 VNI.within the NVE interface.
Step 4 member vni vni-id Specify VNI ID.
Step 5 suppress-arp Configure to suppress ARP under Layer 2 VNI

and overrides the global set default.
Disabling VXLANs
Procedure

Step 1 configure terminal Enters configuration mode.
Step 2 no nv overlay evpn Disables EVPN control plane.
57
Duplicate Detection for IP and MAC Addresses

Step 3 no feature vn-segment-vlan-based Disables the global mode for all VXLAN bridge
domains
Step 4 no feature nv overlay Disables the VXLAN feature.
Duplicate Detection for IP and MAC Addresses

Cisco NX-OS supports duplicate detection for IP and MAC addresses. This enables the detection of duplicate
IP or MAC addresses based on the number of moves in a given time-interval (seconds).
The default is 5 moves in 180 seconds. (Default number of moves is 5 moves. Default time-interval is 180
seconds.)
• For IP addresses:
• After the 5th move within 180 seconds, the switch starts a 30 second lock (hold down timer) before
checking to see if the duplication still exists (an effort to prevent an increment of the sequence bit).
This 30 second lock can occur 5 times within 24 hours (this means 5 moves in 180 seconds for 5
times) before the switch permanently locks or freezes the duplicate entry. (show fabric forwarding
ip local-host-db vrf abc)
• For MAC addresses:

• After the 5th move within 180 seconds, the switch starts a 30 second lock (hold down timer) before
checking to see if the duplication still exists (an effort to prevent an increment of the sequence bit).
This 30 second lock can occur 3 times within 24 hours (this means 5 moves in 180 seconds for 3
times) before the switch permanently locks or freezes the duplicate entry. (show l2rib internal
permanently-frozen-list)
• Wherever a MAC address is permanently frozen, a syslog message with written by L2RIB.
2017 Jul 5 10:27:34 leaf %$ VDC-1 %$ %USER-2-SYSTEM_MSG: Unfreeze limit (3) hit, MAC
0000.0033.3333in topo: 200 is permanently frozen - l2rib
2017 Jul 5 10:27:34 leaf %$ VDC-1 %$ %USER-2-SYSTEM_MSG: Detected duplicate host
0000.0033.3333, topology 200, during Local update, with host located at remote VTEP
1.2.3.4, VNI 2 - l2rib
2017 Jul 5 10:27:34 leaf %$ VDC-1 %$ %USER-2-SYSTEM_MSG: Unfreeze limit (3) hit, MAC
0000.0033.3334in topo: 200 is permanently frozen - l2rib
2017 Jul 5 10:27:34 leaf %$ VDC-1 %$ %USER-2-SYSTEM_MSG: Detected duplicate host
0000.0033.3334, topology 200, during Local update, with host l
The following are example commands to help the configuration of the number of VM moves in a specific
time interval (seconds) for duplicate IP-detection:
58
Verifying the VXLAN BGP EVPN Configuration
Command Description
Available sub-commands:
switch(config)# fabric forwarding ?
anycast-gateway-mac • Anycast gateway MAC of the
dup-host-ip-addr-detection switch.
• To detect duplicate host addresses
in n seconds.
The number of host moves allowed in n

switch(config)# fabric forwarding
seconds. The range is 1 to 1000 moves;
dup-host-ip-addr-detection ?
<1-1000> default is 5 moves.
The duplicate detection timeout in

seconds for the number of host moves.
dup-host-ip-addr-detection 100 ?
<2-36000> The range is 2 to 36000 seconds; default
is 180 seconds.
Detects duplicate host addresses (limited

to 100 moves) in a period of 10 seconds.
dup-host-ip-addr-detection 100 10
The following are example commands to help the configuration of the number of VM moves in a specific
time interval (seconds) for duplicate MAC-detection:
Command Description
Available sub-commands for L2RIB:

switch(config)# l2rib dup-host-mac-detection ?
<1-1000> • The number of host moves allowed
default in n seconds. The range is 1 to 1000
moves.
• Default setting (5 moves in 180 in
seconds).
The duplicate detection timeout in

switch(config)# l2rib dup-host-mac-detection 100 ?
seconds for the number of host moves.
<2-36000>
The range is 2 to 36000 seconds; default
is 180 seconds.
Detects duplicate host addresses (limited

switch(config)# l2rib dup-host-mac-detection 100 10
to 100 moves) in a period of 10 seconds.
Verifying the VXLAN BGP EVPN Configuration

To display the VXLAN BGP EVPN configuration information, enter one of the following commands:
Command Purpose
show nve vrf Displays VRFs and associated VNIs
59
Verifying the VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI Configuration
Command Purpose
show bgp l2vpn evpn Displays routing table information.
show ip arp suppression-cache [detail | summary Displays ARP suppression information.

| vlan vlan | statistics ]
show vxlan interface Displays VXLAN interface status.
show vxlan interface | count Displays VXLAN VLAN logical port VP count.
Note A VP is allocated on a per-port per-VLAN
basis. The sum of all VPs across all
VXLAN-enabled Layer 2 ports gives the
total logical port VP count. For example,
if there are 10 Layer 2 trunk interfaces,
each with 10 VXLAN VLANs, then the
total VXLAN VLAN logical port VP count
is 10*10 = 100.
show l2route evpn mac [all | evi evi [bgp | local | Displays Layer 2 route information.
static | vxlan | arp]]
show l2route evpn fl all Displays all fl routes.
show l2route evpn imet all Displays all imet routes.
show l2route evpn mac-ip all Displays all MAC IP routes.

show l2route evpn mac-ip all detail
show l2route topology Displays Layer 2 route topology.
Note Although the show ip bgp command is available for verifying a BGP configuration, as a best practice, it is
preferable to use the show bgp command instead.

To display the VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI configuration information, enter one of the following
commands:
Command Purpose
show bgp evi l2-evi Displays the VRF associated with an L2VNI.
show forwarding adjacency nve platform Displays both symmetric and asymmetric NVE
adjacencies with the corresponding DestInfoIndex.
show forwarding route vrf vrf Displays the egress VNI or downstream VNI for each
next-hop.
60
Command Purpose
show ip route detail vrf vrf Displays the egress VNI or downstream VNI for each
next-hop.
show l2route evpn mac-ip all detail Displays labeled next-hops that are present in the
remote MAC routes.
show l2route evpn imet all detail Displays the egress VNI associated with the remote
peer.
show nve peers control-plane-vni peer-ip ip-address Displays the egress VNI or downstream VNI for each
NVE adjacency.
The following example shows sample output for the show bgp evi l2-evi command:
switch# show bgp evi 100
-----------------------------------------------
L2VNI ID : 100 (L2-100)
RD : 3.3.3.3:32867
Secondary RD : 1:100
Prefixes (local/total) : 1/6
Created : Jun 23 22:35:13.368170
Last Oper Up/Down : Jun 23 22:35:13.369005 / never
Enabled : Yes
Associated IP-VRF : vni100
Active Export RT list :
100:100
Active Import RT list :
100:100
The following example shows sample output for the show forwarding adjacency nve platform command:
switch# show forwarding adjacency nve platform
slot 1
=======
IPv4 NVE adjacency information
next_hop:12.12.12.12 interface:nve1 (0x49000001) table_id:1

Peer_id:0x49080002 dst_addr:12.12.12.12 src_addr:13.13.13.13 RefCt:1 PBRCt:0
Flags:0x440800
cp : TRUE, DCI peer: FALSE is_anycast_ip FALSE dsvni peer: FALSE
HH:0x7a13f DstInfoIndex:0x3002
tunnel init: unit-0:0x3 unit-1:0x0
next_hop:12.12.12.12 interface:nve1 (0x49000001) table_id:1

Peer_id:0x49080002 dst_addr:12.12.12.12 src_addr:13.13.13.13 RefCt:1 PBRCt:0
Flags:0x10440800
cp : TRUE, DCI peer: FALSE is_anycast_ip FALSE dsvni peer: TRUE
HH:0x7a142 DstInfoIndex:0x3ffd
tunnel init: unit-0:0x6 unit-1:0x0
...
The following example shows sample output for the show forwarding route vrf vrf command:
switch# show forwarding route vrf vrf1000
slot 1
=======
61
IPv4 routes for table vrf1000/base
--------------+-------------------+--------------+-----------------+-----------------
Prefix | Next-hop | Interface | Labels | Partial Install
--------------+-------------------+--------------+-----------------+-----------------
…..
10.1.1.11/32 12.12.12.12 nve1 dsvni: 301000
10.1.1.20/32 123.123.123.123 nve1 dsvni: 301000
10.1.1.21/32 30.30.30.30 nve1 dsvni: 301000
10.1.1.30/32 10.1.1.30 Vlan10
The following example shows sample output for the show ip route detail vrf vrf command:
switch# show ip route detail vrf default
IP Route Table for VRF "default"
'*' denotes best ucast next-hop
'**' denotes best mcast next-hop
'[x/y]' denotes [preference/metric]
'%<string>' in via output denotes VRF <string>
193.0.1.0/24, ubest/mbest: 4/0

*via 30.1.0.2, Eth1/1, [100/0], 00:00:05, urib_dt6-client1 segid: 6544, tunnelid:
0x7b9 encap: VXLAN
*via 30.1.1.2, Eth1/1, [100/0], 00:00:05, urib_dt6-client1 segid: 6545, (Asymmetric)

tunnelid: 0x7ba encap: VXLAN
*via 30.1.2.2, Eth1/1, [100/0], 00:00:05, urib_dt6-client1 segid: 6546, (Asymmetric)

tunnelid: 0x7bb encap: VXLAN
The following example shows sample output for the show l2route evpn mac-ip all detail command:
switch# show l2route evpn mac-ip all
Flags -(Rmac):Router MAC (Stt):Static (L):Local (R):Remote (V):vPC link
(Dup):Duplicate (Spl):Split (Rcv):Recv(D):Del Pending (S):Stale (C):Clear
(Ps):Peer Sync (Ro):Re-Originated (Orp):Orphan
Topology Mac Address Host IP Prod Flags Seq No Next-Hops
-------- -------------- -------- ------ ----- ------- ----------------------------
5 0000.0005.1301 1.3.13.1 BGP -- 0 102.1.13.1 (Label: 2000005)
5 0000.0005.1401 1.3.14.1 BGP -- 0 102.1.145.1 (Label: 2000005)
The following example shows sample output for the show l2route evpn imet all detail command:
switch# show l2route evpn imet all
Flags- (F): Originated From Fabric, (W): Originated from WAN
Topology ID VNI Prod IP Addr Flags

----------- ----------- ----- ----------- ---------
3 2000003 BGP 102.1.13.1 -
3 2000003 BGP 102.1.31.1 -
3 2000003 BGP 102.1.32.1 -
3 2000003 BGP 102.1.145.1 -
The following example shows sample output for the show nve peers control-plane-vni command. In this
example, 3000003 is the downstream VNI.
switch# show nve peers control-plane-vni peer-ip 203.1.1.1
Peer VNI Learn-Source Gateway-MAC Peer-type Egress-VNI SW-BD State
--------- ----- ------------ --------------- ---------- ---------- -----

----------------------
62
Example of VXLAN BGP EVPN (IBGP)
203.1.1.1 2000003 BGP f40f.1b6f.f8db FAB 3000003 3005

peer-vni-add-complete

An example of a VXLAN BGP EVPN (IBGP):
Figure 7: VXLAN BGP EVPN Topology (IBGP)
IBGP between Spine and Leaf

• Spine (9504-A)
• Enable the EVPN control plane
nv overlay evpn
• Enable the relevant protocols
feature ospf
feature bgp
feature pim
• Configure Loopback for local Router ID, PIM, and BGP
interface loopback0
63

ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Loopback for Anycast RP
interface loopback1
ip address 100.1.1.1/32
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Anycast RP

ip pim anycast-rp 100.1.1.1 10.1.1.1
ip pim anycast-rp 100.1.1.1 20.1.1.1
• Enable OSPF for underlay routing
router ospf 1
• Configure interfaces for Spine-leaf interconnect
interface Ethernet4/2
ip address 192.168.1.42/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
ip address 192.168.2.43/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
• Configure BGP
router bgp 65535

router-id 10.1.1.1
neighbor 30.1.1.1 remote-as 65535
update-source loopback0
address-family l2vpn evpn
send-community both
route-reflector-client
send-community both
• Spine (9504-B)
nv overlay evpn
• Enable the relevnt Protocols
64
feature ospf
feature bgp
feature pim

interface loopback0
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Loopback for AnycastRP

interface loopback1
ip address 100.1.1.1/32
ip pim sparse-mode

ip pim anycast-rp 100.1.1.1 10.1.1.1
ip pim anycast-rp 100.1.1.1 20.1.1.1
• Enable OSPF for underlayrouting

router ospf 1

ip address 192.168.3.42/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
ip address 192.168.4.43/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
• Configure BGP
router bgp 65535
router-id 20.1.1.1
send-community both
route-reflector client
send-community both
route-reflector client
• Leaf (9396-A)
65
nv overlay evpn
feature ospf
feature bgp
feature pim
feature interface-vlan
• Enable VXLAN with distributed anycast-gateway using BGP EVPN
feature nv overlay
fabric forwarding anycast-gateway-mac 0000.2222.3333
• Enabling OSPF for underlay routing
router ospf 1

interface loopback0
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Loopback for VTEP

interface loopback1
ip pim sparse-mode
no switchport
ip address 192.168.1.22/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
no switchport
ip address 192.168.3.23/24
ip pim sparse-mode
shutdown
• Configure route-map to Redistribute Host-SVI (Silent Host)

route-map HOST-SVI permit 10
match tag 54321
• Configure PIM RP
66
• Create VLANs
vlan 1001-1002
• Create overlay VRF VLAN and configure vn-segment
vlan 101
vn-segment 900001
vlan 101
vn-segment 900001
• Configure Core-facing SVI for VXLAN routing

interface vlan101
no shutdown
vrf member vxlan-900001
ip forward
no ip redirects
ipv6 address use-link-local-only
no ipv6 redirects
• Create VLAN and provide mapping to VXLAN
vlan 1001
vn-segment 2001001
vlan 1002
vn-segment 2001002
• Create VRF and configure VNI
vrf context vxlan-900001

vni 900001
rd auto
Note The rd auto and route-target commands are automatically configured unless
one or more are entered as overrides.
\
address-family ipv4 unicast
route-target both auto
route-target both auto evpn
• Create server facing SVI and enable distributed anycast-gateway.
interface vlan1001
no shutdown
ip address 4.1.1.1/24 tag 54321
67
ipv6 address 4:1:0:1::1/64 tag 54321

interface vlan1002
no shutdown
ip address 4.2.2.1/24 tag 54321
ipv6 address 4:2:0:1::1/64 tag 54321
• Configure ACL TCAM region for ARP suppression
Note The hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether 256 double-wide command
is not needed for Cisco Nexus 9300-EX and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 and 9300-GX
platform switches.
•
Note You can choose either of the following two options for creating the NVE interface.
Use Option 1 for a small number of VNIs. Use Option 2 to leverage the simplified
configuration mode.
Create the network virtualization endpoint (NVE) interface

Option 1
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 2001001
mcast-group 239.0.0.1
member vni 2001002
Option 2
interface nve1
member vni 2001001
member vni 2001002
member vni 2001007-2001010
• Configure interfaces for hosts/servers
68
switchport
switchport access vlan 1002
switchport
• Configure BGP
router bgp 65535

router-id 30.1.1.1
send-community both
send-community both
vrf vxlan-900001
redistribute direct route-map HOST-SVI
Note The following commands in EVPN mode do not need to be entered.
evpn
vni 2001001 l2
vni 2001002 l2
Note The rd auto and route-target auto commands are automatically configured
unless one or more are entered as overrides.
rd auto
route-target import auto
route-target export auto
you want to use them to override the import or export options.
evpn
vni 2001001 l2
rd auto
69

vni 2001002 l2
rd auto
• Leaf (9396-B)
nv overlay evpn
feature ospf
feature bgp
feature pim
• Enable VxLAN with distributed anycast-gateway using BGP EVPN
feature nv overlay
• Enabling OSPF for underlayrouting

router ospf 1

interface loopback0
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Loopback for VTEP

interface loopback1
ip pim sparse-mode

no switchport
ip address 192.168.3.22/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
no switchport
ip address 192.168.4.23/24
ip pim sparse-mode
shutdown
• Configure route-map to Redistribute Host-SVI (Silent Host)
70

match tag 54321
• Configure PIM RP
• Create VLANs
vlan 1001-1002
vlan 101
vn-segment 900001
• Configure Core-facing SVI for VXLAN routing

interface vlan101
no shutdown
ip forward
no ip redirects
no ipv6 redirects
• Create VLAN and provide mapping to VXLAN
vlan 1001
vn-segment 2001001
vlan 1002
vn-segment 2001002

vni 900001
rd auto

• Create server facing SVI and enable distributed anycast-gateway

interface vlan1001
no shutdown
71
ipv6 address 4:1:0:1::1/64
interface vlan1002
no shutdown
ipv6 address 4:2:0:1::1/64
platform switches.
•
Note You can choose either of the following two command procedures for creating
the NVE interfaces. Use Option 1 for a small number of VNIs. Use Option 2 to
leverage the simplified configuration mode.

Option 1
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 2001001
member vni 2001002
Option 2
interface nve1
interface nve1
member vni 2001001
member vni 2001002
member vni 2001007-2001010
72
switchport
switchport
• Configure BGP
router bgp 65535

router-id 40.1.1.1
send-community both
send-community both
vrf vxlan-900001
vrf vxlan-900001

evpn
vni 2001001 l2
vni 2001002 l2
rd auto

evpn
vni 2001001 l2
rd auto
vni 2001002 l2
rd auto
73
Example of VXLAN BGP EVPN (EBGP)

An example of a VXLAN BGP EVPN (EBGP):
Figure 8: VXLAN BGP EVPN Topology (EBGP)
EBGP between Spine and Leaf

• Spine (9504-A)
nv overlay evpn
feature bgp
feature pim

interface loopback0
ip address 10.1.1.1/32 tag 12345
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Loopback for Anycast RP
interface loopback1
ip address 100.1.1.1/32 tag 12345
ip pim sparse-mode
74

ip pim anycast-rp 100.1.1.1 10.1.1.1
ip pim anycast-rp 100.1.1.1 20.1.1.1
• Configure route-map used by EBGP for Spine
route-map NEXT-HOP-UNCH permit 10

set ip next-hop unchanged
• Configure route-map to Redistribute Loopback

route-map LOOPBACK permit 10
match tag 12345
ip address 192.168.1.42/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
ip address 192.168.2.43/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
• Configure the BGP overlay for the EVPN address family.
router bgp 100

router-id 10.1.1.1
nexthop route-map NEXT-HOP-UNCH
retain route-target all
ebgp-multihop 3
send-community both
disable-peer-as-check
route-map NEXT-HOP-UNCH out
ebgp-multihop 3
send-community both
• Configure BGP underlay for the IPv4 unicast address family.

redistribute direct route-map LOOPBACK
update-source ethernet4/2
75
allowas-in
allowas-in
• Spine (9504-B)
nv overlay evpn
feature bgp
feature pim

interface loopback0
ip address 20.1.1.1/32 tag 12345
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Loopback for AnycastRP

interface loopback1
ip address 100.1.1.1/32 tag 12345
ip pim sparse-mode

ip pim anycast-rp 100.1.1.1 10.1.1.1
ip pim anycast-rp 100.1.1.1 20.1.1.1
• Configure route-map used by EBGP for Spine
route-map NEXT-HOP-UNCH permit 10

• Configure route-map to Redistribute Loopback

route-map LOOPBACK permit 10
match tag 12345
no switchport
ip address 192.168.3.42/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
76
no switchport
ip address 192.168.4.43/24
ip pim sparse-mode
shutdown
• Configure BGP overlay for the EVPN address family
router bgp 100

router-id 20.1.1.1
ebgp-multihop 3
send-community both
ebgp-multihop 3
send-community both
• Configure the BGP underlay for the IPv4 unicast address family.

allowas-in
allowas-in
• Leaf (9396-A)
• Enable the EVPN control plane.
nv overlay evpn
• Enable the relevant protocols.
feature bgp
feature pim
77
• Enable VXLAN with distributed anycast-gateway using BGP EVPN.
feature nv overlay
• Enabling OSPF for underlay routing.

router ospf 1
• Configure Loopback for local Router ID, PIM, and BGP.

interface loopback0
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Loopback for VTEP.

interface loopback1
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure interfaces for Spine-leafi nterconnect.

no switchport
ip address 192.168.1.22/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
no switchport
ip address 192.168.4.23/24
ip pim sparse-mode
shutdown
• Configure route-map to Redistribute Host-SVI (Silent Host).

match tag 54321
• Enable PIM RP.
• Create VLANs.
vlan 1001-1002
• Create overlay VRF VLAN and configure vn-segment.

vlan 101
vn-segment 900001
• Configure core-facing SVI for VXLAN routing.

interface vlan101
no shutdown
ip forward
no ip redirects
78

no ipv6 redirects
• Create VLAN and provide mapping toVXLAN.

vlan 1001
vn-segment 2001001
vlan 1002
vn-segment 2001002

vni 900001
rd auto

• Create server facing SVI and enable distributed anycast-gateway
interface vlan1001
no shutdown
ip address 4.1.1.1/24 tag 54321
ipv6 address 4:1:0:1::1/64 tag 54321
interface vlan1002
no shutdown
ip address 4.2.2.1/24 tag 54321
ipv6 address 4:2:0:1::1/64 tag 54321
platform switches.
79
•
Note You can choose either of the following two options for creating the NVE interface.
Use Option 1 for a small number of VNIs. Use Option 2 to leverage the simplified
configuration mode.

Option 1
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 2001001
member vni 2001002
Option 2
interface nve1
member vni 2001001
member vni 2001002
member vni 2001007-2001010
• Configure interfaces for hosts/servers.
switchport
switchport
router bgp 200

router-id 30.1.1.1
80

allowas-in
allowas-in
• Configure BGP overlay for the EVPN address family.

ebgp-multihop 3
send-community both
ebgp-multihop 3
send-community both
vrf vxlan-900001

evpn
vni 2001001 l2
vni 2001002 l2
rd auto

evpn
vni 2001001 l2
rd auto
vni 2001002 l2
rd auto
81
• Leaf (9396-B)
• Enable the EVPN control plane.
nv overlay evpn
• Enable the relevant protocols.
feature bgp
feature pim
• Enable VXLAN with distributed anycast-gateway using BGP EVPN.

feature nv overlay
• Enabling OSPF for underlay routing.

router ospf 1
• Configure Loopback for local Router ID, PIM, and BGP.

interface loopback0
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure Loopback for VTEP.

interface loopback1
ip pim sparse-mode
• Configure interfaces for Spine-leaf interconnect.

no switchport
ip address 192.168.3.22/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
no switchport
ip address 192.168.2.23/24
ip pim sparse-mode
shutdown
• Configure route-map to Redistribute Host-SVI (Silent Host).

match tag 54321
• Enable PIM RP
• Create VLANs
vlan 1001-1002
82
• Create overlay VRF VLAN and configure vn-segment.
vlan 101
vn-segment 900001
• Configure core-facing SVI for VXLAN routing.

interface vlan101
no shutdown
ip forward
no ip redirects
no ipv6 redirects
• Create VLAN and provide mapping to VXLAN.
vlan 1001
vn-segment 2001001
vlan 1002
vn-segment 2001002

vni 900001
rd auto
Note The following commands are automatically configured unless one or more are
entered as overrides.

• Create server facing SVI and enable distributed anycast-gateway.

interface vlan1001
no shutdown
ip address 4.1.1.1/24 tag 54321
ipv6 address 4:1:0:1::1/64 tag 54321
interface vlan1002
no shutdown
ip address 4.2.2.1/24 tag 54321
ipv6 address 4:2:0:1::1/64 tag 54321
83
platform switches.
•
Note You can choose either of the following two procedures for creating the NVE
interface. Use Option 1 for a small number of VNIs. Use Option 2 to leverage
the simplified configuration mode.
Create the network virtualization endpoint (NVE) interface.

Option 1
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 2001001
member vni 2001002
Option 2
interface nve1
member vni 2001001
member vni 2001002
member vni 2001007-2001010
switchport
switchport
84

router bgp 200
router-id 40.1.1.1
allowas-in
allowas-in
• Configure BGP overlay for the EVPN address family.

ebgp-multihop 3
send-community both
ebgp-multihop 3
send-community both
vrf vxlan-900001

evpn
vni 2001001 l2
vni 2001002 l2
rd auto
85
Example Show Commands

evpn
vni 2001001 l2
rd auto
vni 2001002 l2
rd auto

• show nve peers
9396-B# show nve peers

Interface Peer-IP State LearnType Uptime Router-Mac
--------- --------------- ----- --------- -------- -----------------
nve1 30.1.1.1 Up CP 00:00:38 6412.2574.9f27
• show nve vni
9396-B# show nve vni

Codes: CP - Control Plane DP - Data Plane
UC - Unconfigured
Interface VNI Multicast-group State Mode Type [BD/VRF] Flags

--------- -------- ----------------- ----- ---- ------------------ -----
nve1 900001 n/a Up CP L3 [vxlan-900001]
nve1 2001001 225.4.0.1 Up CP L2 [1001]
nve1 2001002 225.4.0.1 Up CP L2 [1002]
• show ip arp suppression-cache detail
9396-B# show ip arp suppression-cache detail
Flags: + - Adjacencies synced via CFSoE

L - Local Adjacency
R - Remote Adjacency
L2 - Learnt over L2 interface
Ip Address Age Mac Address Vlan Physical-ifindex Flags
4.1.1.54 00:06:41 0054.0000.0000 1001 Ethernet1/48 L

4.1.1.51 00:20:33 0051.0000.0000 1001 (null) R
4.2.2.53 00:06:41 0053.0000.0000 1002 Ethernet1/47 L
4.2.2.52 00:20:33 0052.0000.0000 1002 (null) R
•
Note The show vxlan interface command is not supported for the Cisco Nexus
9300-EX, 9300-FX/FX2/FX3, and 9300-GX platform switches.
86
• show vxlan interface
9396-B# show vxlan interface

Interface Vlan VPL Ifindex LTL HW VP
========= ==== =========== === =====
Eth1/47 1002 0x4c07d22e 0x10000 5697
Eth1/48 1001 0x4c07d02f 0x10001 5698
• show bgp l2vpn evpn summary
leaf3# show bgp l2vpn evpn summary

BGP summary information for VRF default, address family L2VPN EVPN
BGP router identifier 40.0.0.4, local AS number 10
BGP table version is 60, L2VPN EVPN config peers 1, capable peers 1
21 network entries and 21 paths using 2088 bytes of memory
BGP attribute entries [8/1152], BGP AS path entries [0/0]
BGP community entries [0/0], BGP clusterlist entries [1/4]
Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down

State/PfxRcd
40.0.0.1 4 10 8570 8565 60 0 0 5d22h 6
leaf3#
• show bgp l2vpn evpn
leaf3# show bgp l2vpn evpn

BGP routing table information for VRF default, address family L2VPN EVPN
BGP table version is 60, local router ID is 40.0.0.4
Status: s-suppressed, x-deleted, S-stale, d-dampened, h-history, *-valid,
>-best
Path type: i-internal, e-external, c-confed, l-local, a-aggregate, r-redist,
I-injected
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, | - multipath, & - backup
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path

Route Distinguisher: 40.0.0.2:32868
*>i[2]:[0]:[10001]:[48]:[0000.8816.b645]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
40.0.0.2 100 0 i
*>i[2]:[0]:[10001]:[48]:[0011.0000.0034]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
40.0.0.2 100 0 i
• show l2route evpn mac all
leaf3# show l2route evpn mac all

Topology Mac Address Prod Next Hop (s)
----------- -------------- ------ ---------------
101 0000.8816.b645 BGP 40.0.0.2
101 0001.0000.0033 Local Ifindex 4362086
101 0001.0000.0035 Local Ifindex 4362086
101 0011.0000.0034 BGP 40.0.0.2
• show l2route evpn mac-ip all
leaf3# show l2route evpn mac-ip all

Topology ID Mac Address Prod Host IP Next Hop (s)
----------- -------------- ---- ------------------------------------------------------
101 0011.0000.0034 BGP 5.1.3.2 40.0.0.2
102 0011.0000.0034 BGP 5.1.3.2 40.0.0.2
87
88
CHAPTER 4
Configuring VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay
(VXLANv6)
• Information About Configuring VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) , on page 89
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) , on page 90
• Information About vPC and VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6), on page 91
• Information About vPC Peer Keepalive and VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6), on page
92
• Configuring the VTEP IP Address, on page 93
• Configuring vPC for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6), on page 94
• Example Configurations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6), on page 95
• Verifying VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6), on page 97
Information About Configuring VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay

(VXLANv6)
VXLAN BGP EVPN is deployed with IPv4 underlay and IPv4 VTEP. Hosts in the overlay can be IPv4 or
IPv6. Support is added for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) with an IPv6 VTEP. This requires
IPv6 versions of the unicast routing protocols and utilizing ingress replication for multi-destination traffic
(BUM) in the underlay.
This solution is targeted for green field deployments where the VTEP is IPv6 only and the underlay is IPv6.
The BGP sessions between the leaf and spine are also IPv6. The overlay hosts can be either IPv4 or IPv6.
The following protocols are supported in the underlay:
• IS-IS
• OSPFv3
• eBGP
89
Configuring VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay

(VXLANv6)
VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) has the following guidelines and limitations:
The following Cisco Nexus platforms are supported to provide the VTEP function (leaf and border). The BGP
route reflector can be provided by any Cisco Nexus platform that supports the EVPN address-family command
over an IPv6 MP-BGP peering.
• Cisco Nexus 9332C
• Cisco Nexus 9300-EX
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FX
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FX2
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FX3
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FXP
• Cisco Nexus 9300-GX
VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) supports the following features:
• Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) suppression in the overlay
• Access Control List (ACL) Quality of Service (QoS)
• Border Node with VRF-Lite
• Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
• Guestshell support
• Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping in the overlay
• Virtual Extensible Local Area Network (VXLAN) Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM)
• Storm Control for host ports (Access Side)
• Virtual Port Channel (vPC) with VIP and PIP support
VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) does not support the following features:
• Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)
• Centralized Route Leak
• Cisco Data Center Network Manager (DCNM) integration
• Cross Connect
• EVPN Multi-homing with Ethernet Segment (ES)
• Fabric Extender (FEX) attached to a VXLAN-enabled switch.
90
Information About vPC and VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)
• VXLAN Flood and Learn

• MACsec
• Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Locator/ID Separation Protocol (LISP) handoff
• Multicast underlay (PIM-BiDir, Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) Any Source Multicast (ASM),
Snooping)
• NetFlow
• Overlay IGMP Snooping
• peer vtep command
• Policy-Based Redirect (PBR)
• Sampled Flow (sFLOW)
• Static ingress replication (IR)
• Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM)
• Virtual Network Functions (VNF) Multipath
• vPC Fabric Peering
• VXLAN Access Features
• 802.1x
• Port security
• Private VLAN (PVLAN)
• PV translation (Switching/Routing)
• Q-in-Q with QinVNI
• QinVNI and SelQinVNI
• VXLAN Policy-Based Routing (PBR)

• VXLAN Multi-Site
Other guidelines and limitations:

• VXLAN/Fibre Channel co-existence
Information About vPC and VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay

(VXLANv6)
vPC VTEPs use vMAC (virtual MAC) with the VIP/PIP feature. vMAC is used with VIP and the system
MAC is used with PIP.
In the IPv4 underlay, vMAC is derived from the IPv4 VIP address:
91
Information About vPC Peer Keepalive and VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)
VMAC = 0x02 + 4 bytes IPv4 VIP address.

In the IPv6 underlay, VIP is IPv6 (128 bits) which cannot be used to generate a conflict free unique vMAC
(48 bits). The default method is to autogenerate the vMAC by picking the last 48 bits from the IPv6 VIP:
Autogenerated vMAC = 0x06 + the last 4 bytes of the IPv6 VIP address.
If there are two vPC complexes which have different VIPs but the same last 4 bytes of IPv6 address in the
VIP, both autogenerate the same vMAC. For a remote VTEP, it sees vMAC flopping between two different
VIPs. This is not an issue for Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches which support VXLAN IPv6.
For other vendor boxes, if this is an issue for interoperability reasons, the vMAC can be manually configured
on Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches to override the autogenerated vMAC. The default behavior for VXLAN
with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) is to autogenerate the VMAC. If a VMAC is configured manually,
the manually configured VMAC takes precedence.
interface nve1
virtual-rmac <48-bit mac address>
The VMAC must be managed by the administrator just like the VIP/PIP and must be unique in the fabric. All
the preceding behavior is for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) only and nothing changes about
VMAC creation and advertisement for VXLAN IPv4 in the underlay.
The default behavior is that vMAC is autogenerated from the configured VIP and advertised. There is no need
to use the virtual-rmac command as previously described except for interoperability cases. There is no need
to use the existing advertise virtual-rmac command for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6).
Information About vPC Peer Keepalive and VXLAN with IPv6 in

the Underlay (VXLANv6)
The modification for vPC is to allow IPv6 addresses to be used for the peer-keepalive link. The link can be
on the management interface or any other interface. The keepalive link becomes operational only when both
peers are configured correctly either with the IPv4 or IPv6 address and those addresses are reachable from
each peer. Peer-keepalive can be configured on in-band and out-of-band interfaces.
Note peer-keepalive must be a global unicast address.
The configuration command for peer-keepalive accepts an IPv6 address

vpc domain 1
peer-keepalive destination 001:002::003:004 source 001:002::003:005 vrf management
92
Configuring the VTEP IP Address
Configuring the VTEP IP Address

Procedure

Step 1 configure terminal Enter global configuration mode.
Example:
Step 2 interface nve1 Configure the NVE interface.

Example:
switch(config)# interface nve1
Step 3 source-interface loopback src-if The source interface must be a loopback

Example:
a valid /128 IP address. This /128 IP address
switch(config-if-nve)# source interface must be known by the intermediate devices in
loopback 1
the transport network and the remote VTEPs.
This is accomplished by advertising it through
a dynamic routing protocol in the transport
network.
Note The IPv6 address on loopback1
must be a /128 address.
The VTEP IP address cannot be a
link local IPv6 address.

Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# exit
Step 5 interface loopback loopback_number Configure the loopback interface.

Example:
Step 6 ipv6 address ipv6_format Configure IPv6 address on the interface.

Example:
switch(config-if)# ipv6 address
2001:db8:0:0:1:0:0:1/128

Example:
switch(config-if)# exit
93
Configuring vPC for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)
Configuring vPC for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)

VXLAN with IPv4 in the underlay leveraged the concept of a secondary IP address (VIP) used in vPC. IPv6
does not have the concept of secondary addresses as does IPv4. However, multiple IPv6 global addresses can
be configured on an interface, which are treated equally in priority.
The CLI for the VIP configuration has been extended to specify the loopback interface that carries the VIP if
there is a VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) vPC. The IPv6 primary IP address (PIP) and VIP
are in two separate loopback interfaces.
Similar to IPv4, if there are multiple IPv6 addresses specified on either loopback, the lowest IP is selected for
each.
The following steps outline the configuration of a VTEP IP (VIP/PIP) required on a vPC setup.
Note The anycast loopback command is used only for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6).
Procedure

Example:

Example:
Step 3 source-interface loopback src-if anycast The source interface must be a loopback
loopback any-if interface that is configured on the switch with
a valid /128 IP address. This /128 IP address
Example:
must be known by the transient devices in the
switch(config-if-nve)# source interface transport network and the remote VTEPs. This
loopback 1 anycast loopback 2
network.
Note The IPv6 address on loopback1, the
primary IP address (PIP), and
loopback2, the secondary IP address
()VIP), must be a /128 address.
The VTEP IP address cannot be a
link local IPv6 address.

Example:
94
Example Configurations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)


Example:
Step 6 ipv6 address ipv6_format Configure IPv6 address on the interface.

Example:
switch(config-if)# ipv6 address
2001:db8:0:0:1:0:0:1/128

Example:

Example:
Example Configurations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay

(VXLANv6)
The following are configuration examples for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6):
With IPv6 address set/match in next-hop, BGP must set/match the IPv6 next-hop address in route type-2
(MAC-IP) and route type-5 (IP Prefix).
Under route-map:
set ipv6 next-hop <vtep address>
match ipv6 next-hop <vtep address>
BGP Underlay
Note BGP IPv6 neighbor must support L2VPN EVPN address-family session.
95
Example Configurations for VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)
Note The router ID in VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) must be an IPv4 address.
The BGP router ID is a 32-bit value that is often represented by an IPv4 address. By default, Cisco NX-OS
sets the router ID to the IPv4 address of a loopback interface on the router. For VXLAN with IPv6 in the
Underlay (VXLANv6), none of the loopbacks need to have an IPv4 address in which case the default selection
of router ID does not happen correctly. You can configure the router ID manually to an IPv4 address.
BGP RD (Route distinguisher) which is 64 bits in length can be configured using the autonomous system
number of the 4-byte IP address. For VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6), when using an IP
address for configuring RD, you must use IPv4 as in the case of VXLAN IPv4.
feature bgp
nv overlay evpn
router bgp 64496

! IPv4 router id
router-id 35.35.35.35
! Redistribute the igp/bgp routes
redistribute direct route-map allow
! For IPv6 session, directly connected peer interface

neighbor 2001:DB8:0:1::55
remote-as 64496
OSPFv3 Underlay
feature ospfv3
router ospfv3 201

router-id 290.0.2.1

ipv6 address 2001:0DB8::1/48
ipv6 ospfv3 201 area 0.0.0.10
IS-IS Underlay
router isis Enterprise
is-type level-1
net 49.0001.0000.0000.0003.00

ip address 192.0.2.1/24
isis circuit-type level-1
ip router isis Enterprise
96
Verifying VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6)

To display the status for the VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) configuration, enter one of the
following commands:
Table 2: VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) Verification Commands
Command Purpose
show running-config interface nve 1 Displays interface NVE 1 running configuration

information.
show nve interface 1 detail Displays NVE interface detail.
show nve peers Displays the peering time and VNI information for
VTEP peers.
show nve vni ingress-replication Displays NVE VNI ingress replication information.
show nve peers 2018:1015::abcd:1234:3 int nv1 Displays NVE peers counter information.
counters
show bgp l2vpn evpn 1012.0383.9600 Displays BGP L2VPN information for route type 2.
show bgp l2vpn evpn 303:304::1 Displays BGP L2VPN EVPN for route type 3.
show bgp l2vpn evpn 5.116.204.0 Displays BGP L2VPN EVPN for route type 5.
show l2route peerid Displays L2route peerid.
show l2route topology detail Displays L2route topology detail.
show l2route evpn imet all detail Displays L2route EVPN imet detail.
show l2route fl all Display L2route flood list detail.
show l2route mac all detail Displays L2route MAC detail.
show l2route mac-ip all detail Displays MAC address and host IP address.
show ip route 1.191.1.0 vrf vxlan-10101 Displays route table for VRF.
show forwarding ipv4 route 1.191.1.0 detail vrf Displays forwarding information.
vxlan-10101
show ipv6 route vrf vxlan-10101 Displays IPv6 routing table.
show bgp l2vpn evpn Displays BGP's updated routes.
show bgp evi evi-id Displays BGP EVI information.
show forwarding distribution peer-id Displays forwarding information.
97
Command Purpose
show forwarding nve l2 ingress-replication-peers Displays forwarding information for ingress

replication.
show forwarding nve l3 peers Displays nv3 Layer 3 peers information.
show forwarding ecmp platform Displays forwarding ECMP platform information.
show forwarding ecmp platform Displays forwarding ECMP platform information.
show forwarding nve l3 ecmp Displays forwarding NVE Layer 3 ECMP information.
Example of the show running-config interface nve 1

Command
switch# show running-config interface nve 1
interface nve1
no shutdown
source-interface loopback1 anycast loopback2
member vni 10011
Example of the show nve interface 1 detail

Command
switch# show nve interface nve 1 detail
Interface: nve1, State: Up, encapsulation: VXLAN
VPC Capability: VPC-VIP-Only [notified]
Local Router MAC: a093.51cf.78f7
Host Learning Mode: Control-Plane
Source-Interface: loopback1 (primary: 30:3:1::2)
Anycast-Interface: loopback2 (secondary: 303:304::1)
Source Interface State: Up
Anycast Interface State: Up
Virtual RMAC Advertisement: Yes
NVE Flags:
Interface Handle: 0x49000001
Source Interface hold-down-time: 745
Source Interface hold-up-time: 30
Remaining hold-down time: 0 seconds
Virtual Router MAC: 0600.0000.0001
Interface state: nve-intf-add-complete
Example of the show nve peers Command

switch# show nve peers
--------- --------------- ----- --------- -------- -----------------
nve1 1:1::1:1 Up CP 00:44:09 5087.89d4.6bb7
Up
Example of the show nve vni ingress-replication
Command
98
switch# show nve vni ingress-replication

Interface VNI Replication List Source Up Time
--------- -------- ----------------- ------- -------
nve1 10011 1:1::1:1 BGP-IMET 00:46:55
Example of the show nve peers ipv6-address int nv1 counters Command .
switch# show nve peers 2018:2015::abcd:1234:3 int nve 1 counters
Peer IP: 2018:1015::abcd:1234:3
TX
0 unicast packets 0 unicast bytes
0 multicast packets 0 multicast bytes
RX
0 unicast packets 0 unicast bytes
0 multicast packets 0 multicast bytes
Example of the show bgp l2vpn evpn Command for Route-Type 2.

switch# show bgp l2vpn evpn 1012.0383.9600
Route Distinguisher: 30.3.1.1:34067 (L2VNI 2001300)
BGP routing table entry for [2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[1012.0383.9600]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216, version
1051240
Paths: (1 available, best #1)
Flags: (0x000102) (high32 00000000) on xmit-list, is not in l2rib/evpn
Multipath: iBGP
Advertised path-id 1
Path type: local, path is valid, is best path, no labeled nexthop
AS-Path: NONE, path locally originated
303:304::1 (metric 0) from 0:: (30.3.1.1)
Origin IGP, MED not set, localpref 100, weight 32768
Received label 2001300
Extcommunity: RT:2:2001300 ENCAP:8
Path-id 1 advertised to peers:

2::21 2::66
BGP routing table entry for [2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[1012.0383.9600]:[32]:[4.231.115.2]/272, version
1053100
Multipath: iBGP
303:304::1 (metric 0) from 0:: (30.3.1.1)
Received label 2001300 3003901
Extcommunity: RT:2:2001300 RT:2:3003901 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:0600.0000.0001

2::21 2::66
Example of the show bgp l2vpn evpn Command for Route-Type 3

switch# show bgp l2vpn evpn 303:304::1
BGP routing table entry for [3]:[0]:[128]:[303:304::1]/184, version 1045060
99
Multipath: iBGP
303:304::1 (metric 0) from 0:: (30.3.1.1)
PMSI Tunnel Attribute:
flags: 0x00, Tunnel type: Ingress Replication
Label: 2000002, Tunnel Id: 303:304::1

2::21 2::66
Example of the show bgp l2vpn evpn Command for Route-Type 5

switch# show bgp l2vpn evpn 5.116.204.0
BGP routing table entry for [5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[5.116.204.0]/224, version 119983
Flags: (0x000002) (high32 00000000) on xmit-list, is not in l2rib/evpn, is not in HW
Multipath: iBGP
Path type: internal, path is valid, not best reason: Neighbor Address, no labeled nexthop
Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0

AS-Path: 65001 5300 , path sourced external to AS
3::52 (metric 200) from 2::66 (2.0.0.66)
Extcommunity: RT:2:3003301 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:f80b.cb53.4897
Originator: 2.0.0.52 Cluster list: 2.0.0.66
Path type: internal, path is valid, is best path, no labeled nexthop
Imported to 2 destination(s)
Imported paths list: evpn-tenant-0301 default
Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
3::52 (metric 200) from 2::21 (2.0.0.21)
Extcommunity: RT:2:3003301 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:f80b.cb53.4897
Path-id 1 not advertised to any peer
Example of the show l2route peerid Command

switch# show l2route peerid
NVE Ifhdl IP Address PeerID Ifindex Num of MAC's
Num of NH's
------------ --------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------
------------
1224736769 4999:1::1:1:1 4 1191182340 23377
0
Example of the show l2route topology detail Command

switch# show l2route topology detail
Flags:(L2cp)=L2 Ctrl Plane; (Dp)=Data Plane; (Imet)=Data Plane BGP IMET; (L3cp)=L3 Ctrl
100
Plane; (Bfd)=BFD over Vxlan; (Bgp)=BGP EVPN; (Of)=Open Flow mode; (Mix)=Open Flow IR mixed
mode; (Acst)=Anycast GW on spine;
Topology ID Topology Name Attributes
----------- ------------- ----------
101 Vxlan-10101 VNI: 10101
Encap:1 IOD:0 IfHdl:1224736769
VTEP IP: 5001:1::1:1:7
Emulated IP: ::
Emulated RO IP: 0.0.0.0
TX-ID: 2004 (Rcvd Ack: 0)
RMAC: 00fe.c83e.84a7, VRFID: 3
VMAC: 00fe.c83e.84a7
VMAC RO: 0000.0000.0000
Flags: L3cp, Sub_Flags: --, Prev_Flags: -
Example of the show l2route evpn imet all detail Command

switch# show l2route evpn imet all detail
Flags- (F): Originated From Fabric, (W): Originated from WAN
Topology ID VNI Prod IP Addr Eth Tag PMSI-Flags Flags Type Label(VNI) Tunnel
ID NFN Bitmap
----------- ----- ----- -------------- ------- ---------- ------- ---- -----------
------------- ----------
901 10901 BGP 4999:1::1:1:1 0 0 - 6 10901
4999:1::1:1:1
Example of the show l2route fl all Command

switch# show l2route fl all
Topology ID Peer-id Flood List Service Node
----------- ----------- --------------------------------------- ------------
901 4 4999:1::1:1:1 no
Example of the show l2route mac all detail Command

switch# show l2route mac all detail

(Dup):Duplicate (Spl):Split (Rcv):Recv (AD):Auto-Delete (D):Del Pending
(S):Stale (C):Clear, (Ps):Peer Sync (O):Re-Originated (Nho):NH-Override
(Pf):Permanently-Frozen, (Orp): Orphan
Topology Mac Address Prod Flags Seq No Next-Hops
----------- -------------- ------ ------------- ----------

---------------------------------------
901 0016.0901.0001 BGP SplRcv 0 6002:1::1:1:1
Route Resolution Type: Regular

Forwarding State: Resolved (PeerID: 2)
Sent To: L2FM
Encap: 1
Example of the show l2route mac-ip all detail Command

switch# show l2route mac-ip all detail
(Dup):Duplicate (Spl):Split (Rcv):Recv(D):Del Pending (S):Stale (C):Clear
(Ps):Peer Sync (Ro):Re-Originated (Orp):Orphan
Topology Mac Address Host IP Prod Flags Seq
No Next-Hops
101
----------- -------------- --------------------------------------- ------ ----------

---------- ---------------
901 0016.0901.0001 46.1.1.101 BGP -- 0
6002:1::1:1:1
Sent To: ARP
encap-type:1
Example of the show ip route 1.191.1.0 vrf vxlan-10101 Command

switch# show ip route 1.191.1.0 vrf vxlan-10101
IP Route Table for VRF "vxlan-10101"
1.191.1.0/29, ubest/mbest: 6/0

*via fe80::2fe:c8ff:fe09:8fff%default, Po1001, [200/0], 00:56:21, bgp-4002, internal,
tag 4007 (evpn)
segid: 10101 VTEP:(5001:1::1:1:1, underlay_vrf: 1) encap: VXLAN
*via fe80::2fe:c8ff:fe09:8fff%default, Po1002, [200/0], 00:56:21, bgp-4002, internal, tag

4007 (evpn)

tag 4007 (evpn)

tag 4007 (evpn)
Example of the show forwarding ipv4 route 1.191.1.0 detail vrf vxlan-10101 Command
switch# show forwarding ipv4 route 1.191.1.0 detail vrf vxlan-10101
slot 1
=======
Prefix 1.191.1.0/29, No of paths: 2, Update time: Mon Apr 15 15:38:17 2019
5001:1::1:1:1 nve1
5001:1::1:1:2 nve1
Example of the show ipv6 route vrf vxlan-10101 Command

switch# show ipv6 route vrf vxlan-10101
IPv6 Routing Table for VRF "vxlan-10101"
2:2:2::101/128, ubest/mbest: 1/0

*via 5001:1::1:1:1/128%default, [200/0], 00:55:31, bgp-4002, internal, tag 4002 (evpn)
segid 10101
VTEP:(5001:1::1:1:1, underlay_vrf: 1) encap: VXLAN
Example of the show forwarding distribution peer-id

Command
102
switch# show forwarding distribution peer-id

UFDM Peer-id allocations: App id 0
App: VXLAN Vlan: 1 Id: 4999:1::1:1:1 0x49030001 Peer-id: 0x6
App: VXLAN Vlan: 1 Id: 5001:1::1:2:104 0x49030001 Peer-id: 0xa
App: VXLAN Vlan: 1 Id: 5001:1::1:2:105 0x49030001 Peer-id: 0xb
App: VXLAN Vlan: 1 Id: 5001:1::1:2:106 0x49030001 Peer-id: 0xc
App: VXLAN Vlan: 1 Id: 5001:1::1:2:107 0x49030001 Peer-id: 0xd
Example of the show forwarding nve l2 ingress-replication-peers

Command
switch# show forwarding nve l2 ingress-replication-peers
slot 1
=======
Total count of VLANS with ingr-repl peers: 1950

VLAN 1024 VNI 0 Vtep Ifindex 0x0 plt_space : 0x1ca75e14
peer : 6002:1::1:1:1
peer : 5001:1::1:1:7
peer : 4999:1::1:1:1
PSS VLAN:1024, VNI:0, vtep:0x0x0, peer_cnt:3

peer : 6002:1::1:1:1 marked : 0
peer : 5001:1::1:1:7 marked : 0
peer : 4999:1::1:1:1 marked : 0
VLAN 1280 VNI 0 Vtep Ifindex 0x0 plt_space : 0x1ca75e14
peer : 6002:1::1:1:1
peer : 5001:1::1:1:7
peer : 4999:1::1:1:1
PSS VLAN:1280, VNI:0, vtep:0x0x0, peer_cnt:3

peer : 6002:1::1:1:1 marked : 0
peer : 5001:1::1:1:7 marked : 0
peer : 4999:1::1:1:1 marked : 0
Example of the show forwarding nve l3 peers

Command
switch# show forwarding nve l3 peers
slot 1
=======
EVPN configuration state: disabled, PeerVni Adj enabled

NVE cleanup transaction-id 0
tunnel_id Peer_id Peer_address Interface rmac origin state del count
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0x0 1225261062 4999:1::1:1:1 nve1 0600.0001.0001 URIB merge-done
no 100
0x0 1225261058 5001:1::1:1:1 nve1 2cd0.2d51.9f1b NVE merge-done
no 100
0x0 1225261057 5001:1::1:1:2 nve1 00a6.cab6.bbbb NVE merge-done
no 100
0x0 1225261063 5001:1::1:1:7 nve1 00fe.c83e.84a7 URIB merge-done
no 100
103
no 100
no 100
no 100
no 100
no 100
Example of the show forwarding ecmp platform

Command
switch# show forwarding ecmp platform
slot 1
=======
ECMP Hash: 0x198b8aae, Num Paths: 2, Hw index: 0x17532

Partial Install: No
Hw ecmp-index: unit-0:1073741827 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 95538
Hw NVE ecmp-index: unit-0:0 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 95538
Refcount: 134, Holder: 0x0, Intf: Ethernet1/101, Nex-Hop: fe80:7::1:2
Hw adj: unit-0:851977 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 500010 LIF:4211
Intf: Ethernet1/108, Nex-Hop: fe80:8::1:2
VOBJ count: 0, VxLAN VOBJ count: 0, VxLAN: 0
ECMP Hash: 0x2bb2905e, Num Paths: 3, Hw index: 0x17533

Partial Install: No
Hw ecmp-index: unit-0:1073741828 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 95539
Hw NVE ecmp-index: unit-0:0 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 95539
Refcount: 16, Holder: 0x0, Intf: Ethernet1/101, Nex-Hop: fe80:7::1:2
Intf: Ethernet1/108, Nex-Hop: fe80:8::1:2
Intf: port-channel1003, Nex-Hop: fe80:9::1:2
VOBJ count: 0, VxLAN VOBJ count: 0, VxLAN: 0
Example of the show forwarding ecmp recursive

Command
switch# show forwarding ecmp recursive
slot 1
=======
Virtual Object 17 (vxlan):

Hw vobj-index (0): unit-0:851976 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 99016
Hw NVE vobj-index (0): unit-0:0 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 99016
Hw NVE vobj-index (1): unit-0:0 unit-1:0 unit-2:0 cmn-index: 0
Num prefixes : 1
Partial Install: No
Active paths:
Recursive NH 5001:1::1:2:10a/128 , table 0x80000001
CNHs:
fe80:9::1:2, port-channel1003
Hw adj: unit-0:851976 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 500011, LIF:4106
104
Hw NVE adj: unit-0:0 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 500011, LIF:4106

Hw instance new : (0x182c8, 99016) ls count new 1
FEC: fec_type 0
VOBJ Refcount : 1
Virtual Object 167 (vxlan): ECMP-idx1:0x17536(95542), ECMP-idx2:0x0(0),
Hw NVE vobj-index (0): unit-0:3 unit-1:0 unit-2:0, cmn-index: 99166
Hw NVE vobj-index (1): unit-0:0 unit-1:0 unit-2:0 cmn-index: 0
Num prefixes : 1
Partial Install: No
Active paths:
Recursive NH 5001:1::1:3:125/128 , table 0x80000001
CNHs:
fe80:7::1:2, Ethernet1/101
fe80:8::1:2, Ethernet1/108
Hw instance new : (0x1835e, 99166) ls count new 2
FEC: fec_type 0
VOBJ Refcount : 1
Example of the show forwarding nve l3 ecmp

Command
switch# show forwarding nve l3 ecmp
slot 1
=======
ECMP Hash: 0x70a50e4, Num Paths: 2, Hw Index: 0x17534

table_id: 403, flags: 0x0, adj_flags: 0x0, Ref-ct: 101
tunnel_id: 5001:1::1:1:1, segment_id: 10101
Hw ecmp-index: unit0: 1073741830 unit1: 0 unit2: 0
ECMP Hash: 0x1189f35e, Num Paths: 2, Hw Index: 0x17535

table_id: -2147483245, flags: 0x0, adj_flags: 0x0, Ref-ct: 50
Hw ecmp-index: unit0: 1073741831 unit1: 0 unit2: 0
105
106
CHAPTER 5
Configuring External VRF Connectivity and Route
Leaking
• Configuring External VRF Connectivity, on page 107
• Configuring Route Leaking, on page 121
Configuring External VRF Connectivity

About External Layer-3 Connectivity for VXLAN BGP EVPN Fabrics
A VXLAN BGP EVPN fabric can be extended by using per-VRF IP routing to achieve external connectivity.
The approach that is used for the Layer-3 extensions is commonly referred to as VRF Lite, while the
functionality itself is more accurately defined as Inter-AS Option A or back-to-back VRF connectivity.
VXLAN BGP EVPN - VRF-lite brief

Some pointers are given below:
• The VXLAN BGP EVPN fabrics is depicted on the left in the following figure.
• Routes within the fabric are exchanged between all Edge-Devices (VTEPs) as well as Route-Reflectors;
the control-plane used is MP-BGP with EVPN address-family.
• The Edge-Devices (VTEPs) acting as border nodes are configured to pass on prefixes to the external
router (ER). This is achieved by exporting prefixes from MP-BGP EVPN to IPv4/IPv6 per-VRF peerings.
• Various routing protocols can be used for the per-VRF peering. While eBGP is the protocol of choice,
IGPs like OSPF, IS-IS or EIGRP can be leveraged but require redistribution
107
Configuring External VRF Connectivity and Route Leaking
Guidelines and Limitations for External VRF Connectivity and Route Leaking
Figure 9: External Layer-3 Connectivity - VRF-lite
Guidelines and Limitations for External VRF Connectivity and Route Leaking
The following guidelines and limitations apply to external Layer 3 connectivity for VXLAN BGP EVPN
fabrics:
• Support is added for Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with Cisco Nexus 96136YC-R and
9636C-RX line cards.
• A physical Layer 3 interface (parent interface) can be used for external Layer 3 connectivity (that is,
VRF default).
• The parent interface to multiple subinterfaces cannot be used for external Layer 3 connectivity (that is,
Ethernet1/1 for a VRF default). You can use a subinterface instead.
interfaces if subinterfaces are configured.
• VTEPs do not support VXLAN-encapsulated traffic over subinterfaces, regardless of VRF participation
or IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation.
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN with eBGP for VRF-lite

Configuring VRF for VXLAN Routing and External Connectivity using BGP
Configure the VRF on the border node.
Procedure

Step 3 vni number Specify the VNI. The VNI associated with the
VRF is often referred to as a Layer 3 VNI,
L3VNI, or L3VPN. The L3VNI is configured
108
Configuring the L3VNI's Fabric Facing VLAN and SVI on the Border Node

as the common identifier across the participating
VTEPs.
Step 4 rd {auto | rd} Specify the VRF's route distinguisher (RD).

The RD uniquely identifies a VTEP within an
L3VNI. If you enter an RD, the following
formats are supported: ASN2:NN, ASN4:NN,
or IPV4:NN.
Step 5 address-family {ipv4 | ipv6} unicast Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 unicast address
family.
export of IPv4 prefixes. The RT is used for a
per-VRF prefix import/export policy. If you
enter an RT, the following formats are
Manually configured RTs are required to
support asymmetric VNIs.
Step 8 Repeat Step 1 through Step 7 for every L3VNI.
Configuring the L3VNI's Fabric Facing VLAN and SVI on the Border Node
Procedure

Step 1 configure terminal Enter configuration mode.
Step 2 vlan number Specify the VLAN id that is used for the
L3VNI.
Step 3 vn-segment number Map the L3VNI to the VLAN for VXLAN
EVPN routing.
Step 4 interface vlan-number Specify the SVI (Switch Virtual Interface) for
VXLAN EVPN routing.
Step 5 mtu value Specify the MTU for the L3VNI.
Step 6 vrf member vrf-name Map the SVI to the matching VRF context.
Step 7 ip forward Enable IPv4 forwarding for the L3VNI.
109
Configuring the VTEP on the Border Node

Step 8 no ip redirects Disable ICMP redirects
Step 9 ipv6 ip-address Enable IPv6 forwarding for the L3VNI.
Step 10 no ipv6 redirects Disable ICMPv6 redirects.
Step 11 Repeat Step 2 through Step 10 for every

L3VNI.
Configuring the VTEP on the Border Node
Procedure

overlay.
Step 4 Repeat Step 3 for every L3VNI.
Configuring the BGP VRF Instance on the Border Node for IPv4 per-VRF Peering
Procedure

Step 2 router bgp autonomous-system-number Configure BGP. The range of the

autonomous-system-number is from 1 to
4294967295.
Step 3 vrf vrf-name Specify the VRF.
Step 4 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure address family for IPv4.
Step 5 advertise l2vpn evpn Enable the advertisement of EVPN routes

within IPv4 address-family.
Step 6 maximum-paths ibgp number Enabling equal cost multipathing (ECMP) for
iBGP prefixes. The range for number if 1 to
64. The default is 1.
Step 7 maximum-paths number Enabling equal cost multipathing (ECMP) for

eBGP prefixes.
Step 8 neighbor address remote-as number Define eBGP neighbor IPv4 address and
remote Autonomous-System (AS) number.
110

Step 9 update-source type/id Define interface for eBGP peering.
Step 10 address-family ipv4 unicast Activate the IPv4 address family for IPv4
prefix exchange.

L3VNI that requires external connectivity for
IPv4.
Procedure

Step 2 router bgp autonomous-system-number Configure BGP.

iBGP prefixes.

eBGP prefixes.
Step 8 neighbor address remote-as number Define eBGP neighbor IPv6 address and
Step 11 Repeat Step 3 Through Step 10 for every

L3VNI that requires external connectivity for
IPv6.
Configuring the Sub-Interface Instance on the Border Node for Per-VRF Peering - Version 1
Procedure

Step 2 interface type/id Configure parent interface.
111
VXLAN BGP EVPN - Default-Route, Route Filtering on External Connectivity

Step 3 no switchport Disable Layer-2 switching mode on interface.
Step 4 no shutdown Bring up parent interface.
Step 5 exit Exit interface configuration mode.
Step 6 interface type/id Define the Sub-Interface instance.
Step 7 encapsulation dot1q number Configure the VLAN ID for the sub-interface.
The number argument can have a value from
1 to 3967.
Step 8 vrf member vrf-name Map the Sub-Interface to the matching VRF
context.
Step 9 ip address address Configure the Sub-Interfaces IP address.
Step 10 no shutdown Bring up Sub-Interface.

per-VRF peering.
VXLAN BGP EVPN - Default-Route, Route Filtering on External Connectivity

About Configuring Default Routing for External Connectivity
For default-route advertisement into a VXLAN BGP EVPN fabric, we have to ensure that the default-route
advertised into the fabric is at the same time not advertised outside of the fabric. For this case, it is necessary
to have route filtering in place that prevents this eventuality.
Configuring the Default Route in the Border Nodes VRF
Procedure

Step 3 ip route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop Configure the IPv4 default-route.
Step 4 ipv6 route 0::/0 next-hop Configure the IPv6 default-route.
Configuring the BGP VRF Instance on the Border Node for IPv4/IPv6 Default-Route Advertisement
Procedure

112
Configuring Route Filtering for IPv4 Default-Route Advertisement

Step 4 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure the IPv4 Unicast address-family.

Required for IPv6 over VXLAN with IPv4
underlay.
Step 5 network 0.0.0.0/0 Creating IPv4 default-route network statement.
Step 6 address-family ipv6 unicast Configure the IPv6 unicast address-family.
Step 7 network 0::/0 Creating IPv6 default-route network statement.
Step 8 neighbor addressremote-as number Define eBGP neighbor IPv4 address and
Step 9 update-source type/id Define interface for eBGP peering
Step 10 address-family {ipv4 | ipv6} unicast Activate the IPv4 or IPv6 address family for
IPv4/IPv6 prefix exchange.
Step 11 route-map name out Attach route-map for egress route filtering.

L3VNI that requires external connectivity with
default-route filtering.

You can configure route filtering for IPv4 default-route advertisement.
Procedure

Step 2 ip prefix-list name seq 5 permit 0.0.0.0/0 Configure IPv4 prefix-list for default-route
filtering.
Step 3 route-map name deny 10 Create route-map with leading deny statement
to prevent the default-route of being advertised
via External Connectivity.
Step 4 match ip address prefix-list name Match against the IPv4 prefix-list that contains
the default-route.
Step 5 route-map name permit 1000 Create route-map with trailing allow statement
to advertise non-matching routes via External
Connectivity.
113
Procedure

Step 2 ipv6 prefix-list name seq 5 permit 0::/0 Configure IPv6 prefix-list for default-route
filtering.
Step 4 match ipv6 address prefix-list name Match against the IPv6 prefix-list that contains
the default-route.
Connectivity.
About Configuring Default-Route Distribution and Host-Rote Filter

Per-default, a VXLAN BGP EVPN fabric always advertises all known routes via the External Connectivity.
As not in all circumstances it is beneficial to advertise IPv4 /32 or IPv6 /128 Host-Routes, a respective route
filtering approach can become necessary.
Configuring the BGP VRF Instance on the Border Node for IPv4/IPv6 Host-Route Filtering
Procedure

Step 4 neighbor address remote-as number Define eBGP neighbor IPv4/IPv6 address and
Step 6 address-family {ipv4 | ipv6} unicast Activate the IPv4 or IPv6 address family for
IPv4/IPv6 prefix exchange.
Step 7 route-map name out Attach route-map for egress route filtering.
Step 8 Repeat Step 3 through Step 7 for every L3VNI

that requires external connectivity with
host-route filtering.
114
Configuring Route Filtering for IPv4 Host-Route Advertisement
Procedure

Step 2 ip prefix-list name seq 5 permit 0.0.0.0/0 eq Configure IPv4 prefix-list for host-route
32 filtering.
the host-route.
to advertise non-matching routes via external
connectivity.
Procedure

Step 2 ipv6 prefix-list name seq 5 permit 0::/0 eq Configure IPv4 prefix-list for host-route
128 filtering.
Step 4 match ipv6 address prefix-list name Match against the IPv4 prefix-list that contains
the host-route.
Connectivity.
Example - Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN with eBGP for VRF-lite

An example of external connectivity from VXLAN BGP EVPN to an external router using VRF-lite.
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node

The VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node acts as neighbor device to the External Router. The VRF Name is
purely localized and can be different to the VRF Name on the External Router, only significance is the L3VNI
115
Example - Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN with eBGP for VRF-lite
must be consistent across the VXLAN BGP EVPN fabric. For the ease of reading, the VRF and interface
enumeration will be consistently used.
The configuration examples represents a IPv4 and IPv6 dual-stack approach; IPv4 or IPv6 can be substituted
of each other.
vrf context myvrf_50001
vni 50001
rd auto
!
vlan 2000
vn-segment 50001
!
interface Vlan2000
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member myvrf_50001
no ip redirects
ip forward
no ipv6 redirects
!
interface nve1
no shutdown
!
router bgp 65002
vrf myvrf_50001
router-id 10.2.0.6
advertise l2vpn evpn
maximum-paths ibgp 2
maximum-paths 2
maximum-paths 2
neighbor 10.31.95.95
remote-as 65099
neighbor 2001::95/64
remote-as 65099
!
no switchport
no shutdown
interface Ethernet1/3.2
ip address 10.31.95.31/24
ipv6 address 2001::31/64
no shutdown
116
Configuring Default-Route, Route Filtering on External Connectivity
Configuring Default-Route, Route Filtering on External Connectivity

The VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node has the ability to advertise IPv4 and IPv6 default-route within the
fabric. In cases where it is not beneficial to advertise the Host Routes from the VXLAN BGP EVPN fabric
to the External Router, these IPv4 /32 and IPv6 /128 can be filtered at the External Connectivity peering
configuration.
ip prefix-list default-route seq 5 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 1
ipv6 prefix-list default-route-v6 seq 5 permit 0::/0
!
ip prefix-list host-route seq 5 permit 0.0.0.0/0 eq 32
ipv6 prefix-list host-route-v6 seq 5 permit 0::/0 eq 128
!
route-map extcon-rmap-filter deny 10
match ip address prefix-list default-route
route-map extcon-rmap-filter deny 20
match ip address prefix-list host-route
route-map extcon-rmap-filter permit 1000
!
route-map extcon-rmap-filter-v6 deny 10
match ipv6 address prefix-list default-route-v6
route-map extcon-rmap-filter-v6 deny 20
match ip address prefix-list host-route-v6
route-map extcon-rmap-filter-v6 permit 1000
!
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 10.31.95.95
ipv6 route 0::/0 2001::95/64
!
router bgp 65002
vrf myvrf_50001
network 0.0.0.0/0
network 0::/0
remote-as 65099
route-map extcon-rmap-filter out
remote-as 65099
route-map extcon-rmap-filter-v6 out
Configuring External Router

The External Router performs as a neighbor device to the VXLAN BGP EVPN border node. The VRF Name
is purely localized and can be different to the VRF Name on the VXLAN BGP EVPN Fabric. For the ease of
reading, the VRF and interface enumeration will be consistently used.
The configuration examples represents a IPv4 and IPv6 dual-stack approach; IPv4 or IPv6 can be substituted
of each other.
!
router bgp 65099
vrf myvrf_50001
maximum-paths 2
maximum-paths 2
117
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN with OSPF for VRF-lite
remote-as 65002
remote-as 65002
!
no switchport
no shutdown
ip address 10.31.95.95/24
Ipv6 address 2001::95/64
no shutdown
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN with OSPF for VRF-lite

Configuring VRF for VXLAN Routing and External Connectivity using OSPF
Configure the BGP VRF instance on the border node for OSPF per-VRF peering.
Procedure

Step 4 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure the IPv4 address family.

within the address family.
Step 6 maximum-paths ibgp number Enabling equal-cost multipathing (ECMP) for

iBGP prefixes.
Step 7 redistribute ospf name route-map name Define redistribution from OSPF into BGP.
Step 8 Repeat Step 3 through Step 7 for every per-VRF

peering.
Configuring the Route-Map for BGP to OSPF Redistribution
Procedure

Step 2 route-map name permit 10 Create route-map for BGP to OSPF

redistribution
118
Configuring the OSPF on the Border Node for Per-VRF Peering

Step 3 match route-type internal Redistribution route-map must allow the
matching of BGP internal route-types if iBGP
is used in the VXLAN BGP EVPN fabric.
Configuring the OSPF on the Border Node for Per-VRF Peering
Procedure

Step 2 router ospf instance Configure OSPF.
Step 4 redistribute bgp autonomous-system-number Define redistribution from BGP to OSPF.

route-map name
Step 5 Repeat Step 3 through Step 4 for every per-VRF
peering.
Configuring the Sub-Interface Instance on the Border Node for Per-VRF Peering - Version 2
Procedure

Step 2 interface type/id Configure parent interface.
Step 3 no switchport Disable Layer-2 switching mode on interface.
Step 4 no shutdown Bring up parent interface.
Step 5 exit Exit interface configuration mode.
Step 6 interface type/id Define the Sub-Interface instance.
Step 7 encapsulation dot1q number Configure the VLAN ID for the sub-interface.
The range is from 2 to 4093.
Step 8 vrf member vrf-name Map the Sub-Interface to the matching VRF
context.
Step 9 ip address address Configure the Sub-Interfaces IP address.
Step 10 ip ospf network point-to-point Define OSPF network-type for sub-interface.
Step 11 ip router ospf name area area-id Configure the OSPF instance.
Step 12 no shutdown Bring up Sub-Interface.
119
Example - Configuration VXLAN BGP EVPN with OSPF for VRF-lite

per-VRF peering.
Example - Configuration VXLAN BGP EVPN with OSPF for VRF-lite

An example of external connectivity from VXLAN BGP EVPN to an External Router using VRF-lite.
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node with OSPF

The VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node acts as neighbor device to the External Router. The VRF Name is
purely localized and can be different to the VRF Name on the External Router, only significance is the L3VNI
must be consistent across the VXLAN BGP EVPN fabric. For the ease of reading, the VRF and interface
enumeration will be consistently used.
The configuration examples represents a IPv4 approach with OSPFv2.
route-map extcon-rmap-BGP-to-OSPF permit 10
match route-type internal
route-map extcon-rmap-OSPF-to-BGP permit 10
!
vni 50001
rd auto
!
vlan 2000
vn-segment 50001
!
interface Vlan2000
no shutdown
mtu 9216
no ip redirects
ip forward
!
interface nve1
no shutdown
!
router bgp 65002
vrf myvrf_50001
router-id 10.2.0.6
maximum-paths 2
redistribute ospf EXT route-map extcon-rmap-OSPF-to-BGP
!
router ospf EXT
vrf myvrf_50001
redistribute bgp 65002 route-map extcon-rmap-BGP-to-OSPF
!
no switchport
no shutdown
120
Configuring Route Leaking
ip address 10.31.95.31/24
ip ospf network point-to-point
ip router ospf EXT area 0.0.0.0
no shutdown
Configuring Route Leaking

About Centralized VRF Route-Leaking for VXLAN BGP EVPN Fabrics
VXLAN BGP EVPN uses MP-BGP and its route-policy concept to import and export prefixes. The ability
of this very extensive route-policy model allows to leak routes from one VRF to another VRF and vice-versa;
any combination of custom VRF or VRF default can be used. VRF route-leaking is a switch-local function
at specific to a location in the network, the location where the cross-VRF route-target import/export
configuration takes place (leaking point). The forwarding between the different VRFs follows the control-plane,
the location of where the configuration for the route-leaking is performed - hence Centralized VRF
route-leaking. With the addition of VXLAN BGP EVPN, the leaking point requires to advertise the cross-VRF
imported/exported route and advertise them towards the remote VTEPs or External Routers.
The advantage of Centralized VRF route-leaking is that only the VTEP acting as leaking point requires the
special capabilities needed, while all other VTEPs in the network are neutral to this function.
Guidelines and Limitations for Centralized VRF Route-Leaking

The following are the guidelines and limitations for Centralized VRF Route-Leaking:
• Each prefix must be imported into each VRF for full cross-VRF reachability.
• The feature bgp command is required for the export vrf default command.
• If a VTEP has a less specific local prefix in its VRF, the VTEP might not be able to reach a more specific
prefix in a different VRF.
• VXLAN routing in hardware and packet reencapsulation at VTEP is required for Centralized VRF
Route-Leaking with BGP EVPN.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), asymmetric VNIs are used to support Centralized VRF
Route-Leaking. For more information, see Information About VXLAN EVPN with Downstream VNI,
on page 44.
Centralized VRF Route-Leaking Brief - Specific Prefixes Between Custom VRF

• The Centralized VRF route-leaking for VXLAN BGP EVPN fabrics is depicted within Figure 2.
• BGP EVPN prefixes are cross-VRF leaked by exporting them from VRF Blue with an import into VRF
Red and vice-versa. The Centralized VRF route-leaking is performed on the centralized Routing-Block
(RBL) and could be any or multiple VTEPs.
121
Configuring Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Specific Prefixes between Custom VRF
• Configured less specific prefixes (aggregates) are advertised from the Routing-Block to the remaining
VTEPs in the respective destination VRF.
• BGP EVPN does not export prefixes that were previously imported to prevent the occurrence of routing
loops.
Figure 10: Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Specific Prefixes with Custom VRF
ConfiguringCentralizedVRFRoute-Leaking-SpecificPrefixesbetweenCustom
VRF
Configuring VRF Context on the Routing-Block VTEP
This procedure applies equally to IPv6.
Procedure


The VNI associated with the VRF is often
referred to as Layer 3 VNI, L3VNI, or L3VPN.
122
Configuring the BGP VRF instance on the Routing-Block

The L3VNI is configured as a common
identifier across the participating VTEPs.
Step 4 rd auto Specify the VRF's route distinguisher (RD).

L3VNI.
Step 5 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure the IPv4 unicast address family.
Step 8 route-target import rt-from-different-vrf Configure the RT for importing IPv4 prefixes
from the leaked-from VRF. The following
or IPV4:NN.
Step 9 route-target import rt-from-different-vrf evpn Configure the RT for importing IPv4 prefixes
from the leaked-from VRF. The following
or IPV4:NN.
Configuring the BGP VRF instance on the Routing-Block

Procedure

Step 2 router bgp autonomous-system number Configure BGP.
Step 4 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure address family for IPv4
123
Example - Configuration Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Specific Prefixes Between Custom VRF

Step 6 aggregate-address prefix/mask Create less specific prefix aggregate into the
destination VRF.
iBGP prefixes.

eBGP prefixes
Example - Configuration Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Specific Prefixes Between Custom VRF
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN Routing-Block

The VXLAN BGP EVPN Routing-Block acts as centralized route-leaking point. The leaking configuration
is localized such that control-plane leaking and data-path forwarding follow the same path. Most significantly
is the VRF configuration of the Routing-Block and the advertisement of the less specific prefixes (aggregates)
into the respective destination VRFs.
vrf context Blue
vni 51010
rd auto
route-target import 65002:51020
route-target import 65002:51020 evpn
!
vlan 2110
vn-segment 51010
!
interface Vlan2110
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member Blue
no ip redirects
ip forward
!
vrf context Red
vni 51020
rd auto
!
vlan 2120
vn-segment 51020
!
interface Vlan2120
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member Blue
no ip redirects
124
Centralized VRF Route-Leaking Brief - Shared Internet with Custom VRF
ip forward
!
interface nve1
no shutdown
!
router bgp 65002
vrf Blue
aggregate-address 10.20.0.0/16
Maximum-paths 2
vrf Red
Maximum-paths 2
Centralized VRF Route-Leaking Brief - Shared Internet with Custom VRF

Some pointers follow:
• The Shared Internet with VRF route-leaking for VXLAN BGP EVPN fabrics is depicted in the following
figure.
• The default-route is made exported from the Shared Internet VRF and re-advertisement within VRF Blue
and VRF Red on the Border Node.
• Ensure the default-route in VRF Blue and VRF Red is not leaked to the Shared Internet VRF.
• The less specific prefixes for VRF Blue and VRF Red are exported for the Shared Internet VRF and
re-advertised as necessary.
• Configured less specific prefixes (aggregates) that are advertised from the Border Node to the remaining
VTEPs to the destination VRF (Blue or Red).
loops.
125
Configuring Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with Custom VRF
Figure 11: Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with Custom VRF
Configuring Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with Custom VRF

Configuring Internet VRF on Border Node
Procedure


The VNI associated with the VRF is often
referred to as Layer 3 VNI, L3VNI, or L3VPN.
The L3VNI is configured as a common
identifier across the participating VTEPs.
Step 4 ip route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop Configure the default route in the shared internet
VRF to the external router.
126
Configuring Shared Internet BGP Instance on the Border Node

L3VNI.
Step 6 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure the IPv4 unicast address family. This
configuration is required for IPv4 over VXLAN
with IPv4 underlay.
Step 7 route-target both {auto | rt} Configure the route target (RT) for the import
and export of EVPN and IPv4 prefixes. If you
Step 8 route-target both shared-vrf-rt evpn Configure a special route target (RT) for the
import and export of the shared IPv4 prefixes.
An additional import/export map for further
qualification is supported.
Configuring Shared Internet BGP Instance on the Border Node

Procedure

Step 4 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure address family for IPv4

Step 6 aggregate-address prefix/mask Create less specific prefix aggregate into the
destination VRF.
iBGP prefixes.

eBGP prefixes.
Configuring Custom VRF on Border Node

This procedure applies equally to IPv6
127
Configuring Custom VRF Context on the Border Node - 1
Procedure

filtering.
to prevent the default-route of being leaked.
the default-route.
to advertise non-matching routes via
route-leaking.

Procedure

VRF is often referred to as Layer 3 VNI,
as the common identifier across the participating
VTEPs.

L3VNI.
Step 5 ip route 0.0.0.0/0 Null0 Configure default-route in common VRF to

attract traffic towards Border Node with Shared
Internet VRF.
Step 6 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure the IPv4 address family. This
configuration is required for IPv4 over VXLAN
with IPv4 underlay.
and export of IPv4 prefixes within the IPv4
address family The RT is used for a per-VRF
prefix import/export policy. If you enter an RT,
the following formats are supported: ASN2:NN,
128
Configuring Custom VRF Instance in BGP on the Border Node

ASN4:NN, or IPV4:NN. Manually configured
RTs are required to support asymmetric VNIs.
Step 8 route-target both {auto | rt} evpn Configure the route target (RT) for the import
and export of IPv4 prefixes within the IPv4
address family The RT is used for a per-VRF
prefix import/export policy. If you enter an RT,
the following formats are supported: ASN2:NN,
ASN4:NN, or IPV4:NN. Manually configured
RTs are required to support asymmetric VNIs.
Step 9 import map name Apply a route-map on routes being imported

into this routing table.

Procedure


iBGP prefixes.

eBGP prefixes.
An example of Centralized VRF route-leaking with Shared Internet VRF
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node for Shared Internet VRF
The VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node provides a centralized Shared Internet VRF. The leaking configuration
is localized such that control-plane leaking and data-path forwarding following the same path. Most significantly
is the VRF configuration of the Border Node and the advertisement of the default-route and less specific
prefixes (aggregates) into the respective destination VRFs.
129
vrf context Shared

vni 51099
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 10.9.9.1
rd auto
route-target both 99:99
route-target both 99:99 evpn
!
vlan 2199
vn-segment 51099
!
interface Vlan2199
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member Shared
no ip redirects
ip forward
!
ip prefix-list PL_DENY_EXPORT seq 5 permit 0.0.0.0/0
!
route-map RM_DENY_IMPORT deny 10
match ip address prefix-list PL_DENY_EXPORT
route-map RM_DENY_IMPORT permit 20
!
vrf context Blue
vni 51010
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 Null0
rd auto
import map RM_DENY_IMPORT
!
vlan 2110
vn-segment 51010
!
interface Vlan2110
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member Blue
no ip redirects
ip forward
!
vrf context Red
vni 51020
rd auto
import map RM_DENY_IMPORT
!
vlan 2120
vn-segment 51020
!
interface Vlan2120
no shutdown
mtu 9216
130
Centralized VRF Route-Leaking Brief - Shared Internet with VRF Default
vrf member Blue

no ip redirects
ip forward
!
interface nve1
no shutdown
!
router bgp 65002
vrf Shared
maximum-paths 2
vrf Blue
network 0.0.0.0/0
maximum-paths 2
vrf Red
network 0.0.0.0/0
maximum-paths 2
Centralized VRF Route-Leaking Brief - Shared Internet with VRF Default

• The Shared Internet with VRF route-leaking for VXLAN BGP EVPN fabrics is depicted within Figure
4.
• The default-route is made exported from VRF default and re-advertisement within VRF Blue and VRF
Red on the Border Node.
• Ensure the default-route in VRF Blue and VRF Red is not leaked to the Shared Internet VRF
• The less specific prefixes for VRF Blue and VRF Red are exported to VRF default and re-advertised as
necessary.
• Configured less specific prefixes (aggregates) that are advertised from the Border Node to the remaining
VTEPs to the destination VRF (Blue or Red).
loops.
131
Configuring Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with VRF Default
Figure 12: Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with VRF Default
Configuring Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - Shared Internet with VRF Default

Configuring VRF Default on Border Node
Procedure

Step 2 ip route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop Configure default-route in VRF default to

external router (example)
Configuring BGP Instance for VRF Default on the Border Node

132
Procedure

Step 4 aggregate-address prefix/mask Create less specific prefix aggregate in VRF

default.

eBGP prefixes.

This procedure applies equally to IPv6
Procedure

filtering.
to prevent the default-route of being leaked.
the default-route.
to advertise non-matching routes via
route-leaking.
Configuring Filter for Permitted Prefixes from VRF Default on the Border Node
Procedure

Step 2 route-map name permit 10 Create route-map with allow statement to

advertise routes via route-leaking to the
customer VRF and subsequently remote VTEPs.
133

Procedure

VRF is often referred to as Layer 3 VNI,
as the common identifier across the
participating VTEPs.

L3VNI.
Step 5 ip route 0.0.0.0/0 Null0 Configure default-route in common VRF to

attract traffic towards Border Node with
Shared Internet VRF.
Step 6 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure the IPv4 address family. This
configuration is required for IPv4 over
VXLAN with IPv4 underlay.
and export of EVPN and IPv4 prefixes within
the IPv4 address family. If you enter an RT,
the following formats are supported:
ASN2:NN, ASN4:NN, or IPV4:NN. Manually
configured RTs are required to support
asymmetric VNIs.
Step 8 route-target both {auto | rt} evpn Configure the route target (RT) for the import
and export of EVPN and IPv4 prefixes within
the IPv4 address family. If you enter an RT,
the following formats are supported:
ASN2:NN, ASN4:NN, or IPV4:NN. Manually
configured RTs are required to support
asymmetric VNIs.
Step 9 route-target both shared-vrf-rt Configure a special route target (RT) for the
import/export of the shared IPv4 prefixes. An
additional import/export map for further
Step 10 route-target both shared-vrf-rt evpn Configure a special route target (RT) for the
import/export of the shared IPv4 prefixes. An
134

additional import/export map for further
Step 11 import vrf default map name Permits all routes, from VRF default, from
being imported into the custom VRF according
to the specific route-map.

Procedure


iBGP prefixes.

eBGP prefixes.
Example - Configuration Centralized VRF Route-Leaking - VRF Default with Custom VRF
An example of Centralized VRF route-leaking with VRF default
Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node for VRF Default

The VXLAN BGP EVPN Border Node provides centralized access to VRF default. The leaking configuration
is localized such that control-plane leaking and data-path forwarding following the same path. Most significantly
is the VRF configuration of the Border Node and the advertisement of the default-route and less specific
prefixes (aggregates) into the respective destination VRFs.
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 10.9.9.1
!
ip prefix-list PL_DENY_EXPORT seq 5 permit 0.0.0.0/0
!
route-map permit 10
match ip address prefix-list PL_DENY_EXPORT
route-map RM_DENY_EXPORT permit 20
route-map RM_PERMIT_IMPORT permit 10
!
135
vrf context Blue

vni 51010
rd auto
import vrf default map RM_PERMIT_IMPORT
export vrf default 100 map RM_DENY_EXPORT allow-vpn
!
vlan 2110
vn-segment 51010
!
interface Vlan2110
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member Blue
no ip redirects
ip forward
!
vrf context Red
vni 51020
rd auto
import vrf default map RM_PERMIT_IMPORT
export vrf default 100 map RM_DENY_EXPORT allow-vpn
!
vlan 2120
vn-segment 51020
!
interface Vlan2120
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member Blue
no ip redirects
ip forward
!
interface nve1
no shutdown
!
router bgp 65002
maximum-paths 2
vrf Blue
network 0.0.0.0/0
maximum-paths 2
vrf Red
network 0.0.0.0/0
136
maximum-paths 2
137
138
CHAPTER 6
Configuring BGP EVPN Filtering
• About BGP EVPN Filtering, on page 139
• Guidelines and Limitations for BGP EVPN Filtering, on page 140
• Configuring BGP EVPN Filtering, on page 140
• Verifying BGP EVPN Filtering, on page 157
About BGP EVPN Filtering

This feature describes the requirements for route filtering and attributes handling, arising from the
implementation of BGP NLRIs of address family L2VPN EVPN.
EVPN routes are quite different from regular IPv4 and IPv6 routes in NLRI format. They contain many fields
and carry attributes specific to EVPN. Using route maps, we can filter routes on the basis of these attributes.
The following route-filtering options are available for the routes belonging to the EVPN address family:
• Matching based on the EVPN route type: Six types of NLRIs are available in EVPN. Matching is based
on the type specified in the route-map match statement.
• Matching based on the MAC address in the NLRI: This option is similar to matching based on the IP
address embedded in the NLRI. EVPN type-2 routes contain a MAC address along with an IP address.
This option can be used to filter such routes.
• Matching based on the RMAC extended community: EVPN type-2 and type-5 routes carry the router
MAC (RMAC) extended community, which carries a MAC address. The RMAC is advertised as part of
the update message to the neighbor along with other extended community information. It specifies the
MAC address of the remote next hop of a route. This option allows matching against this RMAC extended
community.
• Setting the RMAC extended community: This option allows you to change the RMAC extended
community value of an EVPN NLRI.
• Setting the EVPN next-hop IP address: This option sets the next-hop IP address of the EVPN route once
the match condition has been met. Setting the next-hop IP address for EVPN routes should be accompanied
by setting the RMAC extended community to ensure correctness in forwarding.
• Setting the gateway IP address for route type-5: The gateway IP address encodes an overlay IP index for
the IP prefixes that form the type-5 EVPN routes. It gets advertised as part of the EVPN NLRI in the
139
Guidelines and Limitations for BGP EVPN Filtering
update message. The default value is 0.0.0.0. When it's set to any other value, the next hop on the route
in the VRF context changes to the gateway IP address specified.
• Using table maps: You can configure table maps to filter MAC routes downloaded to the Layer 2 Routing
Information Base (L2RIB).
The rest of this chapter provides information on configuring and applying these options.
Guidelines and Limitations for BGP EVPN Filtering

The following are the guidelines and limitations for BGP EVPN filtering:
Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches support BGP EVPN filtering.
The following match and set options are available for filtering an EVPN address family of routes:
• Matching based on the route type
• Matching based on the MAC address in the NLRI
• Matching based on the RMAC extended community
• Setting the RMAC extended community
• Setting the EVPN next-hop IP address—If more than one next-hop IP address is configured, only the
first one is used and processed if using for EVPN. IPv4 and IPv6 can be used as next-hop addresses.
• Setting the gateway IP address for a route type-5—You can set an IPv4 gateway IP address using the
route-map command.
• Using table maps—A table map for filtering MAC routes is downloaded to the Layer 2 Routing
Information Base (L2RIB).

To perform route filtering for the EVPN address-family routes, you can perform the following tasks:
• Configuring the Route Map with Match and Set Clauses, on page 140
• Applying the Route Map at the Inbound or Outbound Level, on page 144
To configure the table map, you can perform the following tasks:
• Configuring a MAC List and a Route Map that Matches the MAC List, on page 153
• Applying the Table Map, on page 154
Configuring the Route Map with Match and Set Clauses

You can use the existing route-map configuration along with the match and set clauses to decide the kind of
filtering that you need.
• Matching Based on EVPN Route Type, on page 141
140
Matching Based on EVPN Route Type
• Matching Based on MAC Address in the NLRI, on page 141

• Matching Based on RMAC Extended Community, on page 142
• Setting the RMAC Extended Community, on page 142
• Setting the EVPN Next-Hop IP Address, on page 143
• Setting the Gateway IP Address for Route Type-5, on page 143
Matching Based on EVPN Route Type
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 route-map route-map-name Create a route map.

Example:
switch(config)# route-map ROUTE_MAP_1
Step 3 match evpn route-type {1 | 2 | 2-mac-ip | Match BGP EVPN routes.

2-mac-only | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6}
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# match evpn
route-type 6
Matching Based on MAC Address in the NLRI
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 mac-list list-name [seq seq-number] {deny | Build a MAC list.

permit} mac-address [mac-mask]
Example:
switch(config)# mac-list MAC_LIST_1
permit E:E:E

Example:
141
Matching Based on RMAC Extended Community

Step 4 match mac-list mac-list-name Match entries of MAC lists. The maximum
length is 63 characters.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# match mac-list
MAC_LIST_1
Matching Based on RMAC Extended Community
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 ip extcommunity-list standard list-name Add an extcommunity list entry. The list-name
{deny | permit} rmac mac-addr argument must not exceed 63 characters.
Example:
switch(config)# ip extcommunity-list
standard EXTCOMM_LIST_RMAC permit rmac
a8b4.56e4.7edf

Example:
Step 4 match extcommunity list-name Match the extended community list name.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# match
extcommunity EXTCOMM_LIST_RMAC
Setting the RMAC Extended Community
Procedure

Example:

Example:
142
Setting the EVPN Next-Hop IP Address

Step 3 set extcommunity evpn rmac mac-address Set the BGP RMAC extcommunity attribute.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# set
extcommunity evpn rmac EEEE.EEEE.EEEE
Setting the EVPN Next-Hop IP Address
Procedure

Example:

Example:
Step 3 set ip next-hop next-hop Set the IP address of the EVPN IP next hop.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# set ip next-hop
209.165.200.226
Step 4 set ipv6 next-hop next-hop Set the IPv6 next-hop address.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# set ipv6
next-hop 2001:0DB8::1
Setting the Gateway IP Address for Route Type-5
Procedure

Example:

Example:
Step 3 set evpn gateway-ip gw-ip-address Set the gateway IP address.

Example:
143
Applying the Route Map at the Inbound or Outbound Level

switch(config-route-map)# set evpn
gateway-ip 209.165.200.227
Applying the Route Map at the Inbound or Outbound Level

Once you've configured the route map with match and set clauses based on your requirements, use this
procedure to apply the route map at the inbound or outbound level.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 router bgp as-num Enables a routing process. The range of as-num
is from 1 to 65535.
Example:
switch(config)# router bgp 100
Step 3 neighbor address Configure a BGP neighbor.

Example:
switch(config-router)# neighbor 1.1.1.1
Step 4 address-family l2vpn evpn Configure the L2VPN address family.

Example:
switch(config-router-neighbor)#
Step 5 route-map route-map {in | out} Apply the route map to the neighbor.
Example:
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#
route-map ROUTE_MAP_1 in
BGP EVPN Filtering Configuration Examples

This section provides example configurations for filtering EVPN routes.
Example 1
The following example shows how to filter EVPN type-2 routes and set the RMAC extended community as
52fc.c310.2e80.
144
1. The following output shows the routes in the EVPN table and a type-2 EVPN MAC route before the route
map is applied.
leaf1(config)# show bgp l2vpn evpn
BGP table version is 12, Local Router ID is 1.1.1.1
Status: s-suppressed, x-deleted, S-stale, d-dampened, h-history, *-valid, >-best
Path type: i-internal, e-external, c-confed, l-local, a-aggregate, r-redist, I-injected
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, | - multipath, & - backup, 2 - best2

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[52fc.d83a.1b08]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>i[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[101.0.0.0]/224
3.3.3.3 0 100 0 ?

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[52fc.d83a.1b08]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>l[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[10.0.0.0]/224
1.1.1.1 0 100 32768 ?
*>l[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[100.0.0.0]/224
1.1.1.1 0 100 32768 ?
*>i[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[101.0.0.0]/224
3.3.3.3 0 100 0 ?
leaf1(config)# show bgp l2vpn evpn aaaa.aaaa.aaaa
145
BGP routing table entry for [2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/2
72, version 12
Flags: (0x000212) (high32 00000000) on xmit-list, is in l2rib/evpn, is not in HW
Path type: internal, path is valid, is best path, no labeled nexthop, in rib
Imported from 3.3.3.3:32868:[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:
[101.0.0.3]/272
AS-Path: NONE, path sourced internal to AS
33.33.33.33 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
Extcommunity: RT:100:100 RT:100:101 SOO:33.33.33.33:0 ENCAP:8
Router MAC:52fc.d83a.1b08

72, version 8
Imported paths list: vni100 default default
33.33.33.33 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)

72, version 11
[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
2. The following example shows the route-map configuration.
146
leaf1(config)# show run rpm
!Command: show running-config rpm

!Running configuration last done at: Thu Sep 3 22:32:23 2020
!Time: Thu Sep 3 22:32:31 2020
version 9.3(5) Bios:version

route-map FILTER_EVPN_TYPE2 permit 10
match evpn route-type 2
set extcommunity evpn rmac 52fc.c310.2e80
route-map allow permit 10
3. The following example shows how to apply the route map to the EVPN peer as an inbound route map.
leaf1(config-router-neighbor-af)# show run bgp
!Command: show running-config bgp

!Running configuration last done at: Mon Aug 3 18:08:24 2020
!Time: Mon Aug 3 18:08:28 2020

feature bgp
router bgp 100

event-history detail size large
neighbor 101.101.101.101
remote-as 100
send-community extended
route-map FILTER_EVPN_TYPE2 in
vrf vni100
redistribute direct route-map allow
4. The following output shows the routes in the EVPN table and a type-2 EVPN MAC route after the route
map is applied.

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[52fc.d83a.1b08]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[52fc.d83a.1b08]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
147
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>l[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[10.0.0.0]/224
1.1.1.1 0 100 32768 ?
*>l[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[100.0.0.0]/224
1.1.1.1 0 100 32768 ?
leaf1(config)# show bgp l2vpn evpn aaaa.aaaa.aaaa

72, version 19
Flags: (0x000212) (high32 00000000) on xmit-list, is in l2rib/evpn, is not in HW
Path type: internal, path is valid, is best path, no labeled nexthop, in rib
[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
Router MAC:52fc.c310.2e80

72, version 15
Imported paths list: vni100 default default
33.33.33.33 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)

72, version 18
[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
148
In a similar manner, you can use the other EVPN-specific match and set clauses with existing route-map
options to filter EVPN routes as required.
Example 2
The following example shows how EVPN route filtering can be used to redirect traffic to a different VTEP
than the one from which the EVPN route was learned. It involves setting the next-hop IP address and the
RMAC of the route to the one corresponding to the other VTEP.
This example demonstrates the following:

• Host 1 belongs to VRF evpn-tenant-0002 and VLAN 3002, and is connected to Leaf 1 and Leaf 2.
• Reachability to Host1 is advertised by Leaf 1 and Leaf 2 to BL1.
At BL1, both routes to 11.11.11.11/32 are received as follows:

• One from 1.1.1.1, which is Leaf 1
• One from 2.2.2.2, which is Leaf 2
1. Initially the best path to reach 11.11.11.11 is through 1.1.1.1:

bl1(config)# show bgp l2 e 11.11.11.11
149

Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
AS-Path: 150 , path sourced external to AS
1.1.1.1 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
Origin incomplete, MED 0, localpref 100, weight 0
Extcommunity: RT:1:3003002 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:5254.0074.caf5

Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
2.2.2.2 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
Extcommunity: RT:1:3003002 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:5254.0090.433e

Paths: (2 available, best #2)Flags: (0x000002) (high32 00000000) on xmit-list, is not
in l2rib/evpn, is not in HW
Path type: internal, path is valid, not best reason: Router Id, no labeled nexthop
Imported from 2.2.2.2:4:[5]:[0]:[0]:[32]:[11.11.11.11]/224
Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
2.2.2.2 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
Imported from 1.1.1.1:3:[5]:[0]:[0]:[32]:[11.11.11.11]/224
Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
1.1.1.1 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
Extcommunity: RT:1:3003002 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:5254.0074.caf5

150

Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
3.3.3.3 (metric 0) from 0.0.0.0 (3.3.3.3)
Extcommunity: RT:1:3003003 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:5254.006a.435b

101.101.101.101
bl1(config)# show ip route 11.11.11.11

11.11.11.11/32, ubest/mbest: 1/0

*via 1.1.1.1, [200/0], 00:02:51, bgp-1, internal, tag 150 (evpn) segid: 3003
002 tunnelid: 0x1010101 encap: VXLAN
2. To redirect traffic to the other VTEP leaf-2, you can set the next hop and RMAC on the 11.11.11.11/32
route with a route-map configuration.
bl1(config-route-map)# show run rpm
Command: show running-config rpm

!Running configuration last done at: Wed Mar 27 00:12:14 2019
!Time: Wed Mar 27 00:12:17 2019

ip prefix-list PFX_LIST1_1 seq 5 permit 11.11.11.11/32
route-map TEST_SET_IP_NEXTHOP permit 10
match ip address prefix-list PFX_LIST1_1
set ip next-hop 2.2.2.2
set extcommunity evpn rmac 5254.0090.433e
3. After applying the route map at the inbound level at BL1, the following are the route outputs for route
11.11.11.11/32.
bl1(config-router-neighbor-af)# show bgp l2 e 11.11.11.11
Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
2.2.2.2 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
151

Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
2.2.2.2 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)

Path type: internal, path is valid, not best reason: Router Id, no labeled nexthop
Imported from 2.2.2.2:4:[5]:[0]:[0]:[32]:[11.11.11.11]/224
Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
2.2.2.2 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
Imported from 1.1.1.1:3:[5]:[0]:[0]:[32]:[11.11.11.11]/224
Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
2.2.2.2 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)

Gateway IP: 0.0.0.0
3.3.3.3 (metric 0) from 0.0.0.0 (3.3.3.3)
Extcommunity: RT:1:3003003 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:5254.006a.435b
152
Configuring a Table Map
101.101.101.101
bl1(config-router-neighbor-af)# show ip route 11.11.11.11

11.11.11.11/32, ubest/mbest: 1/0

*via 2.2.2.2, [200/0], 00:02:37, bgp-1, internal, tag 150 (evpn) segid: 3003
002 tunnelid: 0x2020202 encap: VXLAN
After the next hop and RMAC value are set using the route map, the traffic that was earlier directed through
1.1.1.1 is now directed through 2.2.2.2.
Configuring a Table Map

Perform these tasks to configure and apply a table map:
• Configuring a MAC List and a Route Map that Matches the MAC List, on page 153
• Applying the Table Map, on page 154
Configuring a MAC List and a Route Map that Matches the MAC List
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 mac-list list-name [seq seq-number] {deny | Build a MAC list.

permit} mac-address [mac-mask]
Example:
switch(config)# mac-list MAC_LIST_1
permit E:E:E

Example:
Step 4 match mac-list mac-list-name Match entries of MAC lists. The maximum
length is 63 characters.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# match mac-list
MAC_LIST_1
153
Applying the Table Map
Applying the Table Map
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 evpn Enter EVPN configuration mode.

Example:
switch(config)# evpn
Step 3 vni vni-id l2 Configure the Ethernet VPN ID. The range of
vni-id is from 1 to 16777214.
Example:
switch(config-evpn)# vni 101 l2
Step 4 table-map route-map-name [filter] Apply table maps at the EVPN VNI
configuration level. If the filter option is
Example:
specified, any route that gets denied by the
switch(config-evpn-evi)# table-map route-map validation isn't downloaded into the
ROUTE_MAP_1 filter
L2RIB.
Table Map Configuration Example

The following table-map configuration example shows how to filter MAC route aaaa.aaaa.aaaa from being
downloaded into the L2RIB.
154
1. The following example shows the output for routes in the EVPN table and MAC routes in the L2RIB
before the route map is applied.

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[52fc.d83a.1b08]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[52fc.d83a.1b08]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>l[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[10.0.0.0]/224
1.1.1.1 0 100 32768 ?
*>l[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[100.0.0.0]/224
1.1.1.1 0 100 32768 ?
leaf1(config)# show l2route evpn mac all


--------- ----------- ---- ----- ------- ----------
100 52fc.d83a.1b08 VXLAN Rmac 0 33.33.33.33
101 aaaa.aaaa.aaaa BGP Spl 0 33.33.33.33 (Label: 101)
leaf1(config-evpn-evi)# show mac address-table vlan 101

Legend: * - primary entry, G - Gateway MAC, (R) - Routed MAC, O - Overlay MAC
(T) - True, (F) - False, C - ControlPlane MAC, ~ - vsanVLAN MAC Address
Type age Secure NTFY Ports
---------+-----------------+--------+---------+------+----+------------------
C 101 aaaa.aaaa.aaaa dynamic 0 F F nve1(33.33.33.33)
G 101 521d.7cef.1b08 static - F F sup-eth1(R)
2. The following example shows how to configure the route map to filter MAC route aaaa.aaaa.aaaa.
leaf1(config)# show run rpm

!Running configuration last done at: Thu Sep 3 21:47:48 2020
!Time: Thu Sep 3 22:27:57 2020
155
mac-list FILTER_MAC_AAA seq 5 deny aaaa.aaaa.aaaa ffff.ffff.ffff

route-map TABLE_MAP_FILTER permit 10
match mac-list FILTER_MAC_AAA
3. The following example shows how to apply the route map at the BGP EVPN level.
leaf1(config-evpn-evi)# show run bgp | section evpn
evpn
vni 101 l2
table-map TABLE_MAP_FILTER filter
rd auto
4. The following example shows the output for routes in the EVPN table and MAC routes in the L2RIB after
the table map is configured.
leaf1(config-evpn-evi)# show bgp l2vpn evpn
*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[52fc.d83a.1b08]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i

*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[52fc.d83a.1b08]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>i[2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[aaaa.aaaa.aaaa]:[32]:[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 100 0 i
*>l[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[10.0.0.0]/224
1.1.1.1 0 100 32768 ?
*>l[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[100.0.0.0]/224
1.1.1.1 0 100 32768 ?
leaf1(config-evpn-evi)# show l2route evpn mac all


----------- -------------- ------ ------ ------- ------------
100 52fc.d83a.1b08 VXLAN Rmac 0 33.33.33.33
leaf1(config-evpn-evi)# show mac address-table vlan 101

Legend:
(T) - True, (F) - False, C - ControlPlane MAC, ~ - vsan
156
Verifying BGP EVPN Filtering

---------+-----------------+--------+---------+------+----+------------------
G 101 521d.7cef.1b08 static - F F sup-eth1(R)

To display the status of the BGP EVPN Filtering configuration, enter the following command:
Table 3: Display BGP EVPN Filtering
Command Purpose
show mac-list Displays MAC Lists.
show route-map name Displays information about a route map.
show running-config bgp Displays the BGP configuration.
show running-config rpm Displays all Route Policy Manager (RPM)

information.
show bgp l2vpn evpn Displays routes in BRIB.
Example of the show mac-list command:

switch(config)# show mac-list
mac-list list1: 5 entries
seq 5 deny 0000.836d.f8b7 ffff.ffff.ffff
seq 7 permit 0000.0422.6811 ffff.ffff.ffff
seq 10 permit 0000.0000.0000 0000.0000.0000
seq 5 deny 0000.836e.f8b6 ffff.ffff.ffff
seq 8 deny 0000.0421.6818 ffff.ffff.ffff
seq 10 permit 0000.0000.0000 0000.0000.0000
seq 10 permit 0000.836d.f8b7 ffff.ffff.ffff
Example of the show route-map command:

switch# show route-map pol10
route-map pol10, permit, sequence 10
Match clauses:
mac-list: list2
Set clauses:
ip next-hop 6.6.6.1 3.3.3.10
ipv6 next-hop 303:304::1
Example of the show running-config bgp command:

switch# show running-config bgp | beg "5000"
vni 5000 l2
table-map pol1 filter
rd auto
157

vni 5001 l2
rd auto
Example of the show running-config rpm command:

switch# show running-config rpm
!Running configuration last done at: Thu May 23 13:58:31 2019
!Time: Thu May 23 13:58:47 2019
version 9.3(1) Bios:version 07.65

feature pbr
mac-list list1 seq 5 permit 0001.0001.0001 ffff.ffff.ffff

mac-list mclist seq 5 permit 0001.0001.0001 ffff.ffff.ffff
route-map test permit 10
match evpn route-type 5
set evpn gateway-ip 1.1.1.2
Example of the show bgp l2vpn evpn aaaa.aaaa.aaaa command to view detailed information about EVPN
route aaaa.aaaa.aaaa:
switch(config-evpn-evi)# show bgp l2 e aaaa.aaaa.aaaa
72, version 11
Flags: (0x000202) (high32 00000000) on xmit-list, is not in l2rib/evpn, table-ma
p filtered, is not in HW
Path type: internal, path is valid, is best path, remote nh not installed, no
labeled nexthop
[101.0.0.3]/272
33.33.33.33 (metric 81) from 101.101.101.101 (101.101.101.101)
Router MAC:5254.009b.4275
158
CHAPTER 7
Configuring VXLAN OAM
• VXLAN OAM Overview, on page 159
• About VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation, on page 163
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN NGOAM, on page 164
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation, on page 164
• Configuring VXLAN OAM, on page 165
• Configuring NGOAM Profile, on page 168
• Configuring VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation, on page 169
• Detecting Loops and Bringing Up Ports On Demand, on page 170
• Configuration Examples for VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation, on page 171
VXLAN OAM Overview

The VXLAN operations, administration, and maintenance (OAM) protocol is a protocol for installing,
monitoring, and troubleshooting Ethernet networks to enhance management in VXLAN based overlay networks.
Similar to ping, traceroute, or pathtrace utilities that allow quick determination of the problems in the IP
networks, equivalent troubleshooting tools have been introduced to diagnose the problems in the VXLAN
networks. The VXLAN OAM tools, for example, ping, pathtrace, and traceroute provide the reachability
information to the hosts and the VTEPs in a VXLAN network. The OAM channel is used to identify the type
of the VXLAN payload that is present in these OAM packets.
There are two types of payloads supported:
• Conventional ICMP packet to the destination to be tracked
• Special NVO3 draft Tissa OAM header that carries useful information
The ICMP channel helps to reach the traditional hosts or switches that do not support the new OAM packet
formats. The NVO3 draft Tissa channels helps to reach the supported hosts or switches and carries the important
diagnostic information. The VXLAN NVO3 draft Tissa OAM messages may be identified via the reserved
OAM EtherType or by using a well-known reserved source MAC address in the OAM packets depending on
the implementation on different platforms. This constitutes a signature for recognition of the VXLAN OAM
packets. The VXLAN OAM tools are categorized as shown in table below.
159
Loopback (Ping) Message
Table 4: VXLAN OAM Tools
Category Tools
Fault Verification Loopback Message
Fault Isolation Path Trace Message
Performance Delay Measurement, Loss Measurement
Auxiliary Address Binding Verification, IP End Station Locator,

Error Notification, OAM Command Messages, and
Diagnostic Payload Discovery for ECMP Coverage
Loopback (Ping) Message

The loopback message (The ping and the loopback messages are the same and they are used interchangeably
in this guide) is used for the fault verification. The loopback message utility is used to detect various errors
and the path failures. Consider the topology in the following example where there are three core (spine)
switches labeled Spine 1, Spine 2, and Spine 3 and five leaf switches connected in a Clos topology. The path
of an example loopback message initiated from Leaf 1 for Leaf 5 is displayed when it traverses via Spine 3.
When the loopback message initiated by Leaf 1 reaches Spine 3, it forwards it as VXLAN encapsulated data
packet based on the outer header. The packet is not sent to the software on Spine 3. On Leaf 3, based on the
appropriate loopback message signature, the packet is sent to the software VXLAN OAM module, that in
turn, generates a loopback response that is sent back to the originator Leaf 1.
The loopback (ping) message can be destined to VM or to the (VTEP on) leaf switch. This ping message can
use different OAM channels. If the ICMP channel is used, the loopback message can reach all the way to the
VM if the VM's IP address is specified. If NVO3 draft Tissa channel is used, this loopback message is
terminated on the leaf switch that is attached to the VM, as the VMs do not support the NVO3 draft Tissa
headers in general. In that case, the leaf switch replies back to this message indicating the reachability of the
VM. The ping message supports the following reachability options:
Ping
Check the network reachability (Ping command):
• From Leaf 1 (VTEP 1) to Leaf 2 (VTEP 2) (ICMP or NVO3 draft Tissa channel)
• From Leaf 1 (VTEP 1) to VM 2 (host attached to another VTEP) (ICMP or NVO3 draft Tissa channel)
160
Traceroute or Pathtrace Message
Figure 13: Loopback Message

The traceroute or pathtrace message is used for the fault isolation. In a VXLAN network, it may be desirable
to find the list of switches that are traversed by a frame to reach the destination. When the loopback test from
a source switch to a destination switch fails, the next step is to find out the offending switch in the path. The
operation of the path trace message begins with the source switch transmitting a VXLAN OAM frame with
a TTL value of 1. The next hop switch receives this frame, decrements the TTL, and on finding that the TTL
is 0, it transmits a TTL expiry message to the sender switch. The sender switch records this message as an
indication of success from the first hop switch. Then the source switch increases the TTL value by one in the
next path trace message to find the second hop. At each new transmission, the sequence number in the message
is incremented. Each intermediate switch along the path decrements the TTL value by 1 as is the case with
regular VXLAN forwarding.
This process continues until a response is received from the destination switch, or the path trace process
timeout occurs, or the hop count reaches a maximum configured value. The payload in the VXLAN OAM
frames is referred to as the flow entropy. The flow entropy can be populated so as to choose a particular path
among multiple ECMP paths between a source and destination switch. The TTL expiry message may also be
generated by the intermediate switches for the actual data frames. The same payload of the original path trace
request is preserved for the payload of the response.
The traceroute and pathtrace messages are similar, except that traceroute uses the ICMP channel, whereas
pathtrace use the NVO3 draft Tissa channel. Pathtrace uses the NVO3 draft Tissa channel, carrying additional
diagnostic information, for example, interface load and statistics of the hops taken by these messages. If an
161
intermediate device does not support the NVO3 draft Tissa channel, the pathtrace behaves as a simple traceroute
and it provides only the hop information.
Traceroute
Trace the path that is traversed by the packet in the VXLAN overlay using Traceroute command:
• Traceroute uses the ICMP packets (channel-1), encapsulated in the VXLAN encapsulation to reach the
host
Pathtrace
Trace the path that is traversed by the packet in the VXLAN overlay using the NVO3 draft Tissa channel with
Pathtrace command:
• Pathtrace uses special control packets like NVO3 draft Tissa or TISSA (channel-2) to provide additional
information regarding the path (for example, ingress interface and egress interface). These packets
terminate at VTEP and they does not reach the host. Therefore, only the VTEP responds.
• Beginning with NX-OS release 9.3(3), the Received field of the show ngoam pathtrace statistics
summary command indicates all pathtrace requests received by the node on which the command is
executed regardless of whether the request was destined to that node.
Figure 14: Traceroute Message
162
About VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation
About VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation

Loops usually occur in a VXLAN EVPN fabric due to incorrect cabling on the south side (access side) of the
fabric. Once broadcast packets are injected into a network with a loop, the frame remains bridged in the loop.
As more broadcast frames enter the loop, they accumulate and can cause a serious disruption of services.
Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5) introduces VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation. This feature detects
Layer 2 loops in a single VXLAN EVPN fabric or a Multi-Site environment. It operates at the port/VLAN
level and disables the VLAN(s) on each port where a loop is detected. Administrators are also notified (via
syslog) about the condition. In this way, the feature ensures that the network remains up and available.
The following figure shows an EVPN fabric in which two leaf devices (Leaf1 and Leaf2) are directly connected
on the south side due to incorrect cabling. In this topology, Leaf3 forwards an L2 broadcast frame to Leaf1.
Then the broadcast frame is repeatedly forwarded between Leaf1 and Leaf2 through the south side and the
fabric. The forwarding continues until the incorrect cabling is fixed.
Figure 15: Two Leaf Nodes Directly Connected
This feature operates in three phases:

1. Loop Detection: Sends a loop detection probe under the following circumstances: when requested by a
client, as part of a periodic probe task, and as soon as any port comes up.
2. Loop Mitigation: Blocks the VLANs on a port once a loop has been discovered and displays a syslog
message similar to the following:
2020 Jan 14 09:58:44 Leaf1 %NGOAM-4-SLD_LOOP_DETECTED: Loop detected - Blocking vlan
1001 :: Eth1/3
Because loops can lead to incorrect local MAC address learning, this phase also flushes the local and
remote MAC addresses. Doing so removes any MAC addresses that are incorrectly learned.
163
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN NGOAM
In the previous figure, MAC addresses can be incorrectly learned because packets from hosts sitting behind
the remote leaf (Leaf3) can reach both Leaf1 and Leaf2 from the access side. As a result, the hosts
incorrectly appear local to Leaf1 and Leaf2, which causes the leafs to learn their MAC addresses.
3. Loop Recovery: Once a loop is detected on a particular port or VLAN and the recovery interval has passed,
recovery probes are sent to determine if the loop still exists. When NGOAM recovers from the loop, a
syslog message similar to the following appears:
2020 Jan 14 09:59:38 Leaf1 %NGOAM-4-SLD_LOOP_GONE: Loop cleared - Enabling vlan 1001
:: Eth1/3
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN NGOAM

VXLAN NGOAM has the following guidelines and limitations:
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.2(3), support is added for Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches
with -R line cards.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), support is added for the Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform
switches.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), support is added for the Cisco Nexus 9300-FX3 platform
switches.
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection

and Mitigation
VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation has the following guidelines and limitations:
• VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation is supported beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5).
• The following platforms support VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation:
• Cisco Nexus 9332C and 9364C platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FX/FX2/FXP platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with -EX/FX line cards
• VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation is supported in both STP and STP-less environments.
• To be able to detect loops across sites for VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site deployments, the ngoam
loop-detection command needs to be configured on all border gateways in the site where the feature is
being deployed.
• VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation isn't supported with the following features:
• Private VLANs
164
• VLAN translation
• ESI-based multihoming
• VXLAN Cross Connect
• Q-in-VNI
• EVPN segment routing (Layer 2)
Note Ports or VLANs configured with these features must be excluded from VXLAN
EVPN loop detection and mitigation. You can use the disable {vlan vlan-range}
[port port-range] command to exclude them.

Before you begin
As a prerequisite, ensure that the VXLAN configuration is complete.
Procedure

Step 1 switch# configure terminal Enters global configuration mode.
Step 2 switch(config)# feature ngoam Enters the NGOAM feature.
Step 3 switch(config)# hardware access-list tcam For Cisco Nexus 9300 platform switches with
region arp-ether 256 double-wide Network Forwarding Engine (NFE), configure
the TCAM region for ARP-ETHER using this
command. This step is essential to program the
ACL rule in the hardware and it is a prerequisite
before installing the ACL rule.
Note Configuring the TCAM region
requires the node to be rebooted.
Step 4 switch(config)# ngoam install acl Installs the NGOAM Access Control List
(ACL).
Note This command is deprecated
beginning with Cisco NX-OS
Release 9.3(5) and is required only
for earlier releases.
Step 5 (Optional) bcm-shell module 1 "fp show For Cisco Nexus 9300 Series switches with
group 62" Network Forwarding Engine (NFE), complete
this verification step. After entering the
165

command, perform a lookup for entry/eid with
data=0x8902 under EtherType.
Example
See the following examples of the configuration topology.
Figure 16: VXLAN Network
VXLAN OAM provides the visibility of the host at the switch level, that allows a leaf to ping the
host using the ping nve command.
The following example displays how to ping from Leaf 1 to VM2 via Spine 1.
switch# ping nve ip 209.165.201.5 vrf vni-31000 source 1.1.1.1 verbose
Codes: '!' - success, 'Q' - request not sent, '.' - timeout,

'D' - Destination Unreachable, 'X' - unknown return code,
'm' - malformed request(parameter problem),
'c' - Corrupted Data/Test, '#' - Duplicate response
Sender handle: 34
! sport 40673 size 39,Reply from 209.165.201.5,time = 3 ms
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/4/18 ms
Total time elapsed 49 ms
166
Note The source ip-address 1.1.1.1 used in the above example is a loopback interface that is configured
on Leaf 1 in the same VRF as the destination ip-address. For example, the VRF in this example is
vni-31000.
The following example displays how to traceroute from Leaf 1 to VM 2 via Spine 1.
switch# traceroute nve ip 209.165.201.5 vrf vni-31000 source 1.1.1.1 verbose

Traceroute request to peer ip 209.165.201.4 source ip 209.165.201.2

Sender handle: 36
1 !Reply from 209.165.201.3,time = 1 ms
The following example displays how to pathtrace from Leaf 2 to Leaf 1.

switch# pathtrace nve ip 209.165.201.4 vni 31000 verbose
Path trace Request to peer ip 209.165.201.4 source ip 209.165.201.2
Sender handle: 42
TTL Code Reply IngressI/f EgressI/f State
======================================================================
1 !Reply from 209.165.201.3, Eth5/5/1 Eth5/5/2 UP/UP
2 !Reply from 209.165.201.4, Eth1/3 Unknown UP/DOWN
The following example displays how to MAC ping from Leaf 2 to Leaf 1 using NVO3 draft Tissa
channel:
switch# ping nve mac 0050.569a.7418 2901 ethernet 1/51 profile 4 verbose

Sender handle: 408

!!!!Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/5 ms
Total time elapsed 104 ms
switch# show run ngoam

feature ngoam
ngoam profile 4
oam-channel 2
ngoam install acl
The following example displays how to pathtrace based on a payload from Leaf 2 to Leaf 1:
167
Configuring NGOAM Profile
switch# pathtrace nve ip unknown vrf vni-31000 payload mac-addr 0050.569a.d927 0050.569a.a4fa
ip 209.165.201.5 209.165.201.1 port 15334 12769 proto 17 payload-end


Sender handle: 46
TTL Code Reply IngressI/f EgressI/f State
======================================================================
1 !Reply from 209.165.201.3, Eth5/5/1 Eth5/5/2 UP/UP
2 !Reply from 209.165.201.4, Eth1/3 Unknown UP/DOWN
Configuring NGOAM Profile

Complete the following steps to configure NGOAM profile.
Procedure

Step 1 switch(config)# [no] feature ngoam Enables or disables NGOAM feature
Step 2 switch(config)# [no] ngoam profile Configures OAM profile. The range for the
<profile-id> profile-id is <1 – 1023>. This command does
not have a default value. Enters the
config-ngoam-profile submode to configure
NGOAM specific commands.
Note All profiles have default values and
the show run all CLI command
displays them. The default values are
not visible through the show run
CLI command.
Step 3 switch(config-ng-oam-profile)# ? Displays the options for configuring NGOAM

profile.
Example:
switch(config-ng-oam-profile)# ?
description Configure description of
the profile
dot1q Encapsulation dot1q/bd
flow Configure ngoam flow
hop Configure ngoam hop count
interface Configure ngoam egress

interface
no Negate a command or set
its defaults
oam-channel Oam-channel used
payload Configure ngoam payload
168
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation

sport Configure ngoam Udp source
port range
Example
See the following examples for configuring an NGOAM profile and for configuring NGOAM flow.
switch(config)#
ngoam profile 1
oam-channel 1
flow forward
payload pad 0x2
sport 12345, 54321
switch(config-ngoam-profile)#flow {forward }
Enters config-ngoam-profile-flow submode to configure forward flow entropy specific
information
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation

Follow these steps to configure VXLAN loop detection and mitigation.
Before you begin

Enable the NGOAM feature.
Use the following commands to create space for the TCAM ing-sup region:
hardware access-list tcam region ing-racl 0
hardware access-list tcam region ing-sup 768
Note Configuring the TCAM region requires the node to be rebooted.
Procedure

Step 2 switch(config)# [no] ngoam loop-detection Enables VXLAN EVPN loop detection and
mitigation for all VLANs or ports. This feature
is disabled by default.
Step 3 (Optional) Disables VXLAN EVPN loop detection and

switch(config-ng-oam-loop-detection)# [no] mitigation for specific VLANs or ports and
disable {vlan vlan-range} [port port-range] brings up any loop-detected ports. The no form
169
Detecting Loops and Bringing Up Ports On Demand

of this command resumes active monitoring of
these VLANs or ports.
Step 4 (Optional) Specifies how often periodic loop-detection

switch(config-ng-oam-loop-detection)# [no] probes are sent. The range is from 60 seconds
periodic-probe-interval value to 3600 seconds (60 minutes). The default value
is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
Step 5 (Optional) Once a port or VLAN is shut down, specifies

switch(config-ng-oam-loop-detection)# [no] how often recovery probes are sent. The range
port-recovery-interval value is from 300 seconds to 3600 seconds (60
minutes). The default value is 600 seconds (10
minutes).
Step 6 (Optional) switch# show ngoam Displays the loop-detection configuration and
loop-detection summary current loop summary.
What to do next
Configure a QoS policy on the spine. (For an example configuration, see Configuration Examples for VXLAN
EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation, on page 171).
Detecting Loops and Bringing Up Ports On Demand

Follow the steps in this section to detect loops or bring up blocked ports on demand.
Before you begin

Enable VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation.
Procedure

Step 1 (Optional) switch# ngoam loop-detection Sends a loop-detection probe on the specified
probe {vlan vlan-range} [port port-range] VLAN or port and a notification as to whether
the probe was successfully sent.
Step 2 (Optional) switch# ngoam loop-detection Brings up the VLANs or ports that were blocked
bringup {vlan vlan-range} [port port-range] earlier. This command also clears any entries
stuck in the NGOAM.
Note It can take up to two port-recovery
intervals for the ports to come up
after a loop is cleared. You can speed
up the recovery by manually
overriding the timer with the ngoam
loop-detection bringup vlan {vlan
vlan-range} [port port-range]
command.
170
Configuration Examples for VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation

Step 3 (Optional) switch# show ngoam Displays the loop-detection status for the VLAN
loop-detection status [history] [vlan or port. The status can be one of the following:
vlan-range] [port port-range]
• BLOCKED–The VLAN or port is shut
down because a loop has been detected.
• FORWARDING–A loop has not been
detected, and the VLAN or port is
operational.
• RECOVERING–Recovery probes are
being sent to determine if a previously
detected loop still exists.
The history option displays blocked,

forwarding, and recovering ports. Without the
history option, the command displays only
blocked and recovering ports.
Configuration Examples for VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and

Mitigation
The following example shows how to configure VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation:
switch(config)# ngoam loop-detection
switch(config-ng-oam-loop-detection)# periodic-probe-interval 200
switch(config-ng-oam-loop-detection)# port-recovery-interval 300
The following example shows how to disable VXLAN EVPN loop detection and mitigation on specific VLANs
or VLAN ports:
switch(config-ng-oam-loop-detection)# disable vlan 1200 port ethernet 1/1
switch(config-ng-oam-loop-detection)# disable vlan 1300
The following example hows to configure a QoS policy on the spine and apply it to all of the spine interfaces
to which the loop-detection-enabled leaf is connected:
class-map type qos match-any Spine-DSCP56
match dscp 56
policy-map type qos Spine-DSCP56
class Spine-DSCP56
set qos-group 7
mtu 9216
no link dfe adaptive-tuning
service-policy type qos input Spine-DSCP5663
no ip redirects
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
171
Configuration Examples for VXLAN EVPN Loop Detection and Mitigation
The following sample output shows the loop-detection configuration and current loop summary:
switch# show ngoam loop-detection summary
Loop detection:enabled
Periodic probe interval: 200
Port recovery interval: 300
Number of vlans: 1
Number of ports: 1
Number of loops: 1
Number of ports blocked: 1
Number of vlans disabled: 0
Number of ports disabled: 0
Total number of probes sent: 214
Total number of probes received: 102
Next probe window start: Thu May 14 15:14:23 2020 (0 seconds)
Next recovery window start: Thu May 14 15:54:23 2020 (126 seconds)
The following sample output shows the loop-detection status for the specified VLANs or ports with and
without the history option:
switch# show ngoam loop-detection status
VlanId Port Status NumLoops Detection Time ClearedTime
====== ====== ========== ========= ============================= ===============
100 Eth1/3 BLOCKED 1 Tue Apr 14 20:07:50.313 2020 Never
switch# show ngoam loop-detection status history

VlanId Port Status NumLoops Detection Time ClearedTime
====== ====== ========== ========= ============================= ===============
100 Eth1/3 BLOCKED 1 Tue Apr 14 20:07:50.313 2020 Never
200 Eth1/2 FORWARDING 1 Tue Apr 14 21:19:52.215 2020 May 11 21:30:54.830 2020
172
CHAPTER 8
Configuring vPC Multihoming
• Advertising Primary IP Address, on page 173
• BorderPE Switches in a vPC Setup, on page 174
• DHCP Configuration in a vPC Setup, on page 174
• IP Prefix Advertisement in vPC Setup, on page 174
Advertising Primary IP Address

On a vPC enabled leaf or border leaf switch, by default all Layer-3 routes are advertised with the secondary
IP address (VIP) of the leaf switch VTEP as the BGP next-hop IP address. Prefix routes and leaf switch
generated routes are not synced between vPC leaf switches. Using the VIP as the BGP next-hop for these
types of routes can cause traffic to be forwarded to the wrong vPC leaf or border leaf switch and black-holed.
The provision to use the primary IP address (PIP) as the next-hop when advertising prefix routes or loopback
interface routes in BGP on vPC enabled leaf or border leaf switches allows users to select the PIP as BGP
next-hop when advertising these types of routes, so that traffic will always be forwarded to the right vPC
enabled leaf or border leaf switch.
The configuration command for advertising the PIP is advertise-pip.
The following is a sample configuration:
address-family 12vpn evpn
advertise-pip
interface nve 1
advertise virtual-rmac
The advertise-pip command lets BGP use the PIP as next-hop when advertising prefix routes or leaf-generated
routes if vPC is enabled.
VMAC (virtual-mac) is used with VIP and system MAC is used with PIP when the VIP/PIP feature is enabled.
With the advertise-pip and advertise virtual-rmac commands enabled, type 5 routes are advertised with
PIP and type 2 routes are still advertised with VIP. In addition, VMAC will be used with VIP and system
MAC will be used with PIP.
173
BorderPE Switches in a vPC Setup
Note The advertise-pip and advertise-virtual-rmac commands must be enabled and disabled together for this
feature to work properly. If you enable or disable one and not the other, it is considered an invalid configuration.
For Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches with -R line cards, always configure advertise virtual-rmac without
advertise-pip.
BorderPE Switches in a vPC Setup

The two borderPE switches are configured as a vPC. In a VXLAN vPC deployment, a common, virtual VTEP
IP address (secondary loopback IP address) is used for communication. The common, virtual VTEP uses a
system specific router MAC address. The Layer-3 prefixes or default route from the borderPE switch is
advertised with this common virtual VTEP IP (secondary IP) plus the system specific router MAC address
as the next hop.
Entering the advertise-pip and advertise virtual-rmac commands cause the Layer 3 prefixes or default to
be advertised with the primary IP and system-specific router MAC address, the MAC addresses to be advertised
with the secondary IP, and a router MAC address derived from the secondary IP address.
DHCP Configuration in a vPC Setup

When DHCP or DHCPv6 relay function is configured on leaf switches in a vPC setup, and the DHCP server
is in the non default, non management VRF, then configure the advertise-pip command on the vPC leaf
switches. This allows BGP EVPN to advertise Route-type 5 routes with the next-hop using the primary IP
address of the VTEP interface.
advertise-pip
interface nve 1
IP Prefix Advertisement in vPC Setup

There are 3 types of Layer-3 routes that can be advertised by BGP EVPN. They are:
• Local host routes—These routes are learned from the attached servers or hosts.
• Prefix routes—These routes are learned via other routing protocol at the leaf, border leaf and border
spine switches.
• Leaf switch generated routes—These routes include interface routes and static routes.
On a vPC enabled leaf or border leaf switch, by default all Layer-3 routes are advertised with the secondary
IP address (VIP) of the leaf switch VTEP as the BGP next-hop IP address. Prefix routes and leaf switch
generated routes are not synced between vPC leaf switches. Using the VIP as the BGP next-hop for these
types of routes can cause traffic to be forwarded to the wrong vPC leaf or border leaf switch and black-holed.
174
The provision to use the primary IP address (PIP) as the next-hop when advertising prefix routes or loopback
interface routes in BGP on vPC enabled leaf or border leaf switches allows users to select the PIP as BGP
next-hop when advertising these types of routes, so that traffic is always forwarded to the right vPC enabled
leaf or border leaf switch.
The configuration command for advertising the PIP is advertise-pip.
advertise-pip
interface nve 1
The advertise-pip command lets BGP use the PIP as next-hop when advertising prefix routes or leaf generated
routes if vPC is enabled.
175
176
CHAPTER 9
Configuring Multi-Site
• About VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site, on page 177
• Dual RD Support for Multi-Site, on page 178
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site, on page 178
• Enabling VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site, on page 180
• Configuring Dual RD Support for Multi-Site, on page 182
• Configuring VNI Dual Mode, on page 183
• Configuring Fabric/DCI Link Tracking, on page 184
• Configuring Fabric External Neighbors, on page 185
• Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Storm Control, on page 186
• Multi-Site with vPC Support, on page 187
• Configuration Example for Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs, on page 194
• TRM with Multi-Site, on page 195
About VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site

The VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site solution interconnects two or more BGP-based Ethernet VPN (EVPN)
sites/fabrics (overlay domains) in a scalable fashion over an IP-only network. This solution uses border
gateways (BGWs) in anycast or vPC mode to terminate and interconnect two sites. The BGWs provide the
network control boundary that is necessary for traffic enforcement and failure containment functionality.
In the BGP control plane for releases prior to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), BGP sessions between the BGWs
rewrite the next hop information of EVPN routes and reoriginate them. Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release
9.3(5), reorigination is always enabled (with either single or dual route distinguishers), and rewrite is not
performed. For more information, see Dual RD Support for Multi-Site, on page 178.
VXLAN Tunnel Endpoints (VTEPs) are only aware of their overlay domain internal neighbors, including the
BGWs. All routes external to the fabric have a next hop on the BGWs for Layer 2 and Layer 3 traffic.
The BGW is the node that interacts with nodes within a site and with nodes that are external to the site. For
example, in a leaf-spine data center fabric, it can be a leaf, a spine, or a separate device acting as a gateway
to interconnect the sites.
The VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site feature can be conceptualized as multiple site-local EVPN control planes and
IP forwarding domains interconnected via a single common EVPN control and IP forwarding domain. Every
EVPN node is identified with a unique site-scope identifier. A site-local EVPN domain consists of EVPN
177
Dual RD Support for Multi-Site
nodes with the same site identifier. BGWs on one hand are also part of the site-specific EVPN domain and
on the other hand a part of a common EVPN domain to interconnect with BGWs from other sites. For a given
site, these BGWs facilitate site-specific nodes to visualize all other sites to be reachable only via them. This
means:
• Site-local bridging domains are interconnected only via BGWs with bridging domains from other sites.
• Site-local routing domains are interconnected only via BGWs with routing domains from other sites.
• Site-local flood domains are interconnected only via BGWs with flood domains from other sites.
Selective Advertisement is defined as the configuration of the per-tenant information on the BGW. Specifically,
this means IP VRF or MAC VRF (EVPN instance). In cases where external connectivity (VRF-lite) and EVPN
Multi-Site coexist on the same BGW, the advertisements are always enabled.
Dual RD Support for Multi-Site

Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site supports route reorigination with
dual route distinguishers (RDs). This behavior is enabled automatically.
Each VRF or L2VNI tracks two RDs: a primary RD (which is unique) and a secondary RD (which is the same
across BGWs). Reoriginated routes are advertised with the secondary type-0 RD (site-id:VNI). All other
routes are advertised with the primary RD. The secondary RD is allocated automatically once the router is in
Multi-Site BGW mode.
If the site ID is greater than 2 bytes, the secondary RD can't be generated automatically on the Multi-Site
BGW, and the following message appears:
%BGP-4-DUAL_RD_GENERATION_FAILED: bgp- [12564] Unable to generate dual RD on EVPN multisite
border gateway. This may increase memory consumption on other BGP routers receiving
re-originated EVPN routes. Configure router bgp <asn> ; rd dual id <id> to avoid it.
In this case, you can either manually configure the secondary RD value or disable dual RDs. For more
information, see Configuring Dual RD Support for Multi-Site, on page 182.
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site

VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site has the following configuration guidelines and limitations:
• The following switches support VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site:
• Cisco Nexus 9300-EX and 9300-FX platform switches (except Cisco Nexus 9348GC-FXP platform
switches)
• Cisco Nexus 9336C-FX2 and 93240YC-FX2 platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FX3 platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with -EX or -FX line cards
178
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site
Note Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with -R/RX line cards don't support VXLAN
EVPN Multi-Site.
• Cisco Nexus 9332C and 9364C platform switches can be BGWs.

• VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site and Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) are supported between sources and
receivers deployed across different sites.
• The Multi-Site BGW allows the coexistence of Multi-Site extensions (Layer 2 unicast/multicast and
Layer 3 unicast) as well as Layer 3 unicast and multicast external connectivity.
• In TRM with Multi-Site deployments, all BGWs receive traffic from the fabric. However, only the
designated forwarder (DF) BGW forwards the traffic. All other BGWs drop the traffic through a default
drop ACL. This ACL is programmed in all DCI tracking ports. Don't remove the evpn multisite
dci-tracking configuration from the DCI uplink ports. If you do, you remove the ACL, which creates a
nondeterministic traffic flow in which packets can be dropped or duplicated instead of deterministically
forwarded by only one BGW, the DF.
• Anycast mode can support up to six BGWs per site.
• BGWs in a vPC topology are supported.
• Multicast Flood Domain between intersite/fabric BGWs isn't supported.
• Multicast Underlay between sites isn't supported.
• iBGP EVPN Peering between BGWs of different fabrics/sites isn't supported.
• Anycast mode can support only Layer 3 services that are attached to local interfaces.
• In Anycast mode, BUM is replicated to each border leaf. DF election between the border leafs for a
particular site determines which border leaf forwards the intersite traffic (fabric to DCI and conversely)
for that site.
• In Anycast mode, all Layer 3 services are advertised in BGP via EVPN Type-5 routes with their physical
IP as the next hop.
• vPC mode can support only two BGWs.
• vPC mode can support both Layer 2 hosts and Layer 3 services on local interfaces.
• In vPC mode, BUM is replicated to either of the BGWs for traffic coming from the external site. Hence,
both BGWs are forwarders for site external to site internal (DCI to fabric) direction.
• In vPC mode, BUM is replicated to either of the BGWs for traffic coming from the local site leaf for a
VLAN using Ingress Replication (IR) underlay. Both BGWs are forwarders for site internal to site external
(fabric to DCI) direction for VLANs using the IR underlay.
• In vPC mode, BUM is replicated to both BGWs for traffic coming from the local site leaf for a VLAN
using the multicast underlay. Therefore, a decapper/forwarder election happens, and the decapsulation
winner/forwarder only forwards the site-local traffic to external site BGWs for VLANs using the multicast
underlay.
• In vPC mode, all Layer 3 services/attachments are advertised in BGP via EVPN Type-5 routes with their
virtual IP as next hop. If the VIP/PIP feature is configured, they are advertised with PIP as the next hop.
179
Enabling VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site
• If different Anycast Gateway MAC addresses are configured across sites, enable ARP suppression for
all VLANs that have been extended.
• Bind NVE to a loopback address that is separate from loopback addresses that are required by Layer 3
protocols. A best practice is to use a dedicated loopback address for the NVE source interface (PIP VTEP)
and Multi-Site source interface (anycast and virtual IP VTEP).
• PIM BiDir is not supported for fabric underlay multicast replication with VXLAN Multi-Site.
• FEX is not supported on a vPC BGW and Anycast BGW.
interfaces if subinterfaces are configured. This feature is supported for VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site and
DCI. DCI tracking can be enabled only on the parent interface.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site supports asymmetric VNIs.
For more information, see Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs, on page 45 and Configuration Example
for Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs, on page 194.
• The following guidelines and limitations apply to dual RD support for Multi-Site:
• Dual RDs are supported beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5).
• Dual RDs are enabled automatically for Cisco Nexus 9332C, 9364C, 9300-EX, and
9300-FX/FX2/FXP platform switches and Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with -EX/FX line
cards that have VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site enabled.
• To use CloudSec or other features that require PIP advertisement for Multi-Site reoriginated routes,
configure BGP additional paths on the route server if dual RDs are enabled on the BGW, or disable
dual RDs.
• Sending secondary RD additional paths at the BGW node isn't supported.
• During an ISSU, the number of paths for the leaf nodes might double temporarily while all BGWs
are being upgraded.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), if you disable the host-reachability protocol bgp command
under the NVE interface in a VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site topology, the NVE interface stays operationally
down.

This procedure enables the VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site feature. Multi-Site is enabled on the BGWs only. The
site-id must be the same on all BGWs in the fabric/site.
Procedure

Example:
180

Step 2 evpn multisite border-gateway ms-id Configures the site ID for a site/fabric. The
range of values for ms-id is 1 to
Example:
2,814,749,767,110,655. The ms-id must be
switch(config)# evpn multisite the same in all BGWs within the same
border-gateway 100
fabric/site.
Step 3 interface nve 1 Creates a VXLAN overlay interface that

Example:
switch(config-evpn-msite-bgw)# interface Note Only one NVE interface is allowed
nve 1 on the switch.
Step 4 source-interface loopback src-if The source interface must be a loopback

Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# source-interface be known by the transient devices in the
loopback 0
requirement is accomplished by advertising it
through a dynamic routing protocol in the
transport network.
Step 5 host-reachability protocol bgp Defines BGP as the mechanism for host
Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# host-reachability
protocol bgp
Step 6 multisite border-gateway interface loopback Defines the loopback interface used for the
vi-num BGW virtual IP address (VIP). The
border-gateway interface must be a loopback
Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# multisite a valid /32 IP address. This /32 IP address must
border-gateway interface loopback 100
requirement is accomplished by advertising it
transport network. This loopback must be
different than the source interface loopback.
The range of vi-num is from 0 to 1023.
Step 7 no shutdown Negates the shutdown command.

Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# no shutdown
Step 8 exit Exits the NVE configuration mode.

Example:
Step 9 interface loopback loopback-number Configures the loopback interface.

Example:
181
Configuring Dual RD Support for Multi-Site

Step 10 ip address ip-address Configures the IP address for the loopback

interface.
Example:
switch(config-if)# ip address
198.0.2.0/32
Configuring Dual RD Support for Multi-Site

Follow these steps if you need to manually configure the secondary RD value or disable dual RDs.
Before you begin

Enable VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site.
Procedure

Example:
switch(config)#
Step 2 router bgp as-num Configures the autonomous system number.

The range for as-num is from 1 to
Example:
4,294,967,295.
switch(config-router)#
Step 3 [no] rd dual id [2-bytes] Defines the first 2 bytes of the secondary RD.
The ID must be the same across the Multi-Site
Example:
BGWs. The range is from 1 to 65535.
switch(config-router)# rd dual id 1
Note If necessary, you can use the no rd
dual command to disable dual RDs
and fall back to a single RD.
Step 4 (Optional) show bgp evi evi-id Displays the secondary RD configured as part
of the rd dual id [2-bytes] command for the
Example:
specified EVI.
switch(config-router)# show bgp evi 100
Example
The following example shows sample output for the show bgp evi evi-id command:
switch# show bgp evi 100
-----------------------------------------------
182
Configuring VNI Dual Mode
L2VNI ID : 100 (L2-100)

RD : 3.3.3.3:32867
Secondary RD : 1:100
Prefixes (local/total) : 1/6
Created : Jun 23 22:35:13.368170
Last Oper Up/Down : Jun 23 22:35:13.369005 / never
Enabled : Yes
Associated IP-VRF : vni101
Active Export RT list :
100:100
Active Import RT list :
100:100
Configuring VNI Dual Mode

This procedure describes the configuration of the BUM traffic domain for a given VLAN. Support exists for
using multicast or ingress replication inside the fabric/site and ingress replication across different fabrics/sites.
Note In cases where only a Layer 3 extension is configured on the BGW, an additional loopback interface is required.
The loopback interface must be present in the same VRF instance on all BGWs and with an individual IP
address per BGW. Ensure that the loopback interface's IP address is redistributed into BGP EVPN, especially
toward Site-External.
For more information about configuring multicast or ingress replication for a large number of VNIs, see
Example of VXLAN BGP EVPN (EBGP), on page 74.
Procedure

Example:

Example:
switch(config)# interface nve 1 Note Only one NVE interface is allowed
on the switch.
Step 3 member vni vni-range Configures the virtual network identifier (VNI).
The range for vni-range is from 1 to 16,777,214.
Example:
The value of vni-range can be a single value
switch(config-if-nve)# member vni 200 like 5000 or a range like 5001-5008.
Note Enter one of the Step 4 or Step 5
commands.
183
Configuring Fabric/DCI Link Tracking

Step 4 mcast-group ip-addr Configures the NVE Multicast group IP prefix
within the fabric.
Example:
switch(config-if-nve-vni)# mcast-group
255.0.4.1
Step 5 ingress-replication protocol bgp Enables BGP EVPN with ingress replication
for the VNI within the fabric.
Example:
switch(config-if-nve-vni)#
Step 6 multisite ingress-replication Defines the Multi-Site BUM replication method

for extending the Layer 2 VNI.
Example:
switch(config-if-nve-vni)# multisite
ingress-replication
Configuring Fabric/DCI Link Tracking

This procedure describes the configuration to track all DCI-facing interfaces and site internal/fabric facing
interfaces. Tracking is mandatory and is used to disable reorigination of EVPN routes either from or to a site
if all the DCI/fabric links go down.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 interface ethernet port Enters interface configuration mode for the DCI
or fabric interface.
Example:
switch(config)# interface ethernet1/1 Note Enter one of the following
commands in Step 3 or Step 4.
Step 3 evpn multisite dci-tracking Configures DCI interface tracking.

Example:
switch(config-if)# evpn multisite
dci-tracking
Step 4 evpn multisite fabric-tracking Configures EVPN Multi-Site fabric tracking.

Example:
switch(config-if)# evpn multisite
fabric-tracking
184
Configuring Fabric External Neighbors

Step 5 ip address ip-addr Configures the IP address.
Example:
switch(config-if)# ip address 192.1.1.1

Example:
Configuring Fabric External Neighbors

This procedure describes the configuration of fabric external/DCI neighbors for communication to other
site/fabric BGWs.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 router bgp as-num Configures the autonomous system number.

The range for as-num is from 1 to
Example:
4,294,967,295.
Step 3 neighbor ip-addr Configures a BGP neighbor.

Example:
Step 4 peer-type fabric-external Enables the next hop rewrite for Multi-Site.
Defines site external BGP neighbors for EVPN
Example:
exchange. The default for peer-type is
switch(config-router-neighbor)# peer-type fabric-internal.
fabric-external
Note The peer-type fabric-external
command is required only for
VXLAN Multi-Site BGWs. It is not
required for pseudo BGWs.
Step 5 address-family l2vpn evpn Configures the address family Layer 2 VPN
EVPN under the BGP neighbor.
Example:
185
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Storm Control

Step 6 rewrite-evpn-rt-asn Rewrites the route target (RT) information to
simplify the MAC-VRF and IP-VRF
Example:
configuration. BGP receives a route, and as it
switch(config-router-neighbor)# processes the RT attributes, it checks if the AS
rewrite-evpn-rt-asn
value matches the peer AS that is sending that
route and replaces it. Specifically, this command
changes the incoming route target’s AS number
to match the BGP-configured neighbor’s remote
AS number. You can see the modified RT value
in the receiver router.
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Storm Control

VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Storm Control allows rate limiting of multidestination (BUM) traffic on Multi-Site
BGWs. You can control BUM traffic sent over the DCI link using a policer on fabric links in the ingress
direction.
Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(6) and later releases optimize rate granularity and accuracy. Bandwidth is calculated
based on the accumulated DCI uplink bandwidth, and only interfaces tagged with DCI tracking are considered.
(Prior releases also include fabric-tagged interfaces.) In addition, granularity is enhanced by supporting two
digits after the decimal point. These enhancements apply to the Cisco Nexus 9300-EX, 9300-FX/FXP/FX2/FX3,
Note For information on access port storm control, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Layer 2 Configuration
Guide.
Procedure

Example:
switch(config)#
Step 2 [no] evpn storm-control {broadcast | Configures the storm suppression level as a
multicast | unicast} {level level} number from 0–100.
Example: 0 means that all traffic is dropped, and 100
switch(config)# evpn storm-control means that all traffic is allowed. For any value
unicast level 10 in between, the unknown unicast traffic rate is
restricted to a percentage of available
Example: bandwidth. For example, a value of 10 means
switch(config)# evpn storm-control that the traffic rate is restricted to 10% of the
unicast level 10.20 available bandwidth, and anything above that
rate is dropped.
186
Multi-Site with vPC Support

Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(6),
you can configure the level as a fractional value
by adding two digits after the decimal point.
For example, you can enter a value of 10.20.
Multi-Site with vPC Support

About Multi-Site with vPC Support
The BGWs can be in a vPC complex. In this case, it is possible to support dually-attached directly-connected
hosts that might be bridged or routed as well as dually-attached firewalls or service attachments. The vPC
BGWs have vPC-specific multihoming techniques and do not rely on EVPN Type 4 routes for DF election
or split horizon.
Guidelines and Limitations for Multi-Site with vPC Support

Multi-Site with vPC support has the following configuration guidelines and limitations:
• 4000 VNIs for vPC are not supported.
• For BUM with continued VIP use, the MCT link is used as transport upon core isolation or fabric isolation,
and for unicast traffic in fabric isolation.
Configuring Multi-Site with vPC Support

This procedure describes the configuration of Multi-Site with vPC support:
• Configure vPC domain.
• Configure port channels.
• Configuring vPC Peer Link.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 feature vpc Enables vPCs on the device.

Example:
187

Step 3 feature interface-vlan Enables the interface VLAN feature on the
device.
Example:
Step 4 feature lacp Enables the LACP feature on the device.

Example:
Step 5 feature pim Enables the PIM feature on the device.

Example:
Step 6 feature ospf Enables the OSPF feature on the device.

Example:
Step 7 ip pim rp-address address group-list range Defines a PIM RP address for the underlay
multicast group range.
Example:
switch(config)# ip pim rp-address
100.100.100.1 group-list 224.0.0/4
Step 8 vpc domain domain-id Creates a vPC domain on the device and enters
vpn-domain configuration mode for
Example:
configuration purposes. There is no default.
switch(config)# vpc domain 1 The range is from 1 to 1000.
Step 9 peer switch Defines the peer switch.

Example:
switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer switch
Step 10 peer gateway Enables Layer 3 forwarding for packets

destined to the gateway MAC address of the
Example:
vPC.
switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer gateway
Step 11 peer-keepalive destination ip-address Configures the IPv4 address for the remote
end of the vPC peer-keepalive link.
Example:
switch(config-vpc-domain)# Note The system does not form the vPC
peer-keepalive destination 172.28.230.85 peer link until you configure a vPC
peer-keepalive link.
The management ports and VRF are the

defaults.
188

Step 12 ip arp synchronize Enables IP ARP synchronize under the vPC
domain to facilitate faster ARP table
Example:
population following device reload.
switch(config-vpc-domain)# ip arp
synchronize
Step 13 ipv6 nd synchronize Enables IPv6 ND synchronization under the

vPC domain to facilitate faster ND table
Example:
switch(config-vpc-domain)# ipv6 nd
synchronize
Step 14 Create the vPC peer-link. Creates the vPC peer-link port-channel
interface and adds two member interfaces to
Example:
it.
switch(config)# interface port-channel
1
switch(config)# switchport
switch(config)# switchport mode trunk
switch(config)# switchport trunk allowed
vlan 1,10,100-200
switch(config)# mtu 9216
switch(config)# vpc peer-link
switch(config)# no shut
switch(config)# interface Ethernet 1/1,

1/21
switch(config)# channel-group 1 mode
active
switch(config)# no shutdown
Step 15 system nve infra-vlans range Defines a non-VXLAN-enabled VLAN as a

backup routed path.
Example:
switch(config)# system nve infra-vlans
10
Step 16 vlan number Creates the VLAN to be used as an

infra-VLAN.
Example:
Step 17 Create the SVI. Creates the SVI used for the backup routed
path over the vPC peer-link.
Example:
switch(config)# ip address 10.10.10.1/30
switch(config)# ip router ospf process
UNDERLAY area 0
switch(config)# ip pim sparse-mode
switch(config)# no ip redirects
189

Step 18 (Optional) delay restore interface-vlan Enables the delay restore timer for SVIs. We
seconds recommend tuning this value when the
SVI/VNI scale is high. For example, when the
Example:
SCI count is 1000, we recommend that you set
switch(config-vpc-domain)# delay restore the delay restore to 45 seconds.
interface-vlan 45
Step 19 evpn multisite border-gateway ms-id Configures the site ID for a site/fabric. The
range of values for ms-id is 1 to
Example:
281474976710655. The ms-id must be the
switch(config)# evpn multisite same in all BGWs within the same fabric/site.
border-gateway 100

Example:
switch(config-evpn-msite-bgw)# interface Note Only one NVE interface is allowed
nve 1 on the switch.
Step 21 source-interface loopback src-if Defines the source interface, which must be a
loopback interface with a valid /32 IP address.
Example:
This /32 IP address must be known by the
switch(config-if-nve)# source-interface transient devices in the transport network and
loopback 0
the remote VTEPs. This requirement is
accomplished by advertising the address
transport network.
Example:
protocol bgp
vi-num BGW virtual IP address (VIP). The BGW
interface must be a loopback interface that is
Example:
configured on the switch with a valid /32 IP
switch(config-if-nve)# multisite address. This /32 IP address must be known
border-gateway interface loopback 100
by the transient devices in the transport
network and the remote VTEPs. This
requirement is accomplished by advertising
the address through a dynamic routing protocol
in the transport network. This loopback must
be different than the source interface loopback.

Example:
190
Configuring Peer Link as Transport in Case of Link Failure

Step 25 exit Exits the NVE configuration mode.
Example:
Step 26 interface loopback loopback-number Configures the loopback interface.

Example:
Step 27 ip address ip-address Configures the primary IP address for the

loopback interface.
Example:
198.0.2.0/32
Step 28 ip address ip-address secondary Configures the secondary IP address for the
loopback interface.
Example:
198.0.2.1/32 secondary
Step 29 ip pim sparse-mode Configures PIM sparse mode on the loopback

interface.
Example:

This procedure describes the configuration of an SVI interface configured with a high IGP cost to ensure it
is only used as a backup link.
Note This configuration is required to use the peer link as a backup link during fabric and/or DCI link failures.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 system nve infra-vlans vlan-range Specifies VLANs used by all SVI interfaces
for uplink and vPC peer-links in VXLAN as
Example:
infra-VLANs. You should not configure
switch(config)# system nve infra-vlans certain combinations of infra-VLANs. For
7
example, 2 and 514, 10 and 522, which are
512 apart.
191

Step 3 interface vlan-id Configures the interface.
Example:

Example:
Step 5 mtu value Sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU).

Example:
Step 6 no ip redirects Prevents the device from sending redirects.

Example:
Step 7 ip address ip-address/length Configures an IP address for this interface.

Example:
35.1.1.2/24
Step 8 no ipv6 redirects Disables the ICMP redirect messages on

BFD-enabled interfaces.
Example:
switch(config-if)# no ipv6 redirects
Step 9 ip ospf cost cost Configures the OSPF cost metric for this
interface.
Example:
switch(config-if)# ip ospf cost 100
Step 10 ip ospf network point-to-point Specifies the OSPF point-to-point network.

Example:
switch(config-if)# ip ospf network
point-to-point
Step 11 ip router ospf instance area area-number Configures the routing process for the IP on
an interface and specifies an area.
Example:
switch(config-if)# ip router ospf 1 area
0.0.0.0
Step 12 ip pim sparse-mode Configures sparse-mode PIM on an interface.

Example:
192
Verifying the Multi-Site with vPC Support Configuration
Verifying the Multi-Site with vPC Support Configuration

To display Multi-Site with vPC support information, enter one of the following commands:
show vpc brief Displays general vPC and CC status.
show vpc consistency-parameters global Displays the status of those parameters that must be
consistent across all vPC interfaces.
show vpc consistency-parameters vni Displays configuration information for VNIs under
the NVE interface that must be consistent across both
vPC peers.
Output example for the show vpc brief command:

switch# show vpc brief
Legend:
(*) - local vPC is down, forwarding via vPC peer-link
vPC domain id : 1
Peer status : peer adjacency formed ok (<--- peer up)
vPC keep-alive status : peer is alive
Configuration consistency status : success (<----- CC passed)
Per-vlan consistency status : success (<---- per-VNI CCpassed)
Type-2 consistency status : success
vPC role : secondary
Number of vPCs configured : 1
Peer Gateway : Enabled
Dual-active excluded VLANs : -
Graceful Consistency Check : Enabled
Auto-recovery status : Enabled, timer is off.(timeout = 240s)
Delay-restore status : Timer is off.(timeout = 30s)
Delay-restore SVI status : Timer is off.(timeout = 10s)
Operational Layer3 Peer-router : Disabled
[...]
Output example for the show vpc consistency-parameters global command:

switch# show vpc consistency-parameters global
Legend:
Type 1 : vPC will be suspended in case of mismatch
Name Type Local Value Peer Value

------------- ---- ---------------------- -----------------------
[...]
Nve1 Adm St, Src Adm St, 1 Up, Up, 2.1.44.5, CP, Up, Up, 2.1.44.5, CP,
Sec IP, Host Reach, VMAC TRUE, Disabled, TRUE, Disabled,
Adv, SA,mcast l2, mcast 0.0.0.0, 0.0.0.0, 0.0.0.0, 0.0.0.0,
l3, IR BGP,MS Adm St, Reo Disabled, Up, Disabled, Up,
200.200.200.200 200.200.200.200
[...]
Output example for the show vpc consistency-parameters vni command:

switch(config-if-nve-vni)# show vpc consistency-parameters vni
Legend:
193
Configuration Example for Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs

------------- ---- ---------------------- -----------------------
Nve1 Vni, Mcast, Mode, 1 11577, 234.1.1.1, 11577, 234.1.1.1,
Type, Flags Mcast, L2, MS IR Mcast, L2, MS IR
Nve1 Vni, Mcast, Mode, 1 11576, 234.1.1.1, 11576, 234.1.1.1,
Type, Flags Mcast, L2, MS IR Mcast, L2, MS IR
[...]
Configuration Example for Multi-Site with Asymmetric VNIs

The following example shows how two sites with different sets of VNIs can connect to the same MAC VRF
or IP VRF. One site uses VNI 200 internally, and the other site uses VNI 300 internally. Route-target auto no
longer matches because the VNI values are different. Therefore, the route-target values must be manually
configured. In this example, the value 222:333 stitches together the two VNIs from different sites.
The BGW of site 1 has L2VNI 200 and L3VNI 201.
The BGW of site 2 has L2VNI 300 and L3VNI 301.
Note This configuration example assumes that basic Multi-Site configurations are already in place.
Note You must have VLAN-to-VRF mapping on the BGW. This requirement is necessary to maintain
L2VNI-to-L3VNI mapping, which is needed for reorigination of MAC-IP routes at BGWs.
Layer 3 Configuration
In the BGW node of site 1, configure the common RT 201:301 for stitching the two sites using L3VNI 201
and L3VNI 301:
vrf context vni201
vni 201
route-target export 201:301 evpn
and L3VNI 301:
vrf context vni301
vni 301
Layer 2 Configuration
and L2VNI 300:
evpn
vni 200 l2
194
TRM with Multi-Site
rd auto
route-target export 222:333
For proper reorigination of L3 labels of MAC-IP routes, associate the VRF (L3VNI) to the L2VNI:
interface Vlan 200
vrf member vni201
and L2VNI 300:
evpn
vni 300 l2
rd auto
For proper reorigination of L3 labels of MAC-IP routes, associate the VRF (L3VNI) to the L2VNI:
interface vlan 300
vrf member vni301
TRM with Multi-Site

This section contains the following topics:
• Information About Configuring TRM with Multi-Site, on page 195
• Guidelines and Limitations for TRM with Multi-Site, on page 197
• Configuring TRM with Multi-Site, on page 199
• Verifying TRM with Multi-Site Configuration, on page 200
Information About Configuring TRM with Multi-Site

Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) with Multi-Site enables multicast forwarding across multiple VXLAN EVPN
fabrics that are connected via Multi-Site. This feature provides Layer 3 multicast services across sites for
sources and receivers across different sites. It addresses the requirement of East-West multicast traffic between
sites.
Each TRM site is operating independently. Border gateways on each site allow stitching across the sites. There
can be multiple border gateways for each site. Multicast source and receiver information across sites is
propagated by BGP on the border gateways that are configured with TRM. The border gateway on each site
receives the multicast packet and re-encapsulates the packet before sending it to the local site.
The border gateway that is elected as Designated Forwarder (DF) for the L3VNI forwards the traffic from
fabric toward the core side. In the TRM Multicast-Anycast Gateway model, we use the VIP-R based model
195
Information About Configuring TRM with Multi-Site
to send traffic toward remote sites. The IR destination IP is the VIP-R of the remote site. Each site that has
the receiver gets only one copy from the source site.
Note Only the DF sends the traffic toward remote sites.
On the remote site, the BGW that receives the inter-site multicast traffic from the core forwards the traffic
toward the fabric side. The DF check is not done from the core to fabric direction because non-DF can also
receive the VIP-R copy from the source site.
Figure 17: TRM with Multi-Site Topology, BL External Multicast Connectivity
Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), TRM with Multi-Site supports BGW connections to the external
multicast network in addition to the BL connectivity, which is supported in previous releases. Forwarding
occurs as documented in the previous example, except the exit point to the external multicast network can
optionally be provided through the BGW.
196
Guidelines and Limitations for TRM with Multi-Site
Figure 18: TRM with Multi-Site Topology, BGW External Multicast Connectivity

TRM with Multi-Site has the following guidelines and limitations:
• The following platforms support TRM with Multi-Site:
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FX/FXP/FX2/FX3 platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with -EX/FX line cards
• Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches don't support TRM with Multi-Site.
• TRM with Multi-Site supports the following features:
197
• PIM ASM multicast underlay in the VXLAN fabric

• TRM with Multi-Site Layer 3 mode only
• TRM with Multi-Site with Anycast Gateway
• Terminating VRF-lite at the border leaf
• The following RP models with TRM Multi-Site:
• External RP
• RP Everywhere
• Internal RP
• Only ingress replication is supported between DCI peers across the core.
• Border routers reoriginate MVPN routes from fabric to core and from core to fabric.
• Only eBGP peering between border gateways of different sites is supported.
• Each site must have a local RP for the TRM underlay.
• Keep each site's underlay unicast routing isolated from another site's underlay unicast routing. This
requirement also applies to Multi-Site.
• MVPN address family must be enabled between BGWs.
• When configuring BGW connections to the external multicast fabric, be aware of the following:
• The multicast underlay must be configured between all BGWs on the fabric side even if the site
doesn’t have any leafs in the fabric site.
• Sources and receivers that are Layer3-attached through VRF-Lite links to the BGW-BL nodes of a
single site need to have reachability through the external Layer 3 network. If there's a Layer 3-attached
source on BGBL-Node1 and a Layer 3-attached receiver on BGBL-Node2 for the same site, the
traffic between these two endpoints flows through the external Layer 3 network and not through
the fabric.
• External multicast networks should be connected only through the BGW or BL. If a deployment
requires external multicast network connectivity from both the BGW and BL at the same site, make
sure that external routes that are learned from the BGW are preferred over the BL. To do so, the
BGW must have a lower MED and a higher OSPF cost (on the external links) than the BL.
The following figure shows a site with external network connectivity through BGW-BLs and an
internal leaf (BL). The path to the external source should be through BGW-BL41 or BGW-BL42
(rather than through BL9) to avoid duplication on the remote site receiver.
Ext.Src
|
---External network--------
| | |
| | |
L21-----BG21=====DCI======BGW-BL41-------BGW-BL42----------BL9
|
Rx
• MED is supported for iBGP only.
198
Configuring TRM with Multi-Site
• vPC on Multi-Site border gateways isn't supported.

• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), a border leaf and Multi-Site border gateway can coexist
on the same node for multicast traffic.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), all border gateways for a given site must run the same
Cisco NX-OS 9.3(x) image.
Configuring TRM with Multi-Site

Before you begin
The following must be configured:
• VXLAN TRM
• VXLAN Multi-Site
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 interface nve1 Configures the NVE interface.

Example:
Step 3 no shutdown Brings up the NVE interface.

Example:
Example:
protocol bgp
Step 5 source-interface loopback src-if Defines the source interface, which must be a
loopback interface with a valid /32 IP address.
Example:
This /32 IP address must be known by the
switch(config-if-nve)# source-interface transient devices in the transport network and
loopback 0
the remote VTEPs. This requirement is
accomplished by advertising the address
transport network.
vi-num border gateway virtual IP address (VIP). The
199
Verifying TRM with Multi-Site Configuration

Example: border-gateway interface must be a loopback
switch(config-if-nve)# multisite interface that is configured on the switch with
border-gateway interface loopback 1 a valid /32 IP address. This /32 IP address must
requirement is accomplished by advertising the
address through a dynamic routing protocol in
the transport network. This loopback must be
different than the source interface loopback.
Step 7 member vni vni-range associate-vrf Configures the virtual network identifier (VNI).
Example: The range for vni-range is from 1 to 16,777,214
switch(config-if-nve)# member vni 10010 The value of vni-range can be a single value
associate-vrf like 5000 or a range like 5001-5008.
Step 8 mcast-group ip-addr Configures the NVE multicast group IP prefix

within the fabric.
Example:
225.0.0.1
Step 9 multisite ingress-replication optimized Defines the Multi-Site BUM replication method
for extending the Layer 2 VNI.
Example:
switch(config-if-nve-vni)# multisite
ingress-replication optimized

To display the status for the TRM with Multi-Site configuration, enter the following command:
Command Purpose
show nve vni virtual-network-identifier Displays the L3VNI.

Note For this feature, optimized IR is the default
setting for the Multi-Site extended L3VNI.
MS-IR flag inherently means that it's
MS-IR optimized.
Example of the show nve vni command:

switch(config)# show nve vni 51001
UC - Unconfigured SA - Suppress ARP
SU - Suppress Unknown Unicast
Xconn - Crossconnect
MS-IR - Multisite Ingress Replication

--------- -------- ----------------- ----- ---- ------------------ -----
200
nve1 51001 226.0.0.1 Up CP L3 [cust_1] MS-IR
201
202
CHAPTER 10
Configuring Tenant Routed Multicast
• About Tenant Routed Multicast, on page 203
• About Tenant Routed Multicast Mixed Mode, on page 205
• Guidelines and Limitations for Tenant Routed Multicast, on page 205
• Guidelines and Limitations for Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast, on page 206
• Guidelines and Limitations for Layer 2/Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast (Mixed Mode), on page 207
• Rendezvous Point for Tenant Routed Multicast, on page 208
• Configuring a Rendezvous Point for Tenant Routed Multicast, on page 208
• Configuring a Rendezvous Point Inside the VXLAN Fabric, on page 209
• Configuring an External Rendezvous Point, on page 210
• Configuring RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast, on page 212
• Configuring RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering, on page 217
• Configuring Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast, on page 223
• Configuring TRM on the VXLAN EVPN Spine, on page 227
• Configuring Tenant Routed Multicast in Layer 2/Layer 3 Mixed Mode, on page 229
• Configuring Layer 2 Tenant Routed Multicast, on page 234
• Configuring TRM with vPC Support, on page 235
• Configuring TRM with vPC Support (Cisco Nexus 9504-R and 9508-R), on page 238
About Tenant Routed Multicast

Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) enables multicast forwarding on the VXLAN fabric that uses a BGP-based
EVPN control plane. TRM provides multi-tenancy aware multicast forwarding between senders and receivers
within the same or different subnet local or across VTEPs.
This feature brings the efficiency of multicast delivery to VXLAN overlays. It is based on the standards-based
next generation control plane (ngMVPN) described in IETF RFC 6513, 6514. TRM enables the delivery of
customer IP multicast traffic in a multitenant fabric, and thus in an efficient and resilient manner. The delivery
of TRM improves Layer-3 overlay multicast functionality in our networks.
While BGP EVPN provides the control plane for unicast routing, ngMVPN provides scalable multicast routing
functionality. It follows an “always route” approach where every edge device (VTEP) with distributed IP
Anycast Gateway for unicast becomes a Designated Router (DR) for Multicast. Bridged multicast forwarding
is only present on the edge-devices (VTEP) where IGMP snooping optimizes the multicast forwarding to
interested receivers. Every other multicast traffic beyond local delivery is efficiently routed.
203
About Tenant Routed Multicast
Figure 19: VXLAN EVPN TRM
With TRM enabled, multicast forwarding in the underlay is leveraged to replicate VXLAN encapsulated
routed multicast traffic. A Default Multicast Distribution Tree (Default-MDT) is built per-VRF. This is an
addition to the existing multicast groups for Layer-2 VNI Broadcast, Unknown Unicast, and Layer-2 multicast
replication group. The individual multicast group addresses in the overlay are mapped to the respective underlay
multicast address for replication and transport. The advantage of using a BGP-based approach allows the
VXLAN BGP EVPN fabric with TRM to operate as fully distributed Overlay Rendezvous-Point (RP), with
the RP presence on every edge-device (VTEP).
A multicast-enabled data center fabric is typically part of an overall multicast network. Multicast sources,
receivers, and multicast rendezvous points, might reside inside the data center but might also be inside the
campus or externally reachable via the WAN. TRM allows a seamless integration with existing multicast
networks. It can leverage multicast rendezvous points external to the fabric. Furthermore, TRM allows for
tenant-aware external connectivity using Layer-3 physical interfaces or subinterfaces.
204
About Tenant Routed Multicast Mixed Mode
About Tenant Routed Multicast Mixed Mode

Figure 20: TRM Layer 2/Layer 3 Mixed Mode
Guidelines and Limitations for Tenant Routed Multicast

Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) has the following guidelines and limitations:
• With Tenant Routed Multicast enabled, FEX is not supported.
• The Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN also apply to TRM.
• With TRM enabled, SVI as a core link is not supported.
• If TRM is configured, ISSU is disruptive.
• TRM supports IPv4 multicast only.
• TRM requires an IPv4 multicast-based underlay using PIM Any Source Multicast (ASM) which is also
known as sparse mode.
• TRM supports overlay PIM ASM and PIM SSM only. PIM BiDir is not supported in the overlay.
• RP has to be configured either internal or external to the fabric.
• The internal RP must be configured on all TRM-enabled VTEPs including the border nodes.
• The external RP must be external to the border nodes.
• The RP must be configured within the VRF pointing to the external RP IP address (static RP). This
ensures that unicast and multicast routing is enabled to reach the external RP in the given VRF.
205
Guidelines and Limitations for Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast
• TRM with Multi-Site is not supported on Cisco Nexus 9504-R platforms.

• TRM supports multiple border nodes. Reachability to an external RP/source via multiple border leaf
switches is supported with ECMP and requires symmetric unicast routing.
• Both PIM and ip igmp snooping vxlan must be enabled on the L3 VNI's VLAN in a VXLAN vPC setup.
• For traffic streams with an internal source and external L3 receiver using an external RP, the external
L3 receiver might send PIM S,G join requests to the internal source. Doing so triggers the recreation of
S,G on the fabric FHR, and it can take up to 10 minutes for this S,G to be cleared.
Guidelines and Limitations for Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast

Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) has the following configuration guidelines and limitations:
• When upgrading from Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3) to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(6), if you do not retain
configurations of the TRM enabled VRFs from Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), or if you create new VRFs
after the upgrade, the auto-generation of ip multicast multipath s-g-hash next-hop-based CLI, when
feature ngmvpn is enabled, will not happen. You must enable the CLI manually for each TRM enabled
VRF.
• Layer 3 TRM is supported for Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3/FXP and 9300-GX
platform switches.
• Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches do not support the combination of Layer 3 TRM and EVPN
Multi-Site.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), the Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with
-R/RX line cards support TRM in Layer 3 mode. This feature is supported on IPv4 overlays only. Layer
2 mode and L2/L3 mixed mode are not supported.
The Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with -R/RX line cards can function as a border leaf
for Layer 3 unicast traffic. For Anycast functionality, the RP can be internal, external, or RP everywhere.
• When configuring TRM VXLAN BGP EVPN, the following platforms are supported:
• Cisco Nexus 9200, 9332C, 9364C, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3/FXP platform switches.
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with 9700-EX line cards, 9700-FX line cards, or a combination
of both line cards.
• Layer 3 TRM and VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site are supported on the same physical switch. For more
information, see Configuring Multi-Site.
• TRM Multi-Site functionality is not supported on Cisco Nexus 9504 platform switches with -R/RX line
cards.
• If one or both VTEPs is a Cisco Nexus 9504 or 9508 platform switch with -R/RX line cards, the packet
TTL is decremented twice, once for routing to the L3 VNI on the source leaf and once for forwarding
from the destination L3 VNI to the destination VLAN on the destination leaf.
• TRM with vPC border leafs is supported only for Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3
platform switches and Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with -EX/FX or -R/RX line cards. The
advertise-pip and advertise virtual-rmac commands must be enabled on the border leafs to support
this functionality. For configuration information, see the "Configuring VIP/PIP" section.
206
Guidelines and Limitations for Layer 2/Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast (Mixed Mode)
• Well-known local scope multicast (224.0.0.0/24) is excluded from TRM and is bridged.
• When an interface NVE is brought down on the border leaf, the internal overlay RP per VRF must be
brought down.
Guidelines and Limitations for Layer 2/Layer 3 Tenant Routed

Multicast (Mixed Mode)
Layer 2/Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) has the following configuration guidelines and limitations:
• All TRM Layer 2/Layer 3 configured switches must be Anchor DR. This is because in TRM Layer
2/Layer 3, you can have switches configured with TRM Layer 2 mode that co-exist in the same topology.
This mode is necessary if non-TRM and Layer 2 TRM mode edge devices (VTEPs) are present in the
same topology.
• Anchor DR is required to be an RP in the overlay.
• An extra loopback is required for anchor DRs.
• Non-TRM and Layer 2 TRM mode edge devices (VTEPs) require an IGMP snooping querier configured
per multicast-enabled VLAN. Every non-TRM and Layer 2 TRM mode edge device (VTEP) requires
this IGMP snooping querier configuration because in TRM multicast control-packets are not forwarded
over VXLAN.
• The IP address for the IGMP snooping querier can be re-used on non-TRM and Layer 2 TRM mode edge
devices (VTEPs).
• The IP address of the IGMP snooping querier in a VPC domain must be different on each VPC member
device.
• When interface NVE is brought down on the border leaf, the internal overlay RP per VRF should be
brought down.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.2(1), TRM with vPC border leafs is supported. Advertise-PIP
and Advertise Virtual-Rmac need to be enabled on border leafs to support with functionality. For
configuring advertise-pip and advertise virtual-rmac, see the "Configuring VIP/PIP" section.
• Anchor DR is supported only on the following hardware platforms:
• Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2 platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with 9700-EX line cards, 9700-FX line cards, or a combination
of both line cards
• Layer 2/Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) is not supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-FX3 platform
switches.
• Layer 2/Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) is not supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform
switches.
207
Rendezvous Point for Tenant Routed Multicast
Rendezvous Point for Tenant Routed Multicast

With TRM enabled Internal and External RP is supported. The following table displays the first release in
which RP positioning is or is not supported.
RP Internal RP External PIM-Based RP

Everywhere
TRM L2 Mode N/A N/A N/A
TRM L3 Mode 7.0(3)I7(1), 9.2(x) 7.0(3)I7(4), 9.2(3) Supported in 7.0(3)I7(x)

releases starting from
7.0(3)I7(5)
Not supported in 9.2(x)
Supported in NX-OS
releases beginning with
9.3(1) for the following
Nexus 9000 switches:
• Cisco Nexus 9200
Series switches
platform switches
• Cisco Nexus
9300-EX/FX/FX2
platform switches
(excluding the Cisco
Nexus 9300-FXP
platform switch)
Supported for Cisco

Nexus 9300-FX3 platform
switches beginning with
Cisco NX-OS Release
9.3(5)
TRM L2L3 Mode 7.0(3)I7(1), 9.2(x) N/A N/A
Configuring a Rendezvous Point for Tenant Routed Multicast

For Tenant Routed Multicast, the following rendezvous point options are supported:
• Configuring a Rendezvous Point Inside the VXLAN Fabric, on page 209
• Configuring an External Rendezvous Point, on page 210
• Configuring RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast, on page 212
208
Configuring a Rendezvous Point Inside the VXLAN Fabric
• Configuring RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering, on page 217
Configuring a Rendezvous Point Inside the VXLAN Fabric

Configure the loopback for the TRM VRFs with the following commands on all devices (VTEP). Ensure it
is reachable within EVPN (advertise/redistribute).
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 interface loopback loopback_number Configure the loopback interface on all

TRM-enabled nodes. This enables the
Example:
rendezvous point inside the fabric.
209
Configuring an External Rendezvous Point

Step 3 vrf member vxlan-number Configure VRF name.
Example:
switch(config-if)# vrf member vrf100
Step 4 ip address ip-address Specify IP address.

Example:
209.165.200.1/32
Step 5 ip pim sparse-mode Configure sparse-mode PIM on an interface.

Example:
Step 6 vrf context vrf-name Create a VXLAN tenant VRF.

Example:
switch(config-if)# vrf context vrf100
Step 7 ip pim rp-address ip-address-of-router The value of the ip-address-of-router parameter

group-list group-range-prefix is that of the RP. The same IP address must be
on all the edge devices (VTEPs) for a fully
Example:
distributed RP.
switch(config-vrf# ip pim rp-address
209.165.200.1 group-list 224.0.0.0/4

Configure the external rendezvous point (RP) IP address within the TRM VRFs on all devices (VTEP). In
addition, ensure reachability of the external RP within the VRF via the border node.
210
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 vrf context vrf100 Enter configuration mode.

Example:
switch(config)# vrf context vrf100
Step 3 ip pim rp-address ip-address-of-router The value of the ip-address-of-router parameter

group-list group-range-prefix is that of the RP. The same IP address must be
on all of the edge devices (VTEPs) for a fully
Example:
distributed RP.
switch(config-vrf)# ip pim rp-address
209.165.200.1 group-list 224.0.0.0/4
211
Configuring RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast
Configuring RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast

RP Everywhere configuration with PIM Anycast solution.
For information about configuring RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast, see:

• Configuring a TRM Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast, on page 213
• Configuring a TRM Border Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast, on page 213
• Configuring an External Router for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast, on page 215
212
Configuring a TRM Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast
Configuring a TRM Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast

Configuration of Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) leaf node for RP Everywhere.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 interface loopback loopback_number Configure the loopback interface on all VXLAN
VTEP devices.
Example:
Step 3 vrf member vrf-name Configure VRF name.

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.1/32

Example:
Step 6 vrf context vxlan Create a VXLAN tenant VRF.

Example:
Step 7 ip pim rp-address ip-address-of-router The value of the ip-address-of-router

group-list group-range-prefix parameters is that of the RP. The same IP
address must be on all the edge devices
Example:
(VTEPs) for a fully distributed RP.
209.165.200.1 group-list 224.0.0.0/4
Configuring a TRM Border Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast
Configuring the TRM Border Leaf Node for RP Anywhere with PIM Anycast.
213
Configuring a TRM Border Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 ip pim evpn-border-leaf Configure VXLAN VTEP as TRM border leaf

node,
Example:
switch(config)# ip pim evpn-border-leaf

VXLAN VTEP devices.
Example:

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.1/32

Example:
Step 7 interface loopback loopback_number Configure the PIM Anycast set RP loopback
interface.
Example:

Example:
switch(config-if)# vrf member
vxlan-number

Example:
209.165.200.11/32

Example:
214
Configuring an External Router for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.1 group-list 224.0.0.0/4
Step 13 ip pim anycast-rp anycast-rp-address Configure PIM Anycast RP set.

address-of-rp
Example:
switch(config-vrf)# ip pim anycast-rp
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.11

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.12

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.13

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.14

Use this procedure to configure an external router for RP Everywhere.
Procedure

Example:
215

VXLAN VTEP devices.
Example:

Example:
switch(config-if)# vrf member vfr100

Example:
209.165.200.1/32

Example:
interface.
Example:

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.13/32

Example:
Step 10 vrf context vxlan Create a VXLAN tenant VRF.

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.1 group-list 224.0.0.0/4
216
Configuring RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.11

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.12

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.13

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.14
Configuring RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering

RP Everywhere configuration with MSDP RP solution.
217
Configuring a TRM Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering
For information about configuring RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering, see:

• Configuring a TRM Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering, on page 218
• Configuring a TRM Border Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering, on page 219
• Configuring an External Router for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering, on page 221
Configuring a TRM Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering

Configuring a TRM leaf node for RP Everywhere with MSDP peering.
Procedure

Example:
218
Configuring a TRM Border Leaf Node for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering

Step 2 interface loopback loopback_number Configure the loopback interface on all VXLAN
VTEP devices.
Example:

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.1/32

Example:

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.1 group-list 224.0.0.0/4
Use this procedure to configure a TRM border leaf for RP Everywhere with PIM Anycast.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 feature msdp Enable feature MSDP.

Example:
switch(config)# feature msdp
Step 3 ip pim evpn-border-leaf Configure VXLAN VTEP as TRM border leaf

node,
Example:
219

switch(config)# ip pim evpn-border-leaf

VXLAN VTEP devices.
Example:

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.1/32

Example:
interface.
Example:

Example:

Example:
209.165.200.11/32

Example:

Example:

group-list group-range-prefix parameter is that of the RP. The same IP
Example:
209.165.200.1 group-list 224.0.0.0/4
220
Configuring an External Router for RP Everywhere with MSDP Peering

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.11

address-of-rp
Example:
209.165.200.1 209.165.200.12
Step 16 ip msdp originator-id loopback Configure MSDP originator ID.

Example:
switch(config-vrf)# ip msdp
originator-id loopback12
Step 17 ip msdp peer ip-address connect-source Configure MSDP peering between border node
loopback and external RP router.
Example:
switch(config-vrf)# ip msdp peer
209.165.201.11 connect-source loopback12

Procedure

Example:
Step 2 feature msdp Enable feature MSDP.

Example:
switch(config)# feature msdp

VXLAN VTEP devices.
Example:

Example:
221

Example:
209.165.201.1/32

Example:
interface.
Example:

Example:

Example:
209.165.201.11/32

Example:

Example:

Example:
209.165.201.1 group-list 224.0.0.0/4
Step 13 ip msdp originator-id loopback12 Configure MSDP originator ID.

Example:
switch(config-vrf)# ip msdp
originator-id loopback12
Step 14 ip msdp peer ip-address connect-source Configure MSDP peering between external
loopback12 RP router and all TRM border nodes.
Example:
222
Configuring Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast

switch(config-vrf)# ip msdp peer
209.165.200.11 connect-source loopback12

This procedure enables the Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) feature. TRM operates primarily in the Layer 3
forwarding mode for IP multicast by using BGP MVPN signaling. TRM in Layer 3 mode is the main feature
and the only requirement for TRM enabled VXLAN BGP EVPN fabrics. If non-TRM capable edge devices
(VTEPs) are present, the Layer 2/Layer 3 mode and Layer 2 mode have to be considered for interop.
To forward multicast between senders and receivers on the Layer 3 cloud and the VXLAN fabric on TRM
vPC border leafs, the VIP/PIP configuration must be enabled. For more information, see Configuring VIP/PIP.
Note TRM follows an always-route approach and hence decrements the Time to Live (TTL) of the transported IP
multicast traffic.
Before you begin

VXLAN EVPN feature nv overlay and nv overlay evpn must be configured.
The rendezvous point (RP) must be configured.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 feature ngmvpn Enables the Next-Generation Multicast VPN

(ngMVPN) control plane. New address family
Example:
commands become available in BGP.
switch(config)# feature ngmvpn
You will get a syslog message when you
enable this command. The message informs
you that ip multicast multipath s-g-hash
next-hop-based is the recommended multipath
hashing algorithm and you need enable it for
the TRM enabled VRFs.
The auto-generation of ip multicast multipath
s-g-hash next-hop-based command does not
happen after you enable the feature ngmvpn
command. You need to configure ip multicast
multipath s-g-hash next-hop-based as part
of the VRF configuration.
223

Step 3 ip igmp snooping vxlan Configure IGMP snooping for VXLAN
VLANs.
Example:
switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vxlan

Example:
switch(config)# interface nve 1
Step 5 member vni vni-range associate-vrf Configure the Layer 3 virtual network
identifier. The range of vni-range is from 1 to
Example:
16,777,214.
switch(config-if-nve)# member vni 200100
associate-vrf
Step 6 mcast-group ip-prefix Builds the default multicast distribution tree

for the VRF VNI (Layer 3 VNI).
Example:
switch(config-if-nve-vni)# mcast-group The multicast group is used in the underlay
225.3.3.3 (core) for all multicast routing within the
associated Layer 3 VNI (VRF).
Note We recommend that underlay
multicast groups for Layer 2 VNI,
default MDT, and data MDT not be
shared. Use separate,
non-overlapping groups.
Step 7 exit Exits command mode.

Example:
switch(config-if-nve-vni)# exit

Example:
Step 9 router bgp 100 Set autonomous system number.

Example:

Example:
switch(config-router)# exit
Step 11 neighbor ip-addr Configure IP address of the neighbor.

Example:
224

Step 12 address-family ipv4 mvpn Configure multicast VPN.
Example:
address-family ipv4 mvpn
Step 13 send-community extended Enables ngMVPN for address family

signalization. The send community extended
Example:
command ensures that extended communities
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# are exchanged for this address family.

Example:
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# exit

Example:
Step 16 vrf context vrf_name Configure VRF name.

Example:
switch(config-router)#vrf context vrf100
Step 17 ip multicast multipath s-g-hash Configures multicast multipath and initiates

next-hop-based S, G, nexthop hashing (rather than the default
of S/RP, G-based hashing) to select the RPF
Example:
interface.
switch(config-vrf)# ip multicast
multipath s-g-hash next-hop-based

address must be on all of the edge devices
Example:
209.165.201.1 group-list 226.0.0.0/8 For overlay RP placement options, see the
Configuring a Rendezvous Point for Tenant
Routed Multicast, on page 208 section.
Step 19 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure unicast address family.

Example:
switch(config-vrf)# address-family ipv4
unicast
Step 20 route-target both auto mvpn Defines the BGP route target that is added as
an extended community attribute to the
Example:
customer multicast (C_Multicast) routes
switch(config-vrf-af-ipv4)# route-target (ngMVPN route type 6 and 7).
both auto mvpn
225

Auto route targets are constructed by the 2-byte
Autonomous System Number (ASN) and Layer
3 VNI.
Step 21 ip multicast overlay-spt-only Gratuitously originate (S,A) route when the

source is locally connected. The ip multicast
Example:
overlay-spt-only command is enabled by
switch(config)# ip multicast default on all MVPN-enabled Cisco Nexus
overlay-spt-only
9000 Series switches (typically leaf node).
Step 22 interfacevlan_id Configures the first-hop gateway (distributed

anycast gateway for the Layer 2 VNI. No
Example:
router PIM peering must ever happen with this
switch(config)# interface vlan11 interface.
Step 23 no shutdown Disables an interface.

Example:
Step 24 vrf member vrf-num Configure VRF name.

Example:
Step 25 ip address ip_address Configure IP address.

Example:
11.1.1.1/24
Step 26 ip pim sparse-mode Enables IGMP and PIM on the SVI. This is
required is multicast sources and/or receivers
Example:
exist in this VLAN.
Step 27 fabric forwarding mode anycast-gateway Configure Anycast Gateway Forwarding

Mode.
Example:
switch(config-if)# fabric forwarding
mode anycast-gateway
Step 28 ip pim neighbor-policy NONE* Creates an IP PIM neighbor policy to avoid

PIM neighborship with PIM routers within the
Example:
VLAN. The none keyword is a configured
switch(config-if)# ip pim route map to deny any ipv4 addresses to avoid
neighbor-policy NONE*
establishing PIM neighborship policy using
anycase IP.
Note Do not use Distributed Anycast
Gateway for PIM Peerings.
226
Configuring TRM on the VXLAN EVPN Spine

Example:
Step 30 interface vlan_id Configure Layer 3 VNI.

Example:
Step 31 no shutdown Disable an interface.

Example:
Step 32 vrf member vrf100 Configure VRF name.

Example:
Step 33 ip forward Enable IP forwarding on interface.

Example:
Step 34 ip pim sparse-mode Configure sparse-mode PIM on interface.

There is no PIM peering happening in the
Example:
Layer-3 VNI, but this command must be
switch(config-if)# ip pim sparse-mode present for forwarding.

This procedure enables Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) on a VXLAN EVPN spine switch.
Before you begin

The VXLAN BGP EVPN spine must be configured. See Configuring iBGP for EVPN on the Spine, on page
55.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 route-map permitall permit 10 Configure the route-map.

Example:
227

switch(config)# route-map permitall Note The route-map keeps the next-hop
permit 10 unchanged for EVPN routes
• Required for eBGP
• Options for iBGP
Step 3 set ip next-hop unchanged Set next hop address.

Example: Note The route-map keeps the next-hop
switch(config-route-map)# set ip unchanged for EVPN routes
next-hop unchanged
• Required for eBGP
• Options for iBGP
Step 4 exit Return to exec mode.

Example:
switch(config-route-map)# exit
Step 5 router bgp [autonomous system] number Specify BGP.

Example:
Step 6 address-family ipv4 mvpn Configure the address family IPv4 MVPN
under the BGP.
Example:
switch(config-router)# address-family
ipv4 mvpn

address-family IPv4 MVPN [global].
Example:
switch(config-router-af)# retain Note Required for eBGP. Allows the
route-target all spine to retain and advertise all
MVPN routes when there are no
local VNIs configured with
matching import route targets.
Step 8 neighbor ip-address [remote-as number] Define neighbor.

Example:
switch(config-router-af)# neighbor
100.100.100.1
Step 9 address-family ipv4 mvpn Configure address family IPv4 MVPN under
the BGP neighbor.
Example:
228
Configuring Tenant Routed Multicast in Layer 2/Layer 3 Mixed Mode

Example:
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# the same AS but the spines have a different
AS than leafs.
Step 11 rewrite-rt-asn Normalizes the outgoing route target's AS

number to match the remote AS number. Uses
Example:
the BGP configured neighbors remote AS. The
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# rewrite-rt-asn command is required if the
rewrite-rt-asn
route target auto feature is being used to
configure EVPN route targets.

Example:
Step 13 route-reflector-client Configure route reflector.

Example: Note Required for iBGP with
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# route-reflector.
Step 14 route-map permitall out Applies route-map to keep the next-hop

unchanged.
Example:
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# Note Required for eBGP.
route-map permitall out
Configuring Tenant Routed Multicast in Layer 2/Layer 3 Mixed

Mode
This procedure enables the Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) feature. This enables both Layer 2 and Layer 3
multicast BGP signaling. This mode is only necessary if non-TRM edge devices (VTEPs) are present in the
same such as Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches (1st generation) or Cisco Nexus 7000 Series switches. Only
the Cisco Nexus 9000-EX and 9000-FX switches can do Layer 2/Layer 3 mode (Anchor-DR).
To forward multicast between senders and receivers on the Layer 3 cloud and the VXLAN fabric on TRM
vPC border leafs, the VIP/PIP configuration must be enabled. For more information, see Configuring VIP/PIP.
All Cisco Nexus 9300-EX and 9300-FX platform switches must be in Layer 2/Layer 3 mode.
Before you begin

VXLAN EVPN must be configured.
The rendezvous point (RP) must be configured.
229
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 feature ngmvpn Enables the Next-Generation Multicast VPN

(ngMVPN) control plane. New address family
Example:
commands become available in BGP.
Step 3 advertise evpn multicast Advertises IMET and SMET routes into BGP
EVPN towards non-TRM capable switches.
Example:
switch(config)# advertise evpn multicast
Step 4 ip igmp snooping vxlan Configure IGMP snooping for VXLAN

VLANs.
Example:
Step 5 ip multicast overlay-spt-only Gratuitously originate (S,A) route when source

is locally connected. The ip multicast
Example:
overlay-spt-only command is enabled by
switch(config)# ip multicast default on all MVPN-enabled Cisco Nexus
overlay-spt-only
9000 Series switches (typically leaf nodes).
Step 6 ip multicast overlay-distributed-dr Enables distributed anchor DR function on this

VTEP.
Example:
switch(config)# ip multicast
overlay-distributed-dr

Example:
Step 8 member vni vni-range associate-vrf Configure the Layer 3 virtual network
identifier. The range of vni-range is from 1 to
Example:
16,777,214.
switch(config-if-nve)# member vni 200100
associate-vrf
Step 9 mcast-group ip-prefix Configures the multicast group on distributed

anchor DR.
Example:
225.3.3.3

Example:
switch(config-if-nve-vni)# exit
230

distributed anchor DR devices.
Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# interface
loopback 10
Step 12 ip address ip_address Configure IP address. This IP address is the

same on all distributed anchor DR.
Example:
100.100.1.1/32
Step 13 ip router ospf process-tag area ospf-id OSPF area ID in IP address format.
Example:
switch(config-if)# ip router ospf 100
area 0.0.0.0
Step 14 ip pim sparse-mode Configure sparse-mode PIM on interface.

Example:
Step 15 interface nve1 Configure NVE interface.

Example:
switch(config-if)# interface nve1
Step 16 shutdown Disable the interface.

Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# shutdown
Step 17 mcast-routing override source-interface Enables that TRM is using a different loopback
loopback int-num interface than the VTEPs default
source-interface.
Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# mcast-routing The loopback10 variable must be configured
override source-interface loopback 10 on every TRM-enabled VTEP (Anchor DR)
in the underlay with the same IP address. This
loopback and the respective override
command are needed to serve TRM VTEPs in
co-existence with non-TRM VTEPs.

Example:
Step 19 router bgp 100 Set autonomous system number.

Example:
231

Step 20 neighbor ip-addr Configure IP address of the neighbor.
Example:
Step 21 address-family ipv4 mvpn Configure multicast VPN.

Example:
Step 22 send-community extended Send community attribute.

Example:

Example:

Example:
Step 25 vrf vrf_name vrf100 Configure VRF name.

Example:
switch(config)# vrf context vrf100

address must be on all of the edge devices
Example:
209.165.201.1 group-list 226.0.0.0/8 For overlay RP placement options, see the
Configuring a Rendezvous Point for Tenant
Routed Multicast, on page 208 - Internal RP
section.
Step 27 address-family ipv4 unicast Configure unicast address family.

Example:
switch(config-vrf)# address-family ipv4
unicast
Step 28 route-target both auto mvpn Specify target for mvpn routes.
Example:
switch(config-vrf-af-ipv4)# route-target
both auto mvpn
232

Example:
switch(config-vrf-af-ipv4)# exit

Example:
switch(config-vrf)# exit

Example:

Example:

Example:
Step 34 ip address ip_address Configure IP address.

Example:
11.1.1.1/24
Step 35 ip pim sparse-mode Configure sparse-mode PIM on the interface.

Example:
e

Mode.
Example:
Step 37 ip pim neighbor-policy NONE* The none keyword is a configured route map
to deny any IPv4 addresses to avoid
Example:
establishing a PIM neighborship policy using
switch(config-if)# ip pim anycase IP.
neighbor-policy NONE*

Example:
233

Example:

Example:

Example:
Step 42 ip forward Enable IP forwarding on interface.

Example:
Step 43 ip pim sparse-mode Configure sparse-mode PIM on the interface.

Example:

This procedure enables the Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) feature. This enables Layer 2 multicast BGP
signaling.
IGMP Snooping Querier must be configured per multicast-enabled VXLAN VLAN on all Layer-2 TRM leaf
switches.
Before you begin

VXLAN EVPN must be configured.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 feature ngmvpn Enables EVPN/MVPN feature.

Example:
234
Configuring TRM with vPC Support

Step 3 advertise evpn multicast Advertise L2 multicast capability.
Example:
switch(config)# advertise evpn multicast
Step 4 ip igmp snooping vxlan Configure IGMP snooping for VXLANs.

Example:
Step 5 vlan configuration vlan-id Enter configuration mode for VLAN 101.
Example:
switch(config)# vlan configuration 101
Step 6 ip igmp snooping querier querier-ip-address Configure IGMP snooping querier for each
multicast-enabled VXLAN VLAN.
Example:
switch(config-vlan-config)# ip igmp
snooping querier 2.2.2.2

Procedure

Example:

Example:

device.
Example:

Example:

Example:
235

Example:
Example:
100.100.100.1 group-list 224.0.0/4
Example:
switch(config)# vpc domain 1 The range is from 1 to 1000.

Example:
Step 10 peer gateway To enable Layer 3 forwarding for packets

destined to the gateway MAC address of the
Example:
virtual port channel (vPC), use the
switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer gateway peer-gateway command.
Step 11 peer-keepalive destination ipaddress Configures the IPv4 address for the remote
Example:

defaults.
Note We recommend that you configure
a separate VRF and use a Layer 3
port from each vPC peer device in
that VRF for the vPC
For more information about
creating and configuring VRFs, see
the Cisco Nexus 9000 NX-OS
Series Unicast Routing Config
Guide, 9.3(x).

Domain to facilitate faster ARP table
Example:
synchronize
236

Step 13 ipv6 nd synchronize Enables IPv6 nd synchronization under the
vPC domain to facilitate faster nd table
Example:
synchronize
Step 14 Create vPC peer-link. Creates the vPC peer-link port-channel

Example:
it.
1
vlan 1,10,100-200

1/21
active
Step 15 system nve infra-vlans range Defines a non-VXLAN enabled VLAN as a

backup routed path.
Example:
10

infra-VLAN.
Example:
Example:
UNDERLAY area 0
Example:
switch(config-vpc-domain)# delay restore the delay restore for interface-vlan to 45
interface-vlan 45
seconds.
237
Configuring TRM with vPC Support (Cisco Nexus 9504-R and 9508-R)
Configuring TRM with vPC Support (Cisco Nexus 9504-R and

9508-R)
Procedure

Example:

Example:

device.
Example:

Example:

Example:

Example:
Example:
100.100.100.1 group-list 224.0.0/4
Example:
switch(config)# vpc domain 1 The range is 1–1000.
Step 9 hardware access-list tcam region mac-ifacl Carves the TCAM region for the ACL
database.
Example:
238

switch(config)# hardware access-list Note This TCAM carving command is
tcam region mac-ifacl 0 required to enable TRM forwarding
for N9K-X9636C-RX line cards
only. With no TCAM region carved
for mac-ifacl, the TCAM resources
are used for TRM instead.
Step 10 hardware access-list tcam region vxlan 10 Assigns the the TCAM region for use by a
VXLAN.
Example:
switch(config)# hardware access-list Note This TCAM carving command is
tcam region vxlan 10 required to enable TRM forwarding
for N9K-X9636C-RX line cards
only.
Step 11 reload Reloads the switch config for the TCAM

assignments to become active.
Example:
switch(config)# reload

Example:
Step 13 peer gateway To enable Layer 3 forwarding for packets that

are destined to the gateway MAC address of
Example:
the virtual port channel (vPC), use the
switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer gateway peer-gateway command.
Step 14 peer-keepalive destination ipaddress Configures the IPv4 address for the remote
Example:

defaults.
Note We recommend that you configure
a separate VRF and use a Layer 3
port from each vPC peer device in
that VRF for the vPC
For more information about
creating and configuring VRFs, see
the Cisco Nexus 9000 NX-OS
Series Unicast Routing Config
Guide, 9.3(x).
239

Domain to facilitate faster ARP table
Example:
synchronize
Step 16 ipv6 nd synchronize Enables IPv6 and synchronization under the

vPC domain to facilitate faster and table
Example:
synchronize
Step 17 Create vPC peer-link. Creates the vPC peer-link port-channel

Example:
it.
1
vlan 1,10,100-200

1/21
active
Step 18 system nve infra-vlans range Defines a non-VXLAN enabled VLAN as a

backup routed path.
Example:
10

infra-VLAN.
Example:
Example:
UNDERLAY area 0
240

Example:
switch(config-vpc-domain)# delay restore the delay restore for interface-vlan to 45
interface-vlan 45
seconds.
241
242
CHAPTER 11
Configuring Cross Connect
• About VXLAN Cross Connect, on page 243
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN Cross Connect, on page 244
• Configuring VXLAN Cross Connect, on page 245
• Verifying VXLAN Cross Connect Configuration, on page 247
• Configuring NGOAM for VXLAN Cross Connect, on page 248
• Verifying NGOAM for VXLAN Cross Connect , on page 248
• NGOAM Authentication, on page 249
• Guidelines and Limitations for Q-in-VNI, on page 250
• Configuring Q-in-VNI, on page 252
• Configuring Selective Q-in-VNI, on page 253
• Configuring Q-in-VNI with LACP Tunneling, on page 256
• Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs, on page 258
• Configuring QinQ-QinVNI, on page 262
• Removing a VNI, on page 264
About VXLAN Cross Connect

This feature provides point-to-point tunneling of data and control packet from one VTEP to another. Every
attachment circuit will be part of a unique provider VNI. BGP EVPN signaling will discover these end-points
based on how the provider VNI is stretched in the fabric. All inner customer .1q tags will be preserved, as is,
and packets will be encapsulated in the provider VNI at the encapsulation VTEP. On the decapsulation
end-point, the provider VNI will forward the packet to its attachment circuit while preserving all customer
.1q tags in the packets.
Note Cross Connect and xconnect are synonymous.
VXLAN Cross Connect supports vPC fabric peering.

VXLAN Cross Connect enables VXLAN point-to-point functionality on the following switches:
• Cisco Nexus 9332PQ
• Cisco Nexus 9336C-FX2
243
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN Cross Connect
• Cisco Nexus 9372PX

• Cisco Nexus 9372PX-E
• Cisco Nexus 9372TX
• Cisco Nexus 9372TX-E
• Cisco Nexus 93120TX
• Cisco Nexus 93108TC-EX
• Cisco Nexus 93108TC-FX
• Cisco Nexus 93180LC-EX
• Cisco Nexus 93180YC-EX
• Cisco Nexus 93180YC-FX
• Cisco Nexus 93240YC-FX2
• Cisco Nexus N9K-C93180YC-FX3S
• Cisco Nexus 9316D-GX
• Cisco Nexus 9364C-GX
• Cisco Nexus 93600CD-GX
VXLAN Cross Connect enables tunneling of all control frames (CDP, LLDP, LACP, STP, BFD, and PAGP)
and data across the VXLAN cloud.
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN Cross Connect

VXLAN Cross Connect has the following guidelines and limitations:
• When an upgrade is performed non-disruptively from Cisco NX-OS Release 7.0(3)I7(4) to Cisco NX-OS
Release 9.2(x) code, and if a VLAN is created and configured as xconnect, you must enter the copy
running-config startup-config command and reload the switch. If the box was upgraded disruptively
to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.2(x) code, a reload is not needed on configuring a VLAN as xconnect.
• MAC learning will be disabled on the xconnect VNIs and none of the host MAC will be learned on the
tunnel access ports.
• Only supported on a BGP EVPN topology.
• LACP bundling of attachment circuits is not supported.
• Only one attachment circuit can be configured for a provider VNI on a given VTEP.
• A VNI can only be stretched in a point-to-point fashion. Point-to-multipoint is not supported.
• SVI on an xconnect VLAN is not supported.
• ARP suppression is not supported on an xconnect VLAN VNI. If ARP Suppression is enabled on a
VLAN, and you enable xconnect on the VLAN, the xconnect feature takes precedence.
• Xconnect is not supported on the following switches:
244
Configuring VXLAN Cross Connect

• Scale of xconnect VLANs depends on the number of ports available on the switch. Every xconnect VLAN
can tunnel all 4k customer VLANs.
• Xconnect or Crossconnect feature on vpc-vtep needs backup-svi as native VLAN on the vPC peer-link.
• Make sure that the NGOAM xconnect hb-interval is set to 5000 milliseconds on all VTEPs before
attempting ISSU/patch activation to avoid link flaps.
• Before activating the patch for the cfs process, you must move the NGOAM xconnect hb-interval to the
maximum value of 5000 milliseconds. This prevents interface flaps during the patch activation.
• The vPC orphan tunneled port per VNI should be either on the vPC primary switch or secondary switch,
but not both.
• Configuring a static MAC on xconnect tunnel interfaces is not supported.
• xconnect is not supported on FEX ports.
• On vpc-vtep, spanning tree must be disabled on both vPC peers for xconnect VLANs.
• Xconnect access ports need to be flapped after disabling NGOAM on all the VTEPs.
• After deleting and adding a VLAN, or removing xconnect from a VLAN, physical ports need to be
flapped with NGOAM.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), support is added for the following switches:
• Cisco Nexus C93600CD-GX
Cisco Nexus C9364C-GX
Cisco Nexus C9316D-GX

This procedure describes how to configure the VXLAN Cross Connect feature.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 vlan vlan-id Specifies VLAN.

Example:
245

Step 3 vn-segment vnid Specifies VXLAN VNID (Virtual Network
Identifier).
Example:
switch(config-vlan)# vn-segment 10010
Step 4 xconnect Defines the provider VLAN with the attached

VNI to be in cross connect mode.
Example:
switch(config-vlan)# xconnect

Example:
switch(config-vlan)# exit
Step 6 interface type port Enters interface configuration mode.

Example:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1
Step 7 switchport mode dot1q-tunnel Creates a 802.1q tunnel on the port. The port
will do down and reinitialize (port flap) when
Example:
the interface mode is changed. BPDU filtering
switch(config-if)# switchport mode is enabled and CDP is disabled on tunnel
dot1q-tunnel
interfaces.
Step 8 switchport access vlan vlan-id Sets the interface access VLAN.
Example:
switch(config-if)# switchport access vlan
10

Example:
switch(config-vlan)# exit
Example
This example shows how to configure VXLAN Cross Connect.
switch(config)# vn-segment 10010
switch(config)# xconnect
This example shows how to configure access ports:
246
Verifying VXLAN Cross Connect Configuration

switch(config)# interface ethernet1/1
switch(config-if)# switchport mode dot1q-tunnel
switch(config-if)# switchport access vlan 10
Verifying VXLAN Cross Connect Configuration

To display the status for the VXLAN Cross Connect configuration, enter one of the following commands:
Table 5: Display VXLAN Cross Connect Information
Command Purpose
show running-config vlan session-num Displays VLAN information.
show nve vni Displays VXLAN VNI status.
show nve vni session-num Displays VXLAN VNI status per VNI.
Example of the show run vlan 503 command:

switch(config)# sh run vlan 503
!Command: show running-config vlan 503

!Running configuration last done at: Mon Jul 9 13:46:03 2018
!Time: Tue Jul 10 14:12:04 2018

vlan 503
vlan 503
vn-segment 5503
xconnect
Example of the show nve vni 5503 command:

switch(config)# sh nve vni 5503
--------- -------- ----------------- ----- ---- ------------------ -----
nve1 5503 225.5.0.3 Up CP L2 [503] SA Xconn
Example of the show nve vni command:

switch(config)# sh nve vni
247
Configuring NGOAM for VXLAN Cross Connect

--------- -------- ----------------- ----- ---- ------------------ -----
nve1 5501 225.5.0.1 Up CP L2 [501] SA
nve1 5502 225.5.0.2 Up CP L2 [502] SA
nve1 5504 UnicastBGP Up CP L2 [504] SA Xconn
Configuring NGOAM for VXLAN Cross Connect

This procedure describes how to configure NGOAM for VXLAN Cross Connect.
Procedure

Step 2 feature ngoam Enters the NGOAM feature.

Example:
switch(config)# feature ngoam
Step 3 ngoam install acl Installs NGOAM Access Control List (ACL).
Example:
switch(config)# ngoam install acl
Step 4 (Optional) ngoam xconnect hb-interval Configures the heart beat interval. Range of
interval interval is 150 to 5000. The default value is
190.
Example:
switch(config)# ngoam xconnect
hb-interval 5000
Verifying NGOAM for VXLAN Cross Connect

To display the NGOAM status for the VXLAN Cross Connect configuration, enter one of the following
commands:
248
NGOAM Authentication
Table 6: Display VXLAN Cross Connect Information
Command Purpose
show ngoam xconnect session all Displays the summary of xconnect sessions.
show ngoam xconnect session session-num Displays detailed xconnect information for the session.
Example of the show ngoam xconnect session all command:

switch(config)# sh ngoam xconnect session all
States: LD = Local interface down, RD = Remote interface Down

HB = Heartbeat lost, DB = Database/Routes not present
* - Showing Vpc-peer interface info
Vlan Peer-ip/vni XC-State Local-if/State Rmt-if/State
===============================================================================
507 6.6.6.6 / 5507 Active Eth1/7 / UP Eth1/5 / UP
510 6.6.6.6 / 5510 Active Po303 / UP Po103 / UP
Example of the show ngoam xconnect session 507 command:

switch(config)# sh ngoam xconnect session 507
Vlan ID: 507
Peer IP: 6.6.6.6 VNI : 5507
State: Active
Last state update: 07/09/2018 13:47:03.849
Local interface: Eth1/7 State: UP
Local vpc interface Unknown State: DOWN
Remote interface: Eth1/5 State: UP
Remote vpc interface: Unknown State: DOWN
switch(config)#
NGOAM Authentication
NGOAM provides the interface statistics in the pathtrace response. NGOAM authenticates the pathtrace
requests to provide the statistics by using the HMAC MD5 authentication mechanism.
NGOAM authentication validates the pathtrace requests before providing the interface statistics. NGOAM
authentication takes effect only for the pathtrace requests with req-stats option. All the other commands are
not affected with the authentication configuration. If NGOAM authentication key is configured on the requesting
node, NGOAM runs the MD5 algorithm using this key to generate the 16-bit MD5 digest. This digest is
encoded as type-length-value (TLV) in the pathtrace request messages.
When the pathtrace request is received, NGOAM checks for the req-stats option and the local NGOAM
authentication key. If the local NGOAM authentication key is present, it runs MD5 using the local key on the
request to generate the MD5 digest. If both digests match, it includes the interface statistics. If both digests
do not match, it sends only the interface names. If an NGOAM request comes with the MD5 digest but no
local authentication key is configured, it ignores the digest and sends all the interface statistics. To secure an
entire network, configure the authentication key on all nodes.
To configure the NGOAM authentication key, use the ngoam authentication-key <key> CLI command. Use
the show running-config ngoam CLI command to display the authentication key.
249
Guidelines and Limitations for Q-in-VNI
switch# show running-config ngoam

!Time: Tue Mar 28 18:21:50 2017
version 7.0(3)I6(1)
feature ngoam
ngoam profile 1
oam-channel 2
ngoam profile 3
ngoam install acl
ngoam authentication-key 987601ABCDEF
In the following example, the same authentication key is configured on the requesting switch and the responding
switch.
switch# pathtrace nve ip 12.0.22.1 profile 1 vni 31000 req-stats ver

Hop Code ReplyIP IngressI/f EgressI/f State
====================================================
1 !Reply from 55.55.55.2, Eth5/7/1 Eth5/7/2 UP / UP
Input Stats: PktRate:0 ByteRate:0 Load:0 Bytes:339573434 unicast:14657 mcast:307581
bcast:67 discards:0 errors:3 unknown:0 bandwidth:42949672970000000
Output Stats: PktRate:0 ByteRate:0 load:0 bytes:237399176 unicast:2929 mcast:535710
bcast:10408 discards:0 errors:0 bandwidth:42949672970000000
2 !Reply from 12.0.22.1, Eth1/7 Unknown UP / DOWN
Input Stats: PktRate:0 ByteRate:0 Load:0 Bytes:4213416 unicast:275 mcast:4366 bcast:3
discards:0 errors:0 unknown:0 bandwidth:42949672970000000
switch# conf t
switch(config)# no ngoam authentication-key 123456789
switch(config)# end
In the following example, an authentication key is not configured on the requesting switch. Therefore, the
responding switch does not send any interface statistics. The intermediate node does not have any authentication
key configured and it always replies with the interface statistics.
switch# pathtrace nve ip 12.0.22.1 profile 1 vni 31000 req-stats ver

Sender handle: 10
Hop Code ReplyIP IngressI/f EgressI/f State
====================================================
1 !Reply from 55.55.55.2, Eth5/7/1 Eth5/7/2 UP / UP
Input Stats: PktRate:0 ByteRate:0 Load:0 Bytes:339580108 unicast:14658 mcast:307587
bcast:67 discards:0 errors:3 unknown:0 bandwidth:42949672970000000
Output Stats: PktRate:0 ByteRate:0 load:0 bytes:237405790 unicast:2929 mcast:535716
bcast:10408 discards:0 errors:0 bandwidth:42949672970000000
2 !Reply from 12.0.22.1, Eth1/17 Unknown UP / DOWN

Q-in-VNI has the following guidelines and limitations:
• Q-in-VNI and selective Q-in-VNI are supported with VXLAN Flood and Learn with Ingress Replication
and VXLAN EVPN with Ingress Replication.
• Q-in-VNI, selective Q-in-VNI, and QinQ-QinVNI are not supported with the multicast underlay on Cisco
Nexus 9000-EX platform switches.
250
• The system dot1q-tunnel transit [vlan vlan-range] command is required when running this feature on
vPC VTEPs.
• Port VLAN mapping and Q-in-VNI cannot coexist on the same port.
• Port VLAN mapping and Q-in-VNI cannot coexist on a switch if the system dot1q-tunnel transit
command is enabled. Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), port VLAN mapping and Q-in-VNI
can coexist on the same switch but on different ports and different provider VLANs, which are configured
using the system dot1q-tunnel transit vlan vlan-range command.
• For proper operation during L3 uplink failure scenarios on vPC VTEPs, configure a backup SVI and
enter the system nve infra-vlans backup-svi-vlan command. On Cisco Nexus 9000-EX platform switches,
the backup SVI VLAN needs to be the native VLAN on the peer-link.
• Q-in-VNI only supports VXLAN bridging. It does not support VXLAN routing.
• The dot1q tunnel mode does not support ALE ports on Cisco Nexus 9300 Series and Cisco Nexus 9500
platform switches.
• Q-in-VNI does not support FEX.
• When configuring access ports and trunk ports for Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches with a Network
Forwarding Engine (NFE) or a Leaf Spine Engine (LSE), you can have access ports, trunk ports, and
dot1q ports on different interfaces on the same switch.
• You cannot have the same VLAN configured for both dot1q and trunk ports/access ports.
• Disable ARP suppression on the provider VNI for ARP traffic originated from a customer VLAN in
order to flow.
switch(config-if-nve)# member VNI 10000011
switch(config-if-nve-vni)# no suppress-arp
• Cisco Nexus 9300 platform switches support single tag. You can enable it by entering the no
overlay-encapsulation vxlan-with-tag command for the NVE interface:
switch(config-if-nve)# no overlay-encapsulation vxlan-with-tag
switch# show run int nve 1
!Command: show running-config interface nve1

!Time: Wed Jul 20 23:26:25 2016
version 7.0(3u)I4(2u)
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 2000980
• Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches do not support single tag. They support only double tag.
• Cisco Nexus 9300-EX platform switches do not support double tag. They support only single tag.
• Cisco Nexus 9300-EX platform switches do not support traffic between ports configured for Q-in-VNI
and ports configured for trunk.
251
Configuring Q-in-VNI
• Q-in-VNI cannot coexist with a VTEP that has Layer 3 subinterfaces configured. Beginning with Cisco
NX-OS Release 9.3(5), this limitation no longer applies to Cisco Nexus 9332C, 9364C, 9300-FX/FX2,
• When VLAN1 is configured as the native VLAN with selective Q-in-VNI with the multiple provider
tag, traffic on the native VLAN gets dropped. Do not configure VLAN1 as the native VLAN when the
port is configured with selective Q-in-VNI. When VLAN1 is configured as a customer VLAN, the traffic
on VLAN1 gets dropped.
• The base port mode must be a dot1q tunnel port with an access VLAN configured.
• VNI mapping is required for the access VLAN on the port.
• If you have Q-in-VNI on one Cisco Nexus 9300-EX Series switch VTEP and trunk on another Cisco
Nexus 9300-EX Series switch VTEP, the bidirectional traffic will not be sent between the two ports.
• Cisco Nexus 9300-EX Series of switches performing VXLAN and Q-in-Q, a mix of provider interface
and VXLAN uplinks is not considered. The VXLAN uplinks have to be separated from the Q-in-Q
provider or customer interface.
For vPC use cases, the following considerations must be made when VXLAN and Q-in-Q are used on
the same switch.
• The vPC peer-link has to be specifically configured as a provider interface to ensure orphan-to-orphan
port communication. In these cases, the traffic is sent with two IEEE 802.1q tags (double dot1q
tagging). The inner dot1q is the customer VLAN ID while the outer dot1q is the provider VLAN
ID (access VLAN).
• The vPC peer-link is used as backup path for the VXLAN encapsulated traffic in the case of an
uplink failure. In Q-in-Q, the vPC peer-link also acts as the provider interface (orphan-to-orphan
port communication). In this combination, use the native VLAN as the backup VLAN for traffic to
handle uplink failure scenarios. Also make sure the backup VLAN is configured as a system infra
VLAN (system nve infra-vlans).
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), Q-in-VNI is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform
switches.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), Q-in-VNI supports vPC Fabric Peering.
Configuring Q-in-VNI
Using Q-in-VNI provides a way for you to segregate traffic by mapping to a specific port. In a multi-tenant
environment, you can specify a port to a tenant and send/receive packets over the VXLAN overlay.
Procedure

Step 3 switchport mode dot1q-tunnel Creates a 802.1Q tunnel on the port.
252
Configuring Selective Q-in-VNI

Step 4 switchport access vlan vlan-id Specifies the port assigned to a VLAN.
Step 5 spanning-tree bpdufilter enable Enables BPDU Filtering for the specified
spanning tree edge interface. By default, BPDU
Filtering is disabled.
Example
The following is an example of configuring Q-in-VNI:
switch# config terminal

switch(config-if)# spanning-tree bpdufilter enable
switch(config-if)#

Selective Q-in-VNI is a VXLAN tunneling feature that allows a user specific range of customer VLANs on
a port to be associated with one specific provider VLAN. Packets that come in with a VLAN tag that matches
any of the configured customer VLANs on the port are tunneled across the VXLAN fabric using the properties
of the service provider VNI. The VXLAN encapsulated packet carries the customer VLAN tag as part of the
L2 header of the inner packet.
The packets that come in with a VLAN tag that is not present in the range of the configured customer VLANs
on a selective Q-in-VNI configured port are dropped. This includes the packets that come in with a VLAN
tag that matches the native VLAN on the port. Packets coming untagged or with a native VLAN tag are L3
routed using the native VLAN’s SVI that is configured on the selective Q-in-VNI port (no VXLAN).
See the following guidelines for selective Q-in-VNI:
• Selective Q-in-VNI is supported on both vPC and non-vPC ports on Cisco Nexus 9300-EX and
9300-FX/FXP/FX2/FX3 and 9300-GX platform switches. This feature is not supported on Cisco Nexus
9200 and 9300 platform switches.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), selective Q-in-VNI supports vPC Fabric Peering.
• Configuring selective Q-in-VNI on one VTEP and configuring plain Q-in-VNI on the VXLAN peer is
supported. Configuring one port with selective Q-in-VNI and the other port with plain Q-in-VNI on the
same switch is supported.
• Selective Q-in-VNI is an ingress VLAN tag-policing feature. Only ingress VLAN tag policing is performed
with respect to the selective Q-in-VNI configured range.
For example, selective Q-in-VNI customer VLAN range of 100-200 is configured on VTEP1 and customer
VLAN range of 200-300 is configured on VTEP2. When traffic with VLAN tag of 175 is sent from
VTEP1 to VTEP2, the traffic is accepted on VTEP1, since the VLAN is in the configured range and it
is forwarded to the VTEP2. On VTEP2, even though VLAN tag 175 is not part of the configured range,
253
the packet egresses out of the selective Q-in-VNI port. If a packet is sent with VLAN tag 300 from
VTEP1, it is dropped because 300 is not in VTEP1’s selective Q-in-VNI configured range.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), the advertise-pip command is supported with selective
Q-in-VNI on a VTEP.
• Port VLAN mapping and selective Q-in-VNI cannot coexist on the same port.
• Port VLAN mapping and selective Q-in-VNI cannot coexist on a switch if the system dot1q-tunnel
transit command is enabled. Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), port VLAN mapping and
Q-in-VNI can coexist on the same switch but on different ports and different provider VLANs, which
are configured using the system dot1q-tunnel transit vlan vlan-range command.
• Configure the system dot1q-tunnel transit [vlan vlan-id] command on vPC switches with selective
Q-in-VNI configurations. This command is required to retain the inner Q-tag as the packet goes over the
vPC peer link when one of the vPC peers has an orphan port. With this CLI configuration, the vlan
dot1Q tag native functionality does not work. Prior to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), every VLAN created
on the switch is a provider VLAN and cannot be used for any other purpose.
Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), selective Q-in-VNI and VXLAN VLANs can be supported
on the same port. With the [vlan vlan-range] option, you can specify the provider VLANs and allow
other VLANs to be used for regular VXLAN traffic. In the following example, the VXLAN VLAN is
50, the provider VLAN is 501, the customer VLANs are 31-40, and the native VLAN is 2400.
system dot1q-tunnel transit vlan 501
interface Ethernet1/1/2
switchport
switchport trunk native vlan 2400
switchport vlan mapping 31-40 dot1q-tunnel 501
switchport trunk allowed vlan 50,501,2400
spanning-tree port type edge trunk
mtu 9216
no shutdown
• The native VLAN configured on the selective Q-in-VNI port cannot be a part of the customer VLAN
range. If the native VLAN is part of the customer VLAN range, the configuration is rejected.
The provider VLAN can overlap with the customer VLAN range. For example, switchport vlan mapping
100-1000 dot1q-tunnel 200.
• By default, the native VLAN on any port is VLAN 1. If VLAN 1 is configured as part of the customer
VLAN range using the switchport vlan mapping <range>dot1q-tunnel <sp-vlan> CLI command, the
traffic with customer VLAN 1 is not carried over as VLAN 1 is the native VLAN on the port. If customer
wants VLAN 1 traffic to be carried over the VXLAN cloud, they should configure a dummy native
VLAN on the port whose value is outside the customer VLAN range.
• To remove some VLANs or a range of VLANs from the configured switchport VLAN mapping range
on the selective Q-in-VNI port, use the no form of the switchport vlan mapping <range>dot1q-tunnel
<sp-vlan> command.
For example, VLAN 100-1000 is configured on the port. To remove VLAN 200-300 from the configured
range, use the no switchport vlan mapping <200-300> dot1q-tunnel <sp-vlan> command.
switchport
switchport vlan mapping 100-1000 dot1q-tunnel 21
switchport trunk allowed vlan 21,4049
254
spanning-tree bpdufilter enable

no shutdown
switch(config-if)# no sw vlan mapp 200-300 dot1q-tunnel 21

switch(config-if)# sh run int e 1/32
version 7.0(3)I5(2)
switchport
switchport vlan mapping 100-199,301-1000 dot1q-tunnel 21
no shutdown
See the following configuration examples.

• See the following example for the provider VLAN configuration:
vlan 50
vn-segment 10050
• See the following example for configuring VXLAN Flood and Learn with Ingress Replication:
member vni 10050

ingress-replication protocol static
peer-ip 100.1.1.3
peer-ip 100.1.1.5
peer-ip 100.1.1.10
• See the following example for the interface nve configuration:
interface nve1
no shutdown
source-interface loopback0 member vni 10050
• See the following example for configuring an SVI in the native VLAN to routed traffic.
vlan 150
interface vlan150
no shutdown
ip address 150.1.150.6/24
ip pim sparse-mode
• See the following example for configuring selective Q-in-VNI on a port. In this example, native VLAN
150 is used for routing the untagged packets. Customer VLANs 200-700 are carried across the dot1q
tunnel. The native VLAN 150 and the provider VLAN 50 are the only VLANs allowed.

switch(config)#interface Ethernet 1/31
switch(config-if)#switchport
switch(config-if)#switchport mode trunk
switch(config-if)#switchport trunk native vlan 150
255
Configuring Q-in-VNI with LACP Tunneling
switch(config-if)#switchport vlan mapping 200-700 dot1q-tunnel 50

switch(config-if)#switchport trunk allowed vlan 50,150
switch(config-if)#no shutdown
order to flow.

Q-in-VNI can be configured to tunnel LACP packets.
Procedure

Step 3 switchport mode dot1q-tunnel Enables dot1q-tunnel mode.
Step 4 switchport access vlan vlan-id Specifies the port assigned to a VLAN.

Step 6 overlay-encapsulation vxlan-with-tag Enables Q-in-VNI for LACP tunneling.

tunnel-control-frames lacp
Note Use this form of the command for
NX-OS 7.0(3)I3(1) and later
releases.
For NX-OS 7.0(3)I2(2) and earlier
releases, use the
overlay-encapsulation
vxlan-with-tag
tunnel-control-frames command.
Example
• The following is an example of configuring a Q-in-VNI for LACP tunneling (NX-OS 7.0(3)I2(2)
and earlier releases):

256
switch(config-if)# overlay-encapsulation vxlan-with-tag tunnel-control-frames
Note • STP is disabled on VNI mapped VLANs.

• No spanning-tree VLAN <> on the VTEP.
• No MAC address-table notification for mac-move.
• As a best practice, configure a fast LACP rate on the interface where
the LACP port is configured. Otherwise the convergence time is
approximately 90 seconds.
• The following is an example of configuring a Q-in-VNI for LACP tunneling (NX-OS 7.0(3)I3(1)
and later releases):

switch(config-if)# overlay-encapsulation vxlan-with-tag tunnel-control-frames lacp
Note • STP is disabled on VNI mapped VLANs.

• No spanning-tree VLAN <> on the VTEP.
• No MAC address-table notification for mac-move.
• As a best practice, configure a fast LACP rate on the interface where
the LACP port is configured. Otherwise the convergence time is
approximately 90 seconds.
• The following is an example topology that pins each port of a port-channel pair to a unique VM.
The port-channel is stretched from the CE perspective. There is no port-channel on VTEP. The
traffic on P1 of CE1 transits to P1 of CE2 using Q-in-VNI.
257
Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs
Figure 21: LACP Tunneling Over VXLAN P2P Tunnels
Note • Q-in-VNI can be configured to tunnel LACP packets. (Able to provide port-channel connectivity
across data-centers.)
• Gives impression of L1 connectivity and co-location across data-centers.
• Exactly two sites. Traffic coming from P1 of CE1 goes out of P1 of CE2. If P1 of CE1
goes down, LACP provides coverage (over time) to redirect traffic to P2.
• Uses static ingress replication with VXLAN with flood and learn. Each port of the port channel
is configured with Q-in-VNI. There are multiple VNIs for each member of a port-channel and
each port is pinned to specific VNI.
• To avoid saturating the MAC, you should turn off/disable learning of VLANS.
• Configuring Q-in-VNI to tunnel LACP packets is not supported for VXLAN EVPN.
• The number of port-channel members supported is the number of ports supported by the VTEP.
Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs

About Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs
Selective Q-in-VNI with multiple provider VLANs is a VXLAN tunneling feature. This feature allows a user
specific range of customer VLANs on a port to be associated with one specific provider VLAN. It also enables
you to have multiple customer-VLAN to provider-VLAN mappings on a port. Packets that come in with a
VLAN tag which matches any of the configured customer VLANs on the port are tunneled across the VXLAN
258
Guidelines and Limitations for Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs
fabric using the properties of the service provider VNI. The VXLAN encapsulated packet carries the customer
VLAN tag as part of the Layer 2 header of the inner packet.
Guidelines and Limitations for Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider

VLANs
Selective Q-in-VNI with multiple provider VLANs has the following guidelines and limitations:
• All the existing guidelines and limitations for Selective Q-in-VNI apply.
• This feature is supported with VXLAN BGP EVPN IR mode only.
• When enabling multiple provider VLANs on a vPC port channel, make sure that the configuration is
consistent across the vPC peers.
• Port VLAN mapping and selective Q-in-VNI cannot coexist on the same port.
• Port VLAN mapping and selective Q-in-VNI cannot coexist on a switch if the system dot1q-tunnel
transit command is enabled. Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), port VLAN mapping and
selective Q-in-VNI can coexist on the same switch but on different ports and different provider VLANs,
which are configured using the system dot1q-tunnel transit vlan vlan-range command.
• The system dot1q-tunnel transit [vlan vlan-range] command is required when using this feature on
vPC VTEPs.
• For proper operation during Layer 3 uplink failure scenarios on vPC VTEPs, configure the backup SVI
and enter the system nve infra-vlans backup-svi-vlan command. On Cisco Nexus 9000-EX platform
switches, the backup SVI VLAN must be the native VLAN on the peer-link.
• As a best practice, do not allow provider VLANs on a regular trunk.
• We recommend not creating or allowing customer VLANs on the switch where customer-VLAN to
provider-VLAN mapping is configured.
• We do not support specific native VLAN configuration when the switchport vlan mapping all
dot1q-tunnel command is entered.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), selective Q-in-VNI with a multiple provider tag supports
vPC Fabric Peering.
order to flow.
• All incoming traffic should be tagged when the interface is configured with the switchport vlan mapping
all dot1q-tunnel command.
Configuring Selective Q-in-VNI with Multiple Provider VLANs

You can configure selective Q-in-VNI with multiple provider VLANs.
259
Before you begin

You must configure provider VLANs and associate the VLAN to a vn-segment.
Procedure
Step 1 Enter global configuration mode.

Step 2 Configure Layer 2 VLANs and associate them to a vn-segment.

vn-segment 10000010
vn-segment 10000020
Step 3 Enter interface configuration mode where the traffic comes in with a dot1Q VLAN tag.
switch(config)# interf port-channel 10
switch(config-if)# switchport trunk native vlan 3962
switch(config-if)# switchport vlan mapping 2-400 dot1q-tunnel 10
switch(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,20,30,40,50,60,70,80,90,100,3961-3967
Example
This example shows how to configure Selective Qinvni with multiple provider VLANs:
switch# show run vlan 121
vlan 121
vlan 121
vn-segment 10000021
switch#
switch# sh run interf port-channel 5
description VPC PO
switchport
switchport vlan mapping 11 dot1q-tunnel 111
260

switchport trunk allowed vlan 111-120,500-505
vpc 5
switch#
switch# sh spanning-tree vlan 111
VLAN0111
Spanning tree enabled protocol rstp
Root ID Priority 32879
Address 7079.b3cf.956d
This bridge is the root
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID Priority 32879 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 111)

Address 7079.b3cf.956d
Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type

---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Po1 Desg FWD 1 128.4096 (vPC peer-link) Network P2p
Po5 Desg FWD 1 128.4100 (vPC) P2p
Eth1/7/2 Desg FWD 10 128.26 P2p
switch#
switch# sh vlan internal info mapping | b Po5

ifindex Po5(0x16000004)
vlan mapping enabled: TRUE
vlan translation mapping information (count=10):
Original Vlan Translated Vlan
------------- ---------------
11 111
12 112
13 113
14 114
15 115
16 116
17 117
18 118
19 119
20 120
switch#
switch# sh consistency-checker vxlan selective-qinvni interface port-channel 5

Performing port specific checks for intf port-channel5
Port specific selective QinVNI checks for interface port-channel5 : PASS
Performing port specific checks for intf port-channel5
Port specific selective QinVNI checks for interface port-channel5 : PASS
switch#
261
Configuring QinQ-QinVNI
Overview for QinQ-QinVNI
• QinQ-QinVNI is a VXLAN tunneling feature that allows you to configure a trunk port as a multi-tag
port to preserve the customer VLANs that are carried across the network.
• On a port that is configured as multi-tag, packets are expected with multiple-tags or at least one tag.
When multi-tag packets ingress on this port, the outer-most or first tag is treated as provider-tag or
provider-vlan. The remaining tags are treated as customer-tag or customer-vlan.
• This feature is supported on both vPC and non-vPC ports.
• Ensure that the switchport trunk allow-multi-tag command is configured on both of the vPC-peers.
It is a type 1 consistency check.
• This feature is supported with VXLAN Flood and Learn and VXLAN EVPN.
Guidelines and Limitations for QinQ-QinVNI

QinQ-QinVNI has the following guidelines and limitations:
• This feature is supported on the Cisco Nexus 9300-FX/FX2/FX3, and 9300-GX platform switches.
• This feature supports vPC Fabric Peering.
• On a multi-tag port, provider VLANs must be a part of the port. They are used to derive the VNI for that
packet.
• Untagged packets are associated with the native VLAN. If the native VLAN is not configured, the packet
is associated with the default VLAN (VLAN 1).
• Packets coming in with an outermost VLAN tag (provider-vlan), not present in the range of allowed
VLANs on a multi-tag port, are dropped.
• Packets coming in with an outermost VLAN tag (provider-vlan) tag matching the native VLAN are
routed or bridged in the native VLAN's domain.
• This feature supports VXLAN bridging but does not support VXLAN routing.
• Multicast data traffic with more than two Q-Tags is not supported when snooping is enabled on the
VXLAN VLAN.
• You need at least one multi-tag trunk port allowing the provider VLANs in Up state on both vPC peers.
Otherwise, traffic traversing via the peer-link for these provider VLANs will not carry all inner C-Tags.
• The system dot1q-tunnel transit [vlan vlan-range] command is required when running this feature on
vPC VTEPs.
262
Note You can also carry native VLAN (untagged traffic) on the same multi-tag trunk port.
The native VLAN on a multi-tag port cannot be configured as a provider VLAN on another multi-tag port or
a dot1q enabled port on the same switch.
The allow-multi-tag command is allowed only on a trunk port. It is not available on access or dot1q ports.
The allow-multi-tag command is not allowed on Peer Link ports. Port channel with multi-tag enabled must
not be configured as a vPC peer-link.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 interface ethernet slot/port Specifies the interface that you are configuring.
Example:
Step 3 switchport Configures it as a Layer 2 port.

Example:
switch(config-inf)# switchport
Step 4 switchport mode trunk Sets the interface as a Layer 2 trunk port.
Example:
switch(config-inf)# switchport mode trunk
Step 5 switchport trunk native vlan vlan-id Sets the native VLAN for the 802.1Q trunk.
Valid values are from 1 to 4094. The default
Example:
value is VLAN1.
switch(config-inf)# switchport trunk
native vlan 30
Step 6 switchport trunk allowed vlan vlan-list Sets the allowed VLANs for the trunk interface.
The default is to allow all VLANs on the trunk
Example:
interface: 1 to 3967 and 4048 to 4094. VLANs
switch(config-inf)# switchport trunk 3968 to 4047 are the default VLANs reserved
allowed vlan 10,20,30
for internal use by default.
Step 7 switchport trunk allow-multi-tag Sets the allowed VLANs as the provider
VLANs excluding the native VLAN. In the
Example:
following example, VLANs 10 and 20 are
switch(config-inf)# switchport trunk provider VLANs and can carry multiple Inner
allow-multi-tag
263
Removing a VNI

Q-tags. Native VLAN 30 will not carry inner
Q-tags.
Example
switchport
switchport trunk allow-multi-tag
switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,20,30
no shutdown
Removing a VNI
Use this procedure to remove a VNI.
Procedure
Step 1 Remove the VNI under NVE.

Step 2 Remove the VRF from BGP (applicable when decommissioning for Layer 3 VNI).
Step 3 Delete the SVI.
Step 4 Delete the VLAN and VNI.
264
CHAPTER 12
Configuring Port VLAN Mapping
• About Translating Incoming VLANs, on page 265
• Guidelines and Limitations for Port VLAN Mapping, on page 266
• Configuring Port VLAN Mapping on a Trunk Port, on page 268
• Configuring Inner VLAN and Outer VLAN Mapping on a Trunk Port, on page 270
About Translating Incoming VLANs

Sometimes a VLAN translation is required or desired. One such use case is when a service provider has
multiple customers connecting to the same physical switch using the same VLAN encapsulation, but they are
not and should not be on the same Layer 2 segment. In such cases translating the incoming VLAN to a unique
VLAN that is then mapped to a VNI is the right way to extending the segment. In the figure below two
customers, Blue and Red are both connecting to the leaf using VLAN 10 as their encapsulation.
Customers Blue and Red should not be on the same VNI. In this example VLAN 10 for Customer Blue (on
interface E1/1) is mapped/translated to VLAN 100, and VLAN 10 for customer Red (on interface E1/2) is
mapped to VLAN 200. In turn, VLAN 100 is mapped to VNI 10000 and VLAN 200 is mapped to VNI 20000.
On the other leaf, this mapping is applied in reverse. Incoming VXLAN encapsulated traffic on VNI 10000
is mapped to VLAN 100 which in turn is mapped to VLAN 10 on Interface E1/1. VXLAN encapsulated traffic
on VNI 20000 is mapped to VLAN 200 which in turn is mapped to VLAN 10 on Interface E1/2.
265
Guidelines and Limitations for Port VLAN Mapping
Figure 22: Logical Traffic Flow
You can configure VLAN translation between the ingress (incoming) VLAN and a local (translated) VLAN
on a port. For the traffic arriving on the interface where VLAN translation is enabled, the incoming VLAN
is mapped to a translated VLAN that is VXLAN enabled.
On the underlay, this is mapped to a VNI, the inner dot1q is deleted, and switched over to the VXLAN network.
On the egress switch, the VNI is mapped to a translated VLAN. On the outgoing interface, where VLAN
translation is configured, the traffic is converted to the original VLAN and egressed out. Refer to the VLAN
counters on the translated VLAN for the traffic counters and not on the ingress VLAN. Port VLAN (PV)
mapping is an access side feature and is supported with both multicast and ingress replication for flood and
learn and MP-BGP EVPN mode for VXLAN.

The following are the guidelines and Limitations for Port VLAN Mapping:
• Support is added for vPC Fabric Peering.
• VLAN translation is supported only VXLAN enabled VLANs
• The ingress (incoming) VLAN does not need to be configured on the switch as a VLAN. The translated
VLAN needs to be configured and a vn-segment mapping given to it. An NVE interface with VNI
mapping is essential for the same.
• All Layer 2 source address learning and Layer 2 MAC destination lookup occurs on the translated VLAN.
Refer to the VLAN counters on the translated VLAN and not on the ingress (incoming) VLAN.
• Port VLAN mapping is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX3 platform switches.
• Cisco Nexus 9300 and 9500 switches support switching and routing on overlapped VLAN interfaces.
Only VLAN-mapping switching is applicable for Cisco Nexus 9300-EX/FX/FX2/FX3 platform switches
and Cisco Nexus 9500 with -EX/FX line cards.
• Port VLAN routing is supported on the following platforms:
• Starting from Cisco NX-OS Release 7.x, this feature is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-EX/FX/FX2
platform switches.
266
• Starting from Cisco NX-OS Release 9.2(x), this feature is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-GX
platform switches.
• Starting from Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(x), this feature is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-FX3
platform switches.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), PV Translation is supported for Cisco Nexus 9300-GX
platform switches.
• On Cisco Nexus 9300 Series switches with NFE ASIC, PV routing is not supported on 40 G ALE ports.
• PV routing supports configuring an SVI on the translated VLAN for flood and learn and BGP EVPN
mode for VXLAN.
• VLAN translation (mapping) is supported on Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches with a Network
Forwarding Engine (NFE).
• When changing a property on a translated VLAN, the port that has a mapping configuration with that
VLAN as the translated VLAN, must be flapped to ensure correct behavior.
Int eth 1/1
switchport vlan mapping 101 10
.
.
.
/***Deleting vn-segment from vlan 10.***/

/***Adding vn-segment back.***/
/***Flap Eth 1/1 to ensure correct behavior.***/
• The following example shows incoming VLAN 10 being mapped to local VLAN 100. Local VLAN 100
will be the one mapped to a VXLAN VNI.
interface ethernet1/1
• The following is an example of overlapping VLAN for PV translation. In the first statement, VLAN-102
is a translated VLAN with VNI mapping. In the second statement, VLAN-102 the VLAN where it is
translated to VLAN-103 with VNI mapping.
switchport vlan mapping 102 103/
• When adding a member to an existing port channel using the force command, the "mapping enable"
configuration must be consistent. For example:
Int po 101
switchport vlan mapping enable
switchport trunk allowed vlan 10
int eth 1/8

/***No configuration***/
• Port VLAN mapping is not supported on Cisco Nexus 9200 platform switches.
• VLAN mapping helps with VLAN localization to a port, scoping the VLANs per port. A typical use case
is in the service provider environment where the service provider leaf switch has different customers
with overlapping VLANs that come in on different ports. For example, customer A has VLAN 10 coming
in on Eth 1/1 and customer B has VLAN 10 coming in on Eth 2/2.
267
Configuring Port VLAN Mapping on a Trunk Port
In this scenario, you can map the customer VLAN to a provider VLAN and map that to a Layer 2 VNI.
There is an operational benefit in terminating different customer VLANs and mapping them to the
fabric-managed VLANs, L2 VNIs.
• An NVE interface with VNI mapping must be configured for Port VLAN translation to work.

Before you begin
• Ensure that the physical or port channel on which you want to implement VLAN translation is configured
as a Layer 2 trunk port.
• Ensure that the translated VLANs are created on the switch and are also added to the Layer 2 trunk ports
trunk-allowed VLAN vlan-list.
Note As a best practice, do not add the ingress VLAN ID to the switchport allowed
vlan-list under the interface.
• Ensure that all translated VLANs are VXLAN enabled.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 interface type/port Specifies the interface that you are configuring.
Example:
switch(config)# interface Ethernet1/1
Step 3 [no] switchport vlan mapping enable Enables VLAN translation on the switch port.
VLAN translation is disabled by default.
Example:
switch(config-if)# [no] switchport vlan Note Use the no form of this command to
mapping enable disable VLAN translation.
Step 4 [no] switchport vlan mapping vlan-id Translates a VLAN to another VLAN.
translated-vlan-id
• The range for both the vlan-id and
Example: translated-vlan-id arguments are from 1
switch(config-if)# switchport vlan to 4094.
mapping 10 100
• You can configure VLAN translation
between the ingress (incoming) VLAN and
a local (translated) VLAN on a port. For
268

the traffic arriving on the interface where
VLAN translation is enabled, the incoming
VLAN is mapped to a translated VLAN
that is VXLAN enabled.
On the underlay, this is mapped to a VNI, the

inner dot1q is deleted, and switched over to the
VXLAN network. On the egress switch, the
VNI is mapped to a local translated VLAN. On
the outgoing interface, where VLAN translation
is configured, the traffic is converted to the
original VLAN and egresses out.
Note Use the no form of this command to
clear the mappings between a pair
of VLANs.
Step 5 [no] switchport vlan mapping all Removes all VLAN mappings configured on
the interface.
Example:
switch(config-if)# switchport vlan
mapping all
Step 6 copy running-config startup-config Copies the running configuration to the startup
configuration.
Example:
switch(config-if)# copy running-config Note The VLAN translation configuration
startup-config does not become effective until the
switch port becomes an operational
trunk port.
Step 7 show interface [if-identifier] vlan mapping Displays VLAN mapping information for a
range of interfaces or for a specific interface.
Example:
switch# show interface ethernet1/1 vlan
mapping
Example
This example shows how to configure VLAN translation between (the ingress) VLAN 10 and (the
local) VLAN 100. The show vlan counters command output shows the statistic counters as translated
VLAN instead of customer VLAN.
switch(config-if)# switchport vlan mapping enable
switch(config-if)# switchport vlan mapping 10 100
switch(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan 100
switch(config-if)# show interface ethernet1/1 vlan mapping
Interface eth1/1:
Original VLAN Translated VLAN
------------------ ---------------
10 100
269
Configuring Inner VLAN and Outer VLAN Mapping on a Trunk Port
switch(config-if)# show vlan counters

Vlan Id :100
Unicast Octets In :292442462
Unicast Packets In :1950525
Multicast Octets In :14619624
Multicast Packets In :91088
Broadcast Octets In :14619624
Broadcast Packets In :91088
Unicast Octets Out :304012656
Unicast Packets Out :2061976
L3 Unicast Octets In :0
L3 Unicast Packets In :0
Configuring Inner VLAN and Outer VLAN Mapping on a Trunk

Port
You can configure VLAN translation from an inner VLAN and an outer VLAN to a local (translated) VLAN
on a port. For the double tag VLAN traffic arriving on the interfaces where VLAN translation is enabled, the
inner VLAN and outer VLAN are mapped to a translated VLAN that is VXLAN enabled.
Notes for configuring inner VLAN and outer VLAN mapping:
• Inner and outer VLAN cannot be on the trunk allowed list on a port where inner VLAN and outer VLAN
is configured.
For example:
switchport vlan mapping 11 inner 12 111

switchport trunk allowed vlan 11-12,111 /***Not valid because 11 is outer VLAN and 12
is inner VLAN.***/
• On the same port, no two mapping (translation) configurations can have the same outer (or original) or
translated VLAN. Multiple inner VLAN and outer VLAN mapping configurations can have the same
inner VLAN.
For example:
switchport vlan mapping 101 inner 102 1001

switchport vlan mapping 101 inner 103 1002 /***Not valid because 101 is already used
as an original VLAN.***/
switchport vlan mapping 111 inner 104 1001 /***Not valid because 1001 is already used
as a translated VLAN.***/
switchport vlan mapping 106 inner 102 1003 /***Valid because inner vlan can be the
same.***/
• When a packet comes double-tagged on a port which is enabled with the inner option, only bridging is
supported.
• VXLAN PV routing is not supported for double-tagged frames.
270
Procedure

Step 3 [no] switchport mode trunk Enters trunk configuration mode.
Step 4 switchport vlan mapping enable Enables VLAN translation on the switch port.
VLAN translation is disabled by default.
Note Use theno form of this command to
disable VLAN translation.
Step 5 switchport vlan mapping outer-vlan-id inner Translates inner VLAN and outer VLAN to
inner-vlan-id translated-vlan-id another VLAN.
Step 6 (Optional) copy running-config Copies the running configuration to the startup
startup-config configuration.
Note The VLAN translation configuration
does not become effective until the
switch port becomes an operational
trunk port
Step 7 (Optional) show interface [if-identifier] vlan Displays VLAN mapping information for a
mapping range of interfaces or for a specific interface.
Example
This example shows how to configure translation of double tag VLAN traffic (inner VLAN 12; outer
VLAN 11) to VLAN 111.

switch(config-if)# switchport vlan mapping enable
switch(config-if)# switchport vlan mapping 11 inner 12 111
switch(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan 101-170
switch(config-if)# show mac address-table dynamic vlan 111
Legend:
(T) - True, (F) - False
---------+-----------------+--------+---------+------+----+------------------
* 111 0000.0092.0001 dynamic 0 F F nve1(100.100.100.254)
* 111 0000.0940.0001 dynamic 0 F F Eth1/1
271
272
CHAPTER 13
Configuring IGMP Snooping
• Configuring IGMP Snooping Over VXLAN, on page 273
Configuring IGMP Snooping Over VXLAN

Overview of IGMP Snooping Over VXLAN
By default, multicast traffic over VXLAN is flooded in the VNI/VLAN like any broadcast and unknown
unicast traffic. With IGMP snooping enabled, each VTEP can snoop IGMP reports and only forward multicast
traffic towards interested receivers.
The configuration of IGMP snooping is the same in VXLAN as in the configuration of IGMP snooping in a
regular VLAN domain. For more information on IGMP snooping, see the Configuring IGMP Snooping section
in the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Multicast Routing Configuration Guide, Release 7.x.
Guidelines and Limitations for IGMP Snooping Over VXLAN

See the following guidelines and limitations for IGMP snooping over VXLAN:
• IGMP snooping over VXLAN is not supported on VLANs with FEX member ports.
• IGMP snooping over VXLAN is supported with both IR and multicast underlay.
• IGMP snooping over VXLAN is supported in BGP EVPN topologies, not flood and learn topologies.
• Beginning with NX-OS release 9.3(3), IGMP Snooping over VXLAN is supported on the Cisco Nexus
C93600CD-GX.
C9364C-GX.
C9316D-GX.
273
Configuring IGMP Snooping

Procedure

Step 2 switch(config)#ip igmp snooping vxlan Enables IGMP snooping for VXLAN VLANs.
You have to explicitly configure this command
to enable snooping for VXLAN VLANs.
Step 3 switch(config)#ip igmp snooping Configures IGMP snooping over VXLAN to

disable-nve-static-router-port not include NVE as static mrouter port using
this global CLI command. IGMP snooping over
VXLAN has the NVE interface as mrouter port
by default.
274
CHAPTER 14
Configuring Private VLANs
• About Private VLANs over VXLAN, on page 275
• Guidelines and Limitations for Private VLANs over VXLAN, on page 276
• Configuration Example for Private VLANs, on page 276
About Private VLANs over VXLAN

The private VLAN feature allows segmenting the Layer 2 broadcast domain of a VLAN into subdomains. A
subdomain is represented by a pair of private VLANs: a primary VLAN and a secondary VLAN. A private
VLAN domain can have multiple private VLAN pairs, one pair for each subdomain. All VLAN pairs in a
private VLAN domain share the same primary VLAN. The secondary VLAN ID differentiates one subdomain
from another.
Private VLANs over VXLAN extends private VLAN across VXLAN. The secondary VLAN can exist on
multiple VTEPs across VXLAN. MAC address learning happens over the primary VLAN and advertises via
BGP EVPN. When traffic is encapsulated, the VNI used is that of the secondary VLAN. The feature also
supports Anycast Gateway. Anycast Gateway must be defined using the primary VLAN.
275
Guidelines and Limitations for Private VLANs over VXLAN
Figure 23: L2VNI 30200 Community
Guidelines and Limitations for Private VLANs over VXLAN

Private VLANs over VXLAN has the following configuration guidelines and limitations:
• The following platforms support private VLANs over VXLAN:
• Cisco Nexus 9300-FX/FX2 platform switches
• Flood and learn underlay is not supported.

• Fabric Extenders (FEX) VLAN cannot be mapped to a private VLAN.
• vPC Fabric Peering supports private VLANs.
Configuration Example for Private VLANs

The following is a private VLAN configuration example:
276
vlan 500
private-vlan primary
private-vlan association 501-503
vn-segment 5000
vlan 501
private-vlan isolated
vn-segment 5001
vlan 502
private-vlan community
vn-segment 5002
vlan 503
private-vlan community
vn-segment 5003
vlan 1001
!L3 VNI for tenant VRF
vn-segment 900001
interface Vlan500
no shutdown
private-vlan mapping 501-503
no ip redirects
ipv6 address 50::1:1:1/64
no ipv6 redirects
interface Vlan1001
no shutdown
no ip redirects
ip forward
ipv6 forward
no ipv6 redirects
interface nve 1
no shutdown
member vni 5000
member vni 5001
member vni 5002
member vni 5003
Note If you use an external gateway, the interface towards the external router must be configured as a PVLAN
promiscuous port

switchport
switchport mode private-vlan trunk promiscuous
switchport private-vlan mapping trunk 500 199,200,201
exit
277
278
CHAPTER 15
Configuring Policy-Based Redirect
• About Policy-Based Redirect, on page 279
• Guidelines and Limitations for Policy-Based Redirect, on page 280
• Enabling the Policy-Based Redirect Feature, on page 280
• Configuring a Route Policy, on page 281
• Verifying the Policy-Based Redirect Configuration, on page 282
• Configuration Example for Policy-Based Redirect, on page 282
About Policy-Based Redirect

Policy-based redirect (PBR) provides a mechanism to bypass a routing table lookup and redirect traffic to a
next-hop IP reachable over VXLAN. The feature enables service redirection to Layer 4-Layer 7 devices such
as firewalls and load balancers.
PBR involves configuring a route-map with rules that dictate where traffic must be forwarded. The route map
is applied on the tenant SVI to influence traffic coming from the host-facing interfaces to a next hop reachable
via the fabric.
In scenarios where traffic is coming to a VTEP from the overlay and needs to be redirected to another next
hop, the PBR policy must be applied on the fabric facing L3VNI SVI.
279
Guidelines and Limitations for Policy-Based Redirect
In the previous figure, communication between App group 1 and App group 2 takes place via inter-VLAN/VNI
routing in the tenant VRF by default. If there is a requirement where traffic from App group 1 to App group
2 has to go through a firewall, a PBR policy can be used to redirect traffic. The following configuration snippet
provides the necessary configuration that redirects the traffic flow
For more information on PBR, see PBR on NX-OS.
Guidelines and Limitations for Policy-Based Redirect

The following guidelines and limitations apply to PBR over VXLAN.
• The following platforms support PBR over VXLAN:
• Cisco Nexus 9332C and 9364C platform switches
• Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with -EX/FX line cards
• PBR over VXLAN doesn't support the following features: IP SLAs, VTEP ECMP, and the load-share
keyword in the set {ip | ipv6} next-hop ip-address command.
Enabling the Policy-Based Redirect Feature

Before you begin
Enable the policy-based redirect feature before you can configure a route policy.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 [no] feature pbr Enables the policy-based routing feature.

Example:
switch(config)# feature pbr
Step 3 (Optional) show feature Displays enabled and disabled features.

Example:
switch(config)# show feature
280
Configuring a Route Policy

Step 4 (Optional) copy running-config startup-config Saves this configuration change.
Example:
switch(config)# copy running-config
startup-config
Configuring a Route Policy

You can use route maps in policy-based routing to assign routing policies to the inbound interface. Cisco
NX-OS routes the packets when it finds a next hop and an interface.
Note The switch has a RACL TCAM region by default for IPv4 traffic.
Before you begin

Configure the RACL TCAM region (using TCAM carving) before you apply the policy-based routing policy.
For instructions, see the “Configuring ACL TCAM Region Sizes” section in the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series
NX-OS Security Configuration Guide, Release 9.2(x).
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 interface type slot/port Enters interface configuration mode.

Example:
Step 3 {ip | ipv6} policy route-map map-name Assigns a route map for IPv4 or IPv6
policy-based routing to the interface.
Example:
switch(config-inf)# ip policy route-map
Testmap
Step 4 route-map map-name [permit | deny] [seq] Creates a route map or enters route-map
configuration mode for an existing route map.
Example:
Use seq to order the entries in a route map.
switch(config-inf)# route-map Testmap
Step 5 match {ip | ipv6} address access-list-name Matches an IPv4 or IPv6 address against one
name [name...] or more IPv4 or IPv6 access control lists
(ACLs). This command is used for policy-based
Example:
routing and is ignored by route filtering or
redistribution.
281
Verifying the Policy-Based Redirect Configuration

switch(config-route-map)# match ip
address access-list-name ACL1
Step 6 set ip next-hop address1 Sets the IPv4 next-hop address for policy-based
routing.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# set ip next-hop
192.0.2.1
Step 7 set ipv6 next-hop address1 Sets the IPv6 next-hop address for policy-based
routing.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# set ipv6
next-hop 2001:0DB8::1
Step 8 (Optional) set interface null0 Sets the interface that is used for routing. Use
the null0 interface to drop packets.
Example:
switch(config-route-map)# set interface
null0
Step 9 (Optional) copy running-config startup-config Saves this configuration change.

Example:
switch(config-route-map)# copy
running-config startup-config
Verifying the Policy-Based Redirect Configuration

To display the policy-based redirect configuration information, perform one of the following tasks:
Command Purpose
show [ip | ipv6] policy [name] Displays information about an IPv4 or IPv6 policy.
show route-map [name] pbr-statistics Displays policy statistics.
Use the route-map map-name pbr-statistics command to enable policy statistics. Use the clear route-map
map-name pbr-statistics command to clear these policy statistics.
Configuration Example for Policy-Based Redirect

Perform the following configuration on all tenant VTEPs, excluding the service VTEP.
feature pbr
ipv6 access-list IPV6_App_group_1

10 permit ipv6 any 2001:10:1:1::0/64
ip access-list IPV4_App_group_1
10 permit ip any 10.1.1.0/24
282

10 permit ipv6 any 2001:20:1:1::0/64
10 permit ip any 20.1.1.0/24
route-map IPV6_PBR_Appgroup1 permit 10

match ipv6 address IPV6_App_group_2
set ipv6 next-hop 2001:100:1:1::20 (next hop is that of the firewall)
route-map IPV4_ PBR_Appgroup1 permit 10

match ip address IPV4_App_group_2
set ip next-hop 10.100.1.20 (next hop is that of the firewall)

match ipv6 address IPV6_App_group1
route-map IPV4_ PBR_Appgroup2 permit 10

interface Vlan10
! tenant SVI appgroup 1
vrf member appgroup
no ip redirect
ipv6 address 2001:10:1:1::1/64
no ipv6 redirects
ip policy route-map IPV4_ PBR_Appgroup1
ipv6 policy route-map IPV6_PBR_Appgroup1
interface Vlan20
! tenant SVI appgroup 2
vrf member appgroup
no ip redirect
ipv6 address 2001:20:1:1::1/64
no ipv6 redirects
ip policy route-map IPV4_ PBR_Appgroup2
ipv6 policy route-map IPV6_PBR_Appgroup2
On the service VTEP, the PBR policy is applied on the tenant VRF SVI. This ensures the
traffic post decapsulation will be redirected to firewall.
feature pbr

10 permit ipv6 any 2001:10:1:1::0/64
10 permit ip any 10.1.1.0/24

10 permit ipv6 any 2001:20:1:1::0/64
10 permit ip any 20.1.1.0/24

match ipv6 address IPV6_App_group_2
283
route-map IPV6_PBR_Appgroup permit 20

match ipv6 address IPV6_App_group1
route-map IPV4_ PBR_Appgroup permit 10

route-map IPV4_ PBR_Appgroup permit 20

interface vlan1000
!L3VNI SVI for Tenant VRF
vrf member appgroup
ip forward
ipv6 forward
ipv6 ipv6 address use-link-local-only
ip policy route-map IPV4_ PBR_Appgroup
ipv6 policy route-map IPV6_PBR_Appgroup
284
CHAPTER 16
Configuring ACL
• About Access Control Lists, on page 285
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN ACLs, on page 286
• VXLAN Tunnel Encapsulation Switch, on page 287
• VXLAN Tunnel Decapsulation Switch, on page 293
About Access Control Lists

Table 7: ACL Options That Can Be Used for VXLAN Traffic on Cisco Nexus 92300YC, 92160YC-X, 93120TX, 9332PQ, and 9348GC-FXP
Switches
Scenario ACL ACL Type VTEP Type Port Type Flow Traffic Type Supported
Direction Direction
1 Ingress PACL Ingress L2 port Access to Native L2 YES

VTEP Network traffic
direction]
2 VACL Ingress VLAN Access to Native L2 YES

VTEP Network traffic
direction]
3 Ingress RACL Ingress Tenant L3 Access to Native L3 YES

VTEP SVI Network traffic
direction]
4 Egress RACL Ingress uplink Access to VXLAN NO

VTEP L3/L3-PO/SVI Network encap
[GROUP:encap [GROUP:outer]
direction]
285
Configuring ACL
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN ACLs
Scenario ACL ACL Type VTEP Type Port Type Flow Traffic Type Supported
Direction Direction
5 Ingress RACL Egress Uplink Network to VXLAN NO

VTEP L3/L3-PO/SVI Access encap
[GROUP:decap [GROUP:outer]
direction]
6 Egress PACL Egress L2 port Network to Native L2 NO

VTEP Access traffic
direction]
7a VACL Egress VLAN Network to Native L2 YES

VTEP Access traffic
direction]
7b VACL Egress Destination Network to Native L3 YES

VTEP VLAN Access traffic
direction]
8 Egress RACL Egress Tenant L3 Network to Post-decap YES

VTEP SVI Access L3 traffic
direction]
ACL implementation for VXLAN is the same as regular IP traffic. The host traffic is not encapsulated in the
ingress direction at the encapsulation switch. The implementation is a bit different for the VXLAN encapsulated
traffic at the decapsulation switch as the ACL classification is based on the inner payload. The supported ACL
scenarios for VXLAN are explained in the following topics and the unsupported cases are also covered for
both encapsulation and decapsulation switches.
All scenarios that are mentioned in the previous table are explained with the following host details:
• Host-1: 10.1.1.1/24 VLAN-10
• Host-2: 10.1.1.2/24 VLAN-10
• Host-3: 20.1.1.1/24 VLAN-20
• Case 1: Layer 2 traffic/L2 VNI that flows between Host-1 and Host-2 on VLAN-10.
• Case 2: Layer 3 traffic/L3 VNI that flows between Host-1 and Host-3 on VLAN-10 and VLAN-20.
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN ACLs

VXLAN ACLs have the following guidelines and limitations:
• A router ACL (RACL) on an SVI of the incoming VLAN-10 and the uplink port(eth1/2) does not support
filtering the encapsulated VXLAN traffic with outer or inner headers in an egress direction. The limitation
also applies to the Layer 3 port-channel uplink interfaces.
286
Configuring ACL
VXLAN Tunnel Encapsulation Switch
• A router ACL (RACL) on an SVI and the Layer 3 uplink ports is not supported to filter the encapsulated
VXLAN traffic with outer or inner headers in an ingress direction. This limitation also applies to the
Layer 3 port-channel uplink interfaces.
• A port ACL (PACL) cannot be applied on the Layer 2 port to which a host is connected. Cisco NX-OS
does not support a PACL in the egress direction.
Figure 24: Port ACL on VXLAN Encap Switch
VXLAN Tunnel Encapsulation Switch

Port ACL on the Access Port on Ingress
You can apply a port ACL (PACL) on the Layer 2 trunk or access port that a host is connected on the
encapsulating switch. As the incoming traffic from access to the network is normal IP traffic. The ACL that
is being applied on the Layer 2 port can filter it as it does for any IP traffic in the non-VXLAN environment.
The ing-ifacl TCAM region must be carved as follows:
Procedure

Example:
287
Configuring ACL
Port ACL on the Access Port on Ingress

Step 2 hardware access-list tcam region ing-ifacl Attaches the UDFs to the ing-ifacl TCAM
256 region, which applies to IPv4 or IPv6 port
ACLs.
Example:
switch(config)# hardware access-list
tcam region ing-ifacl 256
Step 3 ip access-list name Creates an IPv4 ACL and enters IP ACL

configuration mode. The name arguments can
Example:
be up to 64 characters.
switch(config)# ip access list
PACL_On_Host_Port
Step 4 sequence-number permit ip source-address Creates an ACL rule that permits or denies
destination-address IPv4 traffic matching its condition.
Example: The source-address destination-address
switch(config-acl)# 10 permit ip arguments can be the IP address with a
10.1.1.1/32 10.1.1.2/32 network wildcard, the IP address and
variable-length subnet mask, the host address,
and any to designate any address.
Step 5 exit Exits IP ACL configuration mode.

Example:
switch(config-acl)# exit
Step 6 interface ethernet slot/port Enters interface configuration mode.

Example:
Step 7 ip port access-group pacl-namein Applies a Layer 2 PACL to the interface. Only
inbound filtering is supported with port ACLs.
Example:
You can apply one port ACL to an interface.
switch(config-if)# ip port access-group
PACL_On_Host_Port in
Step 8 switchport Configures the interface as a Layer 2 interface.

Example:
Step 9 switchport mode trunk Configures the interface as a Layer 2 trunk

port.
Example:
Step 10 switchport trunk allowed vlan vlan-list Sets the allowed VLANs for the trunk
interface. The default is to allow all VLANs
Example:
on the trunk interface, 1 through 3967 and
switch(config-if)# switchport trunk 4048 through 4094. VLANs 3968 through
allowed clan 10,20
4047 are the default VLANs reserved for
internal use.
288
Configuring ACL
VLAN ACL on the Server VLAN

Example:
VLAN ACL on the Server VLAN

A VLAN ACL (VACL) can be applied on the incoming VLAN-10 that the host is connected to on the encap
switch. As the incoming traffic from access to network is normal IP traffic, the ACL that is being applied to
VLAN-10 can filter it as it does for any IP traffic in the non-VXLAN environment.
Figure 25: VLAN ACL on VXLAN Encap Switch
Procedure

Example:

Example:
Vacl_On_Source_VLAN
289
Configuring ACL
Routed ACL on an SVI on Ingress

Step 3 sequence-number permit ip source-address Creates an ACL rule that permits or denies IPv4
destination-address traffic matching its condition.
switch(config-acl)# 10 permit ip 10.1.1.1 arguments can be the IP address with a network
10.1.1.2 wildcard, the IP address and variable-length
subnet mask, the host address, and any to
designate any address.
Step 4 vlan access-map map-name [sequence-number] Enters VLAN access-map configuration mode
for the VLAN access map specified. If the
Example:
VLAN access map does not exist, the device
switch(config-acl)# vlan access-map creates it.
Vacl_on_Source_Vlan 10
If you do no specify a sequence number, the
device creates a new entry whose sequence
number is 10 greater than the last sequence
number in the access map.
Step 5 match ip address ip-access-list Specifies an ACL for the access-map entry.
Example:
switch(config-acl)# match ip address
Vacl_on_Source_Vlan
Step 6 action forward Specifies the action that the device applies to
traffic that matches the ACL.
Example:
switch(config-acl)# action forward
Step 7 vlan access-map name Enters VLAN access-map configuration mode

for the VLAN access map specified.
Example:
switch(config-acl)# vlan access map
Vacl_on_Source_Vlan

A router ACL (RACL) in the ingress direction can be applied on an SVI of the incoming VLAN-10 that the
host that connects to the encapsulating switch. As the incoming traffic from access to network is normal IP
traffic, the ACL that is being applied on SVI 10 can filter it as it does for any IP traffic in the non-VXLAN
environment.
290
Configuring ACL
Figure 26: Routed ACL on an SVI on Ingress at VXLAN Encap Switch
The ing-racl TCAM region must be carved as follows:
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 hardware access-list tcam region ing-ifacl Attaches the UDFs to the ing-racl TCAM
256 region, which applies to IPv4 or IPv6 port
ACLs.
Example:
tcam region ing-ifacl 256

Example:
PACL_On_Host_Port
291
Configuring ACL

Step 5 exit Exits IP ACL configuration mode.

Example:
Step 6 interface ethernet slot/port Enters interface configuration mode.

Example:
Step 7 no shutdown Negates shutdown command.

Example:
Step 8 ip access-group pacl-namein Applies a Layer 2 PACL to the interface. Only

inbound filtering is supported with port ACLs.
Example:
You can apply one port ACL to an interface.
switch(config-if)# ip port access-group
Racl_On_Source_Vlan_SVI in
Step 9 vrf member vxlan-number Configure SVI for host.

Example:
switch(config-if)# vrf member Cust-A

Example:
Step 11 ip address ip-address Configures an IP address for this interface.

Example:
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.1.1.10

Example:

Mode.
Example:
292
Configuring ACL
Routed ACL on the Uplink on Egress
Routed ACL on the Uplink on Egress

A RACL on an SVI of the incoming VLAN-10 and the uplink port (eth1/2) is not supported to filter the
encapsulated VXLAN traffic with an outer or inner header in an egress direction. This limitation also applies
to the Layer 3 port-channel uplink interfaces.
VXLAN Tunnel Decapsulation Switch

Routed ACL on the Uplink on Ingress
A RACL on a SVI and the Layer 3 uplink ports is not supported to filter the encapsulated VXLAN traffic
with outer or inner header in an ingress direction. This limitation also applies to the Layer 3 port-channel
uplink interfaces.
Port ACL on the Access Port on Egress

Do not apply a PACL on the Layer 2 port to which a host is connected. Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches do
not support a PACL in the egress direction.
VLAN ACL for the Layer 2 VNI Traffic

A VLAN ACL (VACL) can be applied on VLAN-10 to filter with the inner header when the Layer 2 VNI
traffic is flowing from Host-1 to Host-2.
Figure 27: VLAN ACL for the Layer 2 VNI on the VXLAN Decap Switch
293
Configuring ACL
The VACL TCAM region must be carved as follows:
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 hardware access-list tcam region vacl 256 Changes the ACL TCAM region size.
Example:
switch(config)# hardware access-list tcam
region vacl 256

Example:
VXLAN-L2-VNI
Step 4 statistics per-entry Specifies that the device maintains global

statistics for packets that match the rules in the
Example:
VACL.
switch(config-acl)# statistics per-entry
switch(config-acl)# 10 permit ip arguments can be the IP address with a network
10.1.1.1/32 10.1.1.2/32 wildcard, the IP address and variable-length
Step 6 sequence-number permit protocol Creates an ACL rule that permits or denies IPv4
source-address destination-address traffic matching its condition.
switch(config-acl)# 20 permit tcp arguments can be the IP address with a network
Step 7 exit Exit ACL configuration mode.

Example:
Example:
switch(config)# vlan access-map creates it.
VXLAN-L2-VNI 10
294
Configuring ACL

Step 9 match ip address list-name Configure the IP list name.

Example:
switch(config-access-map)# match ip
VXLAN-L2-VNI

A VLAN ACL (VACL) can be applied on the destination VLAN-20 to filter with the inner header when the
Layer 3 VNI traffic is flowing from Host-1 to Host-3. It slightly differs from the previous case as the VACL
for the Layer 3 traffic is accounted on the egress on the system. The keyword output must be used while
dumping the VACL entries for the Layer 3 VNI traffic.
Figure 28: VLAN ACL for the Layer 3 VNI on the VXLAN Decap Switch
The VACL TCAM region must be carved as follows.
295
Configuring ACL
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 hardware access-list tcam region vacl 256 Changes the ACL TCAM region size.
Example:
switch(config)# hardware access-list tcam
region vacl 256

Example:
VXLAN-L3-VNI
Step 4 statistics per-entry Specifies that the device maintains global

statistics for packets that match the rules in the
Example:
VACL.
switch(config)# statistics per-entry
switch(config-acl)# 10 permit ip arguments can be the IP address with a network
Step 6 sequence-number permit protocol Configures the ACL to redirect-specific HTTP

source-address destination-address methods to a server.
Example:
switch(config-acl)# 20 permit tcp
20.1.1.1/32 10.1.1.1/32
Example:
switch(config-acl)# vlan access-map creates it.
VXLAN-L3-VNI 10
Step 8 action forward Specifies the action that the device applies to
traffic that matches the ACL.
Example:
switch(config-acl)# action forward
296
Configuring ACL
Routed ACL on an SVI on Egress

A router ACL (RACL) on the egress direction can be applied on an SVI of the destination VLAN-20 that
Host-3 is connected to on the decap switch to filter with the inner header for traffic flows from the network
to access which is normal post-decapsulated IP traffic post. The ACL that is being applied on SVI 20 can
filter it as it does for any IP traffic in the non-VXLAN environment.
Figure 29: Routed ACL on an SVI on Egress at the VXLAN Decap Switch
The egr-racl TCAM region must be carved as follows:
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 hardware access-list tcam region egr-racl Changes the ACL TCAM region size.
256
Example:
tcam region egr-racl 256
297
Configuring ACL

Example:
switch(config)# ip access-list
Racl_on_Source_Vlan_SVI
Step 5 interface vlan vlan-id Enters interface configuration mode, where

vlan-id is the ID of the VLAN that you want
Example:
to configure with a DHCP server IP address.
switch(config-acl)# interface vlan
vlan20
Step 6 no shutdown Negate the shutdown command.

Example:
Step 7 ip access-group access-list out Applies an IPv4 or IPv6 ACL to the Layer 3
interfaces for traffic flowing in the direction
Example:
specified. You can apply one router ACL per
switch(config-if)# ip access-group direction.
Racl_On_Detination_Vlan_SVI out
Step 8 vrf member vxlan-number Configure SVI for host.

Example:
switch(config-if)# vrf member Cust-A

Example:
Step 10 ip address ip-address/length Configures an IP address for this interface.

Example:
20.1.1.10/24

Example:

Mode.
Example:
298
Configuring ACL

299
Configuring ACL
300
CHAPTER 17
Configuring Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site
Using CloudSec
• About Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec, on page 301
• Guidelines and Limitations for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec, on page 302
• Configuring Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec, on page 303
• Verifying the Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec, on page 309
• Displaying Statistics for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec, on page 314
• Configuration Examples for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec, on page 315
• Migrating from Multi-Site with VIP to Multi-Site with PIP, on page 316
About Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec

Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec ensures data security and data integrity for VXLAN-based
Multi-Site fabrics. Using the cryptographic machinery of IEEE MACsec for UDP packets, this feature provides
a secure tunnel between authorized VXLAN EVPN endpoints.
The CloudSec session is point to point over DCI between border gateways (BGWs) on two different sites.
All communication between sites uses Multi-Site PIP instead of VIP. For migration information, see Migrating
from Multi-Site with VIP to Multi-Site with PIP, on page 316.
Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec is enabled on a per-peer basis. Peers that do not support
CloudSec can operate with peers that do support CloudSec, but the traffic is unencrypted. We recommend
allowing unencrypted traffic only during migration from non-CloudSec-enabled sites to CloudSec-enabled
sites.
CloudSec key exchange uses BGP while MACsec uses the MACsec Key Agreement (MKA). The CloudSec
control plane uses the IPv4 address family for the BGP session.
Key Lifetime and Hitless Key Rollover

A CloudSec keychain can have multiple pre-shared keys (PSKs), each configured with a key ID and an optional
lifetime. Pre-shared keys are seed keys used to derive further keys for traffic encryption and integrity validation.
A list of pre-shared keys can be configured in a keychain with different lifetimes.
301
Configuring Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec
Guidelines and Limitations for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec
A key lifetime specifies when the key expires. CloudSec rolls over to the next configured pre-shared key in
the keychain after the lifetime expires. The time zone of the key can be local or UTC. The default time zone
is UTC. In the absence of a lifetime configuration, the default lifetime is unlimited.
To configure the CloudSec keychain, see Configuring a CloudSec Keychain and Keys, on page 305.
When the lifetime of the first key expires, it automatically rolls over to the next key in the list. If the same
key is configured on both sides of the link at the same time, the key rollover is hitless. That is, the key rolls
over without traffic interruption. The lifetime of the keys must be overlapped in order to achieve hitless key
rollover.
Guidelines and Limitations for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site

Using CloudSec
Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec has the following guidelines and limitations:
• Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec is supported beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release
9.3(5).
• Only Cisco Nexus 9300-FX2 platform switches support Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec.
• L3 interfaces and L3 port channels are supported as DCI links.
• CloudSec traffic that is destined for the switch must enter the switch through the DCI uplinks.
• Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec is supported for sites that are connected through a
route server or sites that are connected using full mesh (without a route server). For sites that are connected
through a route server, upgrade the server to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5) or a later release and follow
the instructions in Enabling CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption, on page 303.
• All of the BGWs on the same site should be configured for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using
CloudSec.
• Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec on DCI links and MACsec on the internal fabric can
coexist. However, they can't be enabled simultaneously on the same port or port group (MAC ID).
• Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec peers must have the same keychain configuration in
order to decrypt the secure traffic between them.
• In order to keep a session alive when all keys with an active timer expire, configure no more than one
key per keychain without a lifetime. As a best practice, we recommend configuring a lifetime for each
key.
• Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec doesn't support the following:
• Directly connected L2 hosts on border gateways
• IP unnumbered configurations on the DCI interface
• Multicast underlay
• OAM pathtrace
• TRM
• VIP-only model on border gateways
302
• vPC on border gateways

• VXLAN EVPN with downstream VNI

Follow these procedures to configure Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec:
• Enabling CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption, on page 303
• Configuring a CloudSec Keychain and Keys, on page 305
• Configuring a CloudSec Policy, on page 306
• Configuring CloudSec Peers, on page 308
• Enabling Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec on DCI Uplinks, on page 308
Enabling CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption

Follow these steps to enable CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption.
Before you begin

Configure BGP peers in the IPv4 unicast address family. Make sure that the IPv4 prefix is propagated with
the tunnel community attribute that carries CloudSec keys.
Configure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site and use the following commands to ensure that peer IP addresses are
advertised for CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption:
evpn multisite border-gateway ms-id
dci-advertise-pip
Caution Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site without dci-advertise-pip reverts border gateways to VIP-only mode,
which is not supported for CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption.
You have two options for sites that are connected through a route server:
• Keep dual RDs enabled – This default behavior ensures that the memory scale remains the same from
previous releases in order to handle leaf devices with limited memory. All same-site BGWs use the same
RD value for reoriginated routes while advertising EVPN routes to the remote BGW.
• Disable dual RDs – If you don’t have memory limitations on leaf devices, you can configure the no dual
rd command on the BGW. Different RD values are used for reoriginated routes on the same BGWs while
advertising EVPN routes to the remote BGW.
Perform one of the following actions, depending on whether dual RDs are enabled on the BGW:
• If dual RDs are configured on the BGWs, follow these steps:
1. Apply BGP additional paths on the BGW.
303
Enabling CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption
router bgp as-num

maximum-paths number
additional-paths send
additional-paths receive
2. Configure multipath for each L3VNI VRF on the BGW.

vrf evpn-tenant-00001
maximum-paths 64
maximum-paths 64
3. Apply BGP additional paths on the route server.

router bgp as-num
additional-paths selection route-map name
route-map name permit 10

set path-selection all advertise
• If no dual rd is configured on the BGWs or full mesh is configured, follow these steps:
1. Configure the address family and maximum paths on the BGW.
router bgp as-num
maximum-paths number
2. Configure multipath for each L3VNI VRF on the BGW.

vrf evpn-tenant-00001
maximum-paths 64
maximum-paths 64
Note BGP additional paths are not required on the route server.
Procedure

Example:
switch(config)#
304
Configuring a CloudSec Keychain and Keys

Step 2 [no] feature tunnel-encryption Enables CloudSec VXLAN EVPN Tunnel
Encryption.
Example:
switch(config)# feature tunnel-encryption
Step 3 [no] tunnel-encryption source-interface Specifies the BGP loopback as the

loopback number tunnel-encryption source interface. The IP
address of the configured source interface is
Example:
used as the prefix to announce CloudSec
switch(config)# tunnel-encryption VXLAN EVPN Tunnel Encryption key routes.
Note Enter the BGP loopback interface
and not the NVE source interface.
Example:
switch(config)# copy running-config
startup-config
What to do next
Configuring a CloudSec Keychain and Keys.
Configuring a CloudSec Keychain and Keys

You can create a CloudSec keychain and keys on the device.
Before you begin

Make sure that Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec is enabled.
Procedure

Example:
switch(config)#
Step 2 [no] key chain name tunnel-encryption Creates a CloudSec keychain to hold a set of
CloudSec keys and enters tunnel-encryption
Example:
keychain configuration mode.
switch(config)# key chain kc1
tunnel-encryption
switch(config-tunnelencryptkeychain)#
Step 3 [no] key key-id Creates a CloudSec key and enters

tunnel-encryption key configuration mode. The
Example:
305
Configuring a CloudSec Policy

switch(config-tunnelencryptkeychain)# range is from 1 to 32 octets, and the maximum
key 2000
size is 64.
switch(config-tunnelencryptkeychain-tunnelencryptkey)#
Note The key must consist of an even
number of characters.
Step 4 [no] key-octet-string octet-string Configures the octet string for the key. The
cryptographic-algorithm {AES_128_CMAC octet-string argument can contain up to 64
| AES_256_CMAC} hexadecimal characters. The octet key is
encoded internally, so the key in clear text does
Example:
not appear in the output of the show
switch(config-tunnelencryptkeychain-tunnelencryptkey)# running-config tunnel-encryption command.
key-octet-string
abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
cryptographic-algorithm AES_256_CMAC
Step 5 [no] send-lifetime start-time duration duration Configures a send lifetime for the key. By
default, the device treats the start time as UTC.
Example:
switch(config-tunnelencryptkeychain-tunnelencryptkey)# The start-time argument is the time of day and
send-lifetime 00:00:00 May 06 2020 date that the key becomes active. The duration
duration 100000 argument is the length of the lifetime in
seconds. The range is from 1800 seconds to
2147483646 seconds (approximately 68 years).
Step 6 (Optional) show key chain name Displays the keychain configuration.
Example:
show key chain kc1
Step 7 (Optional) copy running-config startup-config Copies the running configuration to the startup
configuration.
Example:
copy running-config startup-config
What to do next
Configuring a CloudSec Policy.

You can create multiple CloudSec policies with different parameters. However, only one policy can be active
on an interface.
Before you begin

306
Procedure

Example:
switch(config)#
Step 2 (Optional) [no] tunnel-encryption Ensures that no unencrypted packets are sent
must-secure-policy over the wire for the session. Packets that are
not carrying CloudSec headers are dropped.
Example:
switch(config)# tunnel-encryption The no form of this command allows
must-secure-policy unencrypted traffic. We recommend allowing
unencrypted traffic only during migration from
non-CloudSec-enabled sites to
CloudSec-enabled sites. By default, Secure
VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec
operates in "should secure" mode.
Step 3 [no] tunnel-encryption policy name Creates a CloudSec policy.

Example:
switch(config)# tunnel-encryption policy
p1
switch(config-tunenc-policy)#
Step 4 (Optional) [no] cipher-suite name Configures one of the following ciphers:
GCM-AES-XPN-128 or GCM-AES-XPN-256.
Example:
The default value is GCM-AES-XPN-256.
switch(config-tunenc-policy)#
cipher-suite GCM-AES-XPN-256
Step 5 (Optional) [no] window-size number Configures the replay protection window such
that the interface will not accept any packet that
Example:
is less than the configured window size. The
switch(config-tunenc-policy)# window-size range is from 134217728 to 1073741823 IP
134217728
packets. The default value is 268435456.
Step 6 (Optional) [no] sak-rekey-time time Configures the time in seconds to force an SAK
rekey. This command can be used to change the
Example:
session key to a predictable time interval. The
switch(config-tunenc-policy)# range is from 1800 to 2592000 seconds. There
sak-rekey-time 1800
is not a default value. We recommend using the
same rekey value for all the peers.
Step 7 (Optional) show tunnel-encryption policy Displays the CloudSec policy configuration.
Example:
switch(config-tunenc-policy)# show
tunnel-encryption policy
307
Configuring CloudSec Peers

Example:
switch(config-tunenc-policy)# copy
What to do next
Configuring CloudSec Peers.
Configuring CloudSec Peers

You can configure the CloudSec peers.
Before you begin

Enable Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec.
Procedure

Example:
switch(config)#
Step 2 [no] tunnel-encryption peer-ip Specifies the IP address of the NVE source
peer-ip-address interface on the peer.
Example:
switch(config)# tunnel-encryption peer-ip
33.1.33.33
Step 3 [no] keychain name policy name Attaches a policy to a CloudSec peer.
Example:
switch(config)# keychain kc1 policy p1
What to do next
Enabling Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec on DCI Uplinks.
Enabling Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec on DCI Uplinks

Follow these steps to enable Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec on all DCI uplinks.
308
Verifying the Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec
Note This configuration cannot be applied on Layer 2 ports.
Before you begin

Procedure

Example:
switch(config)#
Step 2 [no] interface ethernet port/slot Enters interface configuration mode.

Example:
switch(config-if)#
Step 3 [no] tunnel-encryption Enables Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site

using CloudSec on the specified interface.
Example:
switch(config-if)# tunnel-encryption

To display Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec configuration information, perform one of the
following tasks:
Command Purpose
show tunnel-encryption info global Displays configuration information for Secure

VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec.
show tunnel-encryption policy [policy-name] Displays the configuration for a specific CloudSec
policy or for all CloudSec policies.
show tunnel-encryption session [peer-ip Displays information about CloudSec sessions,

peer-ip-address] [detail] including whether sessions are secure between
endpoints.
show running-config tunnel-encryption Displays the running configuration information for

Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec.
show bgp ipv4 unicast ip-address Displays the tunnel encryption information for BGP
routes.
309
Command Purpose
show bgp l2vpn evpn Displays the Layer 2 VPN EVPN address family and
routing table information.
show ip route ip-address vrf vrf Displays the VRF routes.
show l2route evpn mac evi evi Displays Layer 2 route information.
show nve interface interface detail Displays the NVE interface detail.
show running-config rpm Displays the key text in the running configuration.
Note If you enter the key-chain
tunnelencrypt-psk no-show command
prior to running this command, the key text
is hidden (with asterisks) in the running
configuration. If you enter the reload ascii
command, the key text is omitted from the
running configuration.
The following example displays configuration information for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using
CloudSec:
switch# show tunnel-encryption info global
Global Policy Mode: Must-Secure
SCI list: 0000.0000.0001.0002 0000.0000.0001.0004
No. of Active Peers : 1
The following example displays all configured CloudSec policies. The output shows the cipher, window size,
and SAK retry time for each policy.
switch# show tunnel-encryption policy
Tunnel-Encryption Policy Cipher Window SAK Rekey time
---------------------------- ---------------- --------- --------------
cloudsec GCM-AES-XPN-256 134217728 1800
p1 GCM-AES-XPN-256 1073741823
system-default-tunenc-policy GCM-AES-XPN-256 268435456
The following example displays information about CloudSec sessions. The output shows the peer IP address
and policy, the keychain available, and whether the sessions are secure.
switch# show tunnel-encryption session
Tunnel-Encryption Peer Policy Keychain RxStatus TxStatus
----------------- ----------- -------- ----------- --------------
33.1.33.33 p1 kc1 Secure (AN: 0) Secure (AN: 2)
The following example shows the tunnel encryption information for BGP routes:
switch# show bgp ipv4 unicast 199.199.199.199 Source-loopback configured on peer BGW for
CloudSec
BGP routing table information for VRF default, address family IPv4 Unicast
BGP routing table entry for 199.199.199.199/32, version 109
310
Flags: (0x8008001a) (high32 0x000200) on xmit-list, is in urib, is best urib route, is in

HW
Multipath: eBGP
Path type: external, path is valid, is best path, no labeled nexthop, in rib
89.89.89.89 (metric 0) from 89.89.89.89 (89.89.89.89)
Tunnel Encapsulation attribute: Length 120

2.2.2.2
The following example shows if the MAC is attached with the virtual ESI:
switch(config)# show bgp l2vpn evpn 0012.0100.000a
BGP routing table entry for [2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[0012.0100.000a]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216, version
13198
Multipath: eBGP
Path type: external, path is valid, is best path, no labeled nexthop
Imported paths list: l2-10109
10.10.10.10 (metric 0) from 89.89.89.89 (89.89.89.89)
ESI: 0300.0000.0000.0200.0309

BGP routing table entry for [2]:[0]:[0]:[48]:[0012.0100.000a]:[0]:[0.0.0.0]/216, version
24823
Multipath: eBGP
Path type: external, path is valid, is best path, no labeled nexthop
Imported paths list: l2-10109
9.9.9.9 (metric 0) from 89.89.89.89 (89.89.89.89)
ESI: 0300.0000.0000.0200.0309
The following example shows the ECMP created for EVPN type-5 routes received from the remote site:
switch(config)# show ip route 205.205.205.9 vrf vrf903
IP Route Table for VRF "vrf903"
311

205.205.205.9/32, ubest/mbest: 2/0

*via 9.9.9.9%default, [20/0], 11:06:32, bgp-100, external, tag 1000, segid: 900003
tunnelid: 0x9090909 encap: VXLAN
*via 10.10.10.10%default, [20/0], 3d05h, bgp-100, external, tag 1000, segid: 900003
tunnelid: 0xa0a0a0a encap: VXLAN
The following example shows if ESI-based MAC multipath is configured for MACs received from the remote
site:
switch(config)# show l2route evpn mac evi 109 mac 0012.0100.000a detail


-------- -------------- ------ ------ ------ ----------------------
109 0012.0100.000a BGP SplRcv 0 9.9.9.9 (Label: 10109)
10.10.10.10 (Label: 10109)
Route Resolution Type: ESI
Forwarding State: Resolved (PL)
Resultant PL: 9.9.9.9, 10.10.10.10
Sent To: L2FM
ESI : 0300.0000.0000.0200.0309
Encap: 1
The following example shows that VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site with PIP is configured:
switch(config)# show nve interface nve1 detail
Interface: nve1, State: Up, encapsulation: VXLAN
VPC Capability: VPC-VIP-Only [not-notified]
Local Router MAC: 700f.6a15.c791
Host Learning Mode: Control-Plane
Source-Interface: loopback0 (primary: 14.14.14.14, secondary: 0.0.0.0)
Source Interface State: Up
Virtual RMAC Advertisement: No
NVE Flags:
Interface Handle: 0x49000001
Source Interface hold-down-time: 180
Source Interface hold-up-time: 30
Remaining hold-down time: 0 seconds
Virtual Router MAC: N/A
Virtual Router MAC Re-origination: 0200.2e2e.2e2e
Interface state: nve-intf-add-complete
Multisite delay-restore time: 180 seconds
Multisite delay-restore time left: 0 seconds
Multisite dci-advertise-pip configured: True
Multisite bgw-if: loopback1 (ip: 46.46.46.46, admin: Up, oper: Up)
Multisite bgw-if oper down reason:
The following example shows the key text in the running configuration. If you enter the key-chain
tunnelencrypt-psk no-show command, the key text is hidden.
switch# show running-config rpm
312
!Running configuration last done at: Mon Jun 15 14:41:40 2020

!Time: Mon Jun 15 15:10:27 2020

key chain inter tunnel-encryption
key 3301
key-octet-string 7 075f79696a58405441412e2a577f0f077d6461003652302552040a0b76015a504e370c
7972700604755f0e22230c03254323277d2f5359741a6b5d3a5744315f2f cryptographic-algorithm
AES_256_CMAC
key chain kc1 tunnel-encryption
key 3537
key-octet-string 7
072c746f172c3d274e33592e22727e7409106d003725325758037800777556213d4e0c7c00770576772
d08515e0804553124577f5a522e046d6a5f485c35425f59 cryptographic-algorithm AES_256_CMAC
send-lifetime local 09:09:40 Apr 15 2020 duration 1800
key 2001
key-octet-string 7
075f79696a58405441412e2a577f0f077d6461003652302552040a0b76015a504e370c7972700604755
f0e22230c03254323277d2f5359741a6b5d3a5744315f2f cryptographic-algorithm AES_256_CMAC
key 2065
key-octet-string 7
0729791f6f5e3d213347292d517308730c156c7737223554270f787c07722a513e450a0a0703070c062
e0256210d0e204120510d29222a051f1e594c2135375359 cryptographic-algorithm AES_256_CMAC
key 2129
key-octet-string 7
075c796f6f2a4c2642302f5c56790e767063657a4b564f2156777c0a020228564a32780e0472007005530
c5e560f04204056577f2a222d056d1f5c4c533241525d cryptographic-algorithm AES_256_CMAC
key 2193
key-octet-string 7
07577014195b402336345a5f260f797d7d6264044b50415755047a7976755a574d350b7e720a0202715d7
a50530d715346205d0c2d525c001f6b5b385046365a29 cryptographic-algorithm AES_256_CMAC

switch(config)# key-chain tunnelencrypt-psk no-show
switch(config)# show running-config rpm

!Running configuration last done at: Mon Jun 15 15:10:44 2020
!Time: Mon Jun 15 15:10:47 2020

key-chain tunnelencrypt-psk no-show
key chain inter tunnel-encryption
key 3301
key-octet-string 7 ****** cryptographic-algorithm AES_256_CMAC
key 3537
send-lifetime local 09:09:40 Apr 15 2020 duration 1800
key 2001
key 2065
key 2129
key 2193
313
Displaying Statistics for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec
Displaying Statistics for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using

CloudSec
You can display or clear Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec statistics using the following
commands:
Command Purpose
show tunnel-encryption statistics [peer-ip Displays statistics for Secure VXLAN EVPN
peer-ip-address] Multi-Site using CloudSec.
clear tunnel-encryption statistics [peer-ip Clears statistics for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site
peer-ip-address] using CloudSec.
The following example shows sample statistics for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec:
switch# show tunnel-encryption statistics
Peer 16.16.16.16 SecY Statistics:
SAK Rx Statistics for AN [0]:

Unchecked Pkts: 0
Delayed Pkts: 0
Late Pkts: 0
OK Pkts: 8170598
Invalid Pkts: 0
Not Valid Pkts: 0
Not-Using-SA Pkts: 0
Unused-SA Pkts: 0
Decrypted In-Pkts: 8170598
Decrypted In-Octets: 4137958460 bytes
Validated In-Octets: 0 bytes
SAK Rx Statistics for AN [3]:

Unchecked Pkts: 0
Delayed Pkts: 0
Late Pkts: 0
OK Pkts: 0
Invalid Pkts: 0
Not Valid Pkts: 0
Not-Using-SA Pkts: 0
Unused-SA Pkts: 0
Decrypted In-Pkts: 0
Decrypted In-Octets: 0 bytes
Validated In-Octets: 0 bytes
SAK Tx Statistics for AN [0]:

Encrypted Protected Pkts: 30868929
Too Long Pkts: 0
Untagged Pkts: 0
Encrypted Protected Out-Octets: 15758962530 bytes
314
Configuration Examples for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec
Configuration Examples for Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site

Using CloudSec
The following example shows how to configure Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site using CloudSec:
key 2006
key-octet-string 7 075f79696a58405441412e2a577f0f077d6461003652302552040
a0b76015a504e370c7972700604755f0e22230c03254323277d2f5359741a6b5d3a5744315f2f
cryptographic-algorithm AES_256_CMAC
feature tunnel-encryption
tunnel-encryption source-interface loopback4
tunnel-encryption must-secure-policy
tunnel-encryption policy p1
window-size 1073741823
tunnel-encryption peer-ip 11.1.11.11

keychain kc1 policy p1
tunnel-encryption
tunnel-encryption
tunnel-encryption
tunnel-encryption
evpn multisite border-gateway 111

dci-advertise-pip
router bgp 1000

router-id 12.12.12.12
no rd dual
maximum-paths 10
maximum-paths 10
vrf vxlan-900101
maximum-paths 10
maximum-paths 10
show tunnel-encryption session

Tunnel-Encryption Peer Policy Keychain RxStatus TxStatus
---------------------- ------ -------- -------------- --------------
315
Migrating from Multi-Site with VIP to Multi-Site with PIP

Migrating from Multi-Site with VIP to Multi-Site with PIP

Follow these steps for a smooth migration from Multi-Site with VIP to Multi-Site with PIP. The migration
needs to be done one site at a time. You can expect minimal traffic loss during the migration.
1. Upgrade all BGWs on all sites to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5) or a later release.
2. Configure BGP maximum paths on all BGWs. Doing so is required for ESI-based MAC multipath and
BGP to download all of the next-hops for EVPN Type-2 and Type-5 routes.
3. Pick one site at a time for the migration.
4. Shut down the same-site BGWs except for one BGW. You can use the NVE shutdown command to shut
down the BGWs.
5. To avoid traffic loss, wait a few minutes before enabling Multi-Site with PIP on the active BGW. Doing
so allows the same-site shutdown BGWs to withdraw EVPN routes so remote BGWs send traffic to only
the active BGW.
6. Enable Multi-Site with PIP on the active BGW by configuring the dci-advertise-pip command.
The Multi-Site with PIP-enabled BGW advertises the EVPN EAD-per-ES route for the virtual ESI.
The Multi-Site with PIP-enabled BGW advertises EVPN Type-2 and Type-5 routes with virtual ESI,
next-hop as the PIP address, and PIP interface MAC as the RMAC (if applicable) toward DCI. There is
no change with respect to advertising EVPN Type-2 and Type-5 routes toward the fabric.
The remote BGW performs ESI-based MAC multipathing as MAC routes are received with ESI.
7. Unshut the same-site BGWs one at a time and enable Multi-Site with PIP by entering the dci-advertise-pip
command.
The remote BGW performs ESI-based MAC multipathing for MAC routes as ESI is the same from all
same-site BGWs.
On the remote BGW, BGP selects paths as multipath and downloads all next-hops for EVPN Type-5
routes.
316
CHAPTER 18
Configuring VXLAN QoS
• Information About VXLAN QoS, on page 317
• Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN QoS, on page 325
• Default Settings for VXLAN QoS, on page 326
• Configuring VXLAN QoS, on page 327
• Verifying the VXLAN QoS Configuration, on page 329
• VXLAN QoS Configuration Examples, on page 329
Information About VXLAN QoS

VXLAN QoS enables you to provide Quality of Service (QoS) capabilities to traffic that is tunneled in VXLAN.
Traffic in the VXLAN overlay can be assigned to different QoS properties:
• Classification traffic to assign different properties.
• Including traffic marking with different priorities.
• Queuing traffic to enable priority for the protected traffic.
• Policing for misbehaving traffic.
• Shaping for traffic that limits speed per interface.
• Properties traffic sensitive to traffic drops.
Note QoS allows you to classify the network traffic, police and prioritize the traffic flow, and provide congestion
avoidance. For more information about QoS, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Quality of Service
Configuration Guide, Release 9.2(x).
VXLAN QoS Terminology

This section defines VXLAN QoS terminology.
317
VXLAN QoS Terminology
Table 8: VXLAN QoS Terminology
Term Definition
Frames Carries traffic at Layer 2. Layer 2 frames carry Layer

3 packets.
Packets Carries traffic at Layer 3.
VXLAN packet Carries original frame, encapsulated in VXLAN

IP/UDP header.
Original frame A Layer 2 or Layer 2 frame that carries the Layer 3

packet before encapsulation in a VXLAN header.
Decapsulated frame A Layer 2 or a Layer 2 frame that carries a Layer 3

packet after the VXLAN header is decapsulated.
Ingress VTEP The point where traffic is encapsulated in the VXLAN

header and enters the VXLAN tunnel.
Egress VTEP The point where traffic is decapsulated from the

VXLAN header and exits the VXLAN tunnel.
Class of Service (CoS) Refers to the three bits in an 802.1Q header that are
used to indicate the priority of the Ethernet frame as
it passes through a switched network. The CoS bits
in the 802.1Q header are commonly referred to as the
802.1p bits. 802.1Q is discarded prior to frame
encapsulation in a VXLAN header, where CoS value
is not present in VXLAN tunnel. To maintain QoS
when a packet enters the VXLAN tunnel, the type of
service (ToS) and CoS values map to each other.
IP precedence The 3 most significant bits of the ToS byte in the IP

header.
Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) The first six bits of the ToS byte in the IP header.
DSCP is only present in an IP packet.
Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) The last two bits of the ToS byte in the IP header.
ECN is only present in an IP packet.
QoS tags Prioritization values carried in Layer 3 packets and

Layer 2 frames. A Layer 2 CoS label can have a value
ranging between zero for low priority and seven for
high priority. A Layer 3 IP precedence label can have
a value ranging between zero for low priority and
seven for high priority. IP precedence values are
defined by the three most significant bits of the 1-byte
ToS byte. A Layer 3 DSCP label can have a value
between 0 and 63. DSCP values are defined by the
six most significant bits of the 1-byte IP ToS field.
318
VXLAN QoS Features
Term Definition
Classification The process used for selecting traffic for QoS
Marking The process of setting: a Layer 2 COS value in a

frame, Layer 3 DSCP value in a packet, and Layer 3
ECN value in a packet. Marking is also the process
of choosing different values for the CoS, DSCP, ECN
field to mark packets so that they have the priority
that they require during periods of congestion.
Policing Limiting bandwidth used by a flow of traffic. Policing

can mark or drop traffic.
MQC The Cisco Modular QoS command line interface

(MQC) framework, which is a modular and highly
extensible framework for deploying QoS.
VXLAN QoS Features

The following topics describe the VXLAN QoS features that are supported in a VXLAN network:
Trust Boundaries
The trust boundary forms a perimeter on your network. Your network trusts (and does not override) the
markings on your switch. The existing ToS values are trusted when received on in the VXLAN fabric.
Classification
You use classification to partition traffic into classes. You classify the traffic based on the port characteristics
or the packet header fields that include IP precedence, differentiated services code point (DSCP), Layer 3 to
Layer 4 parameters, and the packet length.
The values used to classify traffic are called match criteria. When you define a traffic class, you can specify
multiple match criteria, you can choose to not match on a particular criterion, or you can determine the traffic
class by matching any or all criteria.
Traffic that fails to match any class is assigned to a default class of traffic called class-default.
Marking
Marking is the setting of QoS information that is related to a packet. Packet marking allows you to partition
your network into multiple priority levels or classes of service. You can set the value of a standard QoS field
for COS, IP precedence, and DSCP. You can also set the QoS field for internal labels (such as QoS groups)
that can be used in subsequent actions. Marking QoS groups is used to identify the traffic type for queuing
and scheduling traffic.
Policing
Policing causes traffic that exceeds the configured rate to be discarded or marked down to a higher drop
precedence.
319
Queuing and Scheduling
Single-rate policers monitor the specified committed information rate (CIR) of traffic. Dual-rate policers
monitor both CIR and peak information rate (PIR) of traffic.
Queuing and Scheduling

The queuing and scheduling process allows you to control the queue usage and the bandwidth that is allocated
to traffic classes. You can then achieve the desired trade-off between throughput and latency.
You can limit the size of the queues for a particular class of traffic by applying either static or dynamic limits.
You can apply weighted random early detection (WRED) to a class of traffic, which allows packets to be
dropped based on the QoS group. The WRED algorithm allows you to perform proactive queue management
to avoid traffic congestion.
ECN can be enabled along with WRED on a particular class of traffic to mark the congestion state instead of
dropping the packets. ECN marking in the VXLAN tunnel is performed in the outer header, and at the Egress
VTEP is copied to decapsulated frame.
Traffic Shaping
You can shape traffic by imposing a maximum data rate on a class of traffic so that excess packets are retained
in a queue to smooth (constrain) the output rate. In addition, minimum bandwidth shaping can be configured
to provide a minimum guaranteed bandwidth for a class of traffic.
Traffic shaping regulates and smooths out the packet flow by imposing a maximum traffic rate for each port’s
egress queue. Packets that exceed the threshold are placed in the queue and are transmitted later. Traffic
shaping is similar to Traffic Policing, but the packets are not dropped. Because packets are buffered, traffic
shaping minimizes packet loss (based on the queue length), which provides better traffic behavior for TCP
traffic.
By using traffic shaping, you can control the following:
• Access to available bandwidth.
• Ensure that traffic conforms to the policies established for it.
• Regulate the flow of traffic to avoid congestion that can occur when the egress traffic exceeds the access
speed of its remote, target interface.
For example, you can control access to the bandwidth when the policy dictates that the rate of a given interface
must not, on average, exceed a certain rate. Despite the access rate exceeding the speed.
Network QoS
The network QoS policy defines the characteristics of each CoS value, which are applicable network wide
across switches. With a network QoS policy, you can configure the following:
• Pause behavior—You can decide whether a CoS requires the lossless behavior which is provided by
using a priority flow control (PFC) mechanism that prevents packet loss during congestion) or not. You
can configure drop (frames with this CoS value can be dropped) and no drop (frames with this CoS value
cannot be dropped). For the drop and no drop configuration, you must also enable PFC per port. For
more information about PFC, see “Configuring Priority Flow Control".
Pause behavior can be achieved in the VXLAN tunnel for a specific queue-group.
320
VXLAN Priority Tunneling
VXLAN Priority Tunneling

In the VXLAN tunnel, DSCP values in the outer header are used to provide QoS transparency in end-to-end
of the tunnel. The outer header DSCP value is derived from the DSCP value with Layer 3 packets or the CoS
value for Layer 2 frames. At the VXLAN tunnel egress point, the priority of the decapsulated traffic is chosen
based on the mode. For more information, see Decapsulated Packet Priority Selection, on page 324.
MQC CLI
All available QoS features for VXLAN QoS are managed from the modular QoS command-line interface
(CLI). The Modular QoS CLI (MQC) allows you to define traffic classes (class maps), create and configure
traffic policies (policy maps), and perform actions that are defined in the policy maps to interface (service
policy).
VXLAN QoS Topology and Roles

This section describes the roles of network devices in implementing VXLAN QoS.
Figure 30: VXLAN Network
The network is bidirectional, but in the previous image, traffic is moving left to right.
In the VXLAN network, points of interest are ingress VTEPs where the original traffic is encapsulated in a
VXLAN header. Spines are transporting hops that connect ingress and egress VTEPs. An egress VTEP is the
point where VXLAN encapsulated traffic is decapsulated and egresses the VTEP as classical Ethernet traffic.
Note Ingress and egress VTEPs are the boundary between the VXLAN tunnel and the IP network.
Ingress VTEP and Encapsulation in the VXLAN Tunnel

At the ingress VTEP, the VTEP processes packets as follows:
321
Transport Through the VXLAN Tunnel
Procedure
Step 1 Layer 2 or Layer 3 traffic enters the edge of the VXLAN network.
Step 2 The switch receives the traffic from the input interface and uses the 802.1p bits or the DSCP value to perform
any classification, marking, and policing. It also derives the outer DSCP value in the VXLAN header. For
classification of incoming IP packets, the input service policy can also use access control lists (ACLs).
Step 3 For each incoming packet, the switch performs a lookup of the IP address to determine the next hop.
Step 4 The packet is encapsulated in the VXLAN header. The encapsulated packet's VXLAN header is assigned a
DSCP value that is based on QoS rules.
Step 5 The switch forwards the encapsulated packets to the appropriate output interface for processing.
Step 6 The encapsulated packets, marked by the DSCP value, are sent to the VXLAN tunnel output interface.
Transport Through the VXLAN Tunnel

In the transport through a VXLAN tunnel, the switch processes the VXLAN packets as follows:
Procedure
Step 1 The VXLAN encapsulated packets are received on an input interface of a transport switch. The switch uses
the outer header to perform classification, marking, and policing.
Step 2 The switch performs a lookup on the IP address in the outer header to determine the next hop.
Step 3 The switch forwards the encapsulated packets to the appropriate output interface for processing.
Step 4 VXLAN sends encapsulated packets through the output interface.
Egress VTEP and Decapsulation of the VXLAN Tunnel

At the egress VTEP boundary of the VXLAN tunnel, the VTEP processes packets as follows:
Procedure
Step 1 Packets encapsulated in VXLAN are received at the NVE interface of an egress VTEP, where the switch uses
the inner header DSCP value to perform classification, marking, and policing.
Step 2 The switch removes the VXLAN header from the packet, and does a lookup that is based on the decapsulated
packet's headers.
Step 3 The switch forwards the decapsulated packets to the appropriate output interface for processing.
Step 4 Before the packet is sent out, a DSCP value is assigned to a Layer 3 packet based on the decapsulation priority
or based on marking Layer 2 frames.
Step 5 The decapsulated packets are sent through the outgoing interface to the IP network.
322
Classification at the Ingress VTEP, Spine, and Egress VTEP
Classification at the Ingress VTEP, Spine, and Egress VTEP

This section includes the following topics:
IP to VXLAN
At the ingress VTEP, the ingress point of the VXLAN tunnel, traffic is encapsulated it the VLXAN header.
Traffic on an ingress VTEP is classified based on the priority in the original header. Classification can be
performed by matching the CoS, DSCP, and IP precedence values or by matching traffic with the ACL based
on the original frame data.
When traffic is encapsulated in the VXLAN, the Layer 3 packet's DSCP value is copied from the original
header to the outer header of the VXLAN encapsulated packet. This behavior is illustrated in the following
figure:
Figure 31: Copy of Priority from Layer-3 Packet to VXLAN Outer Header
For Layer 2 frames without the IP header, the DSCP value of the outer header is derived from the CoS-to-DSCP
mapping present in the hardware illustrated in Default Settings for VXLAN QoS, on page 326. In this way,
the original QoS attributes are preserved in the VXLAN tunnel. This behavior is illustrated in the following
figure:
Figure 32: Copy of Priority from Layer-2 Frame to VXLAN Outer Header
A Layer 2 frame, does not have a DSCP value present because the IP header is not present in the frame. After
a Layer 2 frame is encapsulated, the original CoS value is not preserved in the VXLAN tunnel.
Inside the VXLAN Tunnel

Inside the VXLAN tunnel, traffic classification is based on the outer header DSCP value. Classification can
be done matching the DCSP value or using ACLs for classification.
If VXLAN encapsulated traffic is crossing the trust boundary, marking can be changed in the packet to match
QoS behavior in the tunnel. Marking can be performed inside of the VXLAN tunnel, where a new DSCP
value is applied only on the outer header. The new DSCP value can influence different QoS behaviors inside
the VXLAN tunnel. The original DSCP value is preserved in the inner header.
323
VXLAN to IP
Figure 33: Marking Inside of the VXLAN Tunnel
VXLAN to IP
Classification at the egress VTEP is performed for traffic leaving the VXLAN tunnel. For classification at
the egress VTEP, the inner header values are used. The inner DSCP value is used for priority-based
classification. Classification can be performed using ACLs.
Classification is performed on the NVE interface for all VXLAN tunneled traffic.
Marking and policing can be performed on the NVE interface for tunneled traffic. If marking is configured,
newly marked values are present in the decapsulated packet. Because the original CoS value is not preserved
in the encapsulated packet, marking can be performed for decapsulated packets for any devices that expect
an 802.1p field for QoS in the rest of the network.
Decapsulated Packet Priority Selection

At the egress VTEP, the VXLAN header is removed from the packet and the decapsulated packet egresses
the switch with the DSCP value. The switch assigns the DSCP value of the decapsulated packet based on two
modes:
• Uniform mode – the DSCP value from the outer header of the VXLAN packet is copied to the decapsulated
packet. Any change of the DSCP value in the VXLAN tunnel is preserved and present in the decapsulated
packet. Uniform mode is the default mode of decapsulated packet priority selection.
• Pipe mode – the original DSCP value is preserved at the VXLAN tunnel end. At the egress VTEP, the
system copies the inner DSCP value to the decapsulated packet DSCP value. In this way, the original
DSCP value is preserved at the end of the VXLAN tunnel.
324
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN QoS
Figure 34: Uniform Mode Outer DSCP Value is Copied to Decapsulated Packet DSCP Value for a Layer-3 Packet
Figure 35: Pipe Mode Inner DSCP Value is Copied to Decapsulated Packet DSCP Value for Layer-3 Packet
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN QoS
Note The QoS policy must be configured end-to-end for this feature to work as designed.
VXLAN QoS has the following configuration guidelines and limitations:

• Cisco Nexus 9364C, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 platform switches and Cisco Nexus 9500 platform
switches with -EX/FX or -R/RX line cards support VXLAN QoS.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches support VXLAN
QoS in default mode.
• The following features are supported on Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with -R/RX line
cards:
• Physical interface level queuing should work as normal L2/L3 queuing/QoS
• IPv4 bridged case works in terms of copying inner ToS to outer VXLAN ToS
325
Default Settings for VXLAN QoS
• The following features are not supported on Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with -R and
-RX line cards:
• Policies on the NVE interface
• IPv6 type of service (ToS) from inner to VXLAN outer copying
• IPv4 routed cases for QoS. ToS from inner is not copied to outer VXLAN header
• For Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with -RX line cards, the default mode is pipe for
VXLAN decapsulation (inner packet DSCP not modified based on outer IP header DSCP value). This
is a difference in behavior from other line cards types. If -RX line cards and other line cards are used in
the same network, the qos-mode pipe command can be used in switches where non-RX line cards are
present in order to have the same behavior. For details on the configuration command, see Configuring
Type QoS on the Egress VTEP, on page 327.
• VXLAN QoS is supported in the EVPN fabric.
• The original IEEE 802.1Q header is not preserved in the VXLAN tunnel. The CoS value is not present
in the inner header of the VXLAN-encapsulated packet.
• Statistics (counters) are present for the NVE interface.
• Entering the policy-map type qos command in the output direction for egress policing is not supported
in the ingress VTEP.
• In a vPC, configure the change of the decapsulated packet priority selection on both peers.
• The service policy on an NVE interface can attach only in the input direction.
• If DSCP marking is present on the NVE interface, traffic to the BUD node preserves marking in the inner
and outer headers. If a marking action is configured on the NVE interface, BUM traffic is marked with
a new DSCP value on Cisco Nexus 9364C and 9300-EX platform switches.
• A classification policy applied to an NVE interface applies only on VXLAN-encapsulated traffic. For
all other traffic, the classification policy must be applied on the incoming interface.
• To mark the decapsulated packet with a CoS value, a marking policy must be attached to the NVE
interface to mark the CoS value to packets where the VLAN header is present.
• The following guidelines and limitations apply to VXLAN QoS configuration on the DCI handoff node:
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches support
VXLAN QoS configuration on the DCI handoff node.
• VXLAN QoS configuration on the DCI handoff node does not support end-to-end priority flow
control (PFC) for Cisco Nexus 9336C-FX2, 93240YC-FX2, and 9300-GX platform switches.
• Microburst, dynamic packet prioritization (DPP), and approximate fair-drop (AFD) are supported
on VXLAN-encapsulated packets.
Default Settings for VXLAN QoS

The following table lists the default CoS-to-DSCP mapping in the ingress VTEP for Layer 2 frames:
326
Table 9: Default CoS-to-DSCP Mapping
CoS of Original Layer 2 Frame DSCP of Outer VXLAN Header
0 0
1 8
2 16
3 26
4 32
5 46
6 48
7 56

Configuration of VXLAN QoS is done using the MQC model. The same configuration that is used for the
QoS configuration applies to VXLAN QoS. For more information about configuring QoS, see the Cisco Nexus
9000 Series NX-OS Quality of Service Configuration Guide, Release 9.2(x).
VXLAN QoS introduces a new service-policy attachment point which is NVE – Network Virtual Interface.
At the egress VTEP, the NVE interface is the point where traffic is decapsulated. To account for all VLXAN
traffic, the service policy must be attached to an NVE interface.
The next section describes the configuration of the classification at the egress VTEP, and service-policy type
qos attachment to an NVE interface.
Configuring Type QoS on the Egress VTEP

Configuration of VXLAN QoS is done by using the MQC model. The same configuration is used for QoS
configuration for VXLAN QoS. For more information about configuring QoS, see the Cisco Nexus 9000
Series NX-OS Quality of Service Configuration Guide, Release 9.2(x).
VLXAN QoS introduces a new service-policy attachment point which is the Network Virtual Interface (NVE).
At the egress VTEP, the NVE interface points where traffic is decapsulated. To account for all VLXAN traffic,
the service policy must be attached to an NVE interface.
This procedure describes the configuration of classification at the egress VTEP, and service-policy type qos
attachment to an NVE interface.
Procedure

Example:
327
Configuring Type QoS on the Egress VTEP

Step 2 [no] class-map [type qos] [match-all]| Creates or accesses the class map
[match-any] class-map-name class--map-name and enters class-map mode.
The class--map-name argument can contain
Example:
alphabetic, hyphen, or underscore characters,
switch(config)# class-map type qos and can be up to 40 characters. (match-any is
class1
the default when the no option is selected and
multiple match statements are entered.)
Step 3 [no] match [access-group | cos | dscp | Configures the traffic class by matching
precedence] {name | 0-7 | 0-63 | 0-7} packets based on access-list, cos value, dscp
values, or IP precedence value
Example:
switch(config-cmap-qos)# match dscp 26
Step 4 [no] policy-map type qos policy-map-name Creates or accesses the policy map that is
named policy-map-name and then enters
Example:
policy-map mode. The policy-map name can
switch(config-cmap-qos)# policy-map type contain alphabetic, hyphen, or underscore
qos policy
characters, is case sensitive, and can be up to
40 characters.
Step 5 [no] class class-name Creates a reference to class-name and enters

policy-map class configuration mode. The
Example:
class is added to the end of the policy map
switch(config-pmap-qos)# class class1 unless insert-before is used to specify the class
to insert before. Use the class-default keyword
to select all traffic that is not currently matched
by classes in the policy map.
Step 6 [no] set qos-group qos-group-value Sets the QoS group value to qos-group-value.
The value can range from 1 through 126. The
Example:
qos-group is referenced in type queuing and
switch(config-pmap-c-qos)# set qos-group type network-qos as matching criteria.
1
Step 7 exit Exits class-map mode.

Example:
switch(config-pmap-c-qos)# exit
Step 8 [no] interface nve nve-interface-number Enters interface mode to configure the NVE
interface.
Example:
Step 9 [no] service-policy type qos input Adds a service-policy policy-map-name to the
policy-map-name interface in the input direction. You can attach
only one input policy to an NVE interface.
Example:
switch(config-if-nve)# service-policy
type qos input policy1
328
Verifying the VXLAN QoS Configuration

Step 10 (Optional) [no] qos-mode [pipe] Selecting decapsulated packet priority selection
and using pipe mode. Entering the no form of
Example:
this command negates pipe mode and defaults
switch(config-if-nve)# qos-mode pipe to uniform mode.
Verifying the VXLAN QoS Configuration

Table 10: VXLAN QoS Verification Commands
Command Purpose
show class map Displays information about all configured class maps.
show policy-map Displays information about all configured policy

maps.
show running ipqos Displays configured QoS configuration on the switch.
VXLAN QoS Configuration Examples

Ingress VTEP Classification and Marking
This example shows how to configure the class-map type qos command for classification matching traffic
with an ACL. Enter the policy-map type qos command to put traffic in qos-group 1 and set the DSCP value.
Enter the service-policy type qos command to attach to the ingress interface in the input direction to classify
traffic matching the ACL.
access-list ACL_QOS_DSCP_CS3 permit ip any any eq 80
class-map type qos CM_QOS_DSCP_CS3

match access-group name ACL_QOS_DSCP_CS3
policy-map type qos PM_QOS_MARKING

class CM_QOS_DSCP_CS3
set qos-group 1
set dscp 24
service-policy type qos input PM_QOS_MARKING
Transit Switch – Spine Classification

This example shows how to configure the class-map type qos command for classification matching DSCP
24 set on the ingress VTEP. Enter the policy-map type qos command to put traffic in qos-group 1. Enter the
service-policy type qos command to attach to the ingress interface in the input direction to classify traffic
matching criteria.
match dscp 24
329
VXLAN QoS Configuration Examples
policy-map type qos PM_QOS_CLASS

set qos-group 1
interface Ethernet 1/1

service-policy type qos input PM_QOS_CLASS
Egress VTEP Classification and Marking

This example shows how to configure the class-map type qos command for classification matching traffic
by DSCP value. Enter the policy-map type qos to place traffic in qos-group 1 and mark CoS value in outgoing
frames. The service-policy type qos command is applied to the NVE interface in the input direction to classify
traffic coming out of the VXLAN tunnel.
match dscp 24
policy-map type qos PM_QOS_MARKING

set qos-group 1
set cos 3
interface nve 1
service-policy type qos input PM_QOS_MARKING
Queuing
This example shows how to configure the policy-map type queueing command for traffic in qos-group 1.
Assigning 50% of the available bandwidth to q1 mapped to qos-group 1 and attaching policy in the output
direction to all ports using the system qos command.
policy-map type queuing PM_QUEUING
class type queuing c-out-8q-q7
priority level 1
bandwidth remaining percent 0
class type queuing c-out-8q-q-default
system qos
service-policy type queueing output PM_QUEUING
330
CHAPTER 19
Configuring vPC Fabric Peering
• Information About vPC Fabric Peering, on page 331
• Guidelines and Limitations for vPC Fabric Peering , on page 332
• Configuring vPC Fabric Peering, on page 333
• Migrating from vPC to vPC Fabric Peering, on page 336
• Verifying vPC Fabric Peering Configuration, on page 338
Information About vPC Fabric Peering

vPC Fabric Peering provides an enhanced dual-homing access solution without the overhead of wasting
physical ports for vPC Peer Link. This feature preserves all the characteristics of a traditional vPC.
The following lists the vPC Fabric Peering solution:
• vPC Fabric Peering port-channel with virtual members (tunnels).
• vPC Fabric Peering (tunnel) with removal of the physical peer link requirement.
• vPC Fabric Peering up/down events are triggered based on route updates and fabric up/down.
• Uplink tracking for extended failure coverage.
• vPC Fabric Peering reachability via the routed network, such as the spine.
• Increased resiliency of the vPC control plane over TCP-IP (CFSoIP).
• Data plane traffic over the VXLAN tunnel.
• Communication between vPC member switches uses VXLAN encapsulation.
• Failure of all uplinks on a node result in vPC ports going down on that switch. In that scenario, vPC peer
takes up the primary role and forwards the traffic.
• Uplink tracking with state dependency and up/down signalization for vPCs.
• Positive uplink state tracking drives vPC primary role election.
• For border leafs and spines, there is no need for per-VRF peering since network communication uses the
fabric.
• Enhance forwarding to orphans hosts by extending the VIP/PIP feature to Type-2 routes.
331
Guidelines and Limitations for vPC Fabric Peering
Note The vPC Fabric Peering counts as three VTEPs unlike a normal vPC which counts as one VTEP.
Guidelines and Limitations for vPC Fabric Peering

The following are the vPC Fabric Peering guidelines and limitations:
• Cisco Nexus 9332C, 9364C, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FXP/FX2/FX3 and 9300-GX platform switches
support vPC Fabric Peering. Cisco Nexus 9200 and 9500 platform switches do not support vPC Fabric
Peering.
Note For Cisco Nexus 9300-EX switches, mixed-mode multicast and ingress replication
are not supported. VNIs must be configured with either multicast or IR underlay,
but not both.
• vPC Fabric Peering requires TCAM carving of region ing-flow-redirect. TCAM carving requires saving
the configuration and reloading the switch prior to using the feature. (This requirement does not apply
to Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches.)
• Prior to reconfiguring the vPC Fabric Peering source and destination IP, the vPC domain must be shut
down. Once the vPC Fabric Peering source and destination IP have been adjusted, the vPC domain can
be enabled (no shutdown).
• The vPC Fabric Peering peer-link is established over the transport network (the spine layer of the fabric).
As communication between vPC peers occurs in this manner, control plane information CFS messages
used to synchronize port state information, VLAN information, VLAN-to-VNI mapping, host MAC
addresses, and IGMP snooping groups are transmitted over the fabric. CFS messages are marked with
the appropriate DSCP value, which should be protected in the transport network. The following example
shows a sample QoS configuration on the spine layer of Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches.
Classify traffic by matching the DSCP value (DSCP 56 is the default value):
class-map type qos match-all CFS
match dscp 56
Set traffic to the qos-group that corresponds with the strict priority queue for the appropriate spine switch.
In this example, the switch sends traffic to qos-group 7, which corresponds to the strict priority queue
(Queue 7). Note that different Cisco Nexus platforms might have a different queueing structure.
policy-map type qos CFS
class CFS
Set qos-group 7
Assign a classification service policy to all interfaces toward the VTEP (the leaf layer of the network):
service-policy type qos input CFS
• The vPC Fabric Peering domain does not support attaching FEX to it.
332
• The vPC Fabric Peering domain is not supported in the role of a Multi-Site vPC BGW.
• Enhance forwarding to orphan hosts by extending the VIP/PIP feature to Type-2 routes.
• Layer 3 Tenant Routed Multicast (TRM) is supported. Layer 2/Layer 3 TRM (Mixed Mode) is not
supported.
• If Type-5 routes are used with this feature, the advertise-pip command is a mandatory configuration.
• VTEPs behind vPC ports are not supported. This means that virtual peer-link peers cannot act as a transit
node for the VTEPs behind the vPC ports.
• SVI and sub-interface uplinks are not supported.
• An orphan Type-2 host is advertised using PIP. A vPC Type-2 host is advertised using VIP. This is the
default behavior for a Type-2 host.
To advertise an orphan Type-5 route using PIP, you need to advertise PIP under BGP.
• Traffic from remote VTEP to orphan hosts would land on the actual node which has the orphans. Bouncing
of the traffic is avoided.
Note When the vPC leg is down, vPC hosts are still advertised with the VIP IP.
• Non-disruptive ISSU is not supported for Cisco Nexus 93108TC-EX and 93180YC-EX switches.

Ensure the vPC Fabric Peering DSCP value is consistent on both vPC member switches. Ensure that the
corresponding QoS policy matches the vPC Fabric Peering DSCP marking.
All VLANs that require communication traversing the vPC Fabric Peering must have a VXLAN enabled
(vn-segment); this includes the native VLAN.
Note For MSTP, VLAN 1 must be extended across vPC Fabric Peering if the peer-link and vPC legs have the
default native VLAN configuration. This behavior can be achieved by extending VLAN 1 over VXLAN
(vn-segment). If the peer-link and vPC legs have non-default native VLANs, those VLANs must be extended
across vPC Fabric Peering by associating the VLANs with VXLAN (vn-segment).
Use the show vpc virtual-peerlink vlan consistency command for verification of the existing
VLAN-to-VXLAN mapping used for vPC Fabric Peering.
peer-keepalive for vPC Fabric Peering is supported with one of the following configurations:
• mgmt interface
• dedicated Layer 3 link in default or non-default VRF
• lopback interface reachable via the spine.
333
Configuring Features
Example uses OSPF as the underlay routing protocol.
configure terminal
nv overlay evpn
feature ospf
feature bgp
feature pim
feature vpc
feature ptp
feature nv overlay
vPC Configuration
Note To change the vPC Fabric Peering source or destination IP, the vPC domain must be shutdown prior to
modification. The vPC domain can be returned to operation after the modifying by using the no shutdown
command.
Configuring TCAM Carving

hardware access-list tcam region ing-flow-redirect 512
Configuring the vPC Domain

vpc domain 100
peer-keepalive destination 192.0.2.1
virtual peer-link destination 192.0.2.100 source 192.0.2.20/32 [dscp <dscp-value>]
Warning: Appropriate TCAM carving must be configured for virtual peer-link vPC
peer-switch
peer-gateway
ip arp synchronize
ipv6 nd synchronize
exit
Note The dscp keyword in optional. Range is 1 to 63. The default value is 56.
Configuring vPC Fabric Peering Port Channel

No need to configure members for the following port channel.
interface port-channel 10
switchport
vpc peer-link
interface loopback0
Note This loopback is not the NVE source-interface loopback (interface used for the VTEP IP address).
334
ip address 192.0.2.20/32
Note You can use the loopback for BGP peering or a dedicated loopback. This lookback must be different that the
loopback for peer keep alive.
Configuring the Underlay Interfaces

Both L3 physical and L3 port channels are supported. SVI and sub-interfaces are not supported.
router ospf 1
ip address 192.0.2.2/24
no shutdown
port-type fabric
ip address 192.0.2.3/24
no shutdown
port-type fabric
ip address 192.0.2.4/24
no shutdown
port-type fabric
ip address 192.0.2.5/24
ip router ospf 1 area 0.0.0.
no shutdown
Note All ports connected to spines must be port-type fabric.
VXLAN Configuration
Note Configuring advertise virtual-rmac (NVE) and advertise-pip (BGP) are required steps. For more information,
see the Configuring vPC Multihoming, on page 173 chapter.
Configuring VLANs and SVI

vlan 10
vn-segment 10010
vlan 101
vn-segment 10101
interface Vlan101
no shutdown
mtu 9216
no ip redirects
ip forward
no ipv6 redirects
335
Migrating from vPC to vPC Fabric Peering
interface vlan10
no shutdown
mtu 9216
no ip redirects
ip address 192.0.2.102/24
ipv6 address 2001:DB8:0:1::1/64
no ipv6 redirects
Configuring Virtual Port Channel

switchport
channel-group 100
no shutdown
exit
switchport
channel-group 101
no shutdown
switchport
channel-group 102
no shutdown
vpc 100
vpc 101
vpc 102
exit

This procedure contains the steps to migration from a regular vPC to vPC Fabric Peering.
Any direct Layer 3 link between vPC peers should be used only for peer-keep alive. This link should not be
used to advertise paths for vPC Fabric Peering loopbacks.
Note This migration is disruptive.
Before you begin

We recommend that you shut all physical Layer 2 links between the vPC peers before migration. We also
recommend that you map VLANs with vn-segment before or after migration.
336
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 show vpc Determine the number of members in the port

channel.
Example:
switch(config)# show vpc
Step 3 show port-channel summary Determine the number of members.

Example:
switch(config)# show port-channel
summary
Step 4 interface ethernet slot/port Specifies the interface you are configuring.
Example: Note This is the peer link port channel.
Step 5 no channel-group Remove vPC peer-link port-channel members.

Example: Note Disruption occurs following this
switch(config-if)# no channel-group step.
Step 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each interface.

Example:
Step 7 show running-config vpc Determine the vPC domain.
Example:
switch(config-if)# show running-config
vpc
Step 8 vpc domain domain-id Enter vPC domain configuration mode.

Example:
switch(config-if)# vpc domain 100
Step 9 virtual peer-link destination dest-ip source Specify the destination and source IP addresses
source-ip for vPC fabric peering.
Example:
switch(config-vpc-domain)# virtual
peer-link destination 192.0.2.1 source
192.0.2.100
Step 10 hardware access-list tcam region Perform TCAM carving.

ing-flow-redirect tcam-size
Example:
337
Verifying vPC Fabric Peering Configuration

switch(config-vpc-domain)# hardware
access-list tcam region
ing-flow-redirect 512
Step 11 copy running-config startup-config Copies the running configuration to the startup
configuration.
Example:
switch(config-vpc-domain)# copy
Step 12 reload Reboots the switch.

Example:
switch(config-vpc-domain)# reload

To display the status for the vPC Fabric Peering configuration, enter one of the following commands:
Table 11: vPC Fabric Peering Verification Commands
Command Purpose
show vpc fabric-ports Displays the fabric ports state.
show vpc Displays information about vPC Fabric Peering mode.
show vpc virtual-peerlink vlan consistency Displays the VLANs which are not associated with
vn-segment.
Example of the show vpc fabric-ports Command

switch# show vpc fabric-ports
Number of Fabric port : 9
Number of Fabric port active : 9
Fabric Ports State

-------------------------------------
Ethernet1/9 UP
Ethernet1/19/1 ( port-channel151 ) UP
Ethernet1/19/3 UP
Ethernet1/19/4 UP
Ethernet1/20/1 UP
Example of the show vpc Command

switch# show vpc
Legend:
(*) - local vPC is down, forwarding via vPC peer-link
338
vPC domain id : 3
Peer status : peer adjacency formed ok
Configuration consistency status : success
Per-vlan consistency status : success
vPC role : primary
Auto-recovery status : Enabled, timer is off.(timeout = 240s)
Operational Layer3 Peer-router : Disabled
Virtual-peerlink mode : Enabled
vPC Peer-link status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
id Port Status Active vlans
-- ---- ------ -------------------------------------------------
1 Po100 up 1,56,98-600,1001-3401,3500-3525
vPC status
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Id Port Status Consistency Reason Active vlans
-- ------------ ------ ----------- ------ ---------------
101 Po101 up success success 98-99,1001-280
0
Please check "show vpc consistency-parameters vpc <vpc-num>" for the

consistency reason of down vpc and for type-2 consistency reasons for
any vpc.
ToR_B1#
Example of the show vpc virtual-peerlink vlan consistency Command

switch# show vpc virtual-peerlink vlan consistency
Following vlans are inconsistent
23
switch#
339
340
CHAPTER 20
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with
L3VPN (MPLS LDP)
• Information About Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP), on page 341
• Guidelines and Limitations for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP),
on page 341
• Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP), on page 342
Information About Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN

with L3VPN (MPLS LDP)
Data center deployments have adopted VXLAN EVPN for its benefits like EVPN control-plane learning,
multitenancy, seamless mobility, redundancy, and easier POD additions. Similarly, the Core is either an
LDP-based MPLS L3VPN network or transitioning from traditional an MPLS L3VPN LDP-based underlay
to a more sophisticated solution like segment routing (SR). Segment routing is adopted for its benefits like
unified IGP and MPLS control planes, simpler traffic engineering methods, easier configuration, and SDN
adoption.
With two different technologies, one within the data center and one in the Core, it is natural to handoff from
VXLAN to an MPLS-based core at the DCI nodes. These nodes which sit on the edge of the DC domain,
interfacing with the Core edge router.
GuidelinesandLimitationsforConfiguringSeamlessIntegration
of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP)
The following are the guidelines and limitations for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN
(MPLS LDP):
The following features are supported:
• Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 switches with -R and -RX line cards.
• Layer 3 orphans
341
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP)
• 256 peers/nodes within a VXLAN DC domain

• By default, MPLS extended ECMP is enabled.
• 24,000 ECMP routes by default on -RX line cards.
Note If you enter the no hardware profile mpls extended-ecmp command, the mode
is switched to 4 K ECMP routes. This is applicable only when the line card is
-RX and the ECMP group has exactly 2 paths.
The following features are not supported:

• Subnet stretches across the DC domain
• vPC
• SVI/Subinterfaces
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS

LDP)
These configuration steps are required on a DCI switch to import and re-originate the routes from a VXLAN
domain to an MPLS domain and back to a VXLAN domain.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 feature mpls l3vpn Enables the MPLS Layer 3 VPN feature.
Example:
switch# feature mpls l3vpn
Step 3 feature mpls ldp Enables the MPLS Label Distribution Protocol
(LDP).
Example:
switch# feature mpls ldp
Step 4 nv overlay evpn Enables the EVPN control plane for VXLAN.
Example:
switch(config)# nv overlay evpn
Step 5 router bgp number Configures BGP. The value of the number
argument is from 1 to 4294967295.
Example:
342

Step 6 address-family ipv4 unicast Configures the address family for IPv4.
Example:
ipv4 unicast
Step 7 redistribute direct route-map Configures the directly connected route map.
route-map-name
Example:
switch(config-router-af)# redistribute
direct route-map passall

Example:
switch(config-router-af)# exit
Step 9 address-family l2vpn evpn Configures the L2VPN address family.

Example:
l2vpn evpn

Example:
Step 11 neighbor address remote-as number Configures a BGP neighbor. The range of the
number argument is from 1 to 65535.
Example:
switch(config-router)# neighbor
108.108.108.108 remote-as 22
Step 12 update-source type/id Specifies the source of the BGP session and
updates.
Example:
Step 13 ebgp-multihop ttl-value Specifies the multihop TTL for the remote
peer. The range of ttl-value is from 2 to 255.
Example:
ebgp-multihop 10
Step 14 address-family ipv4 unicast Configures the unicast sub-address family.

Example:
343

Step 15 send-community extended Configures the community attribute for this
neighbor.
Example:

Example:
Step 17 address-family vpnv4 unicast Configures the address family for IPv4.
Example:
address-family vpnv4 unicast
Step 18 send-community extended Sends the extended community attribute.

Example:
switch(config-router)# send-community
extended
Step 19 import l2vpn evpn reoriginate Reoriginates the route with a new RT.
Example:
switch(config-router)# import l2vpn evpn
reoriginate
Step 20 neighbor address remote-as number Defines the neighbor.

Example:
175.175.175.2 remote-as 1
Example:
ipv4 unicast
Step 22 send-community extended Configures the community for BGP neighbors.

Example:
extended
Step 23 address-family ipv6 unicast Configures the IPv6 unicast address family.
This is required for IPv6 over VXLAN with
Example:
an IPv4 underlay.
ipv6 unicast

Example:
344

extended

Example:
l2vpn evpn

Example:
extended
Step 27 import vpn unicast reoriginate Reoriginates the route with a new RT.
Example:
switch(config-router)# import vpn
unicast reoriginate
345
346
CHAPTER 21
L3VPN (MPLS SR)
• Information About Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR), on page 347
• Guidelines and Limitations for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR) ,
on page 349
• Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR), on page 350
• Example Configuration for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR), on
page 354
Information About Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN

with L3VPN (MPLS SR)
Data Center (DC) deployments have adopted VXLAN EVPN for its benefits such as EVPN control-plane
learning, multitenancy, seamless mobility, redundancy, and easier POD additions. Similarly, the CORE is
either an Label Distribution Protocol (LDP)-based MPLS L3VPN network or transitioning from the traditional
MPLS L3VPN LDP-based underlay to a more sophisticated solution like Segment Routing (SR). Segment
Routing is adopted for its benefits such as:
• Unified IGP and MPLS control planes
• Simpler traffic engineering methods
• Easier configuration
• SDN adoption
With two different technologies, one within the data center (DC) and one in the CORE, there is a natural
necessity to handoff from VXLAN to an MPLS-based core at the DCI nodes, which sit on the edge of the DC
domain, interfacing with the Core edge router.
347
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR)
Information About Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR)
Figure 36: Topology Overview
In the previous diagram, two DC pods, each running VXLAN, are being Layer 3 extended over a WAN/Core
running MPLS/SR. Another method is classical MPLS L3VPN using LDP. The edge devices in the DC domain
(border PE1, PE2, PE3, and PE4) are the DCI nodes doing the handoff between VXLAN and the MPLS-based
Core network.
For additional information on MPLS SR, see the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Label Switching Configuration
Guide.
348
Guidelines and Limitations for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR)
GuidelinesandLimitationsforConfiguringSeamlessIntegration
of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR)
Feature Cisco Nexus 9300-FX2/FX3 Cisco Nexus 9504 and Comments
and 9300-GX Platform 9508 switches with -R
Switches Line Cards
VXLAN EVPN to Yes Yes Extend Layer 3

SR-L3VPN connectivity between
different DC pods
Underlay IGP/BGP with
SR extensions.
VXLAN EVPN to Yes Yes Extend Layer 3

SR-L3VPN connectivity between DC
POD running VXLAN
and any domain (DC or
CORE) running SR.
VXLAN EVPN to MPLS No Yes Underlay is LDP.

L3VPN (LDP)
The following Cisco Nexus platform switches support seamless integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS
SR):
• 9336C-FX2 switches
• 93240YC-FX2 switches
• 9300-FX3 platform switches
• 9300-GX platform switches
• 9504 and 9508 platform switches with 96136YC-R and 9636C-RX line cards (The 9636C-R and 9636Q-R
line cards are not supported.)
The following features are supported with seamless integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR):
• Layer 3 orphans
• Layer 3 hand-off
• Layer 3 physical interfaces for core-facing ports
• Per-VRF labels
• VPN label statistics
• End-to-End Time to Live (TTL) and Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) (We support only pipe
mode for TTL on a handoff scenario.)
• Segment routing and LDP, for Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with 96136YC-R and
9636C-RX line cards (However, these features cannot coexist.)
349
The VXLAN-to-SR handoff QoS value is preserved during handoff and propagated from VXLAN tunnel
packets to SR-tunneled packets for Cisco Nexus 9336C-FX2, 93240YC-FX2, 9300-FX3, and 9300-GX
platform switches.
The following features are not supported with seamless integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR):
• vPC for redundancy
• Subnet stretches across the DC domain
• SVI/Subinterfaces configured MAC addresses
• BGW (VXLAN Multi-Site) and DCI functionalities on the same switch
• SVI toward the MPLS core
• No-drop for VXLAN/SR and SR/VXLAN handoff, for Cisco Nexus 9336C-FX2, 93240YC-FX2, and
9300-FX3 platform switches
• Statistics, for Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with 96136YC-R and 9636C-RX line cards
• Priority flow control (PFC), for Cisco Nexus 9336C-FX2, 93240YC-FX2, 9300-FX3, and 9300-GX
platform switches
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS

SR)
The following procedure imports and reoriginates the routes from the VXLAN domain to the MPLS domain
and in the other direction.
Procedure

Example:
Step 2 feature-set mpls Enables the MPLS feature set.

Example:
switch(config)# feature-set mpls
Step 3 nv overlay evpn Enables VXLAN.

Example:
switch(config)# nv overlay evpn
Step 4 feature bgp Enables BGP.

Example:
switch(config)# feature bgp
350

Step 5 feature mpls l3vpn Enables Layer 3 VPN.
Example:
switch(config)# feature mpls l3vpn
Step 6 feature mpls segment-routing Enables Segment Routing.

Example:
switch(config)# feature mpls
segment-routing
Step 7 feature interface-vlan Enables the interface VLAN.

Example:
Step 8 feature vn-segment-vlan-based Enables the VLAN-based VN segment.

Example:
switch(config)# feature
vn-segment-vlan-based
Step 9 feature nv overlay Enables VXLAN.

Example:
switch(config)# feature nv overlay
Step 10 router bgp autonomous-system-number Configures BGP. The value of

autonomous-system-number is from 1 to
Example:
4294967295.
Example:
ipv4 unicast
Step 12 redistribute direct route-map Configures redistribution.

route-map-name
Example:
switch(config-router-af)# redistribute
direct route-map passall
Step 13 network address Injects prefixes into handoff BGP along with
redistribution.
Example:
switch(config-router-af)# network
0.0.0.0/0

Example:
351

Example:
l2vpn evpn
Step 16 neighbor address remote-as number Defines the eBGP neighbor IPv4 address and
Example:
108.108.108.108 remote-as 65535
Step 17 update-source type/id Defines the interface for eBGP peering.

Example:
switch(config-router-af)# update-source
loopback100
Step 18 ebgp-multihop number Specifies multihop TTL for the remote peer.
The range of number is from 2 to 255.
Example:
switch(config-router)# ebgp-multihop 10
Example:
ipv4 unicast

Example:
switch(config-router-af)# send-community
extended

Example:
Step 22 address-family vpnv4 unicast Configures the address family for IPv4.
Example:
vpnv4 unicast

Example:
extended
Step 24 import l2vpn evpn reoriginate Reoriginates the route with a new RT. It can
be extended to use an optional route-map.
Example:
352

switch(config-router)# import l2vpn evpn
reoriginate
Step 25 neighbor address remote-as number Defines the eBGP neighbor IPv4 address and
Example:
175.175.175.2 remote-as 65535
Example:
ipv4 unicast

Example:
extended

Example:
Step 29 address-family ipv6 unicast Configures the IPv6 unicast address family.
This is required for IPv6 over VXLAN with
Example:
an IPv4 underlay.
ipv6 unicast

Example:
extended

Example:

Example:
l2vpn evpn

Example:
extended
353
Example Configuration for Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR)

Example:
Step 35 import vpn unicast reoriginate Reoriginates the route with a new RT. It can
be extended to use an optional route-map.
Example:
switch(config-router)# import vpn
unicast reoriginate
Example Configuration for Configuring Seamless Integration of

EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR)
The following is a sample CLI configuration that is required to import and reoriginate the routes from the
VXLAN domain to the MPLS domain and in the reverse direction.
switch# sh running-config
!Command: show running-config

!Running configuration last done at: Sat Mar 17 10:00:40 2001
!Time: Sat Mar 17 12:50:12 2001

hardware profile multicast max-limit lpm-entries 0
hostname switch
install feature-set mpls
vdc Scrimshaw id 1
allow feature-set mpls
limit-resource vlan minimum 16 maximum 4094
limit-resource vrf minimum 2 maximum 4096
limit-resource port-channel minimum 0 maximum 511
limit-resource u4route-mem minimum 248 maximum 248
limit-resource u6route-mem minimum 96 maximum 96
limit-resource m4route-mem minimum 90 maximum 90
limit-resource m6route-mem minimum 8 maximum 8
feature-set mpls
feature telnet
feature bash-shell
feature sftp-server
nv overlay evpn
feature ospf
feature bgp
feature mpls l3vpn
feature mpls segment-routing
feature bfd
feature nv overlay
no password strength-check
username admin password 5
$5$eEI.wtRs$txfevWxMj/upb/1dJeXy5rNvFYKymzz3Zmc.fpuxTp
1 role network-admin
354
ip domain-lookup
copp profile strict
snmp-server user admin network-admin auth md5 0x116815e4934ab1f854dce5dd673f33d7
priv 0x116815e4934ab1f854dce5dd673f33d7 localizedkey
rmon event 1 description FATAL(1) owner PMON@FATAL
rmon event 2 description CRITICAL(2) owner PMON@CRITICAL
rmon event 3 description ERROR(3) owner PMON@ERROR
rmon event 4 description WARNING(4) owner PMON@WARNING
rmon event 5 description INFORMATION(5) owner PMON@INFO
mpls label range 30000 40000 static 6000 8000

vlan 1-2,100,200,555
segment-routing mpls
global-block 30000 40000
vlan 555
vn-segment 55500
route-map ALL permit 10

route-map SRmap permit 10
set label-index 666
route-map ULAY_NETWORK permit 10
set label-index 600
route-map passall permit 10
vrf context ch5_swap
ip route 199.1.1.0/24 16.1.1.2
ip route 200.1.1.0/24 16.1.1.2
vrf context evpn
vni 55500
rd auto
vrf context management
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 172.31.144.1
hardware forwarding unicast trace
vlan configuration 2
ip igmp snooping static-group 225.1.1.1 interface Ethernet1/9
interface Vlan1
interface Vlan555
no shutdown
vrf member evpn
interface nve1
no shutdown
mpls ip forwarding
no shutdown
355
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
mpls ip forwarding
no shutdown
vrf member evpn
no shutdown
ip address 6.222.0.1/24
no shutdown
vrf member ch5_swap
no shutdown
no shutdown
description underlay
mpls ip forwarding
no shutdown
vrf member evpn
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
description underlay
356
mpls ip forwarding
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
ip address 87.87.87.1/24
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
no shutdown
interface mgmt0
vrf member management
ip address 172.31.145.107/21
interface loopback1
ip address 58.58.58.58/32
interface loopback6
description used for SR underlay testing
line console
line vty
monitor session 1
source interface Ethernet1/21 rx
source interface Ethernet1/23 both
destination interface sup-eth0
mpls static configuration

lsp SL_AGG_BELL
in-label 6001 allocate policy 88.1.1.0 255.255.255.0
forward
path 1 next-hop 6.0.0.2 out-label-stack implicit-null
357
router ospf 100

redistribute direct route-map ALL
router bgp 600
network 6.6.6.1/32 route-map SRmap
network 66.1.1.0/24 route-map ULAY_NETWORK
redistribute direct route-map passall
maximum-paths 32
allocate-label all
neighbor 6.0.0.2
remote-as 50
ebgp-multihop 255
address-family ipv4 labeled-unicast
neighbor 6.1.0.2
remote-as 50
ebgp-multihop 255
neighbor 6.6.6.3
remote-as 300
ebgp-multihop 255
send-community
next-hop-self
import l2vpn evpn reoriginate
neighbor 7.0.0.2
remote-as 50
ebgp-multihop 255
remote-as 600
send-community
import vpn unicast reoriginate
vrf evpn
redistribute hmm route-map passall
358
CHAPTER 22
L3VPN SRv6
• About Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN SRv6 Handoff, on page 359
• Guidelines and Limitations for EVPN to L3VPN SRv6 Handoff, on page 360
• Importing L3VPN SRv6 Routes into EVPN VXLAN, on page 361
• Importing EVPN VXLAN Routes into L3VPN SRv6, on page 362
• Example Configuration for VXLAN EVPN to L3VPN SRv6 Handoff, on page 363
About Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN SRv6 Handoff

Data Center (DC) deployments have adopted VXLAN EVPN for its benefits such as EVPN control-plane
learning, multitenancy, seamless mobility, redundancy, and easier POD additions. Similarly, the CORE is
either an IP-based L3VPN SRv6 network or transitioning from the IPv6-based L3VPN underlay to a more
sophisticated solution like IPv6 Segment Routing (SRv6) for IPv6. SRv6 is adopted for its benefits such as:
• Simpler traffic engineering (TE) methods
• Easier configuration
• SDN adoption
With two different technologies, one within the data center (DC) and one in the Core, there is traffic handoff
from VXLAN to an SRv6 core that becomes a necessity at the DCI nodes, which sit at the edge of the DC
domain and interface with the Core edge router.
359
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN SRv6
Guidelines and Limitations for EVPN to L3VPN SRv6 Handoff
Figure 37: BGP EVPN VXLAN to L3VPN SRv6 Handoff
For traffic ingressing the EVPN-VxLAN fabric, the BGP EVPN routes get imported into a local VRF which
contains the RD of the VRF. The bestpath is calculated and installed in the VRF's RIB, then inserted into the
L3VPN SRv6 table. Along with the bestpath, the VRF's RD and per-VRF SRv6 SID are included. The L3VPN
SRv6 route target is sent with the route, which is advertised to the L3VPN SRv6 peer.
For traffic egressing the EVPN VxLAN fabric, the BGP L3VPN SRv6 routes get imported into a local VRF
which contains the RD of the VRF. The bestpath is calculated and installed in the VRF's RIB, then inserted
into the EVPN table. Along with the bestpath, the VRF's RD and VNI are included. The EVPN-VXLAN route
target is sent with the route, which is advertised to the EVPN-VxLAN peer.
Guidelines and Limitations for EVPN to L3VPN SRv6 Handoff

This feature has the following guidelines and limitations:
• The same RD import is supported for L3VPN SRV6 fabrics.
• The same RD import is not supported for EVPN VxLAN fabrics.
• On a handoff device, do not use the same RD import on the EVPN VXLAN side.
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(3), support is added for the following switches:
360
Importing L3VPN SRv6 Routes into EVPN VXLAN
• Cisco Nexus C93600CD-GX

• Cisco Nexus C9364C-GX
• Cisco Nexus C9316D-GX
Importing L3VPN SRv6 Routes into EVPN VXLAN

The process of handing off routes from the L3VPN SRv6 domain to the EVPN VXLAN fabric requires
configuring the import condition for L3VPN SRv6 routes. Routes can be either IPv4 or IPv6. This task
configures unidirectional route advertisement into the EVPN VXLAN fabric. For bidirectional advertisement,
you must explicitly configure the import condition for the L3VPN SRv6 domain.
Before you begin

Make sure you have a fully configured L3VPN SRv6 fabric. For more information, see "Configuring Layer
3 VPN over SRv6" in the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS SRv6 Configuration Guide.
Procedure

Example:
switch-1# config terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per
line. End with CNTL/Z.
switch-1(config)#
Step 2 router bgp as-number Enter BGP router configuration mode.

Example:
switch-1(config)# router bgp 100
switch-1(config-router)#
Step 3 neighbor bgp ipv6-address remote-as Enter BGP router configuration mode.
as-number
Example:
switch-1(config-router)# neighbor 1234::1
remote-as 200
switch-1(config-router-neighbor)#
Step 4 address family vpnv4 unicast or address Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address family for
family vpnv6 unicast unicast traffic that the EVPN VXLAN will
handoff to L3VPN SRv6.
Example:
switch-1(config-router-neighbor-af)#
Example:
361
Importing EVPN VXLAN Routes into L3VPN SRv6

switch-1(config-router-neighbor-af)#
Step 5 import l2vpn evpn route-map name Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address family for
[reoriginate] unicast traffic that EVPN VXLAN will handoff
to L3VPN SRv6. This command enables routes
Example:
learned from L3VPN SRv6 domain to be
switch-1(config-router-neighbor-af)# advertised to the EVPN VXLAN domain. Using
import l2vpn evpn route-map test
reoriginate the optional reoriginate keyword advertises
switch-1(config-router-neighbor-af)# only domain-specific RTs.
What to do next
For bidirectional route advertisement, configure importing EVPN VXLAN routes into the L3VPN SRv6
domain.
Importing EVPN VXLAN Routes into L3VPN SRv6

The process of handing off routes from the EVPN VXLAN fabric to the L3VPN SRv6 domain requires
configuring the import condition for EVPN VXLAN routes. Routes can be either IPv4 or IPv6. This task
configures unidirectional route advertisement into the L3VPN SRv6 fabric. For bidirectional advertisement,
you must explicitly configure the import condition for the EVPN VXLAN domain.
Before you begin

Make sure you have a fully configured L3VPN SRv6 fabric. For more information, see "Configuring Layer
3 VPN over SRv6" in the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS SRv6 Configuration Guide.
Procedure

Example:
switch-1# config terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per
line. End with CNTL/Z.
switch-1(config)#
Step 2 router bgp as-number Enter BGP router configuration mode.

Example:
switch-1(config)# router bgp 200
switch-1(config-router)#
Step 3 neighbor ipv6-address remote-as as-number Enter BGP router configuration mode.
Example:
362
Example Configuration for VXLAN EVPN to L3VPN SRv6 Handoff

switch-1(config-router)# neighbor 1234::1
remote-as 100
Step 4 address-family l2vpn evpn Configure the address family for unicast traffic
that EVPN VXLAN will handoff to L3VPN
Example:
SRv6.
Step 5 import vpn unicast route-map name Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address family for
[reoriginate] unicast traffic that EVPN VXLAN will handoff
to L3VPN SRv6. This command enables routes
Example:
learned from the EVPN VXLAN domain to be
switch-1(config-router-neighbor-af)# advertised to the L3VPN SRv6 domain. Using
import vpn unicast route-map test
reoriginate the optional reoriginate keyword advertises
switch-1(config-router-neighbor-af)# only domain-specific RTs.
What to do next
For bidirectional route advertisement, configure importing L3VPN SRv6 routes into the EVPN VXLAN
fabric.

feature nv overlay
nv overlay evpn
feature srv6
vrf context customer1

vni 10000
rd auto
segment-routing
srv6
encapsulation
source-address loopback1
locators
locator DCI_1
prefix café:1234::/64
interface loopback0
interface loopback1
363
interface nve1
vlan 100
vn-segment 10000
interface vlan 100

vrf member customer1
router bgp 65000

segment-routing srv6
locator DCI_1
remote-as 75000
import vpn route-map | reoriginate
neighbor 1234::1 remote-as 100
remote-as 65000
import l2vpn evpn route-map | reoriginate
import l2vpn evpn route-map | reoriginate
vrf customer
segment-routing srv6
alloc-mode per-vrf
364
CHAPTER 23
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM)
with MVPN
• About Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN (Draft Rosen), on page 365
• Guidelines and Limitations for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN , on page 366
• Configuring the Handoff Node for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN, on page 367
• Configuration Example for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN , on page 372
About Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN (Draft

Rosen)
Seamless integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN (draft rosen) enables packets to be handed off between a
VXLAN network (TRM or TRM Multi-Site) and an MVPN network. To support this feature, VXLAN TRM
and MVPN must be supported on a Cisco Nexus device node, the handoff node.
The handoff node is the PE for the MVPN network and the VTEP for the VXLAN network. It connects to
the VXLAN, MVPN, and IP multicast networks, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 38: VXLAN - MVPN Handoff Network
Sources and receivers can be in any of the three networks (VXLAN, MVPN, or IP multicast).
365
Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN
Supported RP Positions
All multicast traffic (that is, the tenant traffic from the VXLAN, MVPN, or multicast network) is routed from
one domain to another domain. The handoff node acts as the central node. It performs the necessary packet
forwarding, encapsulation, and decapsulation to send the traffic to the respective receivers.
Supported RP Positions
The rendezvous point (RP) for the customer (overlay) network can be in any of the three networks (VXLAN,
MVPN, or IP multicast).
Table 12: Supported RP Locations
RP Locations Description
RP in IP network • The RP can be connected only to the MVPN PE

and not to the handoff nodes.
• The RP can be connected only to the VXLAN
handoff nodes.
• The RP can be connected to both the MVPN PE
and VXLAN.
RP internal to VXLAN fabric All VTEPs are RPs inside the VXLAN fabric. All
MVPN PEs use the RP configured on the VXLAN
fabric.
RP on VXLAN MVPN handoff node The RP is the VXLAN MVPN handoff node.
RP in MVPN network The RP is external to the VXLAN network. It's

configured on one of the nodes in the MPLS cloud,
other than the handoff node.
RP Everywhere (PIM Anycast RP or MSDP-based The Anycast RP can be configured on the VXLAN
Anycast RP) leaf. The RP set can be configured on the handoff
node or any MVPN PE.
Guidelines and Limitations for Seamless Integration of EVPN

(TRM) with MVPN
This feature has the following guidelines and limitations:
• Only Cisco Nexus 9504 and 9508 platform switches with the N9K-X9636C-RX line card support seamless
integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN. Other -R Series line cards can't function as the handoff node.
• The handoff node can have local (directly connected) multicast sources or receivers for the customer
network.
• Any existing underlay properties, such as ASM/SSM for MVPN or ASM for TRM, are supported on the
handoff node.
• The handoff node supports PIM SSM and ASM for the overlay.
366
Configuring the Handoff Node for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN
• Inter-AS option A is supported on the handoff node toward the IP multicast network.
• If the number of MDT source loopback IP addresses and NVE loopback IP addresses exceeds the
maximum limit, traffic drops might occur.
• The following functionality isn't supported for seamless integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN:
• vPC on the handoff node
• VXLAN ingress replication
• SVIs and subinterfaces as core-facing interfaces for MVPN
• Inter-AS options B and C on MVPN nodes
• PIM SSM as a VXLAN underlay
• Bidirectional PIM as an underlay or overlay
• ECMP with a mix of MPLS and IP paths
• Any existing limitations for VXLAN, TRM, and MVPN also apply to seamless integration of EVPN
(TRM) with MVPN.
Configuring the Handoff Node for Seamless Integration of EVPN

(TRM) with MVPN
This section documents the configurations that are required on the handoff node. Configurations for other
nodes (such as VXLAN leafs and spines, MVPN PE, and RS/RR) are the same as in previous releases.
PIM/IGMP Configuration for the Handoff Node

Follow these guidelines when configuring PIM/IGMP for the handoff node:
• Make sure that the Rendezvous Point (RP) is different for TRM and the MVPN underlay, as shown in
the following example.
ip pim rp-address 90.1.1.100 group-list 225.0.0.0/8 --- TRM Underlay
ip pim rp-address 91.1.1.100 group-list 233.0.0.0/8 --- MVPN Underlay
• Use a common RP for overlay multicast traffic.

• The RP can be in static, PIM Anycast, or PIM MSDP mode. The following example shows the RP
configuration inside the VRF:
vrf context vrfVxLAN5001
vni 5001
• Enable IGMP snooping for VXLAN traffic using the ip igmp snooping vxlan command.
• Enable PIM sparse mode on all source interfaces and interfaces required to carry PIM traffic.
367
BGP Configuration for the Handoff Node
BGP Configuration for the Handoff Node

Follow these guidelines when configuring BGP for the handoff node:
• Add all VXLAN leafs as L2EVPN and TRM neighbors; include the redundant handoff node. If a route
reflector is used, add only RR as a neighbor.
• Add all MVPN PEs as VPN neighbors. In MDT mode, add the MVPN PEs as MDT neighbors.
• Import configuration to advertise unicast routes from L2EVPN neighbors to VPN neighbors and vice
versa.
• The BGP source identifier can be different or the same as the source interfaces used for the VTEP
identifier (configured under the NVE interface)/MVPN PE identifier.
feature bgp
address-family ipv4 mdt
neighbor 2.1.1.1
send-community
next-hop-self
no next-hop-third-party
• Never use Inter-AS option B between MVPN peers. Instead, configure the no allocate-label option-b
command under the VPNv4 unicast address family.
no allocate-label option-b
• Set maximum paths should be set in EBGP mode.

maximum-paths 8
vrf vrfVxLAN5001
maximum-paths 8
• If handoff nodes are deployed in dual mode, use the route-map command to avoid advertising prefixes
associated with orphan hosts under the VPN address family.
ip prefix-list ROUTES_CONNECTED_NON_LOCAL seq 2 premit 15.14.0.15/32
route-map ROUTES_CONNECTED_NON_LOCAL deny

match ip address prefix-list ROUTES_CONNECTED_NON_LOCAL
neighbor 8.8.8.8
remote-as 100
368
VXLAN Configuration for the Handoff Node
send-community
route-map ROUTES_CONNECTED_NON_LOCAL out
VXLAN Configuration for the Handoff Node

Follow these guidelines when configuring VXLAN for the handoff node:
• Enable the following features:
feature nv overlay
feature ngmvpn
• Configure the required L3 VNI:

L3VNIs are mapped to tenant VRF.
vlan 2501
vn-segment 5001 <-- Associate VNI to a VLAN.
• Configure the NVE interface:

interface nve1
no shutdown
source-interface loopback1 <-- This interface should not be the same as the MVPN
source interface.
global suppress-arp
member vni 5001 associate-vrf <-- L3VNI
mcast-group 233.1.1.1 <-- The underlay multicast group for VXLAN should be different
from the MVPN default/data MDT.
• Configure the tenant VRF:

vni 5001 <-- Associate VNI to VRF.
rd auto
route-target both auto mvpn
interface Vlan2501 <-- SVI interface associated with the L3VNI

no shutdown
mtu 9216 <-- The overlay header requires 58 byes, so the max tenant traffic is
(Configured MTU – 58).
vrf member vrfVxLAN5001
no ip redirects
ip forward
ipv6 forward
no ipv6 redirects
ip pim sparse-mode <-- PIM is enabled.
interface Vlan2 <-- SVI interface associated with L2 VNI

no shutdown
vrf member vrfVxLAN5001
369
MVPN Configuration for the Handoff Node
no ip redirects
ip address 100.1.1.1/16
no ipv6 redirects
ip pim sparse-mode <-- PIM enabled on L2VNI
MVPN Configuration for the Handoff Node

Follow these guidelines when configuring MVPN for the handoff node:
• Enable the following features:
feature-set mpls
feature mpls l3vpn
feature mvpn
feature mpls ldp
• MPLS LDP Configuration:

• Enable MPLS LDP (mpls ip) on all interfaces that are MPLS links.
• Do not advertise loopback interfaces used for VXLAN as MPLS prefixes.
• Configure a prefix list that contains IP addresses that identify the MVPN PE node.
ip prefix-list LDP-LOOPBACK seq 51 permit 9.1.1.10/32
• Configure label allocation only for MVPN PE identifiers.

mpls ldp configuration
explicit-null
advertise-labels for LDP-LOOPBACK
label allocate global prefix-list LDP-LOOPBACK
• Tenant VRF Configuration:

• For the default MDT mode, make the underlay multicast group the same for all tenant multicast
traffic under the VRF.
vni 5001
mdt default 225.1.100.1
mdt source loopback100 <-- If the source interface is not configured, the BGP
identifier is used as the source interface.
mdt asm-use-shared-tree <-- If the underlay is configured in ASM mode
no mdt enforce-bgp-mdt-safi <-- Enabled by befault but should be negated if BGP
MDT should not be used for discovery.
mdt mtu <mtu-value> <-- Overlay ENCAP Max MTU value
• For the data MDT mode, configure a unique multicast group-set for a subset of or all tenant multicast
traffic.
mdt data 229.1.100.2/32 immediate-switch
mdt data 232.1.10.4/24 immediate-switch
370
CoPP Configuration for the Handoff Node
route-map DATA_MDT_MAP permit 10

mdt data 235.1.1.1/32 immediate-switch route-map DATA_MDT_MAP
• Enable MVPN tunnel statistics.

hardware profile mvpn-stats module all
CoPP Configuration for the Handoff Node

Both TRM and MVPN are heavily dependent on the control plane. Make sure to set the CoPP policy bandwidth
as per the topology.
The following CoPP classes are used for TRM and MVPN traffic:
• copp-system-p-class-multicast-router (The default bandwidth is 3000 pps.)
• copp-system-p-class-l3mc-data (The default bandwidth is 3000 pps.)
• copp-system-p-class-l2-default (The default bandwidth is 50 pps.)
• copp-class-normal-igmp (The default bandwidth is 6000 pps.)
The following configuration example shows CoPP policies that can be configured to avoid control packet
drops with multicast route scale.
Note The policer values in this example are approximations and might not be optimal for all topologies or traffic
patterns. Configure the CoPP policies according to the MVPN/TRM traffic pattern.
copp copy profile strict prefix custom

policy-map type control-plane custom-copp-policy-strict
class custom-copp-class-normal-igmp
police cir 6000 pps bc 512 packets conform transmit violate drop
control-plane
service-policy input custom-copp-policy-strict

class custom-copp-class-multicast-router
control-plane

class copp-system-p-class-l3mc-data
control-plane

class custom-copp-class-l2-default
control-plane
371
Configuration Example for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN
Configuration Example for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM)

with MVPN
The following figure shows a sample topology with a VXLAN network on the left, an MVPN network on the
right, and a centralized handoff node.
Figure 39: Sample Topology for Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN
The following example show sample configurations for the VTEP, handoff node, and PE in this topology.
Configuration on VTEP1:
feature ngmvpn
feature nv overlay
feature pim
nv overlay evpn
ip pim ssm range 232.0.0.0/8
vlan 555
vn-segment 55500
route-map ALL_ROUTES permit 10

interface nve1
no shutdown
interface loopack1
ip address 196.196.196.196/32
interface loopback2
ip address 197.197.197.197/32
ip pim sparse-mode
372
feature bgp
router bgp 1
maximum-paths 8
neighbor 2.1.1.2
remote-as 1
update-source loopback 1
vrf vrfVxLAN5023
redistribute direct route-map ALL_ROUTES
maximum-paths 8
vrf context vpn1

vni 55500
ip multicast multipath s-g-hash next-hop-based
rd auto
interface Vlan555
no shutdown
vrf member vpn1
ip forward
ip pim sparse-mode

ip pim sparse-mode
vrf member vpn1
ip address 10.11.12.13/24
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
Configuration on the handoff node:

feature-set mpls
feature ngmvpn
feature bgp
feature pim
feature mpls l3vpn
feature mvpn
feature mpls ldp
feature nv overlay
373
nv overlay evpn

interface loopback1
ip address 90.1.1.100 /32
ip pim sparse-mode
interface loopback2
ip address 91.1.1.100 /32
ip pim sparse-mode

label allocate label global prefix-list LDP-LOOPBACK

ip pim sparse-mode

ip pim sparse-mode
mpls ip
vrf member vpn1
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
interface loopback0
ip address 20.20.20.20/32
ip pim sparse-mode
vlan 555
vn-segment 55500
route-map ALL_ROUTES permit 10
interface nve1
no shutdown
interface loopback3
ip address 198.198.198.198/32
ip pim sparse-mode
vrf context vpn1

vni 55500
mdt source loopback 0
rd auto
374
interface Vlan555
no shutdown
vrf member vpn1
ip forward
ip pim sparse-mode
router bgp 1
maximum-paths 8
maximum-paths 8
neighbor 196.196.196.196
remote-as 1
router bgp 1
remote-as 100
ebgp-multihop 255
send-community
next-hop-self
Configuration on PE2:
feature-set mpls
feature bgp
feature pim
feature mpls l3vpn
feature mpls ldp

label allocate label global prefix-list LDP-LOOPBACK
375
ip pim sparse-mode
mpls ip
vrf member vpn1
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
interface loopback0
ip address 30.30.30.30/32
ip pim sparse-mode
vrf context vpn1

mdt source loopback 0
rd auto
router bgp 100

router-id 30.30.30.30
remote-as 1
send-community
376
APPENDIX A
Configuring the Underlay
• IP Fabric Underlay, on page 377
IP Fabric Underlay
Underlay Considerations
Unicast underlay:
The primary purpose of the underlay in the VXLAN EVPN fabric is to advertise the reachability of Virtual
Tunnel End Points (VTEPs) and BGP peering addresses. The primary criterion for choosing an underlay
protocol is fast convergence in the event of node failures. Other criteria are:
• Simplicity of configuration.
• Ability to delay the introduction of a node into the network on boot up.
This document will detail the two primary protocols supported and tested by Cisco, IS-IS and OSPF. It will
also illustrate the use of eBGP protocol as an underlay for the VXLAN EVPN fabric.
From an underlay/overlay perspective, the packet flow from a server to another over the Virtual Extensible
LAN (VXLAN) fabric comprises of these steps:
1. Server sends traffic to source VXLAN tunnel endpoint (VTEP). The VTEP performs Layer-2 or Layer-3
communication based on the destination MAC and derives the nexthop (destination VTEP).
Note When a packet is bridged, the target end host’s MAC address is stamped in the DMAC field of the inner
frame. When a packet is routed, the default gateway’s MAC address is stamped in the DMAC field of the
inner frame.
2. The VTEP encapsulates the traffic (frames) into VXLAN packets (overlay function – see Figure 1) and
signals the underlay IP network.
3. Based on the underlay routing protocol, the packet is sent from the source VTEP to destination VTEP
through the IP network (underlay function – see Underlay Overview figure).
377
4. The destination VTEP removes the VXLAN encapsulation (overlay function) and sends traffic to the
intended server.
The VTEPs are a part of the underlay network as well since VTEPs need to be reachable to each other to send
VXLAN encapsulated traffic across the IP underlay network.
The Overlay Overview and Underlay Overview images (below) depict the broad difference between an overlay
and underlay. Since the focus is on the VTEPs, the spine switches are only depicted in the background. Note
that, in real time, the packet flow from VTEP to VTEP traverses through the spine switches.
Figure 40: Overlay Overview
Figure 41: Underlay Overview
378
Deployment considerations for an underlay IP network in a VXLAN EVPN Programmable Fabric

The deployment considerations for an underlay IP network in a VXLAN EVPN Programmable Fabric are
given below:
• Maximum transmission unit (MTU) – Due to VXLAN encapsulation, the MTU requirement is larger
and we need to avoid potential fragmentation.
• An MTU of 9216 bytes on each interface on the path between the VTEPs accommodates maximum
server MTU + VXLAN overhead. Most datacenter server NICs support up to 9000 bytes. So, no
fragmentation is needed for VXLAN traffic.
Cisco Nexus 5600 series switches use a 24 byte internal header for switching packets between
ASICs, reducing the MTU size of the interface to 9192.
Note If the fabric only contains Cisco Nexus 9000 and 7000 series switches, then the
MTU should be set to 9216.
• The VXLAN IP fabric underlay supports IPv4 address family.
• Unicast routing - Any unicast routing protocol can be used for the VXLAN IP underlay. You can
implement OSPF, IS-IS, or eBGP to route between the VTEPs.
Note As a best practice, use a simple IGP (OSPF or IS-IS) for underlay reachability
between VTEPs with iBGP for overlay information exchange.
• IP addressing – Point-to-point (P2P) or IP unnumbered links. For each point-to-point link, as example
between the leaf switch nodes and spine switch nodes, typically a /30 IP mask should be assigned.
Optionally a /31 mask or IP unnumbered links can be assigned. The IP unnumbered approach is leaner
from an addressing perspective and consumes fewer IP addresses. The IP unnumbered option for the
OSPF or IS-IS protocol underlay will minimize the use of IP addresses.
/31 network - An OSPF or IS-IS point-to-point numbered network is only between two switch (interfaces),
and there is no need for a broadcast or network address. So, a /31 network will suffice for this network.
Neighbors on this network establish adjacency and there is no designated router (DR) for the network.
Note IP Unnumbered for VXLAN underlay is supported starting with Cisco NX-OS
Release 7.0(3)I7(2).
• Multicast protocol for multi destination (BUM) traffic – Though VXLAN has the BGP EVPN control
plane, the VXLAN fabric still requires a technology for Broadcast/Unknown unicast/Multicast (BUM)
traffic to be forwarded. For Cisco Nexus 5600 Series switches and Cisco Nexus 7000/7700 Series switches,
it is mandatory to implement a multicast protocol for BUM packet communication.
While Cisco Nexus 5600 Series switches support Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) Bidirectional
shared trees (BiDiR), Cisco Nexus 7000/7700 Series switches (with F3 cards) support PIM Any Source
Multicast (ASM) and PIM BiDir options.
379
Unicast routing and IP addressing options
• PIM BiDir is supported for Cisco Nexus 9300-EX and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 platform switches.
• PIM BiDir is not supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-GX switches.
• vPC configuration — This is documented in Chapter 3. For comprehensive information on vPCs, refer
to the respective Cisco Nexus 5600, 7000, or 9000 Series vPC design/configuration guide.
Unicast routing and IP addressing options

Each unicast routing protocol option (OSPF, IS-IS, and eBGP) and sample configurations are given below.
Use an option to suit your setup’s requirements.
Important All routing configuration samples are from an IP underlay perspective and are not comprehensive. For complete
configuration information including routing process, authentication, Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
(BFD) information, and so on, refer to the respective routing configuration guide (for example, Cisco Nexus
5600 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing Configuration Guide, Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing
Configuration Guide, and Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing Configuration Guide).
OSPF Underlay IP Network

Some considerations are given below:
• For IP addressing, use P2P links. Since only two switches are directly connected, you can avoid a
Designated Router/Backup Designated Router (DR/BDR) election.
• Use the point-to-point network type option. It is ideal for routed interfaces or ports, and is optimal from
a Link State Advertisements (LSA) perspective.
• Do not use the broadcast type network. It is suboptimal from an LSA database perspective (LSA type 1
– Router LSA and LSA type 2 – Network LSA) and necessitates a DR/BDR election, thereby creating
an additional election and database overhead.
Note You can divide OSPF networks into areas when the size of the routing domain contains a high number of
routers and/or IP prefixes.. The same general well known OSPF best practice rules in regards of scale and
configuration are applicable for the VXLAN underlay too. For example, LSA type 1 and type 2 are never
flooded outside of an area. With multiple areas, the size of the OSPF LSA databases can be reduced to optimize
CPU and memory consumption.
Note • For ease of use, the configuration mode from which you need to start configuring a task is mentioned at
the beginning of each configuration.
• Configuration tasks and corresponding show command output are displayed for a part of the topology
in the image. For example, if the sample configuration is shown for a leaf switch and connected spine
switch, the show command output for the configuration displays corresponding configuration.
380
OSPF configuration sample – P2P and IP unnumbered network scenarios

Figure 42: OSPF as the underlay routing protocol
OSPF – P2P link scenario with /31 mask

In the above image, the leaf switches (V1, V2, and V3) are at the bottom of the image. They are connected
to the 4 spine switches (S1, S2, S3, and S4) that are depicted at the top of the image. For P2P connections
between a leaf switch (also having VTEP function) and each spine, leaf switches V1, V2, and V3 should each
be connected to each spine switch.
For V1, we should configure a P2P interface to connect to each spine switch.
A sample P2P configuration between a leaf switch (V1) interface and a spine switch (S1) interface is given
below:
OSPF global configuration on leaf switch V1
(config) #
feature ospf
router ospf UNDERLAY
router-id 10.1.1.54
OSPF leaf switch V1 P2P interface configuration

(config) #

description Link to Spine S1
no switchport
ip address 198.51.100.1/31
mtu 9192
ip router ospf UNDERLAY area 0.0.0.0
The ip ospf network point-to-point command configures the OSPF network as a point-to-point network
The OSPF instance is tagged as UNDERLAY for better recall.
OSPF loopback interface configuration (leaf switch V1)
381
Configure a loopback interface so that it can be used as the OSPF router ID of leaf switch V1.
(config) #
ip address 10.1.1.54/32
The interface will be associated with the OSPF instance UNDERLAY and OSPF area 0.0.0.0
OSPF global configuration on spine switch S1
(config) #
feature ospf
router-id 10.1.1.53
(Corresponding) OSPF spine switch S1 P2P interface configuration

(config) #

description Link to VTEP V1
ip address 198.51.100.2/31
mtu 9192
no shutdown
Use an MTU of 9192 for Cisco Nexus 5600 series switches.
Note MTU size of both ends of the link should be configured identically.
OSPF loopback Interface Configuration (spine switch S1)
Configure a loopback interface so that it can be used as the OSPF router ID of spine switch S1.
(config) #
ip address 10.1.1.53/32
.
To complete OSPF topology configuration for the ‘OSPF as the underlay routing protocol’ image, configure
the following
• 3 more V1 interfaces (or 3 more P2P links) to the remaining 3 spine switches.
382
• Repeat the procedure to connect P2P links between V2,V3 and V4 and the spine switches.
OSPF - IP unnumbered scenario

A sample OSPF IP unnumbered configuration is given below:
OSPF leaf switch V1 configuration
OSPF global configuration on leaf switch V1
(config) #
feature ospf
router-id 10.1.1.54
The OSPF instance is tagged as UNDERLAY for better recall.

OSPF leaf switch V1 P2P interface configuration
(config) #
mtu 9192
ip unnumbered loopback0
The ip ospf network point-to-point command configures the OSPF network as a point-to-point network.
OSPF loopback interface configuration
Configure a loopback interface so that it can be used as the OSPF router ID of leaf switch V1.
(config) #
interface loopback0
ip address 10.1.1.54/32
OSPF spine switch S1 configuration:
OSPF global configuration on spine switch S1
(config) #
feature ospf
router-id 10.1.1.53
(Corresponding) OSPF spine switch S1 P2P interface configuration
383
(config) #
mtu 9192

OSPF loopback interface configuration (spine switch S1)
Configure a loopback interface so that it can be used as the OSPF router ID of spine switch S1.
(config) #
interface loopback0
ip address 10.1.1.53/32
To complete OSPF topology configuration for the ‘OSPF as the underlay routing protocol’ image, configure
the following:
• 3 more VTEP V1 interfaces (or 3 more IP unnumbered links) to the remaining 3 spine switches.
• Repeat the procedure to connect IP unnumbered links between VTEPs V2,V3 and V4 and the spine
switches.
OSPF Verification
Use the following commands for verifying OSPF configuration:
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip ospf
Routing Process UNDERLAY with ID 10.1.1.54 VRF default

Routing Process Instance Number 1
Stateful High Availability enabled
Graceful-restart is configured
Grace period: 60 state: Inactive
Last graceful restart exit status: None
Supports only single TOS(TOS0) routes
Supports opaque LSA
Administrative distance 110
Reference Bandwidth is 40000 Mbps
SPF throttling delay time of 200.000 msecs,
SPF throttling hold time of 1000.000 msecs,
SPF throttling maximum wait time of 5000.000 msecs
LSA throttling start time of 0.000 msecs,
LSA throttling hold interval of 5000.000 msecs,
LSA throttling maximum wait time of 5000.000 msecs
Minimum LSA arrival 1000.000 msec
LSA group pacing timer 10 secs
Maximum paths to destination 8
Number of external LSAs 0, checksum sum 0
384
IS-IS Underlay IP Network
Number of opaque AS LSAs 0, checksum sum 0

Number of areas is 1, 1 normal, 0 stub, 0 nssa
Number of active areas is 1, 1 normal, 0 stub, 0 nssa
Install discard route for summarized external routes.
Install discard route for summarized internal routes.
Area BACKBONE(0.0.0.0)
Area has existed for 03:12:54
Interfaces in this area: 2 Active interfaces: 2
Passive interfaces: 0 Loopback interfaces: 1
No authentication available
SPF calculation has run 5 times
Last SPF ran for 0.000195s
Area ranges are
Number of LSAs: 3, checksum sum 0x196c2
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip ospf interface
loopback0 is up, line protocol is up

IP address 10.1.1.54/32
Process ID UNDERLAY VRF default, area 0.0.0.0
Enabled by interface configuration
State LOOPBACK, Network type LOOPBACK, cost 1
Index 1
Ethernet1/41 is up, line protocol is up
Unnumbered interface using IP address of loopback0 (10.1.1.54)
Process ID UNDERLAY VRF default, area 0.0.0.0
Enabled by interface configuration
State P2P, Network type P2P, cost 4
Index 2, Transmit delay 1 sec
1 Neighbors, flooding to 1, adjacent with 1
Timer intervals: Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5
Hello timer due in 00:00:07
No authentication
Number of opaque link LSAs: 0, checksum sum 0
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip ospf neighbors
OSPF Process ID UNDERLAY VRF default

Total number of neighbors: 1
Neighbor ID Pri State Up Time Address Interface
10.1.1.53 1 FULL/ - 06:18:32 10.1.1.53 Eth1/41
For a detailed list of commands, refer to the Configuration and Command Reference guides.
IS-IS Underlay IP Network

Some considerations are given below:
• Because IS-IS uses Connectionless Network Service (CLNS) and is independent of the IP, full SPF
calculation is avoided when a link changes.
• Net ID - Each IS-IS instance has an associated network entity title (NET) ID that uniquely identifies the
IS-IS instance in the area. The NET ID is comprised of the IS-IS system ID, which uniquely identifies
this IS-IS instance in the area, and the area ID. For example, if the NET ID is 49.0001.0010.0100.1074.00,
the system ID is 0010.0100.1074 and the area ID is 49.0001.
385
Important Level 1 IS-IS in the Fabric—Cisco has validated the use of IS-IS Level 1 only and IS-IS Level 2 only
configuration on all nodes in the programmable fabric. The fabric is considered a stub network where every
node needs an optimal path to every other node in the fabric. Cisco NX-OS IS-IS implementation scales well
to support a number of nodes in a fabric. Hence, there is no anticipation of having to break up the fabric into
multiple IS-IS domains.
Note • For ease of use, the configuration mode from which you need to start configuring a task is mentioned at
the beginning of each configuration.
• Configuration tasks and corresponding show command output are displayed for a part of the topology
in the image. For example, if the sample configuration is shown for a leaf switch and connected spine
switch, the show command output for the configuration displays corresponding configuration.
IS-IS configuration sample - P2P and IP unnumbered network scenarios

Figure 43: IS-IS as the underlay routing protocol
In the above image, the leaf switches (V1, V2, and V3, having the VTEP function) are at the bottom of the
image. They are connected to the 4 spine switches (S1, S2, S3, and S4) that are depicted at the top of the
image.
IS-IS – P2P link scenario with /31 mask
A sample P2P configuration between V1 and spine switch S1 is given below:
For P2P connections between a leaf switch and each spine switch, V1, V2, and V3 should each be connected
to each spine switch.
For V1, we must configure a loopback interface and a P2P interface configuration to connect to S1. A sample
P2P configuration between a leaf switch (V1) interface and a spine switch (S1) interface is given below:
IS-IS configuration on leaf switch V1
IS-IS global configuration
(config) #
386
feature isis
router isis UNDERLAY
net 49.0001.0010.0100.1074.00
is-type level-1
set-overload-bit on-startup 60
Setting the overload bit - You can configure a Cisco Nexus switch to signal other devices not to use the switch
as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. You can optionally configure the overload
bit temporarily on startup. In the above example, the set-overload-bit command is used to set the overload
bit on startup to 60 seconds.
IS-IS P2P interface configuration (leaf switch V1)
(config) #

mtu 9192
ip address 209.165.201.1/31
ip router isis UNDERLAY
IS-IS loopback interface configuration (leaf switch V1)
Configure a loopback interface so that it can be used as the IS-IS router ID of leaf switch V1.
(config) #
ip address 10.1.1.74/32
The IS-IS instance is tagged as UNDERLAY for better recall.

(Corresponding) IS-IS spine switch S1 configuration
(config) #
feature isis
net 49.0001.0010.0100.1053.00
is-type level-1
IS-IS P2P interface configuration (spine switch S1)
(config) #

ip address 209.165.201.2/31
mtu 9192
387

IS-IS loopback interface configuration (spine switch S1)
(config) #
ip address 10.1.1.53/32
.
.
To complete IS-IS topology configuration for the above image, configure the following:
• 3 more leaf switch V1’s interfaces (or 3 more P2P links) to the remaining 3 spine switches.
• Repeat the procedure to connect P2P links between leaf switches V2, V3 and V4 and the spine switches.
IS-IS - IP unnumbered scenario

IS-IS configuration on leaf switch V1
(config)#
feature isis
net 49.0001.0010.0100.1074.00
is-type level-1
IS-IS interface configuration (leaf switch V1)
(config) #
mtu 9192
medium p2p
IS-IS loopback interface configuration (leaf switch V1)
(config)
interface loopback0
ip address 10.1.1.74/32
IS-IS configuration on the spine switch S1
388
(config)#
feature isis
net 49.0001.0010.0100.1053.00
is-type level-1
IS-IS interface configuration (spine switch S1)
(config)#
description Link to V1
mtu 9192
medium p2p
IS-IS loopback interface configuration (spine switch S1)
(config)#
interface loopback0
ip address 10.1.1.53/32
IS-IS Verification
Use the following commands for verifying IS-IS configuration on leaf switch V1:
Leaf-Switch-V1# show isis
ISIS process : UNDERLAY

Instance number : 1
UUID: 1090519320
Process ID 20258
VRF: default
System ID : 0010.0100.1074 IS-Type : L1
SAP : 412 Queue Handle : 15
Maximum LSP MTU: 1492
Stateful HA enabled
Graceful Restart enabled. State: Inactive
Last graceful restart status : none
Start-Mode Complete
BFD IPv4 is globally disabled for ISIS process: UNDERLAY
BFD IPv6 is globally disabled for ISIS process: UNDERLAY
Topology-mode is base
Metric-style : advertise(wide), accept(narrow, wide)
Area address(es) :
49.0001
Process is up and running
VRF ID: 1
Stale routes during non-graceful controlled restart
Interfaces supported by IS-IS :
389
loopback0
loopback1
Ethernet1/41
Topology : 0
Address family IPv4 unicast :
Number of interface : 2
Distance : 115
Distance : 115
Topology : 2
Distance : 115
Distance : 115
Level1
No auth type and keychain
Auth check set
Level2
Auth check set
L1 Next SPF: Inactive
L2 Next SPF: Inactive
Leaf-Switch-V1# show isis interface
IS-IS process: UNDERLAY VRF: default

loopback0, Interface status: protocol-up/link-up/admin-up IP address: 10.1.1.74, IP subnet:
10.1.1.74/32
IPv6 routing is disabled Level1
No auth type and keychain Auth check set
Level2
No auth type and keychain Auth check set
Index: 0x0001, Local Circuit ID: 0x01, Circuit Type: L1 BFD IPv4 is locally disabled for
Interface loopback0 BFD IPv6 is locally disabled for Interface loopback0 MTR is disabled
Level Metric 1 1
2 1
Topologies enabled:
L MT Metric MetricCfg Fwdng IPV4-MT IPV4Cfg IPV6-MT IPV6Cfg
1 0 1 no UP UP yes DN no
2 0 1 no DN DN no DN no
loopback1, Interface status: protocol-up/link-up/admin-up

IP address: 10.1.2.74, IP subnet: 10.1.2.74/32
IPv6 routing is disabled
Level1
Auth check set
Level2
Auth check set
Index: 0x0002, Local Circuit ID: 0x01, Circuit Type: L1
BFD IPv4 is locally disabled for Interface loopback1
BFD IPv6 is locally disabled for Interface loopback1
MTR is disabled
Passive level: level-2
Level Metric
1 1
2 1
Topologies enabled:
390
eBGP Underlay IP Network
2 0 1 no DN DN no DN no
Ethernet1/41, Interface status: protocol-up/link-up/admin-up

IP unnumbered interface (loopback0)
IPv6 routing is disabled
Auth check set
Index: 0x0002, Local Circuit ID: 0x01, Circuit Type: L1
BFD IPv4 is locally disabled for Interface Ethernet1/41
BFD IPv6 is locally disabled for Interface Ethernet1/41
MTR is disabled
Extended Local Circuit ID: 0x1A028000, P2P Circuit ID: 0000.0000.0000.00
Retx interval: 5, Retx throttle interval: 66 ms
LSP interval: 33 ms, MTU: 9192
P2P Adjs: 1, AdjsUp: 1, Priority 64
Hello Interval: 10, Multi: 3, Next IIH: 00:00:01
MT Adjs AdjsUp Metric CSNP Next CSNP Last LSP ID
1 1 1 4 60 00:00:35 ffff.ffff.ffff.ff-ff
2 0 0 4 60 Inactive ffff.ffff.ffff.ff-ff
Topologies enabled:
2 0 4 no UP DN no DN no
Leaf-Switch-V1# show isis adjacency
IS-IS process: UNDERLAY VRF: default

IS-IS adjacency database:
Legend: '!': No AF level connectivity in given topology
System ID SNPA Level State Hold Time Interface
Spine-Switch-S1 N/A 1 UP 00:00:23 Ethernet1/41
eBGP Underlay IP Network

Some customers would like to have the same protocol in the underlay and overlay in order to contain the
number of protocols that need support in their network.
There are various ways to configure the eBGP based underlay. The configurations given in this section have
been validated for function and convergence. The IP underlay based on eBGP can be built with these
configurations detailed below. (For reference, see image below)
• The design below is following the multi AS model.
• eBGP underlay requires numbered interfaces between leaf and spine nodes. Numbered interfaces are
used for the underlay BGP sessions as there is no other protocol to distribute peer reachability.
• The overlay sessions are configured on loopback addresses. This is to increase the resiliency in presence
of link or node failures.
• BGP speakers on spine layer configure all leaf node eBGP neighbors individually. This is different from
IBGP based peering which can be covered by dynamic BGP.
• Pointers for Multiple AS numbers in a fabric are given below:
• All spine nodes configured as BGP speakers are in one AS.
• All leaf nodes will have a unique AS number that is different than the BGP speakers in spine layer.
• A pair of vPC leaf switch nodes, have the same AS number.
• If a globally unique AS number is required to represent the fabric, then that can be configured on
the border leaf or borderPE switches. All other nodes can use the private AS number range.
391
• BGP Confederation has not been leveraged.
Figure 44: eBGP as underlay
eBGP configuration sample

Sample configurations for a spine switch and leaf switch are given below. The complete configuration is given
for providing context, and the configurations added specifically for eBGP underlay are highlighted and further
explained.
There is one BGP session per neighbor to set up the underlay. This is done within the global IPv4 address
family. The session is used to distribute the loopback addresses for VTEP, Rendezvous Point (RP) and the
eBGP peer address for the overlay eBGP session.
Spine switch S1 configuration—On the spine switch (S1 in this example), all leaf nodes are configured as
eBGP neighbors.
(config) #
router bgp 65536

router-id 10.1.1.53
redistribute direct route-map DIRECT-ROUTES-MAP
The redistribute direct command is used to advertise the loopback addresses for BGP and VTEP peering.
It can be used to advertise any other direct routes in the global address space. The route map can filter the
advertisement to include only eBGP peering and VTEP loopback addresses.
maximum-paths 2
392
Spine switch BGP speakers don’t have any VRF configuration. Hence, the retain route-target all command
is needed to retain the routes and send them to leaf switch VTEPs. The maximum-paths command is used
for ECMP path in the underlay.
Underlay session towards leaf switch V1 (vPC set up) —As mentioned above, the underlay sessions are
configured on the numbered interfaces between spine and leaf switch nodes.
(config) #

send-community both
The vPC pair of switches has the same AS number. The disable-peer-as-check command is added to allow
route propagation between the vPC switches as they are configured with the same AS, for example, for route
type 5 routes. If the vPC switches have different AS numbers, this command is not required.
Underlay session towards the border leaf switch—The underlay configurations towards leaf and border
leaf switches are the same, barring the changes in IP address and AS values.
Overlay session on the spine switch S1 towards the leaf switch V1
(config) #
route-map UNCHANGED permit 10

Note The route-map UNCHANGED is user defined whereas the keyword unchanged is an option within the set
ip next-hop command. In eBGP, the next hop is changed to self when sending a route from one eBGP neighbor
to another. The route map UNCHANGED is added to make sure that, for overlay routes, the originating leaf
switch is set as next hop and not the spine switch. This ensures that VTEPs are next hops, and not spine switch
nodes. The unchanged keyword ensures that the next-hop attribute in the BGP update to the eBGP peer is
unmodified.
The overlay sessions are configured on loopback addresses.

(config) #

ebgp-multihop 2
rewrite-evpn-rt-asn
send-community both
route-map UNCHANGED out
The spine switch configuration concludes here. The Route Target auto feature configuration is given below
for reference purposes:
393
(config) #
vrf context coke

vni 50000
rd auto
The rewrite-evpn-rt-asn command is required if the Route Target auto feature is being used to configure
EVPN RTs.
Route target auto is derived from the Local AS number configured on the switch and the Layer-3 VNID of
the VRF i.e. Local AS:VNID. In Multi-AS topology, as illustrated in this guide, each leaf node is represented
as a different local AS, and the route target generated for the same VRF will be different on every switch.
The command rewrite-evpn-rt-asn replaces the ASN portion of the route target in the BGP update message
with the local AS number. For example, if VTEP V1 has a Local AS 65551, VTEP V2 has a Local AS 65549,
and spine switch S1 has a Local AS 65536, then the route targets for V1, V2 and S1 are as follows:
• V1—65551:50000
• V2—65549:50000
• S1—65536:50000
In this scenario, V2 advertises the route with RT 65549:50000, the spine switch S1 replaces it with RT
65536:50000, and finally when V1 gets the update, it replaces the route target in the update with 65551:50000.
This matches the locally configured RT on V1. This command requires that it be configured on all BGP
speakers in the fabric.
If the Route Target auto feature is not being used, i.e., matching RTs are required to be manually configured
on all switches, then this command is not necessary.
Leaf switch VTEP V1 configuration—In the sample configuration below, VTEP V1’s interfaces are
designated as BGP neighbors. All leaf switch VTEPs including border leaf switch nodes have the following
configurations towards spine switch neighbor nodes:
(config) #
router bgp 65551

router-id 10.1.1.54
maximum-paths 2
The maximum-paths command is used for ECMP path in the underlay.

Underlay session on leaf switch VTEP V1 towards spine switch S1
(config) #

allowas-in
394
send-community both
The allowas-in command is needed if leaf switch nodes have the same AS. In particular, the Cisco validated
topology had a vPC pair of switches share an AS number.
Overlay session towards spine switch S1
(config) #

ebgp-multihop 2
rewrite-evpn-rt-asn
allowas-in
send-community both
The ebgp-multihop 2 command is needed as the peering for the overlay is on the loopback address. NX-OS
considers that as multi hop even if the neighbor is one hop away.
vPC backup session
(config) #
route-map SET-PEER-AS-NEXTHOP permit 10

set ip next-hop peer-address

update-source Vlan3801
send-community both
route-map SET-PEER-AS-NEXTHOP out
Note This session is configured on the backup SVI between the vPC leaf switch nodes.
To complete configurations for the above image, configure the following:

• V1 as a BGP neighbor to other spine switches.
• Repeat the procedure for other leaf switches.
BGP Verification
Use the following commands for verifying BGP configuration:
show bgp all

show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbors
show ip route bgp
395
Multicast Routing in the VXLAN Underlay
Multicast Routing in the VXLAN Underlay

The VXLAN EVPN Programmable Fabric supports multicast routing for transporting BUM (broadcast,
unknown unicast and multicast) traffic.
Refer the table below to know the multicast protocol(s) your Cisco Nexus switches support:
Cisco Nexus Series Switch(es) Combination Multicast Routing Option
Cisco Nexus 7000/7700 Series switches with Cisco PIM BiDir

Nexus 5600 Series switches
Cisco Nexus 7000/7700 Series switches with Cisco PIM ASM (Sparse Mode)
Nexus 9000 Series switches
Cisco Nexus 9000 Series PIM ASM (Sparse Mode) or PIM BiDir
Note PIM BiDir is supported on Cisco Nexus
9300-EX and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 platform
switches.
PIM BiDir is not supported on Cisco
Nexus 9300-GX platform switches.
Cisco Nexus 7000/7700 Series switches PIM ASM (Sparse Mode) or PIM BiDir
Cisco Nexus 5600 Series switches PIM BiDir
Note For Cisco Nexus 7000/7700 Series switches, an F3 or M3 card is required to support Cisco Programmable
Fabric.
You can transport BUM traffic without multicast, through ingress replication . Ingress replication is currently
available on Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches.
PIM ASM and PIM BiDir Underlay IP Network

Some multicast topology design pointers are given below:
• Use spine/aggregation switches as Rendezvous-Point locations.
• Reserve a range of multicast groups (destination groups/DGroups) to service the overlay and optimize
for diverse VNIs.
• In a spine-leaf topology with a lean spine,
• Use multiple Rendezvous-Points across multiple spine switches.
• Use redundant Rendezvous-Points.
• Map different VNIs to different multicast groups, which are mapped to different Rendezvous-Points
for load balancing.
396
Important The following configuration samples are from an IP underlay perspective and are not comprehensive. Functions
such as PIM authentication, BFD for PIM, etc, are not shown here. Refer to the respective Cisco Nexus Series
switch multicast configuration guide for complete information.
PIM Sparse-Mode (Any-Source Multicast [ASM])

Figure 45: PIM ASM as the IP multicast routing protocol
PIM ASM is supported on the Nexus 7000 and Nexus 9000 series as the underlay multicast protocol. (Nexus
7000 also supports bidirectional PIM as the underlay multicast protocol).
In the above image, the leaf switches (V1, V2, and V3 having VTEP configuration) are at the bottom of the
image. They are connected to the 4 spine switches (S1, S2, S3, and S4) that are depicted at the top of the
image.
Two multicast Rendezvous-Points (S2 and S3) are configured. The second Rendezvous-Point is added for
load sharing and redundancy purposes. Anycast RP is represented in the PIM ASM topology image. Anycast
RP ensures redundancy and load sharing between the two Rendezvous-Points. To use Anycast RP, multiple
spines serving as RPs will share the same IP address (the Anycast RP address). Meanwhile, each RP has its
unique IP address added in the RP set for RPs to sync information with respect to sources between all spines
which act as RPs.
The shared multicast tree is unidirectional, and uses the Rendezvous-Point for forwarding packets.
PIM ASM at a glance - 1 source tree per multicast group per leaf switch.
Programmable Fabric specific pointers are:
• All VTEPs that serve a VNI join a shared multicast tree. VTEPs V1, V2, and V3 have hosts attached
from a single tenant (say x) and these VTEPs form a separate multicast (source, group) tree.
• A VTEP (say V1) might have hosts belonging to other tenants too. Each tenant may have different
multicast groups associated with. A source tree is created for each tenant residing on the VTEP, if the
tenants do not share a multicast group.
PIM ASM Configuration
The PIM ASM examples are for the Cisco Nexus 7000 and 9000 Series switches.
397
Note For ease of use, the configuration mode from which you need to start configuring a task is mentioned at the
beginning of each configuration.
Configuration tasks and corresponding show command output are displayed for a part of the topology in the
image. For example, if the sample configuration is shown for a leaf switch and connected spine switch, the
show command output for the configuration only displays corresponding configuration.
Leaf switch V1 Configuration — Configure RP reachability on the leaf switch.

PIM Anycast Rendezvous-Point association on leaf switch V1
(config) #
feature pim
ip pim rp-address 198.51.100.220 group-list 224.1.1.1
198.51.100.220 is the Anycast Rendezvous-Point IP address.

Loopback interface PIM configuration on leaf switch V1
(config) #
ip address 209.165.201.20/32
ip pim sparse-mode
Point-2-Point (P2P) interface PIM configuration for leaf switch V1 to spine switch S2 connectivity
(config) #

no switchport
ip address 209.165.201.14/31
mtu 9216
ip pim sparse-mode
.
.
Repeat the above configuration for a P2P link between V1 and the spine switch (S3) acting as the redundant
Anycast Rendezvous-Point.
The VTEP also needs to be connected with spine switches (S1 and S4) that are not rendezvous points. A
sample configuration is given below:
Point-2-Point (P2P) interface configuration for leaf switch V1 to non-rendezvous point spine switch
(S1) connectivity
(config) #

no switchport
ip address 209.165.201.10/31
mtu 9216
398
ip pim sparse-mode
Repeat the above configuration for all P2P links between V1 and non- rendezvous point spine switches.
Repeat the complete procedure given above to configure all other leaf switches.
Rendezvous Point Configuration on the spine switches
PIM configuration on spine switch S2
(config) #
feature pim
Loopback Interface Configuration (RP)
(config) #
ip address 10.10.100.100/32
ip pim sparse-mode
Loopback interface configuration (Anycast RP)
(config) #
ip address 198.51.100.220/32
ip pim sparse-mode
Anycast-RP configuration on spine switch S2
Configure a spine switch as a Rendezvous Point and associate it with the loopback IP addresses of switches
S2 and S3 for redundancy.
(config) #
feature pim
ip pim anycast-rp 198.51.100.220 10.10.100.100
ip pim anycast-rp 198.51.100.220 10.10.20.100
.
.
399
Note The above configurations should also be implemented on the other spine switch (S3) performing the role of
RP.
Non-RP Spine Switch Configuration
You also need to configure PIM ASM on spine switches that are not designated as rendezvous points, namely
S1 and S4.
Earlier, leaf switch (VTEP) V1 has been configured for a P2P link to a non RP spine switch. A sample
configuration on the non RP spine switch is given below.
PIM ASM global configuration on spine switch S1 (non RP)
(config) #
feature pim
Loopback interface configuration (non RP)
(config) #
ip address 10.10.100.103/32
ip pim sparse-mode
Point-2-Point (P2P) interface configuration for spine switch S1 to leaf switch V1 connectivity
(config) #

no switchport
ip address 209.165.201.15/31
mtu 9216
ip pim sparse-mode
.
.
Repeat the above configuration for all P2P links between the non- rendezvous point spine switches and other
leaf switches (VTEPs).
PIM ASM Verification
Use the following commands for verifying PIM ASM configuration:
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip mroute 224.1.1.1
IP Multicast Routing Table for VRF "default"
(*, 224.1.1.1/32), uptime: 02:21:20, nve ip pim
400
Incoming interface: Ethernet1/1, RPF nbr: 10.10.100.100

Outgoing interface list: (count: 1)
nve1, uptime: 02:21:20, nve
(10.1.1.54/32, 224.1.1.1/32), uptime: 00:08:33, ip mrib pim

nve1, uptime: 00:08:33, mrib
(10.1.1.74/32, 224.1.1.1/32), uptime: 02:21:20, nve mrib ip pim

Incoming interface: loopback0, RPF nbr: 10.1.1.74
Ethernet1/6, uptime: 00:29:19, pim
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip pim rp
PIM RP Status Information for VRF "default"

BSR disabled
Auto-RP disabled
BSR RP Candidate policy: None
BSR RP policy: None
Auto-RP Announce policy: None
Auto-RP Discovery policy: None
RP: 198.51.100.220, (0), uptime: 03:17:43, expires: never,

priority: 0, RP-source: (local), group ranges:
224.0.0.0/9
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip pim interface
PIM Interface Status for VRF "default"

PIM DR: 209.165.201.12, DR's priority: 1
PIM neighbor count: 1
PIM hello interval: 30 secs, next hello sent in: 00:00:11
PIM neighbor holdtime: 105 secs
PIM configured DR priority: 1
PIM configured DR delay: 3 secs
PIM border interface: no
PIM GenID sent in Hellos: 0x33d53dc1
PIM Hello MD5-AH Authentication: disabled
PIM Neighbor policy: none configured
PIM Join-Prune inbound policy: none configured
PIM Join-Prune outbound policy: none configured
PIM Join-Prune interval: 1 minutes
PIM Join-Prune next sending: 1 minutes
PIM BFD enabled: no
PIM passive interface: no
PIM VPC SVI: no
PIM Auto Enabled: no
PIM Interface Statistics, last reset: never
General (sent/received):
Hellos: 423/425 (early: 0), JPs: 37/32, Asserts: 0/0
Grafts: 0/0, Graft-Acks: 0/0
DF-Offers: 4/6, DF-Winners: 0/197, DF-Backoffs: 0/0, DF-Passes: 0/0
Errors:
Checksum errors: 0, Invalid packet types/DF subtypes: 0/0
Authentication failed: 0
Packet length errors: 0, Bad version packets: 0, Packets from self: 0
Packets from non-neighbors: 0
Packets received on passiveinterface: 0
JPs received on RPF-interface: 0
401
(*,G) Joins received with no/wrong RP: 0/0

(*,G)/(S,G) JPs received for SSM/Bidir groups: 0/0
JPs filtered by inbound policy: 0
JPs filtered by outbound policy: 0
PIM GenID sent in Hellos: 0x1be2bd41
PIM BFD enabled: no
PIM VPC SVI: no
Errors:
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip pim neighbor
PIM Neighbor Status for VRF "default"
Neighbor Interface Uptime Expires DR Bidir- BFD

Priority Capable State
10.10.100.100 Ethernet1/1 1w1d 00:01:33 1 yes n/a
PIM Bidirectional (BiDir)
402
Figure 46: PIM BiDir as the IP multicast routing protocol
Bidirectional PIM is supported on the Nexus 5600 and Nexus 7000 series as the underlay multicast protocol.
Some multicast topology design pointers are given below:
VXLAN BiDir underlay is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-EX and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 platform switches.
In the above image, the leaf switches (V1, V2, and V3) are at the bottom of the image. They are connected
to the 4 spine switches (S1, S2, S3, and S4) that are depicted at the top of the image. The two PIM
Rendezvous-Points using phantom RP mechanism are used for load sharing and redundancy purposes.
Note Load sharing happens only via different multicast groups, for the respective, different VNI.
With bidirectional PIM, one bidirectional, shared tree rooted at the RP is built for each multicast group. Source
specific state are not maintained within the fabric which provides a more scalable solution.
Programmable Fabric specific pointers are:
• The 3 VTEPs share the same VNI and multicast group mapping to form a single multicast group tree.
PIM BiDir at a glance — One shared tree per multicast group.

PIM BiDir Configuration
The following is a configuration example of having two spine switches S2 and S3 serving as RPs using
phantom RP for redundancy and loadsharing. Here S2 is the primary RP for group-list 227.2.2.0/26 and
secondary for group-list 227.2.2.64/26. S3 is the primary RP for group-list 227.2.2.64/26 and secondary RP
for group-list 227.2.2.0/26.
403
Note Phantom RP is used in a PIM BiDir environment where RP redundancy is designed using loopback networks
with different mask lengths in the primary and secondary routers. These loopback interfaces are in the same
subnet as the RP address, but with different IP addresses from the RP address. (Since the IP address advertised
as RP address is not defined on any routers, the term phantom is used). The subnet of the loopback is advertised
in the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP). To maintain RP reachability, it is only necessary to ensure that a route
to the RP exists.
Unicast routing longest match algorithms are used to pick the primary over the secondary router.
The primary router announces a longest match route (say, a /30 route for the RP address) and is preferred over
the less specific route announced by the secondary router (a /29 route for the same RP address). The primary
router advertises the /30 route of the RP, while the secondary router advertises the /29 route. The latter is only
chosen when the primary router goes offline. We will be able to switch from the primary to the secondary RP
at the speed of convergence of the routing protocol.
Note For ease of use, the configuration mode from which you need to start configuring a task is mentioned at the
beginning of each configuration.
Configuration tasks and corresponding show command output are displayed for a part of the topology in the
image. For example, if the sample configuration is shown for a leaf switch and connected spine switch, the
show command output for the configuration only displays corresponding configuration.
Leaf switch V1 configuration
Phantom Rendezvous-Point association on leaf switch V1
(config) #
feature pim
Loopback interface PIM configuration on leaf switch V1
(config) #
ip address 10.1.1.54/32
ip pim sparse-mode
IP unnumbered P2P interface configuration on leaf switch V1
(config) #

no switchport
404
mtu 9192
medium p2p
ip unnumbered loopback 0
ip pim sparse-mode

no switchport
mtu 9192
medium p2p
ip pim sparse-mode

Rendezvous Point configuration (on the two spine switches S2 and S3 acting as RPs)
Using phantom RP on spine switch S2
(config) #
feature pim
Loopback interface PIM configuration (RP) on spine switch S2/RP1
(config) #
ip address 10.1.1.53/32
ip pim sparse-mode
IP unnumbered P2P interface configuration on spine switch S2/RP1 to leaf switch V1
(config) #

no switchport
mtu 9192
medium p2p
ip pim sparse-mode
Loopback interface PIM configuration (for phantom RP) on spine switch S2/RP1
(config) #
ip address 10.254.254.2/30
ip pim sparse-mode
(config) #
405
ip address 10.254.254.66/29
ip pim sparse-mode
Using phantom RP on spine switch S3

(config) #
feature pim
Loopback interface PIM configuration (RP) on spine switch S3/RP2

(config) #
ip address 10.10.50.100/32
ip pim sparse-mode
IP unnumbered P2P interface configuration on spine switch S3/RP2 to leaf switch V1
(config) #

no switchport
mtu 9192
medium p2p
ip pim sparse-mode
Loopback interface PIM configuration (for phantom RP) on spine switch S3/RP2
(config) #
ip address 10.254.254.66/30
ip pim sparse-mode
ip address 10.254.254.2/29
ip pim sparse-mode
PIM BiDir Verification

Use the following commands for verifying PIM BiDir configuration:
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip mroute
(*, 227.2.2.0/26), bidir, uptime: 4d08h, pim ip

406
Ethernet1/1, uptime: 4d08h, pim, (RPF)
(*, 227.2.2.0/32), bidir, uptime: 4d08h, nve ip pim

nve1, uptime: 4d08h, nve
(*, 227.2.2.64/26), bidir, uptime: 4d08h, pim ip

Incoming interface: Ethernet1/5, RPF nbr: 10.10.50.100/32
(*, 232.0.0.0/8), uptime: 4d08h, pim ip

Incoming interface: Null, RPF nbr: 0.0.0.0
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip pim rp
PIM RP Status Information for VRF "default"

BSR disabled
Auto-RP disabled
BSR RP Candidate policy: None
BSR RP policy: None
Auto-RP Announce policy: None
Auto-RP Discovery policy: None
RP: 10.254.254.1, (1),

uptime: 4d08h priority: 0,
RP-source: (local),
group ranges:
227.2.2.0/26 (bidir)
RP: 10.254.254.65, (2),
uptime: 4d08h priority: 0,
RP-source: (local),
group ranges:
227.2.2.64/26 (bidir)
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip pim interface
PIM Interface Status for VRF "default"

PIM GenID sent in Hellos: 0x12650908
PIM BFD enabled: no
PIM VPC SVI: no
407

Errors:

IP unnumbered interface (loopback0)
PIM GenID sent in Hellos: 0x2534269b
PIM BFD enabled: no
PIM VPC SVI: no
Errors:
Leaf-Switch-V1# show ip pim neighbor
PIM Neighbor Status for VRF "default"
Neighbor Interface Uptime Expires DR Bidir- BFD

Priority Capable State
408
Underlay deployment without multicast (Ingress replication)

Ingress replication is supported on Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches and not supported on Cisco Nexus 5600
and Cisco Nexus 7000 Series switches.
Beginning in NX-OS release 9.3(3), Ingress replication is supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-GX switches.
409
410
APPENDIX B
Configuring Bud Node
• VXLAN Bud Node Over vPC Overview, on page 411
• VXLAN Bud Node Over vPC Topology Example, on page 412
VXLAN Bud Node Over vPC Overview

Figure 47: Underlay Network Based on PIM-SM and OSPF
411
VXLAN Bud Node Over vPC Topology Example
Note For bud-node topologies, the source IP of the VTEP behind vPC must be in the same subnet as the infra
VLAN. This SVI should have proxy ARP enabled. For example:
Interface Vlan2
ip proxy-arp
Note The system nve infra-vlans command specifies VLANs used for all SVI interfaces, for uplink interfaces
with respect to bud-node topologies, and vPC peer-links in VXLAN as infra-VLANs. You must not configure
certain combinations of infra-VLANs. For example, 2 and 514, 10 and 522, which are 512 apart.
For Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 and 9300-GX platform switches, use the system
nve infra-vlans command to configure any VLANs that are used as infra-VLANs.
VXLAN Bud Node Over vPC Topology Example

• Enable the required features:
feature ospf
feature pim
feature hsrp
feature lacp
feature vpc
feature nv overlay
• Configuration for PIM anycast RP.

In this example, 1.1.1.1 is the anycast RP address.
• VLAN configuration
In this example, tenant VLANs 101-103 are mapped to vn-segments.
vlan 1-4,101-103,2000
vlan 101
vn-segment 10001
vlan 102
vn-segment 10002
vlan 103
vn-segment 10003
• vPC configuration
412
vpc domain 1
peer-switch
delay restore 180
peer-gateway
ipv6 nd synchronize
ip arp synchronize
• Infra VLAN SVI configuration
interface Vlan2
no shutdown
no ip redirects
ip proxy-arp
ip address 10.200.1.252/24
no ipv6 redirects
ip pim sparse-mode
hsrp version 2
hsrp 1
ip 10.200.1.254
• Route-maps for matching multicast groups

Each VXLAN multicast group needs to have a static OIF on the backup SVI MCT.
route-map match-mcast-groups permit 1

• Backup SVI over MCT configuration

• Configuration Option 1:
interface Vlan2000
no shutdown
ip address 20.20.20.1/24
ip pim sparse-mode
ip igmp static-oif route-map match-mcast-groups
• Configuration Option 2:
interface Vlan2000
no shutdown
ip address 20.20.20.1/24
ip pim sparse-mode
ip igmp static-oif 225.1.1.1
• vPC interface configuration that carries the infra VLAN
413
switchport trunk allowed vlan 2
vpc 1
• MCT configuration
spanning-tree port type network
vpc peer-link
•
Note You can choose either of the following two command procedures for creating
the NVE interfaces. Use the first one for a small number of VNIs. Use the second
procedure to configure a large number of VNIs.
NVE configuration
Option 1
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 10001 mcast-group 225.1.1.1
Option 2
interface nve1
no shutdown
global mcast-group 225.1.1.1
member vni 10001
member vni 10002
member vni 10003
• Loopback interface configuration
interface loopback0
ip address 101.101.101.101/32
ip address 99.99.99.99/32 secondary
ip pim sparse-mode
• Show commands
414
tor1# sh nve vni


--------- -------- ----------------- ----- ---- ------------------ -----
nve1 10001 225.1.1.1 Up DP L2 [101]
nve1 10002 225.1.1.1 Up DP L2 [102]
nve1 10003 225.1.1.1 Up DP L2 [103]
tor1# sh nve peers

--------- --------------- ----- --------- -------- -----------------
nve1 10.200.1.1 Up DP 00:07:23 n/a
nve1 10.200.1.2 Up DP 00:07:18 n/a
nve1 102.102.102.102 Up DP 00:07:23 n/a
tor1# sh ip mroute 225.1.1.1

(*, 225.1.1.1/32), uptime: 00:07:41, ip pim nve static igmp

Vlan2, uptime: 00:07:23, igmp
Vlan2000, uptime: 00:07:31, static
(10.200.1.1/32, 225.1.1.1/32), uptime: 00:07:40, ip mrib pim nve

Incoming interface: Vlan2, RPF nbr: 10.200.1.1
Vlan2, uptime: 00:07:23, mrib, (RPF)
Vlan2000, uptime: 00:07:31, mrib

Incoming interface: Vlan2, RPF nbr: 10.200.1.2
Vlan2, uptime: 00:07:23, mrib, (RPF)

Incoming interface: loopback0, RPF nbr: 99.99.99.99
Ethernet2/5, uptime: 00:07:39, pim
tor1# sh vpc
Legend:
- local vPC is down, forwarding via vPC peer-link
vPC domain id : 1
Peer status : peer adjacency formed ok
Configuration consistency status : success
415
Per-vlan consistency status : success

vPC role : secondary, operational primary
Auto-recovery status : Disabled
vPC Peer-link status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
id Port Status Active vlans
-- ---- ------ --------------------------------------------------
1 Po100 up 1-4,101-103,2000
vPC status
----------------------------------------------------------------------
id Port Status Consistency Reason Active vlans
-- ---- ------ ----------- ------ ------------
1 Po1 up success success 2
2 Po2 up success success 2
tor1# sh vpc consistency-parameters global
Legend:

------------- ---- ---------------------- -----------------------
Vlan to Vn-segment Map 1 3 Relevant Map(s) 3 Relevant Map(s)
STP Mode 1 Rapid-PVST Rapid-PVST
STP Disabled 1 None None
STP MST Region Name 1 "" ""
STP MST Region Revision 1 0 0
STP MST Region Instance to 1
VLAN Mapping
STP Loopguard 1 Disabled Disabled
STP Bridge Assurance 1 Enabled Enabled
STP Port Type, Edge 1 Normal, Disabled, Normal, Disabled,
BPDUFilter, Edge BPDUGuard Disabled Disabled
STP MST Simulate PVST 1 Enabled Enabled
Nve Oper State, Secondary 1 Up, 99.99.99.99, DP Up, 99.99.99.99, DP
IP, Host Reach Mode
Nve Vni Configuration 1 10001-10003 10001-10003
Interface-vlan admin up 2 2,2000 2,2000
Interface-vlan routing 2 1-4,2000 1-4,2000
capability
Allowed VLANs - 1-4,101-103,2000 1-4,101-103,2000
Local suspended VLANs - -
416
APPENDIX C
DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN
• DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN Overview, on page 417
• DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN Example, on page 418
• DHCP Relay on VTEPs, on page 419
• Client on Tenant VRF and Server on Layer 3 Default VRF, on page 419
• Client on Tenant VRF (SVI X) and Server on the Same Tenant VRF (SVI Y), on page 422
• Client on Tenant VRF (VRF X) and Server on Different Tenant VRF (VRF Y), on page 426
• Client on Tenant VRF and Server on Non-Default Non-VXLAN VRF, on page 429
• Configuring vPC Peers Example, on page 431
• vPC VTEP DHCP Relay Configuration Example, on page 433
DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN Overview

DHCP relay is utilized to forward DHCP packets between the hosts and DHCP server. The VXLAN VTEP
can act as a relay agent, providing DCHP relay services in a multi-tenant VXLAN environment.
With DHCP Relay, DHCP messages require to be sent through the same Switch in both directions. GiAddr
(Gateway IP Address) for DHCP Relay is commonly used for Scope Selection and DHCP response messages.
In any VXLAN fabric with Distributed IP Anycast Gateway, DHCP messages can be returned to ANY Switch
hosting the respective Gateway IP Address (GiAddr).
Solution requires a different way of Scope Selection and Unique IP Address for each Switch. Unique Loopback
Interface per Switch will become GiAddr for responding to correct Switch. Option 82 (dhcp option vpn) will
be used for Scope Selection based on L2VNI.
In a multi-tenant EVPN environment, DHCP relay uses the following sub-options of Option 82:
• Sub-option 151(0x97) - Virtual Subnet Selection (Defined in RFC#6607)
Used to convey VRF related information to the DHCP server in an MPLS-VPN and VXLAN EVPN
multi-tenant environment.
• Sub-option 11(0xb) - Server ID Override (Defined in RFC#5107)
The server identifier (server ID) override sub-option allows the DHCP relay agent to specify a new value
for the server ID option, which is inserted by the DHCP server in the reply packet. This sub-option allows
the DHCP relay agent to act as the actual DHCP server such that the renew requests will come to the
relay agent rather than the DHCP server directly. The server ID override sub-option contains the incoming
417
DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN Example
interface IP address, which is the IP address on the relay agent that is accessible from the client. Using
this information, the DHCP client sends all renew and release request packets to the relay agent. The
relay agent adds all of the appropriate sub-options and then forwards the renew and release request
packets to the original DHCP server. For this function, Cisco’s proprietary implementation is sub-option
152(0x98). You can use the ip dhcp relay sub-option type cisco command to manage the function.
• Sub-option 5(0x5) - Link Selection (Defined in RFC#3527)
The link selection sub-option provides a mechanism to separate the subnet/link on which the DHCP
client resides from the gateway address (giaddr), which can be used to communicate with the relay agent
by the DHCP server. The relay agent will set the sub-option to the correct subscriber subnet and the
DHCP server will use that value to assign an IP address rather than the giaddr value. The relay agent
will set the giaddr to its own IP address so that DHCP messages are able to be forwarded over the network.
For this function, Cisco’s proprietary implementation is sub-option 150(0x96). You can use the ip dhcp
relay sub-option type cisco command to manage the function.
DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN Example

Figure 48: Example Topology
Topology characteristics:
• Switches 9372-1 and 9372-2 are VTEPs connected to the VXLAN fabric.
• Client1 and client2 are DHCP clients in vlan1001. They belong to tenant VRF vxlan-900001.
• The DHCP server is ASR1K, a router that sits in vlan10.
• DHCP server configuration
418
DHCP Relay on VTEPs
ip vrf vxlan900001
ip dhcp excluded-address vrf vxlan900001 172.16.16.1 172.16.16.9
ip dhcp pool one
vrf vxlan900001
network 172.16.16.0 255.240.0.0
defaultrouter 172.16.16.1
DHCP Relay on VTEPs

The following are common deployment scenarios:
• Client on tenant VRF and server on Layer 3 default VRF.
• Client on tenant VRF (SVI X) and server on the same tenant VRF (SVI Y).
• Client on tenant VRF (VRF X) and server on different tenant VRF (VRF Y).
• Client on tenant VRF and server on non-default non-VXLAN VRF.
The following sections below move vlan10 to different VRFs to depict different scenarios.
Client on Tenant VRF and Server on Layer 3 Default VRF

Put DHCP server (192.0.2.42) into the default VRF and make sure it is reachable from both 9372-1 and 9372-2
through the default VRF.
9372-1# sh run int vl 10
!Command: show running-config interface Vlan10

!Time: Mon Aug 24 07:51:16 2018
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface Vlan10
no shutdown
ip address 192.0.2.25/24
9372-1# ping 192.0.2.42 cou 1
PING 192.0.2.42 (192.0.2.42): 56 data bytes

64 bytes from 192.0.2.42: icmp_seq=0 ttl=254 time=0.593 ms
- 192.0.2.42 ping statistics -
1 packets transmitted, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss
roundtrip min/avg/max = 0.593/0.592/0.593 ms
9372-2# ping 192.0.2.42 cou 1

PING 192.0.2.42 (192.0.2.42): 56 data bytes
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.609/0.608/0.609 ms
419
DHCP Relay Configuration

• 9372-1
9372—1# sh run dhcp
!Command: show running—config dhcp

!Time: Mon Aug 24 08:26:00 2018
version 7.0(3) I1(3)

feature dhcp
service dhcp
ip dhcp relay
ip dhcp relay information option
ip dhcp relay information option vpn
ipv6 dhcp relay
interface Vlanl001
ip dhcp relay address 192.0.2.42 use—vrf default
• 9372-2
9372-2# sh run dhcp

!Time: Mon Aug 24 08:26:16 2018
version 7.0(3)11(3)
feature dhcp
service dhcp
ip dhcp relay
ipv6 dhcp relay
interfaoe Vlanl001
ip dhcp relay address 192.0.2.42 use—vrf default
Debug Output
• The following is a packet dump for DHCP interact sequences.
9372-1# ethanalyzer local interface inband display-filter

"udp.srcport==67 or udp.dstport==67" limit-captured frames 0
Capturing on inband
20180824 08:35:25.066530 0.0.0.0 -> 255.255.255.0 DHCP DHCP Discover - Transaction ID
0x636a38fd
0x636a38fd
20180824 08:35:27.069494 192.0.2.42 -> 192.0.2.25 DHCP DHCP Offer Transaction - ID
0x636a38fd
20180824 08:35:27.071029 172.16.16.1 -> 172.16.16.11 DHCP DHCP Offer Transaction - ID
0x636a38fd
20180824 08:35:27.071488 0.0.0.0 -> 255.255.255.0 DHCP DHCP Request Transaction - ID
420
0x636a38fd
20180824 08:35:27.072447 192.0.2.25 -> 192.0.2.42 DHCP DHCP Request Transaction - ID
0x636a38fd
20180824 08:35:27.073008 192.0.2.42 -> 192.0.2.25 DHCP DHCP ACK Transaction - ID
0x636a38fd
20180824 08:35:27.073692 172.16.16.1 -> 172.16.16.11 DHCP DHCP ACK Transaction - ID
0x636a38fd
Note Ethanalyzer might not capture all DHCP packets because of inband interpretation
issues when you use the filter. You can avoid this by using SPAN.
• DHCP Discover packet 9372-1 sent to DHCP server.

giaddr is set to 192.0.2.25 (ip address of vlan10) and suboptions 5/11/151 are set accordingly.
Bootp flags: 0x0000 (unicast)

client IP address: 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0)
Your (client) IP address: 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0)
Next server IP address: 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0)
Relay agent IP address: 192.0.2.25 (192.0.2.25)
client MAC address Hughes_01:51:51 (00:00:10:01:51:51)
client hardware address padding: 00000000000000000000
Server host name not given
Boot file name not given
Magic cookie: DHCP
Option: (53) DHCP Message Type
Length: 1
DHCP: Discover (1)
Option: (55) Parameter Request List
Length: 4
Parameter Request List Item: (1) Subnet Mask
Parameter Request List Item: (3) Router
Parameter Request List Item: (58) Renewal Time Value
Parameter Request List Item: (59) Rebinding Time Value
Option: (61) client identifier
Length: 7
Hardware type: Ethernet (0x01)
Client MAC address: Hughes_01:51:51 (00:00:10:01:51:51)
Option: (82) Agent Information Option
Length: 47
Option 82 Suboption: (1) Agent Circuit ID
Length: 10
Agent Circuit ID: 01080006001e88690030
Option 82 Suboption: (2) Agent Remote ID
Length: 6
Agent Remote ID: f8c2882333a5
Option 82 Suboption: (151) VRF name/VPN ID
Option 82 Suboption: (11) Server ID Override
Length: 4
Server ID Override: 172.16.16.1 (172.16.16.1)
Option 82 Suboption: (5) Link selection
Length: 4
Link selection: 172.16.16.0 (172.16.16.0)
ASR1K-DHCP# sh ip dhcp bin
421
Client on Tenant VRF (SVI X) and Server on the Same Tenant VRF (SVI Y)
Bindings from all pools not associated with VRF:

IP address ClientID/ Lease expiration Type State Interface
Hardware address/
User name
Bindings from VRF pool vxlan900001:

IP address ClientID/ Lease expiration Type State Interface
Hardware address/
User name
172.16.16.10 0100.0010.0175.75 Aug 25 2018 09:21 AM Automatic Active GigabitEthernet2/1/0
9372-1# sh ip route vrf vxlan900001

IP Route Table for VRF "vxlan900001"
'*' denotes best ucast nexthop
'**' denotes best mcast nexthop
10.11.11.11/8, ubest/mbest: 2/0, attached

*via 10.11.11.11, Lo1, [0/0], 18:31:57, local
*via 10.11.11.11, Lo1, [0/0], 18:31:57, direct
10.22.22.22/8, ubest/mbest: 1/0
*via 1.2.2.2%default, [200/0], 18:31:57, bgp65535,internal, tag 65535 (evpn)segid:
900001 tunnelid: 0x2020202
encap: VXLAN

*via 172.16.16.1, Vlan1001, [0/0], 18:31:57, direct
*via 172.16.16.1, Vlan1001, [0/0], 18:31:57, local
172.16.16.10/32, ubest/mbest: 1/0
900001 tunnelid: 0x2020202
encap: VXLAN

*via 172.16.16.11, Vlan1001, [190/0], 00:28:10, hmm
9372-1# ping 172.16.16.11 vrf vxlan900001 count 1

PING 172.16.16.11 (172.16.16.11): 56 data bytes
9372-1# ping 172.16.16.10 vrf vxlan900001 count 1

PING 172.16.16.10 (172.16.16.10): 56 data bytes
Client on Tenant VRF (SVI X) and Server on the Same Tenant

VRF (SVI Y)
Put DHCP server (192.0.2.42) into VRF of vxlan-900001 and make sure it is reachable from both 9372-1 and
9372-2 through VRF of vxlan-900001.
422
!Command: show running-config interface Vlan10

!Time: Mon Aug 24 09:10:26 2018
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface Vlan10
no shutdown
ip address 192.0.2.25/24
Because 172.16.16.1 is an anycast address for vlan1001 configured on all the VTEPs, we need to pick up a
unique address as the DHCP relay packet’s source address to make sure the DHCP server can deliver a response
to the original DHCP Relay agent. In this scenario, we use loopback1 and we need to make sure loopback1
is reachable from everywhere of VRF vxlan-900001.
9372-1# sh run int lo1
!Command: show running-config interface loopback1

!Time: Mon Aug 24 09:18:53 2018
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface loopback1
ip address 10.11.11.11/8
9372-1# ping 192.0.2.42 vrf vxlan900001 source 10.11.11.11 cou 1

PING 192.0.2.42 (192.0.2.42) from 10.11.11.11: 56 data bytes
!Command: show running-config interface loopback1

!Time: Mon Aug 24 09:19:30 2018
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface loopback1
vrf member vxlan900001
ip address 10.22.22.22/8
9372-2# ping 192.0.2.42 vrf vxlan-900001 source 10.22.22.22 cou 1


• 9372-1
423
!Command: show running-config dhcp

!Time: Mon Aug 24 08:26:00 2018
version 7.0(3)11(3)
feature dhcp
service dhcp
ip dhcp relay
I4ip dhcp relay information option vpn
ipv6 dhcp relay
interface Vlanl00l
ip dhcp relay address 192.0.2.42
ip dhcp relay source—interface loopback1
• 9372-2

!Time: Mon Aug 24 08:26:16 2018
version 7.0(3) 11(3)

feature dhcp
service dhcp
ip dhcp relay
ipv6 dhcp relay
interface Vlanl00l
Debug Output
9372-1# ethanalyzer local interface inband display-filter

"udp.srcport==67 or udp.dstport==67" limit-captured frames 0
Capturing on inband
0x860cd13
0x860cd13
20180824 09:31:40.130134 192.0.2.42 -> 10.11.11.11 DHCP DHCP Offer - Transaction ID
0x860cd13
0x860cd13
20180824 09:31:40.130990 0.0.0.0 -> 255.255.255.0 DHCP DHCP Request - Transaction ID
0x860cd13
0x860cd13
20180824 09:31:40.132009 192.0.2.42 -> 10.11.11.11 DHCP DHCP ACK - Transaction ID
424
0x860cd13
20180824 09:31:40.132268 172.16.16.1 -> 172.16.16.11 DHCP DHCP ACK - TransactionID
0x860cd13
Note Ethanalyzer might not capture all DHCP packets because of inband interpretation
issues when you use the filter. You can avoid this by using SPAN.

giaddr is set to 10.11.11.11(loopback1) and suboptions 5/11/151 are set accordingly.
Bootstrap Protocol
Message type: Boot Request (1)
Hardware address length: 6
Hops: 1
Transaction ID: 0x0860cd13
Seconds elapsed: O
Client IP address: 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0)
Relay agent iP address: 10.11.11.11 (10.11.11.11)
Client hardware address padding: 00000000000000000000
Magic cookie: DHCP
Length: 1
DHCP: Discover (1)
Option: (61) Client Identifier
Length: 47
Option 82 suboption: (1) Aqent Circuit ID
Option 82 suboption: (151) Agent Remote ID
Option 82 suboption: (11) Server ID Override
Length: 4
Server ID override: 172.16.16.1 (172.16.16.1)
Option 82 suboption: (5) Link selection
Length: 4
Link selection: 172.16.16.0 (172.16.16.0)
ASR1K-DHCP# sh ip dhcp bin

Bindings from all pools not associated with VRF:
IP address ClientID/Lease expiration Type State Interface
Hardware address/
User name
Bindings from VRF pool vxlan-900001:

IP address ClientID/Lease expiration Type State Interface
Hardware address/
User name
425
Client on Tenant VRF (VRF X) and Server on Different Tenant VRF (VRF Y)

9372-1# sh ip route vrf vxlan-900001

IP Route Table for VRF "vxlan-900001"

*via 10.11.11.11, Lo1, [0/0], 19:13:56, local
*via 10.11.11.11, Lo1, [0/0], 19:13:56, direct
10.22.22.22/8, ubest/mbest: 1/0
900001 tunnelid: 0x2020202
encap: VXLAN
*via 172.16.16.1, Vlan1001, [0/0], 19:13:56, direct
*via 172.16.16.1, Vlan1001, [0/0], 19:13:56, local
172.16.16.10/32, ubest/mbest: 1/0
*via 2.2.2.2%default, [200/0], 00:01:27, bgp65535,
internal, tag 65535 (evpn)segid: 900001 tunnelid: 0x2020202
encap: VXLAN
*via 172.16.16.11, Vlan1001, [190/0], 00:13:56, hmm
*via 192.0.2.25, Vlan10, [0/0], 00:36:08, direct
*via 192.0.2.25, Vlan10, [0/0], 00:36:08, local
9372-1# ping 172.16.16.10 vrf vxlan-900001 cou 1
PING 172.16.16.10 (172.16.16.10): 56 data bytes
9372-1# ping 172.16.16.11 vrf vxlan-900001 cou 1

PING 172.16.16.11 (172.16.16.11): 56 data bytes
Client on Tenant VRF (VRF X) and Server on Different Tenant

VRF (VRF Y)
The DHCP server is placed into another tenant VRF vxlan-900002 so that DHCP response packets can access
the original relay agent. We use loopback2 to avoid any anycast ip address that is used as the source address
for the DHCP relay packets.

!Command: show runningconfig interface Vlan10
!Time: Tue Aug 25 08:48:22 2018
426
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface Vlan10
no shutdown
ip address 192.0.2.40/24

!Command: show runningconfig interface loopback2
!Time: Tue Aug 25 08:48:57 2018
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface loopback2
ip address 10.33.33.33/8

!Command: show runningconfig interface loopback2
!Time: Tue Aug 25 08:48:44 2018
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface loopback2
ip address 10.44.44.44/8
9372-1# ping 192.0.2.42 vrf vxlan-900002 source 10.33.33.33 cou 1

9372-2# ping 192.0.2.42 vrf vxlan-900002 source 10.44.44.44 count 1


• 9372-1

!Time: Mon Aug 24 08:26:00 2018
version 7.0(3) Ii (3)

feature dhcp
service dhcp
ip dhcp relay
ipv6 dhcp relay
interface VlanlOOl
ip dhcp relay address 192.0.2.42 use—vrf vxlan—900002
• 9372-2
427

!Time: Mon Aug 24 08:26:16 2018
version 7.0(3)11(3)
feature dhcp
service dhcp
ip dhcp relay
ipv6 dhcp relay
interface VlaniOOl
ip dhcp relay address 192.0.2.42 use-vrf vxlan—900002
Debug Output
9372-1# ethanalyzer local interface inband display-filter "udp.srcport==67 or

udp.dstport==67" limit-captured-frames 0
Capturing on inband
0x3eebccae
0x3eebccae
0x3eebccae
0x3eebccae
0x3eebccae
0x3eebccae
0x3eebccae
0x3eebccae

giaddr is set to 10.33.33.33 (loopback2) and suboptions 5/11/151 are set accordingly.
Bootstrap Protocol
Hops: 1
Transaction ID: Ox3eebccae
Seconds elapsed: O
Client MAC address: i-iughes_01:51:51 (00:00:10:01:51:51)
428
Client on Tenant VRF and Server on Non-Default Non-VXLAN VRF

Magic cookie: DHCP
Length: 1
DHCP: Discover (1)
Option: (61) client identifier
Option: (82) Agent Informatìon option
Length: 47
Option 82 Suboption: (1) Agent circuit W
Option 82 suboption: (2) Agent Remote 10
Option 82 suboption: (151) VRF name/VPN ID
Length: 4
Length: 4
Link selection: 172.16.16.0 (172.16.16.0)
Client on Tenant VRF and Server on Non-Default Non-VXLAN

VRF
The DHCP server is placed into the management VRF and is reachable the through M0 interface. The IP
address changes to 10.122.164.147 accordingly.
9372-1# sh run int m0

!Command: show running-config interface mgmt0
!Time: Tue Aug 25 09:17:04 2018
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface mgmt0
ip address 10.122.165.134/8
9372-1# ping 10.122.164.147 vrf management cou 1

PING 10.122.164.147 (10.122.164.147): 56 data bytes
9372-2# sh run int m0

!Command: show running-config interface mgmt0
!Time: Tue Aug 25 09:17:47 2018
version 7.0(3)I1(3)
interface mgmt0
ip address 10.122.165.148/8
9372-2# ping 10.122.164.147 vrf management cou 1

PING 10.122.164.147 (10.122.164.147): 56 data bytes
429

• 9372-1
9372—1# sh run dhcp 9372—2# sh run dhcp

!Time: Mon Aug 24 08:26:00 2018
version 7.0(3)11(3)
feature dhcp
service dhcp
ip dhcp relay
ipv6 dhcp relay
interface VlanlOOl
ip dhcp relay address 10.122.164.147 use—vrf management
• 9372-2
9372-2# sh run dhcp

!Time: Tue Aug 25 09:17:47 2018
version 7.0(3)11(3)
feature dhcp
service dhcp
ip dhcp relay
ipv6 dhcp relay
interface VlanlOOl
ip dhcp relay address 10.122.164.147 use—vrf management
Debug Output
9372-1# ethanalyzer local interface inband display-filter "udp.srcport==67 or

udp.dstport==67" limit-captured-frames 0
Capturing on inband
0x28a8606d
0x28a8606d
0x28a8606d
0x28a8606d
430
Configuring vPC Peers Example
9372-1# ethanalyzer local interface mgmt display-filter "ip.src==10.122.164.147 or

ip.dst==10.122.164.147" limit-captured-frames 0
Capturing on mgmt0
20180825 09:30:54.215499 10.122.165.134 -> 10.122.164.147 DHCP DHCP Discover - Transaction
ID 0x28a8606d
20180825 09:30:56.216137 10.122.164.147 -> 10.122.165.134 DHCP DHCP Offer - Transaction
ID 0x28a8606d
20180825 09:30:56.217444 10.122.165.134 -> 10.122.164.147 DHCP DHCP Request - Transaction
ID 0x28a8606d
20180825 09:30:56.218207 10.122.164.147 -> 10.122.165.134 DHCP DHCP ACK - Transaction
ID 0x28a8606d

giaddr is set to 10.122.165.134 (mgmt0) and suboptions 5/11/151 are set accordingly.
Bootstrap Protocol
Hops: 1
Transaction ID: 0x28a8606d
Seconds elapsed: O
Bootp flags: 0x0000 (Unicast)
Magic cookie: DHCP
Length: 1
DHCP: Discover (1)
Option: (61) Client identifier
Length: 47
Option 82 Suboption: (1) Agent Circuit ID
Option 82 Suboption: (2) Agent Remote ID
Option 82 Suboption: (151) VRF name/VPN ID
Length: 4
Length: 4
Link selection: 172.16.16.0 (172.16.16.0)
Configuring vPC Peers Example

The following is an example of how to configure routing between vPC peers in the overlay VLAN for a DHCP
relay configuration.
431
• Enable DHCP service.
service dhcp
• Configure DHCP relay.
ip dhcp relay
ip dhcp relay sub-option type cisco
• Create loopback under VRF where you need DHCP relay service.
interface loopback601
vrf member evpn-tenant-kk1
ip address 192.0.2.36/24
ip router ospf 1 area 0 /* Only required for vPC VTEP. */
• Advertise LoX into the Layer 3 VRF BGP.
Router bgp 2
vrf X
network 10.1.1.42/8
432
vPC VTEP DHCP Relay Configuration Example
• Configure DHCP relay on the SVI under the VRF.
interface Vlan1601
ip address 10.160.1.254/8
ip dhcp relay source-interface loopback601
• Configure Layer 3 VNI SVI with ip forward.
interface Vlan1600
ip forward
• Create the routing VLAN/SVI for the vPC VRF.
Note Only required for vPC VTEP
Vlan 1605
interface Vlan1605
ip address 10.160.5.43/8
• Create the VRF routing.
Note Only required for vPC VTEP.
router ospf 1
vrf evpn-tenant-kk1
router-id 10.160.5.43
vPC VTEP DHCP Relay Configuration Example

To address a need to configure a VLAN that is allowed across the MCT/peer-link, such as a vPC VLAN, an
SVI can be associated to the VLAN and is created within the tenant VRF. This becomes an underlay peering,
with the underlay protocol, such as OSPF, that needs the tenant VRF instantiated under the routing process.
Alternatively, instead of placing the SVI within the routing protocol and instantiate the Tenant-VRF under
the routing process, you can use the static routes between the vPC peers across the MCT. This approach
ensures that the reply from the server returns to the correct place and each VTEP uses a different loopback
interface for the GiAddr.
The following are examples of these configurations:
433
• Configuration of SVI within underlay routing:
/* vPC Peer-1 */

vrf tenant-vrf
interface Vlan2000
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member tenant-vrf
ip address 192.168.1.1/16
/* vPC Peer-2 */

vrf tenant-vrf
interface Vlan2000
no shutdown
mtu 9216
ip address 192.168.1.2/16
• Configuration of SVI using static routes between vPC peers across the MCT:
/* vPC Peer-1 */
interface Vlan2000
no shutdown
mtu 9216
ip address 192.168.1.1/16
vrf context tenant-vrf

ip route 192.168.1.2/16 192.168.1.1
/* vPC Peer-2 */
interface Vlan2000
no shutdown
mtu 9216
ip address 192.168.1.2/16
vrf context tenant-vrf

ip route 192.168.1.1/16 192.168.1.2
434
APPENDIX D
Configuring Layer 4 - Layer 7 Network Services
Integration
• About VXLAN Layer 4 - Layer 7 Services, on page 435
• Integrating Layer 3 Firewalls in VXLAN Fabrics, on page 435
• Firewall as Default Gateway, on page 449
• Transparent Firewall Insertion, on page 450
• Show Command Examples, on page 455
About VXLAN Layer 4 - Layer 7 Services

This chapter covers insertion of Layer 4 – Layer 7 network services (firewall, load balancer, and so on) in a
VXLAN fabric.
As opposed to traditional 3-tier network topologies, in which L4-L7 services are connected to the switches
hosting the default gateway (aggregation/distribution), L4-L7 services in VXLAN fabrics are typically
connected to the leaf or border switches, often referred to as services leafs.
You can attach a L4-L7 services device to a VXLAN fabric in various ways. This chapter addresses the
considerations you must take depending on how the L4-L7 services device is attached and the requirements
of the device and the network.
Integrating Layer 3 Firewalls in VXLAN Fabrics

This section provides details on how to integrate a firewall within a VXLAN EVPN fabric. A Layer-3 firewall
involves separating different security zones.
When integrating a Layer-3 firewall in a VXLAN EVPN fabric with a distributed Anycast Gateway, each of
these zones must correspond to a VRF/tenant on the fabric. The traffic within a tenant is routed by the fabric.
Traffic between the tenants is routed by the firewall. This scenario often refers to an inter-tenant or tenant
edge firewall.
Consider two zones: an inside zone and an outside zone. This scenario requires a VRF definition on the fabric.
You can call the VRFs the inside VRF and the outside VRF. Traffic between subnets within the same VRF
is routed on the VXLAN fabric using the distributed gateway. Traffic between VRFs is routed by the firewall
where the rules are applied.
435
Configuring Layer 4 - Layer 7 Network Services Integration
Single-Attached Firewall with Static Routing
Figure 49: Topology Overview with Firewall Attachment
Single-Attached Firewall with Static Routing

If the firewall does not support running a routing protocol, you must have static routes on each VTEP pointing
to the firewall as the next hop. The firewall also has static routes pointing to the Anycast Gateway IP as the
next hop. The challenge with a static route is that the VTEP with an active firewall must be the one advertising
the routes to the fabric. One way to accomplish this is to track the active firewall reachability via HMM and
use this tracking to advertise routes into the fabric. When the active firewall is connected to VTEP A, VTEP
A has a static route that tracks where the route is advertised if the firewall IP is learned as the HMM route.
When the firewall fails and the standby firewall takes over, VTEP A learns the firewall IP using BGP, and
VTEP B learns the firewall IP using HMM. VTEP A withdraws the route, and VTEP B advertises the route
into the fabric. See the following example.
VTEP A and VTEP B:
Vlan 10
Name inside
Vn-segment 10010
Vlan 20
Name outside
Vn-segment 10020
Interface VLAN 10
Description inside_vlan
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.254/24
Interface VLAN 20
Description outside_vlan
VRF member OUTSIDE
436
IP address 20.1.1.254/24
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 10010
mcastgroup 239.1.1.1
member vni 10020
track 10 ip route 10.1.1.1/32 reachability hmm

vrf member INSIDE
!
VRF context INSIDE
Vni 1001000
IP route 20.1.1.0/24 10.1.1.1 track 10
track 20 ip route 20.1.1.1/32 reachability hmm

vrf member OUTSIDE
!
VRF context OUTSIDE
Vni 1001000
IP route 10.1.1.0/24 20.1.1.1 track 20
VTEPA# show track 10 Track 10

IP Route 20.1.1.1/32 Reachability Reachability is UP
VTEPA# show ip route 20.1.1.0/24 vrf INSIDE

IP Route Table for VRF "INSIDE"
20.1.1.0/24, ubest/mbest: 1/0

*via 10.1.1.1 [1/0], 00:00:08, static
Firewall Failure on VTEP A caused the track to go down causing VTEP A to withdraw the static
route.
VTEPA# show track 20 Track 20

IP Route 20.1.1.1/32 Reachability Reachability is DOWN
VTEPA# show ip route 20.1.1.0/24 vrf INSIDE

IP Route Table for VRF "RED"
Route not found
437
Recursive Static Routes Distributed to the Rest of the Fabric
Recursive Static Routes Distributed to the Rest of the Fabric

With this approach, the static routes are configured wherever the inside or outside VRF exists. As the next-hop
is reachable through host routes (EVPN Route-Type2), the change of the active firewall to standby and vice
versa is only seen locally and doesn’t introduce any churn to the other VXLAN fabric. This approach can
help to better scale and improve convergence.
Any VTEP:
VRF context OUTSIDE
Vni 1002000
IP route 10.1.1.0/24 20.1.1.1
! static route on VTEP pointing to Firewall next hop
! firewall VIP 20.1.1.1
VRF context INSIDE

Vni 1001000
IP route 20.1.1.0/24 10.1.1.1
Redistribute Static Routes into BGP and Advertise to the Rest of the Fabric
Through redistribution, we make the route toward the active firewall shown to the VTEP where it resides.
The route is seen as a prefix route (EVPN Route-Type5), and as such, only the route toward the VTEP with
the active firewall is seen. In the case of a firewall active/standby change, the tracking needs to detect the
change and inform all of the remote VTEPs of this change. This behavior is equal to a route "delete" followed
by an "add." This approach needs to notify all VTEPs with the VRF, and hence a wider churn can be seen.
VTEP A and VTEP B:
router bgp 65000
vrf OUTSIDE
redistribute static route-map Static-to-BGP
Dual-Attached Firewall with Static Routing

Figure 50: Dual-Attached Firewall with Static Routing
438
Single-Attached Firewall with eBGP Routing
VTEP A and VTEP B:

Vlan 10
Name inside
Vn-segment 10010
Vlan 20
Name outside
Vn-segment 10020
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 10010
member vni 10020
Interface VLAN 10
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.254/24
Interface VLAN 20
VRF member OUTSIDE
IP address 20.1.1.254/24
VRF context INSIDE

Vni 1001000
IP route 20.1.1.0/24 10.1.1.1
VRF context OUTSIDE
Vni 1002000
IP route 10.1.1.0/24 20.1.1.1
router bgp 65000

vrf INSIDE
redistribute static route-map INSIDE-to-BGP
vrf OUTSIDE
redistribute static route-map OUTSIDE-to-BGP
Single-Attached Firewall with eBGP Routing

If the firewall supports BGP, one option is to use BGP as a protocol between the firewall and the service
VTEP. Peering using the anycast IP is not supported. The recommended design is to use dedicated loopback
IPs on each VTEP and peer using the loopback. As long as the loopback interfaces are not advertised via
439
EVPN, the same IP address could be used on all of the belonging VTEPs. We recommend using individual
IP addresses on a per-VTEP basis.
Reachability to the loopback from the firewall can be configured using a static route on the firewall, pointing
to the Anycast Gateway IP on the VTEPs.
In the following example, an eBGP peering is established from the VTEPs, which are in AS 65000, and the
firewall in AS 65002. The BGP peering with iBGP is not supported.
Note Do not use Anycast Gateway for BGP peerings.
VTEP A:
Vlan 10
Name inside
Vn-segment 10010
Vlan 20
Name outside
Vn-segment 10020
Interface VLAN 10
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.254/24
Interface loopback100
Vrf member INSIDE
Ip address 172.16.1.253/32
Interface VLAN 20
VRF member OUTSIDE
IP address 20.1.1.254/24
Vrf member OUTSIDE
Ip address 172.18.1.253/32
router bgp 65000

vrf INSIDE
! peer with Firewall Inside
neighbor 10.1.1.0/24 remote-as 65123
ebgp-multihop 5
local-as 65051 no-prepend replace-as
vrf OUTSIDE
! peer with Firewall Outside
ebgp-multihop 5
440
VTEP B:
Vlan 10
Name inside
Vn-segment 10010
Vlan 20
Name outside
Vn-segment 10020
Interface VLAN 10
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.254/24
Vrf member INSIDE
Ip address 172.16.1.254/32
Interface VLAN 20
VRF member OUTSIDE
IP address 20.1.1.254/24
Vrf member OUTSIDE
Ip address 172.18.1.254/32
router bgp 65000

vrf INSIDE
ebgp-multihop 5
vrf OUTSIDE
ebgp-multihop 5
With the VXLAN fabric generally being in a single BGP Autonomous System (AS), the AS of the inside
VRF and the outside VRF is the same. BGP does not install routes that are received from its own AS. Therefore,
we need to adjust the AS-path to override this rule. Various approaches exist, including disabling the rule that
BGP drops routes from its own AS, which has further implications to the network. To keep all of the BGP
protection mechanics in place, the “local-as” approach allows you to mimic routes being originated from a
different AS. We recommend inserting the “local-as #ASN# no-prepend replace-as” on each firewall peering
with different “local-as” per VRF.
441
Dual-Attached Firewall with eBGP Routing
Figure 51: eBGP AS-Path Check
Dual-Attached Firewall with eBGP Routing

If the firewall supports BGP, one option is to use BGP as a protocol between the firewall and the service
VTEP. Peering using the anycast IP is not supported. The recommended design is to use dedicated loopback
IPs on each VTEP and peer using the loopback. As long as the loopback interfaces are not advertised via
EVPN, the same IP address could be used on all of the belonging VTEPs. We recommend using individual
IP addresses on a per-VTEP basis. For vPC environments, it is required.
Reachability to the loopback from the firewall can be configured using a static route on the firewall, pointing
to the Anycast Gateway IP on the VTEPs.
In vPC deployments, you must have a per-VRF peering via a vPC peer-link. In addition to the per-VRF
peering, you can enable the advertisement of prefix routes (EVPN Route-Type 5) using the advertise-pip
command. For vPC with fabric peering, the per-VRF peering is not necessary, and the advertisement of prefix
routes (EVPN Route-Type5) is required.
In the following example, an eBGP peering is established from the VTEPs, which are in AS 65000, and the
firewall in AS 65002. The BGP peering with iBGP is not supported.
442
Figure 52: Dual-Attached Firewall with eBGP
Note Do not use Anycast Gateway for BGP peerings.
VTEP A:
Vlan 10
Name inside
Vn-segment 10010
Vlan 20
Name outside
Vn-segment 10020
Interface VLAN 10
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.254/24
Vrf member INSIDE
Ip address 172.16.1.253/32
Interface VLAN 20
VRF member OUTSIDE
IP address 20.1.1.254/24
Vrf member OUTSIDE
Ip address 172.18.1.253/32
router bgp 65000

vrf INSIDE
ebgp-multihop 5
443

vrf OUTSIDE
ebgp-multihop 5
VTEP B:
Vlan 10
Name inside
Vn-segment 10010
Vlan 20
Name outside
Vn-segment 10020
Interface VLAN 10
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.254/24
Vrf member INSIDE
Ip address 172.16.1.254/32
Interface VLAN 20
VRF member OUTSIDE
IP address 20.1.1.254/24
Vrf member OUTSIDE
Ip address 172.18.1.254/32
router bgp 65000

vrf INSIDE
ebgp-multihop 5
vrf OUTSIDE
ebgp-multihop 5
444
Per-VRF Peering via vPC Peer-Link
Per-VRF Peering via vPC Peer-Link

VTEP A and VTEP B:
vlan 3966
! vlan use for peering between the vPC VTEPS
vlan 3967
! vlan use for peering between the vPC VTEPS
system nve infra-vlans 3966,3967
interface vlan 3966

vrf memner INSIDE
ip address 100.1.1.1/31
interface vlan 3967

vrf memner OUTSIDE
ip address 100.1.2.1/31
router bgp 65000

vrf INSIDE
update-source vlan 3966
next-hop self
vrf OUTSIDE
update-source vlan 3967
next-hop self
The routes learned in each VRF are advertised to the rest of the fabric via BGP EVPN updates.
Single-Attached Firewall with OSPF

The following example shows a configuration snippet from VTEP A running OSPF peering with the firewall.
SVIs are defined on the VTEP for both inside and outside VRFs. The VTEP peers with the firewall on each
of these VRFs dynamically learn routing information to go from one VRF to the other.
VTEP A and VTEP B:
vlan 10
name inside
vn-segment 10010
vlan 20
name outside
vn-segment 10020
interface VLAN 10
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.254/24
IP router ospf 1 area 0
Interface VLAN 20
VRF member OUTSIDE
445
Redistribute OSPF Routes into BGP and Advertise to the Rest of the Fabric
IP address 20.1.1.254/24
IP router ospf 1 area 0
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 10010
member vni 10020
router ospf 1
router-id 192.168.1.1
vrf INSIDE
VRF OUTSIDE
VTEPA# show ip route ospf-1 vrf OUTSIDE

IP Route Table for VRF "OUTSIDE"
10.1.1.0/24, ubest/mbest: 1/0

*via 20.1.1.1 Vlan20, [110/41], 1w5d, ospf-1, intra
VTEPA# show ip route ospf-1 vrf INSIDE

20.1.1.0/24, ubest/mbest: 1/0

This route is then redistributed into BGP and advertised through the EVPN fabric so that all other VTEPs
have all routes in each VRF pointing to VTEP A as the next hop.
VTEP A and VTEP B:
router bgp 65000
vrf OUTSIDE
redistribute ospf 1 route-map OUTSIDEOSPF-to-BGP
vrf INSIDE
redistribute ospf 1 route-map INSIDEOSPF-to-BGP
VTEPA# show ip route 10.1.1.0/24 vrf OUTSIDE
10.1.1.0/24 ubest/mbest: 1/0

*via 10.1.1.18%default, [200/41], 1w1d, bgp-65000, internal, tag 65000 (evpn) segid:
200100 tunnelid: 0xa010112 encap: VXLAN
446
Dual-Attached Firewall with OSPF
Traffic is VXLAN encapsulated from VTEP to services VTEP and decapsulated and sent to the firewall. The
firewall enforces the rules and sends the traffic to the services VTEP on the inside VRF. This traffic is then
VXLAN encapsulated and sent to the destination VTEP where traffic is decapsulated and sent to the end
client.
Firewall Failover
When the active firewall fails and the standby firewall takes over, routes are withdrawn from service VTEP
A and advertised to the fabric by service VTEP B.
Dual-Attached Firewall with OSPF

Cisco NX-OS supports dynamic OSPF peering over vPC using Layer 3, which enables firewall connectivity
using vPC and establishes OSPF peering over this link. The VLAN used to establish peering between the
Cisco Nexus 9000 switches and the firewall must be a non-VXLAN-enabled VLAN.
Figure 53: Dual-Attached Firewall with OSPF
Note Do not use Anycast Gateway for OSPF adjacencies.
VTEP A:
Vlan 10
Name inside
Vlan 20
Name outside
Interface VLAN 10
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.253/24
Ip router ospf 1 area 0
Interface VLAN 20
VRF member OUTSIDE
IP address 20.1.1.253/24
447
vpc domain 100

layer3 peer-router
peer-gateway
peer-switch
peer-keepalive destination x.x.x.x source x.x.x.x peer-gateway
ipv6 nd synchronize
ip arp synchronize
router ospf 1
vrf INSIDE VRF OUTSIDE
VTEP B:
Vlan 10
Name inside
Vlan 20
Name outside
Interface VLAN 10
VRF member INSIDE
IP address 10.1.1.254/24
Interface VLAN 20
VRF member OUTSIDE
IP address 20.1.1.254/24
vpc domain 100

layer3 peer-router
peer-gateway
peer-switch
peer-keepalive destination x.x.x.x source x.x.x.x peer-gateway
ipv6 nd synchronize
ip arp synchronize
router ospf 1
vrf INSIDE VRF OUTSIDE
VTEPA# show ip route ospf-1 vrf OUTSIDE

IP Route Table for VRF "OUTSIDE"
10.1.1.0/24, ubest/mbest: 1/0

VTEPA# show ip route ospf-1 vrf INSIDE

20.1.1.0/24, ubest/mbest: 1/0

448
VTEP A and VTEP B:
router bgp 65000
vrf OUTSIDE
redistribute ospf 1 route-map OUTSIDEOSPF-to-BGP
vrf INSIDE
redistribute ospf 1 route-map INSIDEOSPF-to-BGP
Firewall as Default Gateway

In this deployment model, the VXLAN fabric is a Layer 2 fabric, and the default gateway resides on the
firewall.
For example:
vlan 10
name WEB
vn-segment 10010
vlan 20
name APPLICATION
vn-segment 10020
vlan 30
name DATABASE
vn-segment 10030
interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 10010
member vni 10020
member vni 10030
The firewall has a logical interface in each VNI and is the default gateway for all endpoints. Every inter-VNI
communication flows through the firewall. Take special care with the sizing of the firewall so that it does not
become a bottleneck. Therefore, use this design in environments with low-bandwidth requirements.
449
Transparent Firewall Insertion
Figure 54: Firewall as Default Gateway with a Layer-2 VXLAN Fabric
Transparent Firewall Insertion

Transparent firewalls or Layer 2 firewalls (including IPS/IDS) typically bridge between an inside VLAN and
outside VLAN and inspect traffic as it traverses through them. VLAN stitching is done by placing the default
gateway for the service on the inside VLAN. The Layer 2 reachability to this gateway is done on the outside
VLAN.
Overview of EVPN with Transparent Firewall Insertion

The topology contains the following types of VLANs:
• Internal VLAN (a regular VXLAN on ToR leafs with Anycast Gateway)
• Firewall untrusted VLAN X
• Firewall trusted VLAN Y
In this topology, the traffic that goes from VLAN X to other VLANs must go through a transparent Layer 2
firewall that is attached to the service leafs. This topology utilizes an approach of an untrusted VLAN X and
a trusted VLAN Y. All ToR leafs have a Layer 2 VNI VLAN X. There is no SVI for VLAN X. The service
leafs that are connected to the firewall have Layer 2 VNI VLAN X, non-VXLAN VLAN Y, and SVI Y with
an HSRP gateway.
450
Overview of EVPN with Transparent Firewall Insertion
Note For VXLAN EVPN, we recommend using the distributed Anycast Gateway with transparent firewall insertion.
Doing so allows all VLANs to be VXLAN enabled. When using an HSRP/VRRP-based First-Hop Gateway,
the VLAN for the SVI can't be VXLAN enabled and should reside on a vPC pair for redundancy.
451
EVPN with Transparent Firewall Insertion Example
EVPN with Transparent Firewall Insertion Example

Example of EVPN with Transparent Firewall Insertion
• Host in VLAN X: 10.1.94.101

• ToR leaf: N9372-1
• Service leaf in vPC: N9332-1 and N9332-2
• Border leaf: N9332-5
ToR Leaf Configuration

vlan 94
vn-segment 100094
interface nve1
member vni 100094
router bgp 64500

routerid 1.1.2.1
452

vrf Ten1
evpn
vni 100094 l2
rd auto
Service Leaf 1 Configuration Using HSRP

vlan 94
description untrusted_vlan
vn-segment 100094
vlan 95
description trusted_vlan
vpc domain 10
peer-switch
peer-gateway
auto-recovery
ip arp synchronize
interface Vlan2
description vpc_backup_svi_for_overlay
no shutdown
no ip redirects
ip address 10.10.60.17/30
no ipv6 redirects
ip ospf bfd
ip pim sparsemode
interface Vlan95
description SVI_for_trusted_vlan
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member Ten-1
no ip redirects
ip address 10.0.94.2/24
hsrp 0
preempt priority 255
ip 10.0.94.1
interface nve1
member vni 100094
router bgp 64500

routerid 1.1.2.1
vrf Ten-1
453
network 10.0.94.0/24 /*advertise /24 for SVI 95 subnet; it is not VXLAN anymore*/
evpn
vni 100094 l2
rd auto
Service Leaf 2 Configuration Using HSRP

vlan 94
description untrusted_vlan
vnsegment 100094
vlan 95
description trusted_vlan
vpc domain 10
peer-switch
peer-gateway
auto-recovery
ip arp synchronize
interface Vlan2
description vpc_backup_svi_for_overlay
no shutdown
no ip redirects
ip address 10.10.60.18/30
no ipv6 redirects
ip pim sparsemode
interface Vlan95
description SVI_for_trusted_vlan
no shutdown
mtu 9216
vrf member Ten-1
no ip redirects
ip address 10.0.94.3/24
hsrp 0
preempt priority 255
ip 10.0.94.1
interface nve1
member vni 100094
router bgp 64500

router-id 1.1.2.1
vrf Ten-1
network 10.0.94.0/24 /*advertise /24 for SVI 95 subnet; it is not VXLAN anymore*/
evpn
vni 100094 l2
454
Show Command Examples
rd auto
Show Command Examples

Display information about the ingress leaf learned local MAC from host:
switch# sh mac add vl 94 | i 5b|MAC
* primary entry, G - Gateway MAC, (R) Routed - MAC, O - Overlay MAC
* 94 d8b1.9071.5beb dynamic 0 F F Eth1/1
Display information about the service leaf found MAC of host:
Note In VLAN 94, the service leaf learned the host MAC from the remote peer by BGP.
switch# sh mac add vl 94 | i VLAN|eb

* 94 d8b1.9071.5beb dynamic 0 F F nve1(1.1.2.1)

* 94 d8b1.9071.5beb dynamic 0 F F nve1(1.1.2.1)

+ 95 d8b1.9071.5beb dynamic 0 F F Po300

+ 95 d8b1.9071.5beb dynamic 0 F F Po300
Display information about service leaf learned ARP for host on VLAN 95:
switch# sh ip arp vrf ten-1
Address Age MAC Address Interface
10.0.94.101 00:00:26 d8b1.9071.5beb Vlan95
Service Leaf learns 9.9.9.9 from EVPN.

switch# sh ip route vrf ten-1 9.9.9.9
IP Route Table for VRF "Ten-1"
9.9.9.9/32, ubest/mbest: 1/0

*via 1.1.2.7%default, [200/0], 02:57:27, bgp64500,internal, tag 65000 (evpn) segid: 10011
tunnelid: 0x1
455
010207 encap: VXLAN
Display information about the border leaf learned host routes by BGP:
switch# sh ip route 10.0.94.101

10.0.94.0/24, ubest/mbest: 1/0

*via 10.100.5.0, [20/0], 03:14:27, bgp65000,external, tag 6450
456
APPENDIX E
Configuring Multihoming
• VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Overview, on page 457
• Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming, on page 461
• Configuring Layer 2 Gateway STP, on page 463
• Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Traffic Flows, on page 467
• Configuring ESI ARP Suppression, on page 479
• Configuring VLAN Consistency Checking, on page 482
VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Overview

Introduction to Multihoming
Cisco Nexus platforms support vPC-based multihoming, where a pair of switches act as a single device for
redundancy and both switches function in an active mode. With Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches in VXLAN
BGP EVPN environment, there are two solutions to support Layer 2 multihoming; the solutions are based on
the Traditional vPC (emulated or virtual IP address) and the BGP EVPN techniques.
Traditional vPC utilizes a consistency check that is a mechanism used by the two switches that are configured
as a vPC pair to exchange and verify their configuration compatibility. The BGP EVPN technique does not
have the consistency check mechanism, but it uses LACP to detect the misconfigurations. It also eliminates
the MCT link that is traditionally used by vPC and it offers more flexibility as each VTEP can be a part of
one or more redundancy groups. It can potentially support many VTEPs in a given group.
BGP EVPN Multihoming

When using BGP EVPN control plane, each switch can use its own local IP address as the VTEP IP address
and it still provides an active/active redundancy. BGP EVPN based multihoming further provides fast
convergence during certain failure scenarios, that otherwise cannot be achieved without a control protocol
(data plane flood and learn).
BGP EVPN Multihoming Terminology

See this section for the terminology used in BGP EVPN multihoming:
457
EVPN Multihoming Implementation
• EVI: EVPN instance represented by the VNI.

• MAC-VRF: A container to house virtual forwarding table for MAC addresses. A unique route distinguisher
and import/export target can be configured per MAC-VRF.
• ES: Ethernet Segment that can constitute a set of bundled links.
• ESI: Ethernet Segment Identifier to represent each ES uniquely across the network.
EVPN Multihoming Implementation

The EVPN overlay draft specifies adaptations to the BGP MPLS based EVPN solution to enable it to be
applied as a network virtualization overlay with VXLAN encapsulation. The Provider Edge (PE) node role
in BGP MPLS EVPN is equivalent to VTEP/Network Virtualization Edge device (NVE), where VTEPs use
control plane learning and distribution via BGP for remote addresses instead of data plane learning.
There are 5 different route types currently defined:
• Ethernet Auto-Discovery (EAD) Route
• MAC advertisement Route
• Inclusive Multicast Route
• Ethernet Segment Route
• IP Prefix Route
BGP EVPN running on Cisco NX-OS uses route type-2 to advertise MAC and IP (host) information, route
type-3 to carry VTEP information (specifically for ingress replication), and the EVPN route type-5 allows
advertisements of IPv4 or IPv6 prefixes in an Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) with no MAC
addresses in the route key.
With the introduction of EVPN multihoming, Cisco NX-OS software utilizes Ethernet Auto-discovery (EAD)
route, where Ethernet Segment Identifier and the Ethernet Tag ID are considered to be part of the prefix in
the NLRI. Since the end points reachability is learned via the BGP control plane, the network convergence
time is a function of the number of MAC/IP routes that must be withdrawn by the VTEP in case of a failure
scenario. To deal with such condition, each VTEP advertises a set of one or more Ethernet Auto-Discovery
per ES routes for each locally attached Ethernet Segment and upon a failure condition to the attached segment,
the VTEP withdraws the corresponding set of Ethernet Auto-Discovery per ES routes.
Ethernet Segment Route is the other route type that is being used by Cisco NX-OS software with EVPN
multihoming, mainly for Designated Forwarder (DF) election for the BUM traffic. If the Ethernet Segment
is multihomed, the presence of multiple DFs could result in forwarding the loops in addition to the potential
packet duplication. Therefore, the Ethernet Segment Route (Type 4) is used to elect the Designated Forwarder
and to apply Split Horizon Filtering. All VTEPs/PEs that are configured with an Ethernet Segment originate
this route.
To summarize the new implementation concepts for the EVPN multihoming:
• EAD/ES: Ethernet Auto Discovery Route per ES that is also referred to as type-1 route. This route is
used to converge the traffic faster during access failure scenarios. This route has Ethernet Tag of
0xFFFFFFFF.
458
EVPN Multihoming Redundancy Group
• EAD/EVI: Ethernet Auto Discovery Route per EVI that is also referred to as type-1 route. This route is
used for aliasing and load balancing when the traffic only hashes to one of the switches. This route cannot
have Ethernet Tag value of 0xFFFFFF to differentiate it from the EAD/ES route.
• ES: Ethernet Segment route that is also referred to as type-4 route. This route is used for DF election for
BUM traffic.
• Aliasing: It is used for load balancing the traffic to all the connected switches for a given Ethernet Segment
using the type-1 EAD/EVI route. This is done irrespective of the switch where the hosts are actually
learned.
• Mass Withdrawal: It is used for fast convergence during the access failure scenarios using the type-1
EAD/ES route.
• DF Election: It is used to prevent forwarding of the loops and the duplicates as only a single switch is
allowed to decap and forward the traffic for a given Ethernet Segment.
• Split Horizon: It is used to prevent forwarding of the loops and the duplicates for the BUM traffic. Only
the BUM traffic that originates from a remote site is allowed to be forwarded to a local site.
EVPN Multihoming Redundancy Group

Consider the dually homed topology, where switches L1 and L2 are distributed anycast VXLAN gateways
that perform Integrated Routing and Bridging (IRB). Host H2 is connected to an access switch that is dually
homed to both L1 and L2.
The access switch is connected to L1 and L2 via a bundled pair of physical links. The switch is not aware that
the bundle is configured on two different devices on the other side. However, both L1 and L2 must be aware
that they are a part of the same bundle.
Note that there is no Multichassis EtherChannel Trunk (MCT) link between L1 and L2 switches and each
switch can have similar multiple bundle links that are shared with the same set of neighbors.
To make the switches L1 and L2 aware that they are a part of the same bundle link, the NX-OS software
utilizes the Ethernet Segment Identifier (ESI) and the system MAC address (system-mac) that is configured
under the interface (PO).
Ethernet Segment Identifier

EVPN introduces the concept of Ethernet Segment Identifier (ESI). Each switch is configured with a 10 byte
ESI value under the bundled link that they share with the multihomed neighbor. The ESI value can be manually
configured or auto-derived.
LACP Bundling
LACP can be turned ON for detecting ESI misconfigurations on the multihomed port channel bundle as LACP
sends the ESI configured MAC address value to the access switch. LACP is not mandated along with ESI. A
given ESI interface (PO) shares the same ESI ID across the VTEPs in the group.
The access switch receives the same configured MAC value from both switches (L1 and L2). Therefore, it
puts the bundled link in the UP state. Since the ES MAC can be shared across all the Ethernet-segments on
the switch, LACP PDUs use ES MAC as system MAC address and the admin_key carries the ES ID.
459
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Multihoming
Cisco recommends running LACP between the switches and the access devices since LACP PDUs have a
mechanism to detect and act on the misconfigured ES IDs. In case there is mismatch on the configured ES
ID under the same PO, LACP brings down one of the links (first link that comes online stays up). By default,
on most Cisco Nexus platforms, LACP sets a port to the suspended state if it does not receive an LACP PDU
from the peer. This is based on the lacp suspend-individual command that is enabled by default. This command
helps in preventing loops that are created due to the ESI configuration mismatch. Therefore, it is recommended
to enable this command on the port-channels on the access switches and the servers.
In some scenarios (for example, POAP or NetBoot), it can cause the servers to fail to boot up because they
require LACP to logically bring up the port. In case you are using static port channel and you have mismatched
ES IDs, the MAC address gets learned from both L1 and L2 switches. Therefore, both the switches advertise
the same MAC address belonging to different ES IDs that triggers the MAC address move scenario. Eventually,
no traffic is forwarded to that node for the MAC addresses that are learned on both L1 and L2 switches.
Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN EVPN Multihoming

See the following limitations for configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming:
• Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.2(3), a FEX member port on a VXLAN VLAN with peer-link
less vPC/vPC2 is not supported.
• VXLAN EVPN Multihoming works with the iBGP or eBGP control plane. iBGP is preferred.
• If iBGP is used with VXLAN EVPN Multihoming, the administrative distance for local learned endpoints
value must be lower than the value of iBGP.
Note The default value for local learned endpoints is 190, the default value for eBGP
is 20, and the default value for iBGP is 200.
• If eBGP is used with VXLAN EVPN Multihoming, the administrative distance for local learned endpoints
must be lower than the value of eBGP. The administrative distance can be changed by entering the fabric
forwarding admin-distance distance command.
Note The default value for local learned endpoints is 190, the default value for eBGP
is 20, and the default value for iBGP is 200.
• EVPN Multihoming is supported on the Cisco Nexus 9300 platform switches only. It is not supported
on the Cisco Nexus 9200, 9300-EX, FX/FXP/FX2, /FX3, 9300-GX, and 9500 platform switches. The
Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches can be used as spine switches, but they cannot be used as VTEPs.
• EVPN Multihoming requires that all switches in a given network must be EVPN Multihoming capable.
Mixing platforms with and without EVPN Multihoming is not supported.
• EVPN multihoming is not supported on FEX.
• ARP suppression is supported with EVPN multihoming.
• EVPN Multihoming is supported with multihoming to two switches only.
460
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming
• To enable EVPN Multihoming, the spine switches must be running the minimum software version as
Cisco NX-OS Release 7.0(3)I5(2) or later.
• Switchport trunk native VLAN is not supported on the trunk interfaces.
• Cisco recommends enabling LACP on ES PO.
• IPv6 is not currently supported.
• ISSU is not supported if ESI is configured on the Cisco Nexus 9300 Series switches.
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming

Enabling EVPN Multihoming
Cisco NX-OS allows either vPC based EVPN multihoming or ESI based EVPN multihoming. Both features
should not be enabled together. ESI based multihoming is enabled using evpn esi multihoming CLI command.
It is important to note that the command for ESI multihoming enables the Ethernet-segment configurations
and the generation of Ethernet-segment routes on the switches.
The receipt of type-1 and type-2 routes with valid ESI and the path-list resolution are not tied to the evpn esi
multihoming command. If the switch receives MAC/MAC-IP routes with valid ESI and the command is not
enabled, the ES based path resolution logic still applies to these remote routes. This is required for
interoperability between the vPC enabled switches and the ESI enabled switches.
Complete the following steps to configure EVPN multihoming:
Before you begin

VXLAN should be configured with BGP-EVPN before enabling EVPN ESI multihoming.
Procedure

Step 1 evpn esi multihoming Enables EVPN multihoming globally.
Step 2 address-family l2vpn evpn maximum-paths Enables BGP maximum-path to enable ECMP
<>maximum-paths ibgp <> for the MAC routes. Otherwise, the MAC routes
have only 1 VTEP as the next-hop. This
Example:
configuration is needed under BGP in Global
level.
maximum-paths 64
Step 3 evpn multihoming core-tracking Enables EVPN multihoming core-links. It tracks

the uplink interfaces towards the core. If all
uplinks are down, the local ES based the POs
is shut down/suspended. This is mainly used to
avoid black-holing South-to-North traffic when
no uplinks are available.
461
VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Configuration Examples

Step 4 interface port-channel Ethernet-segment Configures the local Ethernet Segment ID. The
<>System-mac <> ES ID has to match on VTEPs where the PO is
multihomed. The Ethernet Segment ID should
Example:
be unique per PO.
ethernet-segment 11
system-mac 0000.0000.0011 Configures the local system-mac ID that has to
match on the VTEPs where the PO is
multihomed. The system-mac address can be
shared across multiple POs.
Step 5 hardware access-list tcam region Configures the TCAM. This command is used
vpc-convergence 256 to configure the split horizon ACLs in the
hardware. This command avoids BUM traffic
Example:
duplication on the shared ES POs.
hardware access-list tcam region
vpc-convergence 256
VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Configuration Examples

See the sample VXLAN EVPN multihoming configuration on the switches:
Switch 1 (L1)
evpn esi multihoming
router bgp 1001

no switchport
evpn multihoming core-tracking
mtu 9216
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
no switchport
mtu 9216
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
ethernet-segment 2011
system-mac 0000.0000.2011
mtu 9216
Switch 2 (L2)
462
Configuring Layer 2 Gateway STP
router bgp 1001

no switchport
mtu 9216
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
no switchport
mtu 9216
ip pim sparse-mode
no shutdown
ethernet-segment 2011
system-mac 0000.0000.2011
mtu 9216
Configuring Layer 2 Gateway STP

Layer 2 Gateway STP Overview
EVPN multihoming is supported with the Layer 2 Gateway Spanning Tree Protocol (L2G-STP). The Layer
2 Gateway Spanning Tree Protocol (L2G-STP) builds a loop-free tree topology. However, the Spanning Tree
Protocol root must always be in the VXLAN fabric. A bridge ID for the Spanning Tree Protocol consists of
a MAC address and the bridge priority. When the system is running in the VXLAN fabric, the system
automatically assigns the VTEPs with the MAC address c84c.75fa.6000 from a pool of reserved MAC
addresses. As a result, each switch uses the same MAC address for the bridge ID emulating a single logical
pseudo root.
The Layer 2 Gateway Spanning Tree Protocol (L2G-STP) is disabled by default on EVPN ESI multihoming
VLANs. Use the spanning-tree domain enable CLI command to enable L2G-STP on all VTEPs. With
L2G-STP enabled, the VXLAN fabric (all VTEPs) emulates a single pseudo root switch for the customer
access switches. The L2G-STP is initiated to run on all VXLAN VLANs by default on boot up and the root
is fixed on the overlay. With L2G-STP, the root-guard gets enabled by default on all the access ports. Use
spanning-tree domain <id> to additionally enable Spanning Tree Topology Change Notification(STP-TCN),
to be tunneled across the fabric.
All the access ports from VTEPs connecting to the customer access switches are in a desg forwarding state
by default. All ports on the customer access switches connecting to VTEPs are either in root-port forwarding
or alt-port blocking state. The root-guard kicks in if better or superior STP information is received from the
463
Guidelines for Moving to Layer 2 Gateway STP
customer access switches and it puts the ports in the blk l2g_inc state to secure the root on the overlay-fabric
and to prevent a loop.
Guidelines for Moving to Layer 2 Gateway STP

Complete the following steps to move to Layer 2 gateway STP:
• With Layer 2 Gateway STP, root guard is enabled by default on all the access ports.
• With Layer 2 Gateway STP enabled, the VXLAN fabric (all VTEPs) emulates a single pseudo-root
switch for the customer access switches.
• All access ports from VTEPs connecting to the customer access switches are in the Desg FWD state by
default.
• All ports on customer access switches connecting to VTEPs are either in the root-port FWD or Altn BLK
state.
• Root guard is activated if superior spanning-tree information is received from the customer access
switches. This process puts the ports in BLK L2GW_Inc state to secure the root on the VXLAN fabric
and prevent a loop.
• Explicit domain ID configuration is needed to enable spanning-tree BPDU tunneling across the fabric.
• As a best practice, you should configure all VTEPs with the lowest spanning-tree priority of all switches
in the spanning-tree domain to which they are attached. By setting all the VTEPs as the root bridge, the
entire VXLAN fabric appears to be one virtual bridge.
• ESI interfaces should not be enabled in spanning-tree edge mode to allow Layer 2 Gateway STP to run
across the VTEP and access layer.
• You can continue to use ESIs or orphans (single-homed hosts) in spanning-tree edge mode if they directly
connect to hosts or servers that do not run Spanning Tree Protocol and are end hosts.
• Configure all VTEPs that are connected by a common customer access layer in the same Layer 2 Gateway
STP domain. Ideally, all VTEPs on the fabric on which the hosts reside and to which the hosts can move.
• The Layer 2 Gateway STP domain scope is global, and all ESIs on a given VTEP can participate in only
one domain.
• Mappings between Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) instances and VLANs must be consistent across the
VTEPs in a given Layer 2 Gateway STP domain.
• Non-Layer 2 Gateway STP enabled VTEPs cannot be directly connected to Layer 2 Gateway STP-enabled
VTEPs. Performing this action results in conflicts and disputes because the non-Layer 2 Gateway STP
VTEP keeps sending BPDUs and it can steer the root outside.
• Ensure that the root of an STP domain local to the VXLAN fabric is a VTEP or placed within the fabric.
• Keep the current edge and the BPDU filter configurations on both the Cisco Nexus switches and the
access switches after upgrading to the latest build.
• Enable Layer 2 Gateway STP on all the switches with a recommended priority and the mst instance
mapping as needed. Use the commands spanning-tree domain enable and spanning-tree mst
<instance-id’s> priority 8192.
• Remove the BPDU filter configurations on the switch side first.
464
Enabling Layer 2 Gateway STP on a Switch
• Remove the BPDU filter configurations and the edge on the customer access switch.
Now the topology converges with Layer 2 Gateway STP and any blocking of the redundant connections
is pushed to the access switch layer.
Enabling Layer 2 Gateway STP on a Switch

Complete the following steps to enable Layer 2 Gateway STP on a switch.
Procedure

Step 1 spanning-tree mode <rapid-pvst, mst> Enables Spanning Tree Protocol mode.
Step 2 spanning-tree domain enable Enables Layer 2 Gateway STP on a switch. It

disables Layer 2 Gateway STP on all EVPN
ESI multihoming VLANs.
Step 3 spanning-tree domain 1 Explicit domain ID is needed to tunnel encoded

BPDUs to the core and processes received from
the core.
Step 4 spanning-tree mst <id> priority 8192 Configures Spanning Tree Protocol priority.
Step 5 spanning-tree vlan <id> priority 8192 Configures Spanning Tree Protocol priority.
Step 6 spanning-tree domain disable Disables Layer 2 Gateway STP on a VTEP.
Example
All Layer 2 Gateway STP VLANs should be set to a lower spanning-tree priority than the
customer-edge (CE) topology to help ensure that the VTEP is the spanning-tree root for this VLAN.
If the access switches have a higher priority, you can set the Layer 2 Gateway STP priority to 0 to
retain the Layer 2 Gateway STP root in the VXLAN fabric. See the following configuration example:
switch# show spanning-tree summary

Switch is in mst mode (IEEE Standard)
Root bridge for: MST0000
L2 Gateway STP bridge for: MST0000
L2 Gateway Domain ID: 1
Port Type Default is disable
Edge Port [PortFast] BPDU Guard Default is disabled
Edge Port [PortFast] BPDU Filter Default is disabled
Bridge Assurance is enabled
Loopguard Default is disabled
Pathcost method used is long
PVST Simulation is enabled
STP-Lite is disabled
Name Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active

---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
MST0000 0 0 0 12 12
465
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------

1 mst 0 0 0 12 12
switch# show spanning-tree vlan 1001
MST0000
Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

Address c84c.75fa.6001 L2G-STP reserved mac+ domain id

Address c84c.75fa.6001
The output displays that the spanning-tree priority is set to 8192 (the default is 32768). Spanning-tree
priority is set in multiples of 4096. The priority for individual instances is calculated as the priority
and the Instance_ID. In this case, the priority is calculated as 8192 + 0 = 8192. With Layer 2 Gateway
STP, access ports (VTEP ports connected to the access switches) have root guard enabled. If a superior
BPDU is received on an edge port of a VTEP, the port is placed in the Layer 2 Gateway inconsistent
state until the condition is cleared as displayed in the following example:
2016 Aug 29 19:14:19 TOR9-leaf4 %$ VDC-1 %$ %STP-2-L2GW_BACKBONE_BLOCK: L2 Gateway Backbone

port inconsistency blocking port Ethernet1/1 on MST0000.
2016 Aug 29 19:14:19 TOR9-leaf4 %$ VDC-1 %$ %STP-2-L2GW_BACKBONE_BLOCK: L2 Gateway Backbone
port inconsistency blocking port port-channel13 on MST0000.
switch# show spanning-tree
MST0000

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type

---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Po1 Desg FWD 20000 128.4096 Edge P2p
Po12 Desg BKN*2000 128.4107 P2p *L2GW_Inc
Po13 Desg BKN*1000 128.4108 P2p *L2GW_Inc
Eth1/1 Desg BKN*2000 128.1 P2p *L2GW_Inc
To disable Layer 2 Gateway STP on a VTEP, enter the spanning-tree domain disable CLI command.
This command disables Layer 2 Gateway STP on all EVPN ESI multihomed VLANs. The bridge
MAC address is restored to the system MAC address, and the VTEP may not necessarily be the root.
In the following case, the access switch has assumed the root role because Layer 2 Gateway STP is
disabled:
466
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Traffic Flows
switch(config)# spanning-tree domain disable
switch# show spanning-tree summary

Switch is in mst mode (IEEE Standard)
Root bridge for: none
L2 Gateway STP is disabled
Port Type Default is disable
Edge Port [PortFast] BPDU Guard Default is disabled
Edge Port [PortFast] BPDU Filter Default is disabled
Bridge Assurance is enabled
Loopguard Default is disabled
Pathcost method used is long
PVST Simulation is enabled
STP-Lite is disabled
Name Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active

---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
MST0000 4 0 0 8 12
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
1 mst 4 0 0 8 12
switch# show spanning-tree vlan 1001
MST0000
Address 00c8.8ba6.5073
Cost 0
Port 4108 (port-channel13)

Address 5897.bd1d.db95
With Layer 2 Gateway STP, the access ports on VTEPs cannot be in an edge port, because they
behave like normal spanning-tree ports, receiving BPDUs from the access switches. In that case, the
access ports on VTEPs lose the advantage of rapid transmission, instead forwarding on Ethernet
segment link flap. (They have to go through a proposal and agreement handshake before assuming
the FWD-Desg role).
Configuring VXLAN EVPN Multihoming Traffic Flows

EVPN Multihoming Local Traffic Flows
All switches that are a part of the same redundancy group (as defined by the ESI) act as a single virtual switch
with respect to the access switch/host. However, there is no MCT link present to bridge and route the traffic
for local access.
467
Locally Bridged Traffic

Host H2 is dually homed whereas hosts H1 and H3 are single-homed (also known as orphans). The traffic is
bridged locally from H1 to H2 via L1. However, if the packet needs to be bridged between the orphans H1
and H3, the packet must be bridged via the VXLAN overlay.
Figure 55: Local Bridging at L1. H1->H3 bridging via VXLAN. In vPC, H1->H3 will be via MCT link.
Access Failure for Locally Bridged Traffic

If the ESI link at L1 fails, there is no path for the bridged traffic to reach from H1 to H2 except via the overlay.
Therefore, the local bridged traffic takes the sub-optimal path, similar to the H1 to H3 orphan flow.
Note When such condition occurs, the MAC table entry for H2 changes from a local route pointing to a port channel
interface to a remote overlay route pointing to peer-ID of L2. The change gets percolated in the system from
BGP.
468
Figure 56: ES1 failure on L1. H1->H2 is now bridged over VXLAN tunnel.
Core Failure for Locally Bridged Traffic

If switch L1 gets isolated from the core, it must not continue to attract access traffic, as it will not be able to
encapsulate and send it on the overlay. This means that the access links must be brought down at L1 if L1
loses core reachability. In this scenario, orphan H1 loses all connectivity to both remote and locally attached
hosts since there is no dedicated MCT link.
Figure 57: Core failure on L1. H1->H2 loses all connectivity as there is no MCT.
Locally Routed Traffic

Consider H1, H2, and H3 being in different subnets and L1/L2 being distributed anycast gateways.
469
Any packet that is routed from H1 to H2 is directly sent from L1 via native routing.
However, host H3 is not a locally attached adjacency, unlike in vPC case where the ARP entry syncs to L1
as a locally attached adjacency. Instead, H3 shows up as a remote host in the IP table at L1, installed in the
context of L3 VNI. This packet must be encapsulated in the router-MAC of L2 and routed to L2 via VXLAN
overlay.
Therefore, routed traffic from H1 to H3 takes place exactly in the same fashion as routed traffic between truly
remote hosts in different subnets.
Figure 58: L1 is Distributed Anycast Gateway. H1, H2, and H3 are in different VLANs. H1->H3 routing happens via VXLAN tunnel
encapsulation. In vPC, H3 ARP would have been synced via MCT and direct routing.
Access Failure for Locally Routed Traffic

In case the ESI link at switch L1 fails, there is no path for the routed traffic to reach from H1 to H2 except
via the overlay. Therefore, the local routed traffic takes the sub-optimal path, similar to the H1 to H3 orphan
flow.
470
Figure 59: H1, H2, and H3 are in different VLANs. ESI fails on L1. H1->H2 routing happens via VXLAN tunnel encapsulation.
Core Failure for Locally Routed Traffic

If switch L1 gets isolated from the core, it must not continue to attract access traffic, as it will not be able to
encapsulate and send it on the overlay. It means that the access links must be brought down at L1 if L1 loses
core reachability.
In this scenario, orphan H1 loses all connectivity to both remote and locally attached hosts as there is no
dedicated MCT link.
Figure 60: H1, H2, and H3 are in different VLANs. Core fails on L1. Access is brought down. H1 loses all connectivity.
471
EVPN Multihoming Remote Traffic Flows
EVPN Multihoming Remote Traffic Flows

Consider a remote switch L3 that sends bridged and routed traffic to the multihomed complex comprising of
switches L1 and L2. As there is no virtual or emulated IP representing this MH complex, L3 must do ECMP
at the source for both bridged and routed traffic. This section describes how the ECMP is achieved at switch
L3 for both bridged and routed cases and how the system interacts with core and access failures.
Figure 61: Layer 2 VXLAN Gateway. L3 performs MAC ECMP to L1/L2.
Remote Bridged Traffic

Consider a remote host H5 that wants to bridge traffic to host H2 that is positioned behind the EVPN MH
Complex (L1, L2). Host H2 builds an ECMP list in accordance to the rules defined in RFC 7432. The MAC
table at switch L3displays that the MAC entry for H2 points to an ECMP PathList comprising of IP-L1 and
IP-L2. Any bridged traffic going from H5 to H2 is VXLAN encapsulated and load balanced to switches L1
and L2. When making the ECMP list, the following constructs need to be kept in mind:
• Mass Withdrawal: Failures causing PathList correction should be independent of the scale of MACs.
• Aliasing: PathList Insertions may be independent of the scale of MACs (based on support of optional
routes).
Below are the main constructs needed to create this MAC ECMP PathList:
Ethernet Auto Discovery Route (Type 1) per ES
EVPN defines a mechanism to efficiently and quickly signal the need to update their forwarding tables upon
the occurrence of a failure in connectivity to an Ethernet Segment. Having each PE advertise a set of one or
more Ethernet A-D per ES route for each locally attached Ethernet Segment does this.
472
Ethernet Auto Discovery Route (Route Type 1) per ES
NLRI Route Type Ethernet Segment (Type 1)
Route Distinguisher Router-ID: Segment-ID (VNID <<

8)
ESI <Type: 1B><MAC: 6B><LD: 3B>
Ethernet Tag MAX-ET
MPLS Label 0
ATTRS ESI Label Extended Community Single Active = False

ESI Label = 0
Next-Hop NVE Loopback IP
Route Target Subset of List of RTs of

MAC-VRFs associated to all the
EVIs active on the ES
MAC-IP Route (Type 2)

MAC-IP Route remains the same as used in the current vPC multihoming and standalone single-homing
solutions. However, now it has a non-zero ESI field that indicates that this is a multihomed host and it is a
candidate for ECMP Path Resolution.
MAC IP Route (Route Type 2)
NLRI Route Type MAC IP Route (Type 2)
Route Distinguisher RD of MAC-VRF associated to the

Host
ESI <Type : 1B><MAC : 6B><LD :

3B>
Ethernet Tag MAX-ET
MAC Addr MAC Address of the Host
IP Addr IP Address of the Host
Labels L2VNI associated to the

MAC-VRF
L3VNI associated to the L3-VRF
ATTRS Next-Hop Loopback of NVE
RT Export RT configured under MAC-VRF

(AND/OR) L3-VRF associated to
the host
473
Access Failure for Remote Bridged Traffic

In the condition of a failure of ESI links, it results in mass withdrawal. The EAD/ES route is withdrawn leading
the remote device to remote the switch from the ECMP list for the given ES.
Figure 62: Layer 2 VXLAN Gateway. ESI failure on L1. L3 withdraws L1 from MAC ECMP list. This will happen due to EAD/ES mass
withdrawal from L1.
Core Failure for Remote Bridged Traffic

If switch L1 gets isolated from the core, it must not continue to attract access traffic, as it is not able to
encapsulate and send it on the overlay. It means that the access links must be brought down at L1 if L1 loses
core reachability.
Figure 63: Layer 2 VXLAN Gateway. Core failure at L1. L3 withdraws L1 from MAC ECMP list. This will happen due to route reachability
to L1 going away at L3.
Remote Routed Traffic

Consider L3 being a Layer 3 VXLAN Gateway and H5 and H2 belonging to different subnets. In that case,
any inter-subnet traffic going from L3 to L1/L2 is routed at L3, that is a distributed anycast gateway. Both
474
L1 and L2 advertise the MAC-IP route for Host H2. Due to the receipt of these routes, L3 builds an L3 ECMP
list comprising of L1 and L2.
Figure 64: Layer 3 VXLAN Gateway. L3 does IP ECMP to L1/L2 for inter subnet traffic.
Access Failure for Remote Routed Traffic

If the access link pointing to ES1 goes down on L1, the mass withdrawal route is sent in the form of EAD/ES
and that causes L3 to remove L1 from the MAC ECMP PathList, leading the intra-subnet (L2) traffic to
converge quickly. L1 now treats H2 as a remote route reachable via VxLAN Overlay as it is no longer directly
connected through the ESI link. This causes the traffic destined to H2 to take the suboptimal path L3->L1->L2.
Inter-Subnet traffic H5->H2 will follow the following path:
• Packet are sent by H5 to gateway at L3.
• L3 performs symmetric IRB and routes the packet to L1 via VXLAN overlay.
• L1 decaps the packet and performs inner IP lookup for H2.
• H2 is a remote route. Therefore, L1 routes the packet to L2 via VXLAN overlay.
• L2 decaps the packet and performs an IP lookup and routes it to directly attached SVI.
Hence the routing happens 3 times, once each at L3, L1, and L2. This sub-optimal behavior continues until
Type-2 route is withdrawn by L1 by BGP.
475
EVPN Multihoming BUM Flows
Figure 65: Layer 3 VXLAN Gateway. ESI failure causes ES mass withdrawal that only impacts L2 ECMP. L3 ECMP continues until Type2
is withdrawn. L3 traffic reaches H2 via suboptimal path L3->L1->L2 until then.
Core Failure for Remote Routed Traffic

Core Failure for Remote Routed Traffic behaves the same as core failure for remote bridged traffic. As the
underlay routing protocol withdraws L1’s loopback reachability from all remote switches, L1 is removed
from both MAC ECMP and IP ECMP lists everywhere.
Figure 66: Layer 3 VXLAN Gateway. Core failure. All L3 ECMP paths to L1 are withdrawn at L3 due to route reachability going away.
EVPN Multihoming BUM Flows

NX-OS supports multicast core in the underlay with ESI. Consider BUM traffic originating from H5. The
BUM packets are encapsulated in the multicast group mapped to the VNI. Because both L1 and L2 have
joined the shared tree (*, G) for the underlay group based on the L2VNI mapping, both receive a copy of the
BUM traffic.
476
Figure 67: BUM traffic originating at L3. L2 is the DF for ES1 and ES2. L2 decapsulates and forwards to ES1, ES2 and orphan. L1 decapsulates
and only forwards to orphan.
Designated Forwarder
It is important that only one of the switches in the redundancy group decaps and forwards BUM traffic over
the ESI links. For this purpose, a unique Designated Forwarder (DF) is elected on a per Ethernet Segment
basis. The role of the DF is to decap and forward BUM traffic originating from the remote segments to the
destination local segment for which the device is the DF. The main aspects of DF election are:
• DF Election is per (ES, VLAN) basis. There can be a different DF for ES1 and ES2 for a given VLAN.
• DF election result only applies to BUM traffic on the RX side for decap.
• Every switch must decap BUM traffic to forward it to singly homed or orphan links.
• Duplication of DF role leads to duplicate packets or loops in a DHN. Therefore, there must be a unique
DF on per (ES, VLAN) basis.
Split Horizon and Local Bias

Consider BUM traffic originating from H2. Consider that this traffic is hashed at L1. L1 encapsulates this
traffic in Overlay Multicast Group and sends the packet out to the core. All switches that have joined this
multicast group with same L2VNI receive this packet. Additionally, L1 also locally replicates the BUM packet
on all directly connected orphan and ESI ports. For example, if the BUM packet originated from ES1, L1
locally replicates it to ES2 and the orphan ports. This technique to replicate to all the locally attached links is
termed as local-bias.
Remote switches decap and forward it to their ESI and orphan links based on the DF state. However, this
packet is also received at L2 that belongs to the same redundancy group as the originating switch L1. L2 must
decap the packet to send it to orphan ports. However, even through L2 is the DF for ES1, L2 must not forward
this packet to ES1 link. This packet was received from a peer that shares ES1 with L1 as L1 would have done
local-bias and duplicate copies should not be received on ES2. Therefore L2 (DF) applies a split-horizon filter
for L1-IP on ES1 and ES2 that it shares with L1. This filter is applied in the context of a VLAN.
477
Figure 68: BUM traffic originating at L1. L2 is the DF for ES1 and ES2. However, L2 must perform split horizon check here as it shares
ES1 and ES2 with L1. L2 however
Ethernet Segment Route (Type 4)

The Ethernet Segment Route is used to elect the Designated Forwarder and to apply Split Horizon Filtering.
All the switches that are configured with an Ethernet Segment originate from this route. Ethernet Segment
Route is exported and imported when ESI is locally configured under the PC.
Ethernet Segment Route (Route Type 4)
NLRI Route Type Ethernet Segment (Type 4)
RD Router-ID: Base + Port Channel

Number
ESI <Type : 1B><MAC : 6B><LD :

3B>
Originator IP NVE loopback IP
ATTRS ES-Import RT 6 Byte MAC derived from ESI
DF Election and VLAN Carving

Upon configuration of the ESI, both L1 and L2 advertises the ES route. The ESI MAC is common between
L1 and L2 and unique in the network. Therefore, only L1 and L2 import each other’s ES routes.
478
Configuring ESI ARP Suppression
Figure 69: If VLAN % count equals to ordinal, take up DF role.
Core and Site Failures for BUM Traffic

If the access link pertaining to ES1 fails at L1, L1 withdraws the ES route for ES1. This leads to a change
triggering re-compute the DF. Since L2 is the only TOR left in the Ordinal Table, it takes over DF role for
all VLANs.
BGP EVPN multihoming on Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches provides minimum operational and cabling
expenditure, provisioning simplicity, flow based load balancing, multi pathing, and fail-safe redundancy.

Overview of ESI ARP Suppression
Ethernet Segment Identifier (ESI) ARP suppression is an extension of the ARP suppression solution in VXLAN
EVPN. It optimizes the ESI multihoming feature by significantly decreasing ARP broadcasts in the data center.
The host normally floods the VLAN with ARP requests. You can minimize this flooding by maintaining an
ARP cache locally on the leaf switch. The ARP cache is built by:
• Snooping all ARP packets and populating the ARP cache with the source IP address and MAC bindings
from the request
• Learning IP host or MAC address information through BGP EVPN IP or MAC route advertisements
With ESI ARP suppression, the initial ARP requests are broadcast to all sites. However, subsequent ARP
requests are suppressed at the first-hop leaf switch and answered locally if possible. In this way, ESI ARP
suppression significantly reduces ARP traffic across the overlay. If the cache lookup fails and the response
cannot be generated locally, the ARP request can be flooded, which helps with the detection of silent hosts.
ESI ARP suppression is a per-VNI (L2 VNI) feature and is supported only with VXLAN EVPN (distributed
gateway). This feature is supported only in L3 mode.
479
Limitations for ESI ARP Suppression
Limitations for ESI ARP Suppression

See the following limitations for ESI ARP suppression:
• ESI multihoming solution is supported only on Cisco Nexus 9300 Series switches at the leafs.
• ESI ARP suppression is only supported in L3 [SVI] mode.
• ESI ARP suppression cache limit is 64K that includes both local and remote entries.

For ARP suppression VACLs to work, configure the TCAM carving using the hardware access-list tcam
region arp-ether 256 CLI command.
Interface nve1
no shutdown
member vni 10000
suppress-arp
Displaying Show Commands for ESI ARP Suppression

See the following Show commands output for ESI ARP suppression:
switch# show ip arp suppression-cache ?

detail Show details
local Show local entries
remote Show remote entries
statistics Show statistics
summary Show summary
vlan L2vlan
switch# show ip arp suppression-cache local

L - Local Adjacency
PS - Added via L2RIB, Peer Sync
RO - Dervied from L2RIB Peer Sync Entry
Ip Address Age Mac Address Vlan Physical-ifindex Flags Remote

Vtep Addrs
61.1.1.20 00:07:54 0000.0610.0020 610 port-channel20 L

61.1.1.30 00:07:54 0000.0610.0030 610 port-channel2 L[PS RO]
61.1.1.10 00:07:54 0000.0610.0010 610 Ethernet1/96 L
switch# show ip arp suppression-cache remote

L - Local Adjacency
480
RO - Dervied from L2RIB Peer Sync Entry

Remote Vtep Addrs
61.1.1.40 00:48:37 0000.0610.0040 610 (null) R
VTEP1, VTEP2.. VTEPn
switch# show ip arp suppression-cache detail

L - Local Adjacency
RO - Derived from L2RIB Peer Sync Entry

Remote Vtep Addrs
61.1.1.20 00:00:07 0000.0610.0020 610 port-channel20 L
61.1.1.30 00:00:07 0000.0610.0030 610 port-channel2 L[PS RO]
61.1.1.10 00:00:07 0000.0610.0010 610 Ethernet1/96 L
61.1.1.40 00:00:07 0000.0610.0040 610 (null) R
VTEP1, VTEP2.. VTEPn
switch# show ip arp suppression-cache summary

IP ARP suppression-cache Summary
Remote :1
Local :3
Total :4
switch# show ip arp suppression-cache statistics
ARP packet statistics for suppression-cache
Suppressed:
Total 0, Requests 0, Requests on L2 0, Gratuitous 0, Gratuitous on L2 0
Forwarded :
Total: 364
L3 mode : Requests 364, Replies 0
Request on core port 364, Reply on core port 0
Dropped 0
Request on core port 0, Reply on core port 0
Dropped 0
Received:
Total: 3016
L3 mode: Requests 376, Replies 2640
Local Request 12, Local Responses 2640
Gratuitous 0, Dropped 0
Gratuitous 0, Dropped 0
switch# sh ip arp multihoming-statistics vrf all

ARP Multihoming statistics for all contexts
Route Stats
============
Receieved ADD from L2RIB :1756 | 1756:Processed ADD from L2RIB Receieved DEL from
L2RIB :88 | 87:Processed DEL from L2RIB Receieved PC shut from L2RIB :0 |
1755:Processed PC shut from L2RIB Receieved remote UPD from L2RIB :5004 | 0:Processed remote
UPD from L2RIB
ERRORS
=======
Multihoming ADD error invalid flag :0
Multihoming DEL error invalid flag :0
Multihoming ADD error invalid current state:0
481
Configuring VLAN Consistency Checking
Multihoming DEL error invalid current state:0

Peer sync DEL error MAC mismatch :0
Peer sync DEL error second delete :0
Peer sync DEL error deleteing TL route :0
True local DEL error deleteing PS RO route :0
switch#

Overview of VLAN Consistency Checking
In a typical multihoming deployment scenario, host 1 belonging to VLAN X sends traffic to the access switch
and then the access switch sends the traffic to both the uplinks towards VTEP1 and VTEP2. The access switch
does not have the information about VLAN X configuration on VTEP1 and VTEP2. VLAN X configuration
mismatch on VTEP1 or VTEP2 results in a partial traffic loss for host 1. VLAN consistency checking helps
to detect such configuration mismatch.
For VLAN consistency checking, CFSoIP is used. Cisco Fabric Services (CFS) provides a common
infrastructure to exchange the data across the switches in the same network. CFS has the ability to discover
CFS capable switches in the network and to discover the feature capabilities in all the CFS capable switches.
You can use CFS over IP (CFSoIP) to distribute and synchronize a configuration on one Cisco device or with
all other Cisco devices in your network.
CFSoIP uses multicast to discover all the peers in the management IP network. For EVPN multihoming VLAN
consistency checking, it is recommended to override the default CFS multicast address with the cfs ipv4
mcast-address <mcast address> CLI command. To enable CFSoIP, the cfs ipv4 distribute CLI command
should be used.
When a trigger (for example, device booting up, VLAN configuration change, VLANs administrative state
change on the ethernet-segment port-channel) is issued on one of the multihoming peers, a broadcast request
with a snapshot of configured and administratively up VLANs for the ethernet-segment (ES) is sent to all the
CFS peers.
When a broadcast request is received, all CFS peers sharing the same ES as the requestor respond with their
VLAN list (configured and administratively up VLAN list per ES). The VLAN consistency checking is run
upon receiving a broadcast request or a response.
A 15 seconds timer is kicked off before sending a broadcast request. On receiving the broadcast request or
response, the local VLAN list is compared with that of the ES peer. The VLANs that do not match are
suspended. Newly matched VLANs are no longer suspended.
VLAN consistency checking runs for the following events:
• Global VLAN configuration: Add, delete, shut, or no shut events.
Port channel VLAN configuration: Trunk allowed VLANs added or removed or access VLAN changed.
• CFS events: CFS peer added or deleted or CFSoIP configuration is removed.
• ES Peer Events: ES peer added or deleted.
The broadcast request is retransmitted if a response is not received. VLAN consistency checking fails to run
if a response is not received after 3 retransmissions.
482
VLAN Consistency Checking Guidelines and Limitations
VLAN Consistency Checking Guidelines and Limitations

See the following guidelines and limitations for VLAN consistency checking:
• The VLAN consistency checking uses CFSoIP. Out-of-band access through a management interface is
mandatory on all multihoming switches in the network.
• It is recommended to override the default CFS multicast address with the CLI cfs ipv4 mcast-address
<mcast address> command.
• The VLAN consistency check cannot detect a mismatch in switchport trunk native vlan configuration.
• CFSoIP and CFSoE should not be used in the same device.
• CFSoIP should not be used in devices that are not used for VLAN consistency checking.
• If CFSoIP is required in devices that do not participate in VLAN consistency checking, a different
multicast group should be configured for devices that participate in VLAN consistency with the CLI cfs
ipv4 mcast-address <mcast address> command.

Use the cfs ipv4 mcast-address <mcast address> CLI command to override the default CFS multicast address.
Use the cfs ipv4 distribute CLI command to enable CFSoIP.
To enable or disable the VLAN consistency checking, use the new vlan-consistency-check CLI command
that has been added under the evpn esi multihoming mode.
switch (config)# sh running-config | in cfs

cfs ipv4 mcast-address 239.255.200.200
cfs ipv4 distribute
switch# sh run | i vlan-consistency

vlan-consistency-check
Displaying Show Command Output for VLAN Consistency Checking

See the following show commands output for VLAN consistency checking.
To list the CFS peers, use the sh cfs peers name nve CLI command.
switch# sh cfs peers name nve
Scope : Physical-ip
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Switch WWN IP Address
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
20:00:f8:c2:88:23:19:47 172.31.202.228 [Local]
Switch
20:00:f8:c2:88:90:c6:21 172.31.201.172 [Not Merged]
20:00:f8:c2:88:23:22:8f 172.31.203.38 [Not Merged]
20:00:f8:c2:88:23:1d:e1 172.31.150.132 [Not Merged]
20:00:f8:c2:88:23:1b:37 172.31.202.233 [Not Merged]
20:00:f8:c2:88:23:05:1d 172.31.150.134 [Not Merged]
483
The show nve ethernet-segment command now displays the following details:
• The list of VLANs for which consistency check is failed.
• Remaining value (in seconds) of the global VLAN CC timer.
switch# sh nve ethernet-segment

ESI Database
----------------------------------------
ESI: 03aa.aaaa.aaaa.aa00.0001,
Parent interface: port-channel2,
ES State: Up
Port-channel state: Up
NVE Interface: nve1
NVE State: Up
Host Learning Mode: control-plane
Active Vlans: 3001-3002
DF Vlans: 3002
Active VNIs: 30001-30002
CC failed VLANs: 0-3000,3003-4095
CC timer status: 10 seconds left
Number of ES members: 2
My ordinal: 0
DF timer start time: 00:00:00
Config State: config-applied
DF List: 201.1.1.1 202.1.1.1
ES route added to L2RIB: True
EAD routes added to L2RIB: True
See the following Syslog output:
switch(config)# 2017 Jan ?7 19:44:35 Switch %ETHPORT-3-IF_ERROR_VLANS_SUSPENDED: VLANs

2999-3000 on Interface port-channel40 are being suspended.
(Reason: SUCCESS)
After Fixing configuration

2017 Jan ?7 19:50:55 Switch %ETHPORT-3-IF_ERROR_VLANS_REMOVED: VLANs 2999-3000 on Interface
port-channel40 are removed from suspended state.
484
APPENDIX F
Configuring Proportional Multipath for VNF
• About Proportional Multipath for VNF, on page 485
• Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site, on page 489
• Prerequisites for Proportional Multipath for VNF, on page 489
• Guidelines and Limitations for Proportional Multipath for VNF, on page 490
• Configuring the Route Reflector, on page 491
• Configuring the ToR, on page 492
• Configuring the Border Leaf, on page 497
• Configuring the BGP Legacy Peer, on page 503
• Configuring a User-Defined Profile for Maintenance Mode, on page 504
• Configuring a User-Defined Profile for Normal Mode, on page 504
• Configuring a Default Route Map, on page 505
• Applying a Route Map to a Route Reflector, on page 505
• Verifying Proportional Multipath for VNF, on page 506
• Configuration Example for Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site, on page 510
About Proportional Multipath for VNF

In Network Function Virtualization Infrastructures (NFVi), anycast services networks are advertised from
multiple Virtual Network Functions (VNFs). The Proportional Multipath for VNF feature enables advertising
of all the available next hops to a given destination network. This feature enables the switch to consider all
paths to a given route as equal cost multipath (ECMP) allowing the traffic to be forwarded using all the
available links stretched across multiple ToRs.
485
Figure 70: Sample Topology (North-South Traffic)
In the preceding diagram, North-South traffic that enters the VXLAN fabric at a border leaf is sent across all
egress endpoints with the traffic forwarded proportional to the number of links from the egress top of rack
(ToR) to the destination network.
486
Figure 71: Sample Topology (East-West Traffic)
East-West traffic is forwarded between the VXLAN Tunnel Endpoints (VTEPs) proportional to the number
of next hops advertised by each ToR switch to the destination network.
The switch uses BGP to advertise reachability within the fabric using the Layer 2 VPN (L2VPN)/Ethernet
VPN (EVPN) address family. If all ToR switches and border leafs are within the same Autonomous System
(AS), a full internal BGP (iBGP) mesh is configured by using route reflectors or by having each BGP router
peer with every other router.
Each ToR and border leaf constitutes a VTEP in the VXLAN fabric. You can use a BGP route reflector to
reduce the full mesh BGP sessions across the VTEPs to a single BGP session between a VTEP and the route
reflector. Virtual Network Identifiers (VNIs) are globally unique within the overlay. Each Virtual Routing
and Forwarding (VRF) instance is mapped to a unique VNI. The inner destination MAC address in the VXLAN
header belongs to the receiving VTEP that does the routing of the VXLAN payload. This MAC address is
distributed as a BGP attribute along with the EVPN routes.
Advertisement of Customer Networks

Customer networks are configured statically or learned locally by using an interior gateway protocol, (IGP)
or external BGP (eBGP), over a Provider Edge(PE)-Customer Edge(CE) link. These networks are redistributed
into BGP and advertised to the VXLAN fabric.
487
The networks advertised to the ToRs by the virtual machines (VMs) attached to them are advertised to the
VXLAN fabric as EVPN Type-5 routes with the following:
• The route distinguisher (RD) will be the Layer 3 VNI's configured RD.
• The gateway IP field will be populated with the next hop.
• The next hop of the EVPN route will continue to be the VTEP IP.
• The export route targets of the routes will be derived from the configured export route targets of the
associated Layer 3 VNI.
Multiple VRF routes may generate the same Type-5 Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI)
differentiated only by the gateway IP field. The routes are advertised with the L3VNI’s RD, and the gateway
IP isn't part of the Type-5 NLRI’s key. The NLRI is exchanged between BGP routers using update messages.
These routes are advertised to the EVPN AF by extending the BGP export mechanism to include ECMPs and
using the addpath BGP feature in the EVPN AF.
Each Type-5 route within the EVPN AF that is created by using the Proportional Multipath for VNF feature
may have multiple paths that are imported into the corresponding VRF based on the matching of the received
route targets and by having ECMP enabled within the VRF and in the EVPN AF. Within the VRF, the route
is a single prefix with multiple paths. Each path represents a Type-5 EVPN path or those learned locally within
the VRF. The EVPN Type-5 routes that are enabled for the Proportional Multipath for VNF feature will have
their next hop in the VRF derived from their gateway IP field. Use the export-gateway-ip command to enable
BGP to advertise the gateway IP in the EVPN Type-5 routes.
Use the maximum-paths mixed command to enable BGP and the Unicast Routing Information Base (URIB)
to consider the following paths as ECMP:
• iBGP paths
• eBGP paths
• Paths from other protocols (such as static) that are redistributed or injected into BGP
The paths can be either local to the device (static, iBGP, or eBGP) or remote (eBGP or iBGP learned over
BGP-EVPN). This overrides the default route selection behavior in which local routes are preferred over
remote routes. URIB downloads all next hops of the route, including locally learned and user-configured
routes, to the Unicast FIB Distribution Module (uFDM)/Forwarding Information Base (FIB).
Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), you don't need to use mixed paths. You can choose to have
only eBGP or iBGP filter the ECMP paths.
When you enter the maximum-paths mixed command beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5), BGP
checks for the AS-path length by default. If you want to ignore the AS-path length (for example, on nodes
that participate in packet forwarding such as BGWs and VTEPs), you must enter the bestpath as-path ignore
command. When the maximum-paths mixed command is enabled for earlier releases, BGP ignores the
AS-path length, and URIB ignores the administrative distance when choosing ECMPs. To ensure that no
impact is observed, we recommend upgrading to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5) prior to entering this command.
Legacy Peer Support

Use the advertise-gw-ip command to advertise EVPN Type-5 routes with the gateway IP set. ToRs then
advertise the gateway IP in the Type-5 NLRI. However, legacy peers running on NX-OS version older than
Cisco NX-OS Release 9.2(1) can't process the gateway IP which might lead to unexpected behavior. To
prevent this scenario from occurring, use the no advertise-gw-ip command to disable the Proportional
488
Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site
Multipath for VNF feature for a legacy peer. BGP sets the gateway IP field of the Type-5 NLRI to zero even
if the path being advertised has a valid gateway IP.
The no advertise-gw-ip command flaps the specified peer session as gracefully as possible. The remote peer
triggers a graceful restart if the peer supports this capability. When the session is re-established, the local peer
advertises EVPN Type-5 routes with the gateway IP set or with the gateway IP as zero depending on whether
the advertise-gw-ip command has been used. By default, this knob is enabled and the gateway IP field is
populated with the appropriate next hop value.
Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site

Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(6) and later releases support Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site. This
feature allows traffic to be sent across sites if a local VNF isn't available.
ToRs prefer to use local VNFs. However, if local VNFs aren't available, they can use VNFs in a different site.
In the following topology, the ToRs in site 2 would use VNFs 21 and 22. However, if these VNFs aren't
available, sender 1 in site 2 could send traffic to VNFs 11 and 12 in site 1.
Figure 72: VNFs in a Multi-Site Topology
To use this feature, simply configure Proportional Multipath for VNF and enable Multi-Site. For a sample
configuration, see Configuration Example for Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site, on page 510.
Prerequisites for Proportional Multipath for VNF

If desired, take the following actions before upgrading to Cisco NX-OS Release 9.3(5):
• Configure a route map for redistributed paths and use the set ip next-hop redist-unchanged command
when using locally redistributed paths to export the gateway IP address. This command preserves the
next hop for locally redistributed paths. For example:
489
Guidelines and Limitations for Proportional Multipath for VNF
route-map redist-rtmap permit 10

match ip prefix-list vm-pfx-list
set ip next-hop redist-unchanged
• Enter the bestpath as-path ignore command on nodes that participate in packet forwarding, such as
BGWs and VTEPs. This command causes BGP to ignore the AS-path length.
Guidelines and Limitations for Proportional Multipath for VNF

Proportional Multipath for VNF has the following guidelines and limitations:
• If the Proportional Multipath for VNF feature is enabled, maintenance mode isolation doesn't work
because BGP installs all the paths in mixed multipath mode. Alternatively, a route-map is used to deny
outbound BPG updates when a switch goes into maintenance mode by using user-defined profiles.
• This feature is supported for Cisco Nexus 9364C, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 platform switches
and Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with the N9K-C9508-FM-E2 fabric module and an -EX or -FX
line card.
• This feature isn't supported on Cisco Nexus 9300-GX platform switches.
• Static and direct routes have to be redistributed into the BGP when the Proportional Multipath for VNF
feature is enabled.
• If OSPF or EIGRP is being used as an IGP, routes can't be redistributed into BGP.
• If Proportional Multipath for VNF is enabled and routes aren't redistributed into BGP, asymmetric load
balancing of traffic may occur as the local routes from URIB may not show up in BGP and on remote
TORs as EVPN paths.
• Devices on which mixed-multipath is enabled must support the same load-balancing algorithm.
• If a VNF instance is multi-homed to multiple TORs, policies have to be configured or BGP routes have
to be originated using a network command. As a result, each TOR connection to the VNF is displayed
in the BGP routing table. Each TOR can now see the VNF's direct routes to the other TORs in which the
VNF is multi-homed. Consequently, each TOR can advertise paths to the Gateway IPs through other
TORs leading to a next hop resolution loop.
Consider a scenario in which a VNF is multi-homed to two TORs, TOR1 and TOR2. Individual links to
the TORs are addressed as 1.1.1.1 and 2.2.2.2. If the VNF advertises a service 192.168.1.0/24 through
the TORs, the TORs advertise EVPN routes to 192.168.1.0/24 with Gateway IPs of 1.1.1.1 and 2.2.2.2
respectively.
As a result, an issue occurs with the Recursive Next Hop (RNH) resolution on a remote TOR (for example,
TOR3). The gateway IP is resolved to a /24 route pointing to another gateway IP. That second gateway
IP is resolved by a route pointing to the first gateway IP. So, in our scenario, the gateway IP 1.1.1.1 is
resolved by 1.1.1.0/24 which points to 2.2.2.2. And 2.2.2.2 is resolved by 2.2.2.0/24 which points to
1.1.1.1.
This condition occurs as both TORs connected to the VNF are advertising the VNF’s connected routes.
TOR1 is advertising 1.1.1.0/24 and 2.2.2.0/24. However, 1.1.1.0 is advertised without a gateway IP as
it's a connected subnet on TOR1. Also, 2.2.2.0 is an OSPF route pointing to 1.1.1.1 which is the VNF’s
address connected to TOR1.
490
Configuring the Route Reflector
Similarly, TOR2 advertises both subnets and 2.2.2.0/24 is sent without a gateway IP as it is directly
connected to TOR2. 1.1.1.0 is learned via OSPF and is sent with a gateway IP of 2.2.2.2 which is the
VNF’s address connected to TOR2. 1.1.1.1/32 and 2.2.2.2/32 won't be advertised as they are Adjacency
Manager (AM) routes on each TOR.
This issue doesn't have a resolution when Type-5 routes are involved. However, this scenario can be
avoided if the TORs advertise the gateway IP’s /32 address using a network command. And if the gateway
IPs are being resolved by Type-2 EVPN MAC/IP routes, this scenario can be avoided as the gateway IP
will be resolved by the /32 IP route.
• The following guidelines and limitations apply to Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site:
• This feature is supported for Cisco Nexus 9364C, 9300-EX, and 9300-FX/FX2/FX3 platform
switches and Cisco Nexus 9500 platform switches with the N9K-C9508-FM-E2 fabric module and
an -EX or -FX line card.
• VNF moves across sites aren't supported.
Configuring the Route Reflector

Procedure

Example:

Example:
under router bgp context.
Example:
l2vpn evpn
Step 4 additional-paths send The additional-paths configuration for sending..

Example:
switch(config-router-af)#
Step 5 additional-paths receive The additional-paths configuration for

receiving.
Example:
491
Configuring the ToR

Step 6 additional-paths selection route-map passall The additional-paths configuration applied the
route map.
Example:
additional-paths selection route-map
passall
Step 7 route-map passall permit seq-num Configure the route map.

Example:
switch(config)# route-map passall permit
10
Step 8 set path-selection all advertise Sets the route-map related to the
additional-paths feature.
Example:
path-selection all advertise
Configuring the ToR

This procedure describes how to configure the ToR.
Procedure

Example:

Example:
Example:
l2vpn evpn
Step 4 [no] maximum-paths [eBGP max-paths The following options are available:
|mixed | ibgp |local | eibgp ] mpath-count
• eBGP max-path–Enables the eBGP
Example: maximum paths. The range is from 1 to
switch(config-router-af)# maximum-paths 64 parallel paths. The default value is 1.
?
<1-64> Number of parallel paths • mixed–Enables BGP and the Unicast
Routing Information Base (URIB) to
*Default value is 1 consider the following paths as Equal
eibgp Configure multipath for both
Cost Multi Path (ECMP):
492

EBGP and IBGP paths • eBGP paths
ibgp Configure multipath for IBGP
paths • eiBGP paths
local Configure multipath for local
paths • iBGP paths
mixed Configure multipath for local
and remote paths • Paths from other protocols (such as
switch(config-router-af)# maximum-paths static) that are redistributed or
mixed 32 injected into BGP
Example:
• ibgp–Uses iBGP to filter the ECMP
switch(config-router-af)# maximum-paths
ibgp 32 paths.
• local–Enables the multipath for local
paths.
• If you enter the command without the
mixed or ibgp option, eBGP is used to
filter the ECMP paths.
Note Use the no form of this command

if you want to use a single path
instead of maximum paths.
Step 5 additional-paths send The additional-paths configuration for sending.

Example:

receiving.
Example:
Step 7 additional-paths selection route-map passall The additional-paths configuration applied the
route map.
Example:
passall

Example:
Step 9 vrf evpn-tenant-1001 Switch to the VRF configuration mode.

Example:
switch(config-router)# vrf
evpn-tenant-1001
493

Example:
ipv4 unicast
Step 11 export-gateway-ip Enables BGP to advertise the gateway IP in

the EVPN Type-5 routes. It exports the
Example:
gateway IP for all prefixes in that VRF.
switch(config-router-vrf-af)#
export-gateway-ip Note If you want choose specific prefixes
for which to export the gateway IP,
use the following configuration
instead of the export-gateway-ip
command:
route-map name permit sequence
match ip address prefix-list

name
set evpn gateway-ip
use-next-hop
vrf context vrf

export map name
switch(config-router-vrf-af)# 64 parallel paths. The default value is 1.
maximum-paths ?
EBGP and IBGP paths
• eBGP paths
paths
• eiBGP paths
paths
and remote paths
• iBGP paths
switch(config-router-vrf-af)# • Paths from other protocols (such as

maximum-paths mixed 32 static) that are redistributed or
Example: injected into BGP
maximum-paths ibgp 32 • ibgp–Uses iBGP to filter the ECMP
paths.
paths.
494


Step 13 redistribute static route-map redist-rtmap Preserves the next-hop of the redistributed
paths.
Example:
redistribute static route-map
redist-rtmap
Step 14 maximum-paths local number Specifies the number of local paths to be

redistributed as the BGP best path for a route.
Example:
The range is from 0 to 32. The default value
switch(config-router-vrf-af)# is 1.
maximum-paths local 32
Note This command isn't supported with
the maximum-paths mixed
mpath-count command. An error
message appears if you try to
configure them together.
Note The set ip next-hop

redist-unchanged command is
required in order for the
maximum-paths local command
to work.

Example:
switch(config-router-vrf-af)# exit

Example:
switch(config-router-vrf)#

Example:
export-gateway-ip
495

Note If you want choose specific prefixes
command:

name
set evpn gateway-ip
use-next-hop
vrf context vrf

export map name
maximum-paths ?
EBGP and IBGP paths
• eBGP paths
paths
• eiBGP paths
paths
and remote paths
• iBGP paths

paths.
paths.

496
Configuring the Border Leaf

paths.
Example:
redist-rtmap

Example:

Example:

Example:
10
Example:
Configuring the Border Leaf

This procedure describes how to configure the border leaf.
Procedure

Example:

Example:
497

Example:
l2vpn evpn
?
EBGP and IBGP paths
• eBGP paths
paths
• eiBGP paths
paths
and remote paths
• iBGP paths
switch(config-router-af)# maximum-paths • Paths from other protocols (such as

mixed 32 static) that are redistributed or
switch(config-router-af)# maximum-paths
ibgp 32 • ibgp–Uses iBGP to filter the ECMP
paths.
paths.

Step 5 additional-paths send The additional-paths configuration for sending.

Example:

receiving.
Example:
498

Step 7 additional-paths selection route-map passall The additional-paths configuration enables the
Example:
passall

Example:
Step 9 vrf evpn-tenant-1001 Switch to the VRF configuration mode.

Example:
switch(config-router)# vrf
evpn-tenant-1001

Example:
ipv4 unicast

Example:
export-gateway-ip Note If you want choose specific prefixes
command:

name
set evpn gateway-ip
use-next-hop
vrf context vrf

export map name
?
EBGP and IBGP paths
499

ibgp Configure multipath for IBGP • eBGP paths
paths
local Configure multipath for local • eiBGP paths
paths
mixed Configure multipath for local • iBGP paths
and remote paths
injected into BGP
Example:
• ibgp–Uses iBGP to filter the ECMP
paths.
paths.

paths.
Example:
redist-rtmap

Example:

Example:
switch(config-router-vrf)#

Example:
export-gateway-ip
500

Note If you want choose specific prefixes
command:

name
set evpn gateway-ip
use-next-hop
vrf context vrf

export map name
maximum-paths ?
EBGP and IBGP paths
• eBGP paths
paths
• eiBGP paths
paths
and remote paths
• iBGP paths

paths.
paths.

501

paths.
Example:
redist-rtmap

Example:

Example:

Example:
10
Example:
Step 23 ip load-sharing address source-destination Configures the unicast FIB load-sharing

rotate rotate universal-id seed algorithm for data traffic.
Example: • The universal-id option sets the random
ip load-sharing address seed for the hash algorithm and shifts the
source-destination rotate 32 flow from one link to another.
universal-id 1
You do not need to configure the universal ID.
Cisco NX-OS chooses the Universal ID if you
do not configure it. The seed range is from 1
to 4294967295.
• The rotate option causes the hash
algorithm to rotate the link picking
selection so that it does not continually
choose the same link across all nodes in
the network. It does so by influencing the
bit pattern for the hash algorithm. This
option shifts the flow from one link to
502
Configuring the BGP Legacy Peer

another and load balances the already
load-balanced (polarized) traffic from the
first ECMP level across multiple links.
If you specify a rotate value, the 64-bit stream

is interpreted starting from that bit position in
a cyclic rotation. The rotate range is from 1
to 63, and the default is 32.
Note With multi-tier Layer 3 topology,
polarization is possible. To avoid
polarization, use a different rotate
bit at each tier of the topology.
Note To configure a rotation value for

port channels, use the port-channel
load-balance src-dst ip-l4port
rotate rotate command. For more
information on this command, see
the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS
Interfaces Configuration Guide,
Release 9.x.
Configuring the BGP Legacy Peer

If you are running a Cisco Nexus Release prior to 9.2(1), follow this procedure to disable sending the gateway
IP address to that peer.
Procedure

Example:

Example:

Example:
remote-as 2000000
503
Configuring a User-Defined Profile for Maintenance Mode

Step 4 address-family l2vpn evpn Configure address family Layer 2 VPN EVPN.
Example:
Step 5 no advertise-gw-ip Disables the BGP EVPN Mixed-path and

Proportional Layer-3 Multipath feature for a
Example:
legacy peer.
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# no
advertise-gw-ip
Configuring a User-Defined Profile for Maintenance Mode

Procedure

Example:
Step 2 configure maintenance profile Configure maintenance mode profile.

maintenance-mode
Example:
switch(config)# configure maintenance
profile maintenance-mode
Step 3 route-map name deny sequence Configure route map. The value of sequence is
from 0 to 65535. Default is 10.
Example:
switch(config-mm-profile)# route-map GIR
deny 5
Configuring a User-Defined Profile for Normal Mode

Procedure

Example:
504
Configuring a Default Route Map

Step 2 configure maintenance profile normal-mode Configure maintenance mode.
Example:
switch(config)# configure maintenance
profile normal-mode
Step 3 route-map name permit sequence Configure route map. The value of sequence is
Example:
permit 5
Configuring a Default Route Map

Procedure

Example:
Step 2 route-map name permit sequence Configure route map. The value of sequence is
Example:
permit 5
Applying a Route Map to a Route Reflector

Procedure

Example:

Example:
505
Verifying Proportional Multipath for VNF

Step 3 neighbor ip-address Configure the IP address of a BGP neighbor
which is the route reflector. ip-address can be
Example:
an IPv4 or IPv6 address or prefix.
Step 4 address-family l2vpn evpn Configure a Layer 2 VPN EVPN address

family.
Example:
Step 5 route-map name out Apply the route map to the neighbor route
reflector.
Example:
route-map GIR out
Verifying Proportional Multipath for VNF

Command Purpose
show bgp ipv4 unicast Displays Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information
for the IPv4 unicast address
family.
show bgp l2vpn evpn Displays BGP information for the Layer-2 Virtual
Private Network (L2VPN) Ethernet Virtual Private
Network (EVPN) address family.
show ip route Displays routes from the unicast RIB.
show maintenance profile maintenance-mode Displays the GIR user-defined profile for the
maintenance mode.
show maintenance profile normal-mode Displays the GIR user-defined profile for the normal
mode.
The following example shows how to display BGP information for the L2VPN EVPN address family:
switch# show bgp l2vpn evpn 11.1.1.0

Route Distinguisher: 13.13.13.13:3 // Remote route
Flags: (0x000002) on xmit-list, is not in l2rib/evpn, is not in HW
Multipath: eBGP
Path type: external, path is valid, is best path
Gateway IP: 11.1.1.133
506

11.11.11.11 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Origin incomplete, MED not set, localpref 100, weight 0
Received path-id 3
Extcommunity: RT:23456:22001 Route-Import:11.11.11.11:2001 ENCAP:8
Router MAC:003a.7d7d.1dbd
Path type: external, path is valid, not best reason: Neighbor Address, multipath
33.33.33.33 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Received path-id 2
Router MAC:e00e.da4a.589d
Path type: external, path is valid, not best reason: Neighbor Address, multipath
22.22.22.22 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Received path-id 1
Router MAC:e00e.da4a.62a5
Route Distinguisher: 4.4.4.4:3 (L3VNI 22001) // Local L3VNI

Flags: (0x000002) on xmit-list, is not in l2rib/evpn, is not in HW
Multipath: eBGP
Path type: external, path is valid, is best path
Imported from 13.13.13.13:3:[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[11.1.1.0]/224
22.22.22.22 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Received path-id 1
Path type: external, path is valid, not best reason: newer EBGP path, multipat
h
Imported from 13.13.13.13:3:[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[11.1.1.0]/224
33.33.33.33 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Received path-id 2
Path type: external, path is valid, not best reason: newer EBGP path, multipat
h
507
Imported from 13.13.13.13:3:[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[11.1.1.0]/224

11.11.11.11 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Received path-id 3
The following example shows how to display BGP information for the IPv4 unicast address family:
switch# show bgp ipv4 unicast 11.1.1.0 vrf cust_1

BGP routing table information for VRF cust_1, address family IPv4 Unicast
BGP routing table entry for 11.1.1.0/24, version 4
Flags: (0x80080012) on xmit-list, is in urib, is backup urib route, is in HW
vpn: version 1093, (0x100002) on xmit-list
Multipath: eBGP iBGP
Advertised path-id 1, VPN AF advertised path-id 1

Path type: external, path is valid, is best path, in rib
Imported from 13.13.13.13:3:[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[11.1.1.0]/224
11.1.1.100 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Received path-id 1
Path type: external, path is valid, not best reason: Neighbor Address, multipath, in rib
Imported from 13.13.13.13:3:[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[11.1.1.0]/224
11.1.1.233 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Received path-id 2
Path type: external, path is valid, not best reason: Neighbor Address, multipath, in rib
Imported from 13.13.13.13:3:[5]:[0]:[0]:[24]:[11.1.1.0]/224
11.1.1.133 (metric 5) from 102.102.102.102 (102.102.102.102)
Received path-id 3
VRF advertise information:

VPN AF advertise information:

The following example shows how to display routes from the unicast RIB after the Proportional Multipath
for VNF feature has been configured:
switch# show ip route 1.1.1.0 vrf cust_1
508
IP Route Table for VRF "cust_1"

…
1.1.1.0/24, ubest/mbest: 22/0, all-best (0x300003d)
*via 3.0.0.1, [1/0], 08:13:17, static
recursive next hop: 3.0.0.1/32
*via 3.0.0.2, [1/0], 08:13:17, static
*via 3.0.0.3, [1/0], 08:13:16, static
*via 3.0.0.4, [1/0], 08:13:16, static
*via 2.0.0.1, [200/0], 06:09:19, bgp-2, internal, tag 2 (evpn) segid: 3003802 tunnelid:
0x300003e encap: VXLAN
BGP-EVPN: VNI=3003802 (EVPN)
client-specific data: 3b
extended route information: BGP origin AS 2 BGP peer AS 2
*via 2.0.0.2, [200/0], 06:09:19, bgp-2, internal, tag 2 (evpn) segid: 3003802 tunnelid:
0x300003e encap: VXLAN
BGP-EVPN: VNI=3003802 (EVPN)
client-specific data: 3b
extended route information: BGP origin AS 2 BGP peer AS 2
The following example shows how to display the GIR user-defined profile for the maintenance mode:
switch# show maintenance profile maintenance-mode

[Maintenance Mode]
ip pim isolate
router bgp 2
isolate
router isis 1
isolate
route-map GIR deny 5
The following example shows how to display the GIR user-defined profile for the normal mode:
switch# show maintenance profile normal-mode

[Normal Mode]
no ip pim isolate
router bgp 2
no isolate
router isis 1
no isolate
route-map GIR permit 5
509
Configuration Example for Proportional Multipath for VNF with Multi-Site
Configuration Example for Proportional Multipath for VNF with

Multi-Site
Figure 73: VNFs in a Multi-Site Topology
The following configuration example allows traffic to be sent across sites if a local VNF isn't available.
feature telnet
feature nxapi
feature bash-shell
feature scp-server
nv overlay evpn
feature ospf
feature bgp
feature pim
feature bfd
feature nv overlay
no password strength-check
username admin password 5 password role network-admin
ip domain-lookup
copp profile strict
evpn multisite border-gateway 1
delay-restore time 30
snmp-server user admin network-admin auth md5 0x66a8185ad28d9df13d9214f6e19aad37 priv
0x66a8185ad28d9df13d9214f6e19aad37 localizedkey

vlan 1,14,24,100-110,120-150,1000-1010,1100-1110,2000-2010,2100-2110,3000-3010
vlan 100
name l2-vni-vlan-0-for-vrf100
vn-segment 2000100
510
vlan 101
vn-segment 2000101
vlan 1100
vn-segment 2001100
vlan 1101
vn-segment 2001101
vlan 2100
name l3-vni-vlan-for-vrf100
vn-segment 3000100
vlan 2101
name l3-vni-vlan-for-vrf101
vn-segment 3000101
route-map passall permit 10

route-map permit-all permit 10
route-map permit-all-v6 permit 10
vrf context vrf100

vni 3000100
rd auto
vrf context vrf101
vni 3000101
rd auto
interface Vlan14
no shutdown
vrf member vrf100
ip address 192.14.0.1/24
ipv6 address 192:14::1/64
interface Vlan24
no shutdown
vrf member vrf101
ip address 192.24.0.1/24
ipv6 address 192:24::1/64
interface Vlan100
description "L3VRF.VLANNUM.0.222"
no shutdown
vrf member vrf100
ip address 100.0.0.222/24
interface Vlan101
no shutdown
511
vrf member vrf101

ip address 101.0.0.222/24
interface Vlan1100
no shutdown
vrf member vrf100
ip address 100.1.0.222/16
ipv6 address 100:1::222/64
interface Vlan1101
no shutdown
vrf member vrf101
ip address 101.1.0.222/16
ipv6 address 101:1::222/64
interface Vlan2100
no shutdown
vrf member vrf100
ip forward
interface Vlan2101
no shutdown
vrf member vrf101
ip forward
interface nve1
no shutdown
multisite border-gateway interface loopback2
member vni 2000100-2000110
suppress-arp
member vni 2000120-2000150
suppress-arp
member vni 2001100-2001110
suppress-arp
member vni 3000100-3000110 associate-vrf
member vni 3100100-3100110 associate-vrf
description "BGW11 to BGW2"
medium p2p
ip ospf cost 40
no shutdown
evpn multisite dci-tracking
description "BGW11 to Spine11"
medium p2p
512
ip ospf cost 40
no shutdown
evpn multisite fabric-tracking
description "BGW11 to Spine12"
medium p2p
ip ospf cost 40
no shutdown
evpn multisite fabric-tracking
switchport
no shutdown
interface loopback0
ip pim sparse-mode
interface loopback1
ip pim sparse-mode
interface loopback2
ip address 11.11.11.11/32
ip pim sparse-mode
router ospf 1
redistribute direct route-map permit-all
router ospf 12
ip load-sharing address source-destination rotate 32 universal-id 1
router bgp 1
log-neighbor-changes
maximum-paths 8
additional-paths selection route-map passall
neighbor 1.2.11.1
remote-as 1
description "SPINE-11"
neighbor 1.2.12.1
remote-as 1
description "SPINE-12"
neighbor 2.1.2.1
513
remote-as 2
description "BGW-2"
ebgp-multihop 3
peer-type fabric-external
rewrite-evpn-rt-asn
vrf vrf100
maximum-paths 8
export-gateway-ip
maximum-paths 8
export-gateway-ip
vrf vrf101
maximum-paths 8
export-gateway-ip
maximum-paths 8
export-gateway-ip
evpn
vni 2000100 l2
rd auto
vni 2000101 l2
rd auto
vni 2001100 l2
rd auto
vni 2001101 l2
rd auto
The following example shows that the VTEP in site 1 prefers the local VNF (FW).
leaf1# show bgp l2vpn evpn 200.100.1.1
Multipath: eBGP iBGP Local

1.3.12.1 (metric 81) from 1.2.12.1 (1.2.12.0)
514

Received path-id 2
Extcommunity: RT:1:3000100 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:00be.7547.13bf
Path type: local, path is valid, not best reason: Locally originated, multipath, no labeled
nexthop
1.3.11.1 (metric 0) from 0.0.0.0 (1.3.11.0)
Received path-id 1
Extcommunity: RT:1:3000100 ENCAP:8 Router MAC:d478.9bb3.c1a1
The following example shows how the local VNF is disabled so that the VNF from site 2 is used. The BGP
adjacency is shut down between site 1’s VTEP11 to FW11 and between VTEP12 to FW12.
leaf1(config-router)# vrf vrf100
leaf1(config-router-vrf)# neighbor 100::11
leaf1(config-router-vrf-neighbor)# shut
leaf1(config-router-vrf-neighbor)# neighbor 100::12
leaf1(config-router-vrf-neighbor)# neighbor 100:1::11
leaf1(config-router-vrf-neighbor)# neighbor 100:1::12
leaf1(config-router-vrf-neighbor)# neighbor 100.0.0.11
leaf1(config-router-vrf-neighbor)# end
The following example shows that the prefix now uses the VNF (FW) from site 2.
leaf1# show bgp l2vpn evpn 200.100.1.1
Route Distinguisher: 1:3000100
Multipath: eBGP iBGP Local

AS-Path: 2 99 100 , path sourced external to AS
11.11.11.11 (metric 20) from 1.2.12.1 (1.2.12.0)
Origin IGP, MED 2000, localpref 100, weight 0
Received path-id 2
Extcommunity: RT:1:3000100 SOO:03030100:00000000 ENCAP:8
Router MAC:0200.0b0b.0b0b
515
516
INDEX
A I
action forward 290, 296 import l2vpn evpn reoriginate 344, 352
address-family ipv4 unicast 49, 54, 127, 343, 344, 351, 353 import vpn unicast reoriginate 354
address-family ipv6 unicast 54, 344, 353 ingress-replication protocol bgp 28, 53
address-family l2vpn evpn 54, 55, 56, 144, 343, 345, 352, 353 ingress-replication protocol static 28
address-family vpnv4 unicast 352 interface 51
advertise 54 interface ethernet 288, 292
interface loopback 93, 95
interface ne1 199
C interface nve 23, 28, 328
cipher-suite 307 interface nve 1 57
class 328 interface nve1 93, 94
class-map 328 interface vlan 48, 298
configure maintenance profile maintenance-mode 504 ip access-group 292, 298
configure maintenance profile normal-mode 505 ip access-list 288, 289, 291, 294, 296, 298
ip address 51, 292, 298
ip port access-group 288
E ip route 0.0.0.0/0 126
ebgp-multihop 343, 352 ipv6 address 93, 95
evpn 154
K
F key 305
fabric forwarding mode anycast-gateway 292, 298 key chain 305
feature bgp 350 key-octet-string 306
feature interface-vlan 351
feature mpls l3vpn 351 M
feature mpls segment-routing 351
feature nv overlay 27, 48, 351 mac address-table static 27
feature vn-segment 48 mac-list 141, 153
feature vn-segment-vlan-based 27, 351 match 328
feature-set mpls 350 match evpn route-type 141
match extcommunity 142
match ip address 290, 295
H match mac-list 142, 153
hardware access-list tcam region arp-ether double-wide 14, 57 mcast-group 24, 52, 200
hardware access-list tcam region egr-racl 256 297 member vni 24, 28, 52, 53, 57, 200
hardware access-list tcam region ing-ifacl 256 288, 291 multisite border-gateway interface loopback 199
hardware access-list tcam region vacl 256 294, 296 multisite ingress-replication 200
host-reachability protocol bgp 51, 53, 199
N
neighbor 54, 55, 56, 144, 343, 344, 352
IN-1
INDEX
neighbor address 353 show l2route evpn fl all 60

network 351 show l2route evpn imet all 60
no feature nv overlay 58 show l2route evpn imet all detail 61
no feature vn-segment-vlan-based 58 show l2route evpn mac 60
no ip redirects 292, 298 show l2route evpn mac-ip all 60
no ipv6 redirects 292, 298 show l2route evpn mac-ip all detail 60, 61
no nv overlay evpn 57 show l2route topology 60
no shutdown 199, 289, 292, 298 show mac address-table static interface nve 27
nv overlay evpn 48, 342, 350 show nve peers control-plane-vni peer-ip 61
show nve vrf 59
show tunnel-encryption policy 307
P show vxlan interface 60
peer-ip 28 show vxlan interface | count 60
permit 294, 296 source interface loopback 93, 94
permit ip 288, 290, 291, 294, 296, 298 source-interface 24, 28
policy-map type qos 328 source-interface config 14
source-interface hold-down-time 14
Q spanning-tree bpdufilter enable 253
qos-mode 329 statistics per-entry 294, 296
suppress-arp 57
switchport 288
R switchport access vlan 253
switchport mode dot1q-tunnel 252
rd auto 49, 127 switchport mode trunk 271, 288
redistribute direct route-map 343, 351 switchport trunk allowed vlan 288
retain route-target all 55, 56 switchport vlan mapping 271
route-map 141, 142, 143, 144, 153, 505 switchport vlan mapping enable 271
route-map permitall out 55
route-target both 127
route-target both auto 49, 127 T
route-target both auto evpn 50
router bgp 53, 55, 56, 144, 342, 351 table-map 154
router-id 53 tunnel-encryption policy 307
S U
sak-rekey-time 307 update-source 343
send-community extended 54, 55, 56, 344, 345, 352, 353
send-lifetime 306 V
service-policy type qos input 328
set evpn gateway-ip 143 vlan 23, 48, 50, 51
set extcommunity evpn rmac 143 vlan access-map 290, 294, 296
set ip next-hop 143 vn-segment 23, 48
set qos-group 328 vn-segment-vlan-based 48
show bgp evi 60 vni 49, 126, 154
show bgp l2vpn evpn 60 vrf 54
show forwarding adjacency nve platform 60 vrf context 49, 126
show forwarding route vrf 60 vrf member 51, 292, 298
show interface 271
show ip arp suppression-cache 60 W
show ip route detail vrf 61
show key chain 306 window-size 307
IN-2

Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS VXLAN Configuration Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS VXLAN Configuration Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS VXLAN Configuration Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main components of VXLAN?

What are the main components of VXLAN?

What are the considerations for VXLAN deployment?

What are the considerations for VXLAN deployment?

Cisco Nexus 9000 Series NX-OS VXLAN Configuration Guide, Release

PREFACE Preface xvii

CHAPTER 2 Configuring VXLAN 7

Guidelines and Limitations for VXLAN 7

CHAPTER 3 Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN 39

Configuring VRF for VXLAN Routing 49

CHAPTER 4 Configuring VXLAN with IPv6 in the Underlay (VXLANv6) 89

CHAPTER 5 Configuring External VRF Connectivity and Route Leaking 107

Configuring External VRF Connectivity 107

Configuring VXLAN BGP EVPN with OSPF for VRF-lite 118

Configuring Custom VRF Instance in BGP on the Border Node 129

Configuring Custom VRF Instance in BGP on the Border Node 135

CHAPTER 6 Configuring BGP EVPN Filtering 139

Matching Based on EVPN Route Type 141

CHAPTER 7 Configuring VXLAN OAM 159

VXLAN OAM Overview 159

CHAPTER 8 Configuring vPC Multihoming 173

CHAPTER 9 Configuring Multi-Site 177

About VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site 177

CHAPTER 10 Configuring Tenant Routed Multicast 203

About Tenant Routed Multicast 203

CHAPTER 11 Configuring Cross Connect 243

About VXLAN Cross Connect 243

NGOAM Authentication 249

CHAPTER 12 Configuring Port VLAN Mapping 265

About Translating Incoming VLANs 265

CHAPTER 13 Configuring IGMP Snooping 273

CHAPTER 14 Configuring Private VLANs 275

About Private VLANs over VXLAN 275

CHAPTER 15 Configuring Policy-Based Redirect 279

About Policy-Based Redirect 279

CHAPTER 16 Configuring ACL 285

About Access Control Lists 285

Routed ACL on the Uplink on Egress 293

CHAPTER 17 Configuring Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 301

About Secure VXLAN EVPN Multi-Site Using CloudSec 301

CHAPTER 18 Configuring VXLAN QoS 317

Information About VXLAN QoS 317

VXLAN QoS Features 319

VXLAN Priority Tunneling 321

CHAPTER 19 Configuring vPC Fabric Peering 331

Information About vPC Fabric Peering 331

Configuring vPC Fabric Peering 333

Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS LDP) 342

Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN (MPLS SR) 350

CHAPTER 22 Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN with L3VPN SRv6 359

CHAPTER 23 Configuring Seamless Integration of EVPN (TRM) with MVPN 365

APPENDIX A Configuring the Underlay 377

eBGP Underlay IP Network 391

Multicast Routing in the VXLAN Underlay 396

APPENDIX B Configuring Bud Node 411

VXLAN Bud Node Over vPC Overview 411

APPENDIX C DHCP Relay in VXLAN BGP EVPN 417

APPENDIX D Configuring Layer 4 - Layer 7 Network Services Integration 435

APPENDIX E Configuring Multihoming 457

LACP Bundling 459